HSPICE® and RF Command Reference

Version Z-2007.03, March 2007

Copyright Notice and Proprietary Information
Copyright © 2007 Synopsys, Inc. All rights reserved. This software and documentation contain confidential and proprietary information that is the property of Synopsys, Inc. The software and documentation are furnished under a license agreement and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of the license agreement. No part of the software and documentation may be reproduced, transmitted, or translated, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, manual, optical, or otherwise, without prior written permission of Synopsys, Inc., or as expressly provided by the license agreement.

Right to Copy Documentation
The license agreement with Synopsys permits licensee to make copies of the documentation for its internal use only. Each copy shall include all copyrights, trademarks, service marks, and proprietary rights notices, if any. Licensee must assign sequential numbers to all copies. These copies shall contain the following legend on the cover page: “This document is duplicated with the permission of Synopsys, Inc., for the exclusive use of __________________________________________ and its employees. This is copy number __________.”

Destination Control Statement
All technical data contained in this publication is subject to the export control laws of the United States of America. Disclosure to nationals of other countries contrary to United States law is prohibited. It is the reader’s responsibility to determine the applicable regulations and to comply with them.

Disclaimer
SYNOPSYS, INC., AND ITS LICENSORS MAKE NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Registered Trademarks (®)
Synopsys, AMPS, Cadabra, CATS, CRITIC, CSim, Design Compiler, DesignPower, DesignWare, EPIC, Formality, HSIM, HSPICE, iN-Phase, in-Sync, Leda, MAST, ModelTools, NanoSim, OpenVera, PathMill, Photolynx, Physical Compiler, PrimeTime, SiVL, SNUG, SolvNet, System Compiler, TetraMAX, VCS, Vera, and YIELDirector are registered trademarks of Synopsys, Inc.

Trademarks (™)
AFGen, Apollo, Astro, Astro-Rail, Astro-Xtalk, Aurora, AvanWaves, Columbia, Columbia-CE, Cosmos, CosmosEnterprise, CosmosLE, CosmosScope, CosmosSE, DC Expert, DC Professional, DC Ultra, Design Analyzer, Design Vision, DesignerHDL, Direct Silicon Access, Discovery, Encore, Galaxy, HANEX, HDL Compiler, Hercules, Hierarchical Optimization Technology, HSIMplus, HSPICE-Link, iN-Tandem, i-Virtual Stepper, Jupiter, Jupiter-DP, JupiterXT, JupiterXT-ASIC, Liberty, Libra-Passport, Library Compiler, Magellan, Mars, Mars-Xtalk, Milkyway, ModelSource, Module Compiler, Planet, Planet-PL, Polaris, Power Compiler, Raphael, Raphael-NES, Saturn, Scirocco, Scirocco-i, Star-RCXT, Star-SimXT, Taurus, TSUPREM-4, VCS Express, VCSi, VHDL Compiler, VirSim, and VMC are trademarks of Synopsys, Inc.

Service Marks (SM)
MAP-in, SVP Café, and TAP-in are service marks of Synopsys, Inc. SystemC is a trademark of the Open SystemC Initiative and is used under license. ARM and AMBA are registered trademarks of ARM Limited. Saber is a registered trademark of SabreMark Limited Partnership and is used under license. All other product or company names may be trademarks of their respective owners. Printed in the U.S.A. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference, Z-2007.03

ii

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Contents
Inside This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The HSPICE Documentation Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Searching Across the HSPICE Documentation Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Related Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii xxiv xxv xxv xxvi xxvii

1.

HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hspice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examples of Starting HSPICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hspicerf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using HSPICE for Calculating New Measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 1 7 8 9

2.

Netlist Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alter Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HSPICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conditional Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Field Solver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input/Output Buffer Information Specification (IBIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model and Variation Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node Naming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Porting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14

iii

Contents

Simulation Runs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subcircuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verilog-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ACMATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ALIAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ALTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .APPENDMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BIASCHK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DCMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DCVOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DEL LIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DISTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EBD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ELSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ELSEIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENDDATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENDIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FSOPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GLOBAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15 15 15 16 20 22 24 26 27 34 36 43 48 50 51 54 56 58 60 61 62 63 63 64 64 65 66 69 70 72 73

iv

Contents

.IBIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ICM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .INCLUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LAYERSTACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MACRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MALIAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Rise, Fall, and Delay Measurements) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Average, RMS, and Peak Measurements) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Equation Evaluation/ Arithmetic Expression) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Average, RMS, MIN, MAX, INTEG, and PP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Integral Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Derivative Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Error Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Pushout Bisection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE(DCMATCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MOSRA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .NODESET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .NOISE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PARAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

76 79 80 82 84 85 87 91 95 97 99 101 102 103 107 109 112 113 115 116 119 121 123 125 132 135 136 139 141 143 147

v

Contents

.PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PRINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PROBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PROTECT or .PROT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE (Defining Rectangles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE (Defining Circles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE (Defining Polygons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE (Defining Strip Polygons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .STIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SUBCKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UNPROTECT or .UNPROT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VARIATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

149 150 154 155 156 157 158 160 161 163 164 164 166 167 172 175 177 178 179 185 186 187 189

3.

RF Netlist Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alter Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HSPICE RF Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conditional Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Field Solver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

191 192 192 193 193 193 193

vi

Contents

Library Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node Naming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Porting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simulation Runs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subcircuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verilog-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ALTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CHECK EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CHECK FALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CHECK HOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CHECK IRDROP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CHECK RISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CHECK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CHECK SLEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DEL LIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ELSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ELSEIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENDDATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENDIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ENVFFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

194 194 194 194 194 195 195 195 196 200 202 203 204 205 207 209 211 213 215 221 226 229 231 231 232 233 234 234 235 236 237

vii

Contents

.ENVOSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FSOPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GLOBAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HBAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HBLIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HBLSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HBNOISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HBOSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HBXF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HDL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .INCLUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LAYERSTACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LPRINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MACRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Rise, Fall, and Delay Measurements) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Average, RMS, and Peak Measurements) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Equation Evaluation/ Arithmetic Expression) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Average, RMS, MIN, MAX, INTEG, and PP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Integral Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Derivative Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

238 239 240 243 244 246 247 250 251 253 254 257 261 262 264 265 267 268 270 274 278 279 281 282 283 287 288 292 293 295 296

viii

Contents

.MEASURE (Error Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE PTDNOISE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEASURE (Pushout Bisection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .NODESET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .NOISE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PARAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PHASENOISE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .POWERDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PRINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PROBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PTDNOISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE (Defining Rectangles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE (Defining Circles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE (Defining Polygons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SHAPE (Defining Strip Polygons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SNAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SNFT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SNNOISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SNOSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SNXF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SUBCKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SURGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

299 301 302 304 310 311 312 314 315 319 321 324 326 327 331 333 336 337 338 339 340 341 343 344 346 347 350 352 355 357 360

ix

Contents

.SWEEPBLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

361 363 365 366 367 373

4.

Netlist Control Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Options Listed By Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Operating Point, DC Sweep, and Pole/Zero Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Control Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input/Output Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interface Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC Network Reduction Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Analysis Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transient and AC Small Signal Analysis Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transient Control Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verilog-A Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Version Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ABSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ABSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ABSMOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ABSTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ABSV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ABSVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ABSVDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ACCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ACCURATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ACOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ALTCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ALTCHK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ARTIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

375 376 377 378 379 379 379 380 380 381 382 384 384 385 385 386 387 388 389 389 390 391 392 392 393 393

x

Contents

.OPTION ASPEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION AUTOSTOP (or) .OPTION AUTOTST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BADCHR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BEEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BIASFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BIASINTERVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BIASNODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BIASPARALLEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BIAWARN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BINPRNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BRIEF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BYPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BYTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CAPTAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CHGTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CMIFLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CONVERGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CPTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CSDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CSHDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CSHUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CUSTCMI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CVTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION D_IBIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DCAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DCCAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DCFOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DCHOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DCIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DCON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DCSTEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

394 395 396 396 397 397 398 399 399 400 401 401 402 403 403 404 404 405 405 406 406 407 407 408 408 409 409 410 411 411 412

xi

Contents

.OPTION DCTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFNRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFNRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DELMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DIAGNOSTIC (or) .OPTION DIAGNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DLENCSDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DVDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DVTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION EPSMIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION EXPLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION EXPMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION FAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION FFT_ACCURATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION FFTOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION GDCPATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION GENK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION GMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION GMIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

412 413 413 413 414 414 414 415 415 415 416 416 417 417 418 418 419 420 420 421 421 421 422 423 423 424 424 425 425 426 426

xii

Contents

.OPTION GMINDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION GRAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION GSHDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION GSHUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HIER_SCALE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ICSWEEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION IMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION IMIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION INGOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION INTERP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION IPROP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ITL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ITL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ITL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ITL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ITL5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ITLPTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ITLPZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ITRPRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION KCLTEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION KLIM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LA_FREQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LA_MAXR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LA_MINC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LA_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LA_TOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LENNAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LIMPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LIMTIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LVLTIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

427 428 429 429 429 430 430 431 432 433 434 434 435 435 436 436 437 437 438 438 439 439 440 440 441 442 442 442 443 443 445

xiii

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PATHNUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MEASFAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NOPIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MBYPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NOELCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MEASDGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MODSRH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NOMOD . . . . .OPTION NEWTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MEASFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PARHIE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MEASOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MAXORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PARHIER (or). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MACMOD.OPTION NODE. . . . . .OPTION NXX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 446 447 447 448 449 449 450 451 452 454 455 456 456 457 457 458 458 458 459 459 459 460 460 461 461 462 462 463 463 463 xiv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MAXAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NOWARN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION OPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NOTOP. . . . . . . .OPTION MCBRIEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MONTECON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION OPTLST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NOISEMINFREQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION OPFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NUMDGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NOPAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MODMONTE . . . . . . . .

.OPTION POSTTOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RMIN . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PUTMEAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SCALM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RISETI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION POSTLVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RUNLVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION POST_VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RISETIME (or) . . . . . . . . .OPTION SLOPETOL . . .OPTION PURETP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION POST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PIVTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RMAX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RESMIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RELVDC . . . . . . . . .OPTION RELH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_LA . . . . .OPTION PSF . . . .OPTION SEED . . . . .OPTION RELQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RELV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RELMOS . .OPTION PIVREF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PROBE. . . . .OPTION PIVREL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RELVAR . . . . .OPTION SEARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PIVOT . .OPTION RELTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 472 473 473 474 474 475 476 476 477 478 479 479 480 481 482 483 487 488 489 490 491 492 xv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RELI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ASPEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505 506 506 506 506 506 507 507 510 511 511 513 514 514 514 515 xvi . . . . . . .OPTION WARNLIMIT (or) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interface Options . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION TRTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION VFLOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC Network Reduction Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model Analysis Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC Network Reduction Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SYMB . .OPTION WACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Netlist Control Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION AUTOSTOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DCAP . . .OPTION VNTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input/Output Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BPNMATCHTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION UNWRAP . . . Control Options Listed By Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION WL . . . . . . . Transient and AC Small Signal Analysis Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION WARNLIM .OPTION STATFL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION WNFLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION VERIFY . . . . . . .OPTION CSDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transient Control Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493 494 494 495 495 496 497 498 498 499 499 500 500 501 502 5. . . . . . . . .OPTION CMIFLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION VAMODEL . . .OPTION XDTEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SPMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION TIMERES . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION GMIN . .OPTION HBLINESEARCHFAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBFREQABSTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBKRYLOVDIM . 515 515 516 516 516 517 517 517 518 518 519 519 519 520 520 521 521 522 522 523 523 524 524 525 525 526 526 527 527 528 528 xvii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFW. . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFNRD . . .OPTION HBTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBKRYLOVMAXITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION FFT_ACCURATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DELMAX .OPTION HBMAXITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBMAXOSCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION GENK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBPROBETOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBTRANFREQSEARCH . . . . . . .OPTION HBFREQRELTOL. . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBJREUSETOL . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFNRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBCONTINUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBSOLVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBJREUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBACTOL . . . . . .OPTION HBACKRYLOVITR . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION DEFAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBACKRYLOVDIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION EXPLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBKRYLOVTOL . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PARHIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBTRANPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ITL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION LOADSNINIT . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MEASDGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NOISEMINFREQ . . . . . .OPTION LOADHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION INGOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SAVEHB . . . . .OPTION OPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION METHOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION POST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PHASENOISETOL . . . . . .OPTION MAXORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBTRANSTEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529 529 530 531 532 532 533 533 534 535 536 538 539 540 540 541 541 542 542 543 543 544 545 545 546 547 547 548 548 549 549 xviii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PROBE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RMAX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION POSTTOP . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MU . . . .OPTION MODMONTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION HBTRANINIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION KLIM. . . . . . . . . .OPTION PURETP. . . .OPTION SAVESNINIT . . . . . . . .OPTION POST_VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION POSTLVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION RISETIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PHNOISELORENTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION NUMDGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_LA_TOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DELTAI . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DSPF_INSERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SCALM. . . . . . . . . . .Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DSPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_LA_MAXR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_LA_MINMODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POSTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DELTAV . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POSTTOP . . . . .OPTION SIM_POWER_TOP . . . .OPTION SIM_LA_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DSPF_LUMPCAPS . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POSTSCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_OSC_DETECT_TOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_LA_MINC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_LA . . . .OPTION SIM_ACCURACY . . . . . 550 550 551 552 552 553 555 556 556 557 557 558 558 559 560 561 561 562 562 563 564 564 565 566 567 568 568 569 570 571 572 xix . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_ORDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_DSPF_RAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .OPTION TNOM. . . . . . . .OPTION WACC . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POWERSTART . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_VTOL . . . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_INSERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SNACCURACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION WL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION WNFLAG . ODELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_RAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POWERDC_HSPICE . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALER . . IO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587 587 588 590 591 592 xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OUT or OUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_SPEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 573 573 574 574 575 576 576 577 578 578 579 579 580 581 581 582 582 583 583 584 585 586 586 6. . . . .OPTION TRANFORHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_MAX_ITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Vector File Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SNMAXITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SLOPETOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_POWERPOST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_TG_THETA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_LUMPCAPS . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRIZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION CDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RADIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MENTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TSKIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION H9007. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VREF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WIDTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION PLIM. . . . . . . . .OPTION ALT999 or ALT9999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VNAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents PERIOD . . . . . . SLOPE . . . . . . . . . Obsolete Commands and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GRAPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TDELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION BKPSIZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .NET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613 614 615 616 618 619 620 620 620 621 621 622 622 623 xxi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593 594 595 596 597 598 600 601 602 603 604 605 607 608 609 610 A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GRAPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VTH . . . . . . TFALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PLOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VOH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MODEL Statement for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TUNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION MEASSORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FAST . . . . . . . . . ACCURATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEAR Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 xxii . . ACCURATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 . . . . . BRIEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAST. . . . . . . RUNLVL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEAR Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627 628 628 629 629 630 631 632 632 633 633 634 634 634 635 635 636 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OPTION ZUKEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEAR Method . . . . . Finding the Golden Reference for Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents . . . . . . . . . How Options Affect other Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVLTIM=0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVDT=1. . . . . . . . . . . . . ACCURATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAST. . . . . . GEAR method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RUNLVL=N. . . . . . . Option Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEAR method. . . . . . . . . . . FAST. . . . . . . . .OPTION TRCON . . . . . . . ACCURATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACCURATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GEAR Method . . . . 623 624 625 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . ACCURATE. FAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KCLTEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . .OPTION SDA . . . .

About This Manual
This manual describes the individual HSPICE commands you can use to simulate and analyze your circuit designs.

Inside This Manual
This manual contains the chapters described below. For descriptions of the other manuals in the HSPICE documentation set, see the next section, The HSPICE Documentation Set.
Chapter Description

Chapter 1, HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands

Describes the commands you use to start HSPICE or HSPICE RF, including syntax, arguments, and examples.

Chapter 2, Netlist Commands Describes the commands you can use in HSPICE netlists. Chapter 3, RF Netlist Commands Chapter 4, Netlist Control Options Describes the commands you can use in HSPICE RF netlists. Describes the HSPICE simulation control options you can set using various forms of the .OPTION command. Describes the HSPICE RF simulation control options you can set using various forms of the .OPTION command. Contains an alphabetical listing of the HSPICE commands you can use in an digital vector file. Describes commands and options no longer commonly used in HSPICE. Describes the effects of specifying control options on other options in the netlist.

Chapter 5, RF Netlist Control Options

Chapter 6, Digital Vector File Commands Appendix A, Obsolete Commands and Options Appendix B, How Options Affect other Options

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

xxiii

About This Manual The HSPICE Documentation Set

The HSPICE Documentation Set
This manual is a part of the HSPICE documentation set, which includes the following manuals:
Manual Description

HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide

Describes how to use HSPICE to simulate and analyze your circuit designs. This is the main HSPICE user guide. Describes how to use HSPICE to maintain signal integrity in your chip design. Provides application examples and additional HSPICE user information. Provides reference information for HSPICE and HSPICE RF commands and options. Describes standard models you can use when simulating your circuit designs in HSPICE, including passive devices, diodes, JFET and MESFET devices, and BJT devices. Describes standard MOSFET models you can use when simulating your circuit designs in HSPICE. Describes a special set of analysis and design capabilities added to HSPICE to support RF and highspeed circuit design. Describes use of the Simulation Interface with other EDA tools for HSPICE.

HSPICE Signal Integrity Guide HSPICE Applications Manual HSPICE and RF Command Reference HSPICE Elements and Device Models Manual

HSPICE MOSFET Models Manual HSPICE RF User Guide

AMS Discovery Simulation Interface Guide for HSPICE AvanWaves User Guide

Describes the AvanWaves tool, which you can use to display waveforms generated during HSPICE circuit design simulation.

xxiv

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

About This Manual Searching Across the HSPICE Documentation Set

Searching Across the HSPICE Documentation Set
You can access the PDF format documentation from your install directory for the current release by entering -docs on the terminal command line when the HSPICE tool is open. Synopsys includes an index with your HSPICE documentation that lets you search the entire HSPICE documentation set for a particular topic or keyword. In a single operation, you can instantly generate a list of hits that are hyperlinked to the occurrences of your search term. For information on how to perform searches across multiple PDF documents, see the HSPICE release notes (available on SolvNet at http://solvnet.synopsys.com/ReleaseNotes) or the Adobe Reader online help. Note: To use this feature, the HSPICE documentation files, the Index directory, and the index.pdx file must reside in the same directory. (This is the default installation for Synopsys documentation.) Also, Adobe Acrobat must be invoked as a standalone application rather than as a plug-in to your web browser. You can also invoke HSPICE and RF documentation in a browser-based help system by entering-help on your terminal command line when the HSPICE tool is open. This provides access to all the HSPICE manuals with the expection of the AvanWaves User Guide which is available in PDF format only.

Other Related Publications
For additional information about HSPICE, see:

The HSPICE release notes, available on SolvNet (see Known Limitations and Resolved STARs, below) Documentation on the Web, which provides PDF documents and is available through SolvNet at http://solvnet.synopsys.com/DocsOnWeb

You might also want to refer to the documentation for the following related Synopsys products:
■ ■

CosmosScope Aurora

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

xxv

About This Manual Conventions
■ ■

Raphael VCS

Known Limitations and Resolved STARs
You can find information about known problems and limitations and resolved Synopsys Technical Action Requests (STARs) in the HSPICE Release Notes in SolvNet. To see the HSPICE Release Notes: 1. Go to https://solvnet.synopsys.com/ReleaseNotes. (If prompted, enter your user name and password. If you do not have a Synopsys user name and password, follow the instructions to register with SolvNet.) 2. Click HSPICE, then click the release you want in the list that appears at the bottom.

Conventions
The following conventions are used in Synopsys documentation. Table 1
Convention Courier Italic Bold Description

Indicates command syntax. Indicates a user-defined value, such as object_name. Indicates user input—text you type verbatim—in syntax and examples. Denotes optional parameters, such as: write_file [-f filename]

[]

...

Indicates that parameters can be repeated as many times as necessary: pin1 pin2 ... pinN

|

Indicates a choice among alternatives, such as low | medium | high

xxvi

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

About This Manual Customer Support

Table 1
Convention Description

\ / Edit > Copy

Indicates a continuation of a command line. Indicates levels of directory structure. Indicates a path to a menu command, such as opening the Edit menu and choosing Copy. Indicates a keyboard combination, such as holding down the Control key and pressing c.

Control-c

Customer Support
Customer support is available through SolvNet online customer support and through contacting the Synopsys Technical Support Center.

Accessing SolvNet
SolvNet includes an electronic knowledge base of technical articles and answers to frequently asked questions about Synopsys tools. SolvNet also gives you access to a wide range of Synopsys online services, which include downloading software, viewing Documentation on the Web, and entering a call to the Support Center. To access SolvNet: 1. Go to the SolvNet Web page at http://solvnet.synopsys.com. 2. If prompted, enter your user name and password. (If you do not have a Synopsys user name and password, follow the instructions to register with SolvNet.) If you need help using SolvNet, click Help on the SolvNet menu bar.

Contacting the Synopsys Technical Support Center
If you have problems, questions, or suggestions, you can contact the Synopsys Technical Support Center in the following ways:

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

xxvii

About This Manual Customer Support

Open a call to your local support center from the Web by going to http://solvnet.synopsys.com/EnterACall (Synopsys user name and password required). Send an e-mail message to your local support center. • • E-mail support_center@synopsys.com from within North America. Find other local support center e-mail addresses at http://www.synopsys.com/support/support_ctr. Call (800) 245-8005 from within the continental United States. Call (650) 584-4200 from Canada. Find other local support center telephone numbers at http://www.synopsys.com/support/support_ctr.

Telephone your local support center. • • •

xxviii

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

1
1

HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands

Describes the commands you use to start HSPICE or HSPICE RF, including syntax, arguments, and examples.

This chapter provides the syntax and arguments for the hspice and hspicerf application commands. You enter these commands at the command-line prompt to start HSPICE or HSPICE RF. This chapter also includes examples for starting HSPICE and syntax for calculating new measurements from previous simulation results.

hspice
Invokes HSPICE. Syntax hspice [-i path/input_file] [-o path/output_file] [-n number] [-html path/html_file] [-b] [-d] [-C path/input_file] [-I] [-K] [-L command_file] [-S] [-mt number>] [-meas measure_file] [-hdl filename] [-hdlpath pathname] [-vamodel name] [-vamodel name2...] [-help] [-docs] [-h] [-v]

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

1

Chapter 1: HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands hspice

Argument

Description

-i path/input_file

Specifies the input netlist filename for which an extension *.ext is optional. If you do not specify an input filename extension in the command, HSPICE searches
■ ■

for a *.sp# file, or for a *.tr#, *.ac#, or *.sw# file (PSF files are not supported

HSPICE uses the input filename as the root for the output files. HSPICE also checks for an initial conditions file (.ic) that has the input file root name. The following is an example of an input filename: /usr/sim/work/ rb_design.sp In this filename:
■ ■ ■

/usr/sim/work/ is the directory path to the design rb_design is the design root name .sp is the filename suffix

-o path/output_file

Name of the output file. If you do not specify an extension, HSPICE assigns .lis. Everything up to the final period is the root filename and everything after the last period is the filename extension. If you either do not use this option or you use it without specifying a filename, HSPICE uses the output root filename specified in the -html option. ■ If you do not specify an output filename in either this or the -html option, HSPICE uses the input root filename as the output file root filename. ■ If you include the .lis extension in the filename that you enter using this option, then HSPICE does not append another .lis extension to the root filename of the output file. ■ If you do not specify an output filename, HSPICE directs output to stdout. For the .meas option, some case results are different from the measure result HSPICE produces due to an accuracy problem.

2

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 1: HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands hspice

Argument

Description

-n number

Specifies the starting number for numbering output data file revisions (output_file.tr#, output_file.ac#, output_file.sw#, where # is between 0 and 9999.).

-html path/html_file Specifies an HTML output file.

If you do not specify a path, HSPICE saves the HTML output file in the same directory that you specified in the -o option. If you do not specify an -o option, HSPICE saves the HTML output in the working directory. If you do not specify an output filename in either the -o or -html option, then HSPICE uses the input root filename as the output file root filename. If you add .option itrprt = 1 to your netlist to print output variables at their internal time points, and you use the -html option when invoking HSPICE, then HSPICE prints the values to a separate file (*.printtr0).

-b -d

(PC) Batch processing switch for Windows platforms only. (UNIX) Displays the content of .st0 files on screen while running HSPICE. For example, to show the status during simulation. At the prompt, you could also enter: tail -f *.st0. Client/server mode. Entering hspice -C checks out an HSPICE license and starts client/server mode. ■ Entering hspice -C path/input_file simulates your netlist. ■ Entering hspice -C -K releases the HSPICE license and exits. For additional information, see “Using HSPICE in Client/ Server Mode” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide.

-C path/input_file

3

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 1: HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands hspice

Argument

Description

-I

Interactive mode. Entering hspice -I invokes interactive mode. Entering help at the HSPICE prompt lists supported commands. ■ Entering hspice -I -L filename runs a command file. ■ Entering quit at the HSPICE exits interactive mode. For additional information, see “Running HSPICE Interactively” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide or chapter “Using Interactive Mode” in the HSPICE Applications Manual.
■ ■

-K

Used with -C option to terminate client/server mode and exit. Used with -I option to run commands contained in a command file. Performs as a server. Accepts data from SPEED2000, simulates the circuit, and returns results to SPEED2000.

-L file_name

-S

On UNIX and Linux, HSPICE waits for successive simulations after invocation. On Windows, you must re-invoke for each successive simulation.

-mt number

Invokes multithreading and specifies the number of processors for a multithreaded simulation. For additional information, see “Running Multithreading HSPICE Simulations” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide.

4

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 1: HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands hspice

Argument

Description

-meas measure_file

Re-invokes to calculate new measurements from a previous simulation. The format of measurefile is similar to the HSPICE netlist format. The first line is a comment line and the last line is an .END statement. These netlist commands are supported: .MEASURE .PARAM ■ .TEMP ■ .OPTION ■ .DATA ■ .ENDDATA ■ .END Note: The .DATA statement in the measure file must be consistent with the .DATA statement in the wavefile.
■ ■

The .OPTION statements supported are of type: MEASFAIL NUMDGT ■ INGOLD ■ MEASDGT Warnings are issued if other options or statements are used. Wave files formatted as PSF and CSDF are not supported.
■ ■

-hdl file_name

Specifies a Verilog-A module. The Verilog-A file is assumed to have a *.va extension when only a prefix is provided. One -hdl option can include one Verilog-A file, use multiple -hdl options if multiple Verilog-A files are needed. This example loads the amp.va Verilog-A source file : hspice amp.sp -hdl amp.va When a module to be loaded has the same name as a previously-loaded module or the names differ in case only, the latter one is ignored and the simulator issues a warning message. If a Verilog-A module file is not found or the Compiled Model Library file has an incompatible version, the simulation exits and an error message is issued.

5

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 1: HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands hspice

Argument

Description

-hdlpath pathname

Specifies the search path for a Verilog-A file if HSPICE cannot find it in the current working directory. The search order for Verilog-A files is: 1. Current working directory 2. Path defined by command-line argument -hdlpath 3. Path defined by environment variableHSP_HDL_PATH The path defined by either -hdlpath or HSP_HDL_PATH can consist a set of directory names. The path separator must follow HSPICE conventions or platform conventions (“;” on UNIX). Path entries that do not exist are ignored and no error or warning messages are issued. This example first searches the current working directory and when a *.va file is not found, the relative location ./ my_modules directory is searched: hspice amp.sp -hdlpath ./my_modules

-vamodel name -vamodel name2...

Specifies cell names for Verilog-A definitions. name is the cell name that uses a Verilog-A definition rather than a subcircuit definition when both exist. Each -vamodel option can take no more than one name. Repeat this option if multiple Verilog-A modules are defined. If no name is supplied after -vamodel , the Verilog-A definition will be used whenever it is available. Opens the searchable HSPICE and RF flow Commands and Options browser-based help system. An html browser must be installed on your machine to access this help system. Provides access to the PDF documentation set user manuals for HSPICE and RF flow. Requires Adobe Reader to be installed on your system. You can do full text searches of the documentation set. See the Release Notes for instructions. Displays a help message and exits. Outputs version information and exits.

-help

-docs

-h -v

6

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 1: HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands hspice

Examples of Starting HSPICE
The following are some additional examples of commands to start running HSPICE.

hspice demo.sp -n 7 > demo.out This command redirects output to a file instead of stdout. demo.sp is the input netlist file. The .sp extension is optional. The -n 7 starts the output data file revision numbers at 7; for example: demo.tr7, demo.ac7, demo.sw7, and so forth. The > redirects the program output listing to file demo.out.

hspice -i demo.sp demo is the root filename. Without the -o argument and without redirection, HSPICE does not generate an output listing file.

hspice -i demo.sp -o demo demo is the output file root name (designated with the -o option). Output files are named demo.lis, demo.tr0, demo.st0, and demo.ic0.

hspice -i rbdir/demo.sp demo is the root name. HSPICE writes the demo.lis, demo.tr0, and demo.st0 output files into the directory where you executed the HSPICE command. It also writes the demo.ic0 output file into the same directory as the input source—that is, rbdir.

hspice -i a.b.sp a.b is the root name. The output files are ./a.b.lis, ./a.b.tr0, ./a.b.st0, and ./ a.b.ic0.

hspice -i a.b -o d.e a.b is the root name for the input file. d.e is the root for output file names, except for the .ic file to which HSPICE assigns the a.b input file root name. The output files are d.e.lis, d.e.tr0, d.e.st0, and a.b.ic0.

hspice -i a.b.sp -o outdir/d.e a.b is the root for the .ic0 file. HSPICE writes the .ic0 file into a file named a.b.ic0. d.e is the root for other output files. Output files are outdir/d.e.lis, outdir/d.e.tr0, and outdir/d.e.st0.

hspice -i indir/a.b.sp -o outdir/d.e.lis

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

7

■ hspice -i test.html file is in the out2 directory and its root filename is b. ■ hspice -i test. hspicerf Invokes HSPICE RF.lis This command creates only a . For example.lis file is in the out1 directory and its root filename is a.e is the root for the output files.sp -o test.sp input netlist. ■ hspice test. Both files are in the outdir directory and their root filename is a.lis and .html This command creates output files in both .b is the root for the .html This command creates only a .lis -html out2/b.ic0.html output file after simulating the test.lis output file after simulating the test.lis and .sp -o out1/a.html This command creates output file in both .ic file.html format after simulating the test.PRINT command goes to an ASCII file with a .lis and . The .print# or . The name of the input netlist.sp -o -html outdir/a. For example. % hspicerf -a ckt.printac# file extension.sp -html test.sp input netlist.03 .in > xt Output from a .html format. ■ hspice test.in You can redirect the ASCII output to another file.b.html format. ■ hspice test. input_file 8 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.sp input netlist.ic0 file into a file named indir/a. % hspicerf -a ckt.sp -o test. The .lis -html test.Chapter 1: HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands hspicerf a. HSPICE writes the .html This command creates output files in both . d. Syntax hspicerf [-a] input_file [output_file] [-h] [-v] Argument Description -a Generates output to stdout in ASCII format.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Use your web browser to view this file. -h -v Returns a help message.html file in that directory. you can use the following mode to rerun HSPICE: hspice -meas measurefile -i wavefile -o outputfile See the following table for arguments and descriptions.html. % hspicerf ckt. Using HSPICE for Calculating New Measurements When you want to calculate new measurements from previous simulation results produced by HSPICE. % hspicerf ckt. an html directory is created and the simulation output is written to an hspicerf.lis.in xt automatically sets -a and generates output to xt. Returns version information. If not specified (the default). For example.Chapter 1: HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands Using HSPICE for Calculating New Measurements Argument Description output_file The name of the output listing file. ■ ■ If specified.03 9 . For example. the simulation output is written to this file and given a .in generates output to html/hspicerf.lis file extension.

ENDDATA ■ .END Note: The . The first line is a comment line and the last line is an . Some case results are different from the measure result HSPICE produces due to an accuracy problem.OPTION ■ .sw# files produced by HSPICE.DATA statement in the measure file must be consistent with the . and *. -o outputfile -h -v 10 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ■ ■ -i wavefile This argument specifies the *. Wave files formatted as PSF and CSDF are not supported.ac#. Displays a help message and exits.tr#. Specifies the same output files as HSPICE.PARAM ■ .MEASURE .DATA statement in the wavefile. ■ ■ The .03 .END statement. *.TEMP ■ . Wave files formatted as PSF are not supported. Outputs version information and exits.OPTION statement support four types: MEASFAIL NUMDGT ■ INGOLD ■ MEASDGT Warnings are issued if other options or statements are used.Chapter 1: HSPICE and HSPICE RF Application Commands Using HSPICE for Calculating New Measurements Argument Description -meas measurefile This format is similar to the HSPICE netlist format.DATA ■ . Seven commands are supported: .

03 11 . arranged by task. This chapter provides a list of the HSPICE netlist commands.2 2 Netlist Commands Describes the commands you can use in HSPICE netlists. followed by detailed descriptions of the individual commands. The netlist commands described in this chapter fall into the following categories: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Alter Block Analysis Conditional Block Digital Vector Encryption Field Solver Files Input/Output Buffer Information Specification (IBIS) Library Management Model and Variation Definition Node Naming Output Porting Setup Simulation Runs Subcircuits Verilog-A HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

ENABLE IDELAY SLOPE TDELAY VIH VIL 12 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PZ .DISTO .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands Alter Block Alter Block Use these commands in your netlist to run alternative simulations of your netlist by using different data.TEMP .IF Digital Vector Use these commands in your digital vector (VEC) file.ALTER . .SENS .LIN . .ELSE .TEMP Analysis Use these commands in your netlist to start different types of HSPICE analysis to save the simulation results into a file and to load the results of a previous simulation into a new simulation.DEL LIB .FFT . unless the specified conditions are true.ELSEIF .OP . HSPICE does not execute the commands in the conditional block.NOISE . HSPICE .ACMATCH .DC .AC .PAT .03 .ENDIF .SAMPLE .FOUR .DCMATCH .TRAN Conditional Block Use these commands in your netlist to setup a conditional block.TF .

.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands Encryption IO ODELAY OUT or OUTZ PERIOD RADIX TFALL TRISE TRIZ TSKIP TUNIT VNAME VOH VOL VREF VTH Encryption Use these commands in your netlist to mark the start and end of a traditionally (Freelib) encrypted section of a netlist.MATERIAL .03 13 .SHAPE Files Use this command in your netlist to call other files that are not part of the netlist.PKG HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ICM . . .EBD .UNPROTECT or .PROT .PROTECT or .VEC Input/Output Buffer Information Specification (IBIS) Use these commands in your netlist for specifying input/output buffer information.FSOPTIONS .LAYERSTACK .UNPROT Field Solver Use these commands in your netlist to define a field solver. .IBIS .

MEASURE .PRINT .OPTION . .NODESET .ENDDATA .ENDL .CONNECT .PROBE .MODEL . .DCVOLT .GLOBAL Output Porting Use these commands in your netlist to specify the output of a simulation to a printer. .SAVE .DOUT . You can also define the parameters to measure and to report in the simulation output.03 .BIASCHK .STIM Setup Use these commands in your netlist to setup your netlist for simulation.TITLE 14 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.LIB Model and Variation Definition Use these commands in your netlist to define models: .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands Library Management Library Management Use these commands in your netlist to manage libraries of circuit designs and to call other files when simulating your netlist.PARAM . or graph.IC . .MALIAS .GLOBAL .DEL LIB . plotter.VARIATION Node Naming Use these commands in your netlist to name nodes in circuit designs.LOAD .DATA .ALIAS .INCLUDE .APPENDMODEL .MOSRA .

03 15 .MACRO .INCLUDE .END . .ENDS . .SUBCKT Verilog-A Use the following command in your netlist to declare the Verilog-A source name and path within the netlist.EOM .HDL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands Simulation Runs Simulation Runs Use these commands in your netlist to mark the start and end of individual simulation runs and conditions that apply throughout an individual simulation run. .MODEL .TEMP .TITLE Subcircuits Use these commands in your netlist to define subcircuits and to add instances of subcircuits to your netlist.

AC DATA=datanm <SWEEP var START="param_expr1" + STOP="param_expr2" STEP="param_expr3"> .AC type np fstart fstop <SWEEP DATA=datanm> .AC type np fstart fstop <SWEEP var start_expr + stop_expr step_expr> Sweep Using Parameters .AC DATA=datanm .AC DATA=datanm OPTIMIZE=opt_par_fun + RESULTS=measnames MODEL=optmod 16 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.AC .AC DATA=datanm <SWEEP var start_expr stop_expr + step_expr> Optimization .AC DATA=datanm <SWEEP var <START=>start <STOP=>stop + <STEP=>incr> .AC type np fstart fstop <SWEEP var type np start stop> .AC Performs several types of AC analyses.AC DATA=datanm <SWEEP var type np start stop> .AC type np fstart fstop + <SWEEP var START=”param_expr1” + STOP=”param_expr2” STEP=”param_expr3”> .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .AC type np fstart fstop . Syntax Single/Double Sweep .03 .AC type np fstart fstop <SWEEP var <START=>start + <STOP=>stop <STEP=>incr> .

03 17 . val firstnum=num Specifies the sample number on which the simulation starts. or model parameter. use a list of frequency values. If you use POI (list of points) type variation. Indicates a temperature sweep start stop SWEEP TEMP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. list(<num1:num2><num3><num4:num5>) Samples from num1 to num2. np Number of points or points per decade or octave. specify the np (number of points) instead of incr. sample num3. Indicates that the .AC statement.AC statement specifies a second sweep. list num Specifies the sample number to execute. depending on which keyword precedes it. Starting frequency.AC Random/Monte Carlo .AC type np fstart fstop <SWEEP MONTE=MCcommand> Arguments Argument Description DATA=datanm incr Data name. If you use type variation. Starting voltage or current or any parameter value for an element or model. and samples from num4 to num5 are executed (parentheses are optional). current.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . element. referenced in the . not fstart fstop. Increment value of the voltage. Where MCcommand can be any of the following: ■ fstart fstop MONTE=MCcommand ■ ■ ■ val Specifies the number of random samples to produce. Final frequency. Final voltage or current or any parameter value for an element or a model.

".AC DEC 10 1K 100MEG This example performs a frequency sweep by 10 points per decade..AC Argument Description type Can be any of the following keywords: ■ ■ ■ ■ DEC – decade variation. element or model parameter or the TEMP (temperature sweep) keyword. Specifying only one number makes HSPICE run at only the specified point. then you must choose a parameter name for the source value.AC statement. The iterations at which HSPICE performs a Monte Carlo analysis. The val value specifies the number of Monte Carlo iterations to perform.. OCT – octave variation. The colon represents “from .03 .AC statement. firstrun list Description The. Example 1 .. For AC analysis. HSPICE supports source value sweep. POI – list of points. to . LIN – linear variation. HSPICE runs AC analysis for the circuit over a selected frequency range for each parameter in the second sweep. If you select a parameter sweep. var Name of an independent voltage or current source.AC statement to perform data-driven analysis in HSPICE. referring to the source name (SPICE style). HSPICE runs from num1 to num1+val-1. a .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . You can also use the . from 1kHz to 100MHz. If the input file includes an .DATA statement and a temperature sweep. VI INPUT GND AC 1V). depending on the application as shown in the examples. the data file must include at least one independent AC source element statement (for example. 18 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. You must also later refer to it in the ..AC statement is usable in several different formats. The parameter name cannot start with V or I. The firstrun value specifies the desired number of iterations. You can write more than one number after list. HSPICE checks for this condition and reports a fatal error if you did not specify such AC sources.

and 10-pF (20 points). sweeping the frequency by 10 points per decade.AC LIN 100 1 100HZ This example runs a 100-point frequency sweep from 1.AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP cload LIN 20 1pf 10pf This example performs an AC analysis for each value of cload. from 1. This results from a linear sweep of cload between 1.AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP DATA=datanm This example uses the .AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP MONTE=list(10 20:30 35:40 50) This example illustrates a frequency sweep and a Monte Carlo analysis at 10th trial and then from the 20th to 30th trial. See Also . The datanm file contains the parameters. Example 4 .DATA statement to perform a series of AC analyses.to 10-kHz. Example 3 .DC . from 1.to 100-Hz.TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP rx POI 2 5k 15k This example performs an AC analysis for each value of rx.AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP MONTE=30 This example illustrates a frequency sweep and a Monte Carlo analysis with 30 trials.to 10-kHz.AC Example 2 . sweeping the frequency by 10 points per decade.03 19 . modifying more than one parameter. Example 6 . Example 7 AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP MONTE=10 firstrun=15 This example illustrates a frequency sweep and a Monte Carlo analysis from the 15th to the 24th trials. 5k and 15k.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Example 8 . Example 5 . followed by the 35th to 40th trial and finally at 50th trial.

am#.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . difference voltages or branch current through an independent voltage source. Results for all devices are displayed if Threshold=0 is set. The voltage or current specifier is followed by an identifier of the AC quantity of interest: ■ ■ ■ ■ M: magnitude P: phase R: real part I: imaginary part Threshold Only devices with variation contributions above Threshold are reported in the table. Default is 0.0. File Interval Description Use to calculate the effects of variations in device characteristics on a circuit's AC response.01. and at the final sweep point.AC command.ACMATCH OUTVAR <THRESHOLD=T> <FILE=string> <INTERVAL=Int> Arguments Argument Description OutVar OutputVariable can be one or several output voltages. The maximum value for Threshold is 1. Syntax .ACMATCH Calculates the effects of variations in device characteristics on a circuit's AC response.ACMATCH . only the last statement is executed.03 release. at least one 20 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. then for each subsequent increment of SweepValue. ACMatch analysis generates only table information. but at least 10 devices (or all) are displayed. Valid file name for the output tables. However. Default is basename. where # is the regular HSPICE sequence number. Note: For the 2007. A table is printed at the first sweep point.03 . ACMatch results are not available in the waveform files. measure and probe statements are not supported. If more than one ACmatch analysis is specified per simulation. This option applies to the frequency sweep definition in he .

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . For the 2007. ACMatch does not support Spatial Variations.03 release.ACMATCH measure command or .ACMATCH VM(out) VP(out) . Example .option post needs to be specified.03 21 .MEASURE .OPTION POST HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.AC dec 10 1k 10Meg interval=10 See Also .

ALTER statement to delete the library that contained the model. deletes an entire library of models.ALIAS <model_name1> <model_name2> Description Use . then after you use one of these types of .ALTER statements. the .ALIAS statement indicates to use the par1 model in place of the old pa1 model and HSPICE does find this new model in another library so simulation continues. the .03 . then HSPICE no longer finds the models.ALTER block to delete a library. To resolve this issue. If your netlist references the old model name.ALIAS without any model names: . Syntax .ALIAS pa1 22 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. However. Another library contains an equivalent model named par1.ALTER statements to rename a model. If your netlist references one or more models in the deleted library.ALIAS . You can then alias the pa1 model name to the par1 model name: . HSPICE no longer finds this model.ALIAS pa1 par1 During simulation when HSPICE encounters a model named pa1 in your netlist. or to delete an entire library of models in HSPICE.ALIAS command to let you alias the old model name to another model name that HSPICE can find in the existing model libraries. HSPICE provides an . it initially cannot find this model because you used an . Example 1 You delete a library named poweramp that contains a model named pa1.DEL LIB in the . For example.ALTER command deletes all models in this library. You must specify an old model name and a new model name to use in its place. to rename a library containing a model.ALIAS Renames a model or library containing a model. You cannot use . if you use .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .ALIAS or with only one model name: .

■ If HSPICE finds model definitions for both myfet and nfet.ALTER commands. it reports a “replacement successful” message.ALIAS substitutes nfet in place of the missing model.ALIAS par1 par2 If your netlist does not contain an . If HSPICE finds a model definition for nfet. After the first simulation if the netlist references myfet from a deleted library. Example 2 Your netlist might contain the statement: .ALIAS does not affect the simulation results.ALIAS myfet nfet Without an . because then the simulator would not know which of these new models to use in place of the deleted or renamed model: . it reports a warning and simulation continues by using the original myfet model.ALIAS You also cannot alias a model name to more than one model name. then the . ■ ■ See Also .MALIAS HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. you cannot alias a model name to a second model name and then alias the second model name to a third model name: .ALTER statement. HSPICE does not use nfet to replace myfet during simulation.03 23 .ALIAS does not report a usage error.ALTER .ALIAS pa1 par1 par2 For the same reason. If HSPICE finds a model definition for myfet.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . it reports an error and aborts.ALTER command and if the .ALIAS pa1 par1 . If your netlist contains one or more . but not for nfet. . but not for myfet. the first simulation uses the original myfet model.

DC statements .ALTER block in an input netlist file.ALTER Reruns an HSPICE simulation using different parameters and data.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . F. You can include analysis statements (. Use parameter (variable) values for .AC. However.DC.PRINT. HSPICE prints the appropriate title string for each .ALTER <title_string> Arguments Argument Description title_string Any string up to 72 characters.TRAN. H. I. Description Use this command to rerun an HSPICE simulation using different parameters and data. The . and V source elements) .DEL LIB statements .ALTER .INCLUDE statements 24 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. .PRINT statements before you alter them.ALIAS statements .tr#) files.DISTO.03 .FOUR. . . G.AC statements . or any other input/output statements.IC (initial condition) statements . . if you change only the analysis type and you do not change the circuit itself.ALTER sequence or block can contain: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Element statements (except E. . Syntax .HDL statements .ALTER block cannot include . and so on) in a . then simulation runs faster if you specify all analysis types in one block.ALTER blocks for each analysis type. The . instead of using separate .ALTER run in each section heading of the output listing and in the graphical data (.PZ.DATA statements .

Note: Example .OP statements .ALTER simulation_run2 See Also .03 25 .PARAM statements .MALIAS command is not officially supported in .OPTION statements .MODEL statements .NODESET statements .ALTER ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .OPTION ALTCC .ALTER blocks.OPTION MEASFILE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.VARIATION The .TEMP statements .TRAN statements .TF statements .LIB statements .

g.MOSRA 26 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .MODEL .MOSRA (model reliability) parameters to the model cards. Syntax . For example. 'nmos'.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . e. For example. the name of the MOSRA model.APPENDMODEL . the keyword "mosra".g. . All arguments are required.appendmodel hci_1 mosra b3_nch nmos See Also . ModelKeyword2 Model type for DestModel. Example The following example appends the content of the model card hci_1 to the b3_nch BSIM3 model card..appendmodel SrcModel ModelKeyword1 DestModel ModelKeyword2 Argument Description SrcModel ModelKeyword DestModel Source model name.APPENDMODEL Appends the . Description Appends the parameter values from the source model card (SrcModel) to the destination model card (DestModel). the original model in the model library. Destination model name. e. Model type for SrcModel.

current.subckt_name2. expression.BIASCHK MOS <region=cutoff | linear | saturation> + <simulation=op | dc | tr | all> + <name=name1...BIASCHK . device size.BIASCHK Monitors the voltage bias.BIASCHK 'expression' <limit=lim> <noise=ns> + <max=max> <min=min> + <simulation=op | dc | tr | all> <monitor=v | i | w | l > + <tstart=time1> <tstop=time2> <autostop> + <interval=time> As an element and model monitor: .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands ..> + <interval=time> <sname=subckt_name1.. and region..> + <tstart=time1> <tstop=time2> <autostop> + <except=name_1.name_2...name2.> + <tstart=time1> <tstop=time2> <autostop> + <except=name1.03 27 .> + <mname=modname_1. Syntax As an expression monitor: .> HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.subckt_name2.> As a region monitor: .. ..name2.name2.> + <interval=time> <sname=subckt_name1.BIASCHK type terminal1=t1 <terminal2=t2> + <limit=lim> <noise=ns> <max=max> <min=min> + <simulation=op | dc | tr | all> <monitor=v | i> + <name=name1....modname_2..> + <mname=modname_1....modname_2........

MOS. ng.> + <tstart=time1> <tstop=time2> <autostop> + <interval=time> <sname=subckt_name1. ne..) For a monitor.. ns.. ns ■ For JFET: nd. 28 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. . checks between terminal1 and terminal2): For MOS level 57: nd. PMOS. ng. terminal 1... np. BJT. MOS (C.. ngf. C. nn ■ For bipolar: nc.. ng. n2 ■ For diode: np. type can be MOS only. ng.devname_n+1>. ns. n6 For MOS level 58: nd.. ne. ■ ■ limit Biaschk limit that you define.03 .devname_2. NMOS. Reports an error if the bias voltage (between appointed terminals of appointed elements and models) is larger than the limit...modelname_2. np ■ For other MOS level: nd. nb For type=subckt. nb.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . type can be DIODE. When used with REGION. ns. JFET.. + <mname=modelname_1.> + <name=devname_n. BIPOLAR.> Arguments Argument Description type Element type to check.. BJT. ngb ■ For MOS level 59: nd.. nb ■ For capacitor: n1.subckt_name2. ne. ns. or SUBCKT.BIASCHK type monitor = < w | l > + <limit=lim> <noise=ns> <max=max> <min=min> + <simulation=op | dc | tr | all > + <name=devname_1. 2 Terminals between which HSPICE checks (that is. the terminal names are those pins defined by the subcircuit definition of mname..BIASCHK As a length and width monitor: . ns.

03 29 . Element name to check. If a mname is not defined. the subcircuit type is determined by the first name definition. then only those names are checked. The next local max replaces the local max if all of the following conditions are satisfied: local_max-local_min<noise>. For name definitions which are not of the type defined in mname will be ignored. others will be ignored. This command is ignored if no name is an instance of mname.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . If doing bias checking for subcircuits: ■ ■ ■ ■ When both mname and name are defined while multiple name definitions are allowed if a name is also an instance of mname. Noise-filter some of the results (the local maximum bias voltage that is larger than the limit). Minimum value. To disable this feature. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE ignores the smaller local max biased voltage and does not output this voltage. If name and mname are not both set for the element type. For a parasitic diode. The default is 0. max min name Maximum value. next local_max-local_min<noise>.1v. You can define more than one element name in keyword name with a comma (. set the noise detection level to 0. This local max is smaller than the next local max.BIASCHK Argument Description noise Biaschk noise that you define.) delimiter. the elements of this type are all checked.

03 . The simulation type you want to monitor. HSPICE monitors when the MOS device. then HSPICE checks all devices of this model. This parameter is not used for an expression-type monitor. When set. and l (device size) for the element type. You can specify v (voltage). Lets you specify the element or instance that you do not want to bias check. dc. Active when .OPTION BIASINTERVAL is set to a nonzero value. The analysis ends on its own by default if you do not set this parameter. linear. If you define mname. If doing bias checking for subcircuits: ■ ■ ■ ■ Once there is one and only one mname defined. The kind of value you want to monitor. Wild carding is not supported for mname. the terminal names for this . w. or saturation. and all (op. enters and leaves the specified region (such as cutoff). HSPICE checks elements of the model for bias. then all subcircuits will be checked.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . You can specify op. The default is 0.command are those pins defined by the subckt definition of mname.) delimiter. Multiple mname definitions are not allowed.BIASCHK Argument Description mname Model name. dc. simulation monitor tstart tstop autostop except interval 30 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the elements of this type are all checked. If only mname is specified in subckt bias check. You can define more than one model name in keyword mname with the comma (. The biaschk end time during transient analysis. tr (transient). If mname and name are not both set for the element type. region Values can be cutoff. i (current). The biaschk start time during transient analysis. this argument prevents reporting intervals that are less than or equal to the time specified. and tr). The tr option is the default simulation type. defined in the . HSPICE supports an autostop for a biaschk card so that it can report error messages and stop the simulation immediately.BIASCHK command.

contains a period (. time. mname. model name. then .BIASCHK command runs. referenced in an active element statement. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If you do not specify an element and model name. Description Use this command to monitor the voltage bias.BIASCHK Argument Description sname Name of the subcircuit definition that element of type lies in. the keyword sname then behaves identically to the name keyword.03 31 .BIASCHK command. current. HSPICE will check all elements in this subcircuit for bias.lis file or a file you define in the BIASFILE option.). either “?” (stands for one character) or “*” (stands for 0 or more characters). capacitors. expression and region during analysis and reports: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Element (instance) name Time Terminals Bias that exceeds the limit Number of times the bias exceeds the limit for an element HSPICE saves the information as both a warning and a BIASCHK summary in the *. The keywords name. terminals. More than one simulation type or all simulation types can be set in a single . and sname act as OR'd filters for element selection.) delimiter.123 is a model name or a subcircuit name (123 model in “x” subcircuit). This occurs because it is unclear whether a reference such as x. HSPICE outputs a results summary including the element name. Element and model names can contain wildcards. You can define more than one subcircuit name in keyword sname with a comma (.BIASCHK reports an error. After a simulation that uses the . and the number of times the bias exceeded the limit for a specified element. Also. HSPICE checks all elements of this type for bias voltage (you must include type in the biaschk card).BIASCHK statement that tries to check the ports of a subcircuit. and subcircuits.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .BIASCHK command. device size. You can use this command only for active elements. if type is subckt in a . more than one region can be set in a single . If a model name. Also.

HSPICE outputs the summary into a file defined in that option. a warning message is issued and this command is ignored.biaschk nmos terminal1=nb terminal2=ng limit=2.biaschk 'v(1)' min='v(2)*2' simulation= op Example 2 These examples use the .BIASCHK statements that do not require terminal specifications.BIASCHK command. If you set .5 V and interval exceeds 5 ns . For example. ■ Monitor MOS transistor region of operation .OPTION BIASINTERVAL=3. when all violation regions of elements are expected. HSPICE immediately outputs a warning message that includes the element name. If you set the autostop keyword.m1 mname=nch name=m2 ■ Monitor MOS transistor length and width .03 .biaschk nmos terminal1=ng terminal2=ns simulation=tr name=m1 ■ Monitor MOSFET model m1 whose bias voltage exceeds 2.OPTION BIASFILE.lis file. Example 1 This example uses the . ■ Monitor MOSFET element m1 . 32 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.5 + mname=m1 interval=5n Example 3 These examples use . if type is subckt at least one element or model name must be specified in the .BIASCHK statement to monitor an expression: . HSPICE automatically stops at that situation. BIASINTERVAL values 1.BIASCHK statements to monitor element and model types between to specified terminals.biaschk mos region=saturation name=x1.BIASCHK However. 2. time. otherwise. it is output to a *.biaschk mos monitor=l mname=m* p* min=1u minu=op Interactions with Other Options If you set .OPTION BIAWARN to 1. If you set . the keyword interval is then neglected.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . terminals and model name when the limit is exceeded during the analysis you define.OPTION BIASINTERVAL to 0. set interval=0 and . Otherwise. or 3 provide different details in warning messages.

OPTION BIASINTERVAL .OPTION BIASNODE .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .OPTION BIASFILE . the keyword mname must be used and monitor must be set to v to invoke parallel element elimination.OPTION BIASPARALLEL to 1. See Also . the name of the node in the netlist is used instead of the output port name for each element. If you set .OPTION BIAWARN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION BIASPARALLEL .BIASCHK If you set .03 33 .OPTION BIASNODE to 1.

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . HSPICE does not recognize node2 at all...subckt eye_diagram node1 node1 .CONNECT Connects two nodes in a netlist.. The first node replaces this node in the simulation. .subckt eye_diagram node1 node2 .CONNECT node1 node2 Arguments Argument Description node1 node2 Name of the first of two nodes to connect to each other...ends This is now the same as the following: .. apply it to node1 instead.ends . . causing the simulation to evaluate the two nodes as if they were only one node. . Both nodes must be at the same level in the circuit design that you are simulating: you cannot connect nodes that belong to different subcircuits. HSPICE reports the following error message: **error**: subcircuit definition duplicates node node1 To apply any HSPICE statement to node2.ALTER statement. If you connect node2 to node1. . Example 1 .connect node1 node2 . .03 . Syntax .. Name of the second of two nodes to connect to each other. .. use a .. Description Use this command to connect two nodes in your netlist.. the simulation evaluates the two nodes as if they were one.. Then to change the netlist construction to recognize node2.. 34 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.CONNECT ...

because r2 is shorted by connecting cc with 1.connect cc 1 .OPTION NODE.OPTION NODE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. node2 and node3 are the same node as node1.CONNECT node2 node3 This example connects both node2 and node3 to node1.CONNECT statements to connect several nodes together. Example 3 .print i(vcc) v(1) . Use . See Also .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . but v(cc) prints out instead.03 35 .CONNECT Example 2 *example for . Later simulations have only one resistor. The first HSPICE simulation evaluates only node1.end The first .alter .tran 1n 10n . then HSPICE prints out a node connection table.connect vcc 0 cc 5v r1 0 1 5k r2 1 cc 5k . If you set . v(1) does not print out.TRAN simulation includes two resistors.ALTER . Use multiple .ALTER statements to simulate node2 and node3.CONNECT node1 node2 . All connected nodes must be in the same subcircuit or all in the main circuit.

> + <FILE=’filename2’ pname1=colnum + <pname2=colnum .. pvalxxx> pval1’ <pval2’ pval3’ .... <OUT=’fileout’> . or S-parameter data.03 .>> .ENDDATA External File statement for concatenated data files: . transient. C-V.DATA datanm pnam1 <pnam2 pnam3 . 36 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DATA datanm LAM + FILE=’filename1’ pname1=colnum + <panme2=colnum .ENDDATA Arguments Argument Description column Column number in the data file for the parameter value.DATA ..ENDDATA Column Laminated statement: ...DATA Concatenates or column-laminates data sets to optimize measured I-V. pnamxxx > + + pval1<pval2 pval3 ... The column does not need to be the same between files.> + <FILE=’filename2’ pname1=colnum + <pname2=colnum .....>> ...DATA datanm MER + FILE=’filename1’ pname1=colnum <pname2=colnum .. Syntax Inline statement: .. pvalxxx’> . <OUT=’fileout’> ..

You must declare these names in a . Parameter value. referenced in the . Data file to read. and the sets of values to assign during each simulation.DATA statements. You can also use the .AC statement. C-V. the analysis reads data for each transistor (IDS curve. This bypasses reading-in the netlist and setting-up the simulation. The .TRAN statements can use external and inline data provided in .DC.DATA statement and can replace the .DATA statement for a first or second sweep variable when you characterize cells and test worst-case corners.DATA block. You can enter any number of parameters in a . You can output the file and use it to generate one data file from many.DATA statement that created it in the netlist. You can specify up to 10 files. fileouti LAM MER pnami pvali Description Use the . one curve at a time in an inner analysis loop. Concatenated (series merging) data files to use. model parameter value. or . which saves computing time. transient. HSPICE concatenates files in the order they appear in the . The number of data values per line does not need to correspond to HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. where simulation writes concatenated data. one transistor at a time in an outer analysis loop.AC.DC. or S parameter data.DATA statement. The . you can also plot simulation results against each other and print them in a single output. Column-laminated (parallel merging) data files to use. Data file name.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . and so on.DATA statement and an analysis statement that contains a DATA=dataname keyword. and . GDS curve. In internal loop simulation.PARAM statement. device size. such as transistor I-V data. Simulation reads data measured in a lab. and so on). used for source value.TRAN. .DATA Argument Description datanm filenamei Data name. . Parameter names. The required simulations run as an internal loop.03 37 .DATA command to concatenate or column-laminate data sets to optimize measured I-V. element value. Within the outer loop. This file contains the full syntax for an inline . Data-driven analysis syntax requires a .DATA statement specifies parameters that change values.

which is parameter data. rather than inline data.DATA statement. ■ ■ To use external files with the .TRAN analysis statement. Use the FILE keyword to specify the external filename. The number of parameters that HSPICE reads.DATA statements by their datanames so each dataname must be unique. listed in a .dat”. The following shows how different types of analysis use . you do not need to enter 20 values on each line in the .DATA the number of parameters. Concatenated data files are files with the same number of columns. HSPICE supports three . Data that is concatenated from external files. calls this statement.DATA statement can contain up to 50 parameters.AC. but use the quotes when file names start with numbers.DC DATA=dataname DC sweep: . You can use simple file names.dat without the single or double quotes ( ‘ ’ or “ ”). and use . placed one after another. such as out. such as “1234. or . are arranged sideby-side.DC. Data that is column-laminated from external files.DATA statements. Operating point: .DC vin 1 5 . Each . For example. .DATA statement. The physical number of data numbers per line does not need to correspond to the number of parameters. File names are case sensitive on UNIX systems. you do not need 20 numbers per line. HSPICE refers to .ALTER statements for the other parameters. Use the MER and LAM keywords to tell HSPICE to expect external file data. Column lamination means that the columns of files with the same number of rows. however the values are formatted. specify the start time (time 0) in the analysis statement so analysis correctly calculates the stop time. If you need more than 50 parameters in a single .DATA statement formats: ■ Inline data.DATA block if each simulation pass requires 20 parameters: the program reads 20 values on each pass. determines the number of columns of data. For example. place 50 or less parameters in the . The datanm parameter in a .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . if the simulation needs 20 parameters.03 .25 SWEEP DATA=dataname 38 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.DATA statement block.DATA format: ■ ■ ■ ■ For data-driven analysis.

0 1.DC DATA=vdot .PARAM VDS=0 VBS=0 L=1.0 1. the program first uses the width=50u.DATA statement .1 1.0u .0u -2 0.1 1.0u 0 1.03 39 . HSPICE then repeats the analyses for width=25u. For example.8pf.DATA as the inner sweep M1 1 2 3 0 N W=50u L=LN VGS 2 0 0. and cap=0.0v. thresh=1.5u 0 0.DC TEMP -55 125 10 SWEEP DATA=devinf .DC analyses.2v.AC dec 10 100 10meg SWEEP DATA=dataname TRAN sweep: .1 0. length=30u.0u 0 5.8pf + 5u 2u 0.AC DEC 10 1hz 10khz SWEEP DATA=devinf .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .8u -1 0.DATA devinf width length thresh cap + 50u 30u 1.0u -3 0. and cap=1.7v 0. Example 2 * .2v 1. thresh=1.ENDDATA HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.DATA vdot VBS VDS L 0 0.TRAN.0v 0.TRAN 1n 10n SWEEP DATA=dataname Example 1 * Inline .TRAN 1n 100n SWEEP DATA=devinf . and .DATA block.1 1.DATA AC sweep: . .1 1.1 1. length=15u.6pf .2pf + 25u 15u 1.DATA statement.0u .0u 0 0.2pf parameters to perform .ENDDATA HSPICE performs the above analyses for each set of parameter values defined in the .0v VBS 3 0 VBS VDS 1 0 VDS .AC. and again for the values on each subsequent line in the .

Example 4 * External File .>> + .DATA block.DATA d1 block.TRAN 1n 100n SWEEP DATA=d1 .DATA datanm MER + FILE=filename1 pname1 = colnum + <pname2=colnum . It sweeps time from 0 to 100 ns in 1 ns steps. The stop time is 100 ns.2pf 25u 20u 0. file2.0u 1.8u 0.DATA This example performs a DC sweep analysis for each set of VBS. + <OUT=fileout> .. The time increment is 1 ns. VDS.ENDDATA In this example: ■ ■ ■ The default start time for the . HSPICE performs 200 analyses: 100 time increments. times 2 sets of parameter values.. and file3). and L parameters in the ...ENDDATA Example 5 If you concatenate the three files (file1.DATA d1 W1 W2 L CAP 50u 40u 1.9pf . The outer sweep is time and the inner sweep varies the parameter values. Then HSPICE reads the next set of parameter values and does another 100 transient analyses.DATA as the outer sweep . These values result in transient analyses at every time value from 0 to 100 ns in steps of 1 ns by using the first set of parameter values in the .PARAM W1=50u W2=50u L=1u CAP=0 .DATA vdot block. file1 a a a a a a a a a file2 b b b b b b file3 c c c c c c 40 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .. HSPICE runs eight DC analyses one for each line of parameter values in the .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Example 3 * .> + <FILE=filename2 pname1=colnum + <pname2=colnum . That is..TRAN analysis is 0.DATA for concatenated data files .

E. The inputdata in the . The values for the p2 parameter are in column 3 of file1.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DATA statement references the dataname specified in either the . Example 6 Three files (D. The data in file1 is at the top of the file.DATA statement for this example is: * External File . The simulator assumes that the associated parameter of each column of the A file is the same as each column of the other files. The parameter fields specify the column that contains the parameters (you must already have defined the parameter names in .DC.PARAM statements). file2.DATA The data appears as follows: a a a b b c c a a a b b c c a a a b b c c The number of lines (rows) of data in each file does not need to be the same. the values for the p1 parameter are in column 1 of file1 and file2. followed by the data in file2. or .AC.03 41 .TRAN analysis statements. .DATA inputdata FILE=‘file1’ FILE=‘file2’ FILE=‘file3’ . HSPICE assigns values of zero to the missing parameters. For data files with fewer columns than others. and file3.ENDDATA . The . and file3 to form the inputdata dataset. and F) contain the following columns of data: File D File E d1 d2 d3 e4 e5 d1 d2 d3 e4 e5 d1 d2 d3 e4 e5 File F f6 f6 f6 The laminated data appears as follows: d1 d2 d3 d1 d2 d3 d1 d2 d3 e4 e5 e4 e5 e4 e5 f6 f6 f6 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.DATA statement MER p1=1 p2=3 p3=4 p1=1 This listing concatenates file1. For example.

DATA statement for this example is: * Column-Laminated . HSPICE interprets missing data points as zero.03 .ENDDATA . If you run HSPICE on a different machine than the one on which the input data files reside (such as when you work over a network). into the fileout output file. are designated as the columns to place in the output file. You can specify up to 10 files per .PARAM .DATA dataname LAM FILE=‘file1’ p1=1 p2=2 p3=3 FILE=‘file2’ p4=1 p5=2 OUT=‘fileout’ . The number of lines (rows) of data in each file does not need to be the same. and columns one and two of file2.DATA statement.ENDDATA This listing laminates columns from file1 and file2.DATA The number of columns of data does not need to be the same in the three files. See Also . and three of file1.DATA statement .DC . The .TRAN 42 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Aliases might have different definitions on different machines. use full path names instead of aliases. Columns one.AC . two.

DC .DC DATA=datanm<SWEEP var2 start2 stop2 incr2> .DC var1 START=<param_expr1> + STOP=<param_expr2> STEP=<param_expr3> .DC Performs several types of sweeps during DC analysis.DC var1 type np start1 stop1 <SWEEP DATA=datanm> .DC var1 START=start1 STOP=stop1 STEP=incr1 .03 43 .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DC DATA=datanm OPTIMIZE=opt_par_fun + RESULTS=measnames MODEL=optmod .DC MONTE=MCcommand Optimization: .DC DATA=datanm Monte Carlo: .DATA statement. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax Sweep or Parameterized Sweep: .DC var1 start1 stop1 incr1 + <SWEEP var2 type np start2 stop2> .DC var1 start1 stop1 SWEEP OPTIMIZE=OPTxxx + RESULTS=measname MODEL=optmod Arguments Argument Description DATA=datanm Datanm is the reference name of a .DC var1 type np start1 stop1 <SWEEP MONTE=MCcommand> .DC var1 start1 stop1 incr1 <var2 start2 stop2 incr2> Data-Driven Sweep: .

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DC

Argument

Description

incr1 ...

Voltage, current, element, or model parameters; or temperature increments. Specifies the optimization reference name. The .MODEL OPT statement uses this name in an optimization analysis Where MCcommand can be any of the following:

MODEL

MONTE= MCcommand

val Specifies the number of random samples to produce. val firstnum=num Specifies the sample number on which the simulation starts. list num Specifies the sample number to execute. list(<num1:num2><num3><num4:num5>) Samples from num1 to num2, sample num3, and samples from num4 to num5 are executed (parentheses are optional).

np

Number of points per decade or per octave or just number of points, based on which keyword precedes it. Specifies the parameter reference name, used for optimization in the .PARAM statement Measure name used for optimization in the .MEASURE statement Starting voltage, current, element, or model parameters; or temperature values. If you use the POI (list of points) variation type, specify a list of parameter values, instead of start stop. HSPICE supports the start and stop syntax; HSPICE RF does not.

OPTIMIZE

RESULTS start1 ...

stop1 ...

Final voltage, current, any element, model parameter, or temperature values. Indicates that a second sweep has a different type of variation (DEC, OCT, LIN, POI, or DATA statement; or MONTE=val) Indicates a temperature sweep.

SWEEP

TEMP

44

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DC

Argument

Description

type

Can be any of the following keywords:
■ ■ ■ ■

DEC — decade variation OCT — octave variation LIN — linear variation POI — list of points

var1 ...

Name of an independent voltage or current source, or Name of any element or model parameter, or ■ TEMP keyword (indicating a temperature sweep). HSPICE supports a source value sweep, which refers to the source name (SPICE style). However, if you select a parameter sweep, a .DATA statement, and a temperature sweep, then you must select a parameter name for the source value. A later .DC statement must refer to this name. The parameter must not start with the TEMP keyword. The var1 parameter should be defined in advance using the.PARAM command.

firstrun

The val value specifies the number of Monte Carlo iterations to perform. The firstrun value specifies the desired number of iterations. HSPICE runs from num1 to num1+val-1. The iterations at which HSPICE performs a Monte Carlo analysis. You can write more than one number after list. The colon represents “from ... to ...". Specifying only one number makes HSPICE run at only the specified point.

list

Description You can use the .DC statement in DC analysis to:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Sweep any parameter value. Sweep any source value. Sweep temperature range. Perform a DC Monte Carlo (random sweep) analysis. Perform a data-driven sweep. Perform a DC circuit optimization for a data-driven sweep. Perform a DC circuit optimization by using start and stop. Perform a DC model characterization.

The format for the .DC statement depends on the application that uses it.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

45

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DC

Example 1
.DC VIN 0.25 5.0 0.25

This example sweeps the value of the VIN voltage source, from 0.25 volts to 5.0 volts in increments of 0.25 volts. Example 2
.DC VDS 0 10 0.5 VGS 0 5 1

This example sweeps the drain-to-source voltage, from 0 to 10 V in 0.5 V increments at VGS values of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 V. Example 3
.DC TEMP -55 125 10

This example starts a DC analysis of the circuit, from -55° C to 125° C in 10° C increments. Example 4
.DC TEMP POI 5 0 30 50 100 125

This script runs a DC analysis at five temperatures: 0, 30, 50, 100, and 125° C. Example 5
.DC xval 1k 10k .5k SWEEP TEMP LIN 5 25 125

Example 5 runs a DC analysis on the circuit at each temperature value. The temperatures result from a linear temperature sweep, from 25° C to 125° C (five points), which sweeps a resistor value named xval, from 1 k to 10 k in 0.5 k increments. Example 6
.DC DATA=datanm SWEEP par1 DEC 10 1k 100k

This example specifies a sweep of the par1 value, from 1 k to 100 k in increments of 10 points per decade. Example 7
.DC par1 DEC 10 1k 100k SWEEP DATA=datanm

This example also requests a DC analysis at specified parameters in the .DATA datanm statement. It also sweeps the par1 parameter, from 1k to 100k in increments of 10 points per decade.

46

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DC

Example 8
.DC par1 DEC 10 1k 100k SWEEP MONTE=30

This example invokes a DC sweep of the par1 parameter from 1k to 100k by 10 points per decade by using 30 randomly generated (Monte Carlo) values. Example 9
* Schmitt Trigger Example *file: bjtschmt.sp bipolar schmitt trigger .OPTION post=2 vcc 6 0 dc 12 vin 1 0 dc 0 pwl(0,0 2.5u,12 5u,0) cb1 2 4 .1pf rc1 6 2 1k rc2 6 5 1k rb1 2 4 5.6k rb2 4 0 4.7k re 3 0 .47k diode 0 1 dmod q1 2 1 3 bmod 1 ic=0,8 q2 5 4 3 bmod 1 ic=.5,0.2 .dc vin 0,12,.1 .model dmod d is=1e-15 rs=10 .model bmod npn is=1e-15 bf=80 tf=1n + cjc=2pf cje=1pf rc=50 rb=100 vaf=200 .probe v(1) v(5) .print .end

Example 10
.DC par1 DEC 10 1k 100k SWEEP MONTE=10 firstrun=11

Example 10 invokes a DC sweep of the par1 parameter from 1k to 100k by 10 points per decade and uses 10 Monte Carlo) values from 11th to 20th trials. Example 11
.DC par1 DEC 10 1k 100k SWEEP MONTE=list(10 20:30 35:40 50)

This example invokes a DC sweep of the par1 parameter from 1k to 100k by 10 points per decade and a Monte Carlo analysis at the 10th trial, then from the 20th to the 30th, followed by the 35th to 40th trials and finally at the 50th trial. See Also .MODEL .OPTION DCIC .PARAM

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

47

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DCMATCH

.DCMATCH
Calculates the effects of variations on a circuit's DC characteristics. Syntax .DCMATCH OUTVAR <THRESHOLD=T> <FILE=string> <INTERVAL=Int> Arguments
Argument Description

OUTVAR

Valid node voltages, the difference between node pairs or branch currents. Report devices with a relative contribution above Threshold in the summary table. T=0: reports results for all devices T<0: suppresses table output; however, individual results are still available through .PROBE or .MEASURE statements. The upper limit for T is 1, but at least 10 devices are reported or all if there are less than 10. Default value is 0.01.
■ ■

THRESHOLD

FILE

Valid file name for the output tables. Default is basename.dm# where “#” is the usual sequence number for HSPICE output files. Applies only if a DC sweep is specified. Int is a positive integer. A summary is printed at the first sweep point, then for each subsequent increment of Int and then if not already printed at the final sweep point. Only single sweeps are supported.

INTERVAL

Description Use this command to calculate the effects of variations in device characteristics on the DC solution of a circuit. You can perform only one DCMATCH analysis per simulation. Only the last .DCMATCH statement is used in case more than one in present. The others are discarded with warnings. Example 1
.DCMatch V(9) V(4,2) I(VCC)

HSPICE reports DCmatch variations on the voltage of node 9, the voltage difference between nodes 4 and 2, and on the current through the source VCC.

48

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DCMATCH

Example 2
.DC XVal Start=1K Stop=9K Step=1K .DCMATCH V(vcc) interval=3

The variable XVal is being sweep in the .DC command. It takes nine values in sequence from 1k to 9k in increments of 1k. Tabular output for the .DCMATCH command is only generated for the set XVal={1k, 4k, 7k, 9k}. See Also .DC .MEASURE(DCMATCH) .PROBE

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

49

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DCVOLT

.DCVOLT
Sets initial conditions in HSPICE. Syntax .DCVOLT V(node1)=val1 V(node2)=val2 ... .DCVOLT V node1 val1 <node2 val2 ...> Arguments
Argument Description

val1 ...

Specifies voltages. The significance of these voltages depends on whether you specify the UIC parameter in the .TRAN statement. Node numbers or names can include full paths or circuit numbers.

node1 ...

Description Use the .IC statement or the .DCVOLT statement to set transient initial conditions in HSPICE. How it initializes depends on whether the .TRAN analysis statement includes the UIC parameter. If you specify the UIC parameter in the .TRAN statement, HSPICE does not calculate the initial DC operating point, but directly enters transient analysis. Transient analysis uses the .IC initialization values as part of the solution for timepoint zero (calculating the zero timepoint applies a fixed equivalent voltage source). The .IC statement is equivalent to specifying the IC parameter on each element statement, but is more convenient. You can still specify the IC parameter, but it does not have precedence over values set in the .IC statement. If you do not specify the UIC parameter in the .TRAN statement, HSPICE computes the DC operating point solution before the transient analysis. The node voltages that you specify in the .IC statement are fixed to determine the DC operating point. Transient analysis releases the initialized nodes to calculate the second and later time points. Example
.DCVOLT 11 5 4 -5 2 2.2

See Also .IC .TRAN
50 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DEL LIB

.DEL LIB
Removes library data from memory. Syntax .DEL LIB ‘<filepath>filename’ entryname .DEL LIB libnumber entryname Arguments
Argument Description

entryname filename

Entry name, used in the library call statement to delete. Name of a file to delete from the data file. The file path, plus the file name, can be up to 256 characters long. You can use any file name that is valid for the operating system that you use. Enclose the file path and file name in single or double quote marks. Path name of a file if the operating system supports tree-structured directories. Library number, used in the library call statement to delete.

filepath

libnumber

Description Use this command to remove library data from memory. The next time you run a simulation, the .DEL LIB statement removes the .LIB call statement with the same library number and entry name from memory. You can then use a .LIB statement to replace the deleted library. In this way, .DEL LIB helps you avoid name conflicts. You can use the .DEL LIB statement with the .ALTER statement. Example 1 Example 1 calculates a DC transfer function for a CMOS inverter using these steps: 1. First, HSPICE simulates the device by using the NORMAL inverter model from the MOS.LIB library. 2. Using the .ALTER block and the .LIB command, HSPICE substitutes a faster CMOS inverter, FAST for NORMAL. 3. HSPICE then resimulates the circuit.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

51

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DEL LIB

4. Using the second .ALTER block, HSPICE executes DC transfer analysis simulations at three different temperatures and with an n-channel width of 100 mm, instead of 15 mm. 5. HSPICE also runs a transient analysis in the second .ALTER block and uses a .MEASURE statement to measure the rise time of the inverter.
FILE1: ALTER1 TEST CMOS INVERTER .OPTION ACCT LIST .TEMP 125 .PARAM WVAL=15U VDD=5 * .OP .DC VIN 0 5 0.1 .PLOT DC V(3) V(2) * VDD 1 0 VDD VIN 2 0 * M1 3 2 1 1 P 6U 15U M2 3 2 0 0 N 6U W=WVAL * .LIB 'MOS.LIB' NORMAL .ALTER .DEL LIB 'MOS.LIB' NORMAL $removes LIB from memory .DEL LIB 'MOS.LIB' NORMAL $removes normal library from memory .OPTION BRIEF=1 $suppress printing of details .LIB 'MOS.LIB' FAST $get fast model library .OPTION BRIEF=0 $resume normal printing .ALTER .OPTION NOMOD OPTS $suppress printing model $parameters and print the $option summary .TEMP -50 0 50 $run with different temperatures .PARAM WVAL=100U VDD=5.5 $change the parameters using VDD 1 0 5.5 $VDD 1 0 5.5 to change the power $supply VDD value doesn't work VIN 2 0 PWL 0NS 0 2NS 5 4NS 0 5NS 5 $change the input source .OP VOL $node voltage table of $operating points .TRAN 1NS 5NS $run with transient also M2 3 2 0 0 N 6U WVAL $change channel width .MEAS SW2 TRIG V(3) VAL=2.5 RISE=1 TARG V(3) + VAL=VDD CROSS=2 $measure output * .END

52

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DEL LIB

Example 2 In this example, the .ALTER block adds a resistor and capacitor network to the circuit. The network connects to the output of the inverter and HSPICE simulates a DC small-signal transfer function.
FILE2: ALTER2.SP CMOS INVERTER USING SUBCIRCUIT .OPTION LIST ACCT .MACRO INV 1 2 3 M1 3 2 1 1 P 6U 15U M2 3 2 0 0 N 6U 8U .LIB 'MOS.LIB' NORMAL .EOM INV XINV 1 2 3 INV VDD 1 0 5 VIN 2 0 .DC VIN 0 5 0. 1 .PLOT V(3) V(2) .ALTER .DEL LIB 'MOS.LIB' NORMAL .TF V(3) VIN $DC small-signal transfer $function * .MACRO INV 1 2 3 $change data within $subcircuit def M1 4 2 1 1 P 100U 100U $change channel length,width,also $topology M2 4 2 0 0 N 6U 8U $change topology R4 4 3 100 $add the new element C3 3 0 10P $add the new element .LIB 'MOS.LIB' SLOW $set slow model library $.INC 'MOS2.DAT' $not allowed to be used $inside subcircuit, allowed $outside subcircuit .EOM INV .END

See Also .ALTER .LIB

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

53

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DISTO

.DISTO
Computes the distortion characteristics of the circuit in an AC analysis. Syntax .DISTO Rload <inter <skw2 <refpwr <spwf>>>> Arguments The tables below describe the arguments and possible .DISTO values.
Argument Description

Rload

The resistor element name of the output load resistor, into which the output power feeds. Reference power level, used to compute the distortion products. If you omit refpwr, the default value is 1mW, measured in decibels magnitude (dbM). The value must be ≥ 1e-10. Ratio of the second frequency (F2) to the nominal analysis frequency (F1) in the range 1e-3 < skw2 < 0.999. If you omit skw2, the default value is 0.9. Amplitude of the second frequency (F2). The value must be ≥ 1e-3. The default is 1.0. Interval at which HSPICE prints a distortion-measure summary. Specifies a number of frequency points in the AC sweep (see the np parameter in the .AC command). If you omit inter or set it to zero, HSPICE does not print a summary. To print or plot the distortion measures, use the .PRINT statement. ■ If you set inter to 1 or higher, HSPICE prints a summary of the first frequency and of each subsequent inter-frequency increment. To obtain a summary printout for only the first and last frequencies, set inter equal to the total number of increments needed to reach fstop in the .AC statement. For a summary printout of only the first frequency, set inter to greater than the total number of increments required to reach fstop. HSPICE prints an extensive summary from the distortion analysis for each frequency listed. Use the inter parameter in the .DISTO statement to limit the amount of output generated.

refpwr

skw2

spwf

inter

54

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DISTO

Below are the possible .DISTO values.
.DISTO Value Description

DIM2

Intermodulation distortion, first difference. Relative magnitude and phase of the frequency component (F1 - F2). Intermodulation distortion, second difference. The relative magnitude and phase of the frequency component (2 ⋅ F1 - F2). Second-order harmonic distortion. Relative magnitude and phase of the frequency component 2 ⋅ F1 (ignores F2). Third-order harmonic distortion. Relative magnitude and phase of the frequency component 3 ⋅ F1 (ignores F2). Intermodulation distortion, sum. Relative magnitude and phase of the frequency component (F1 + F2).

DIM3

HD2

HD3

SIM2

Description Use the .DISTO command to calculate the distortion characteristics of the circuit in an AC small-signal, sinusoidal, steady-state analysis. The program computes and reports five distortion measures at the specified load resistor. The analysis assumes that the input uses one or two signal frequencies.

HSPICE uses the first frequency (F1, the nominal analysis frequency) to calculate harmonic distortion. The .AC statement frequency-sweep sets it. HSPICE uses the optional second input frequency (F2) to calculate intermodulation distortion. To set it implicitly, specify the skw2 parameter, which is the F2/F1 ratio

HSPICE performs only one distortion analysis per simulation. If your design contains more than one .DISTO statement, HSPICE runs only the last statement. The .DISTO statement calculates distortions for diodes, BJTs (levels 1, 2, 3, and 4), and MOSFETs (Level49 and Level53, Version 3.22). You can use the .DISTO command only with the .AC command. Example
.DISTO RL 2 0.95 1.0E-3 0.75

See Also .AC

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

55

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DOUT

.DOUT
Specifies the expected final state of an output signal. Syntax .DOUT nd VTH ( time state < time state > ) .DOUT nd VLO VHI ( time state < time state > ) The first syntax specifies a single threshold voltage, VTH. A voltage level above VTH is high; any level below VTH is low. The second syntax defines a threshold for both a logic high (VHI) and low (VLO). Note: If you specify VTH, VLO, and VHI in the same statement, then only VTH is processed and VLO and VHI are ignored. Arguments
Argument Description

nd time state

Node name. Absolute timepoint. Expected condition of the nd node at the specified time:
■ ■ ■

0 expect ZERO,LOW. 1 expect ONE,HIGH. else Don’t care.

VTH VLO VHI

Single voltage threshold. Voltage of the logic-low state. Voltage of the logic-high state.

For both syntax cases, the time, state pair describes the expected output. During simulation, the simulated results are compared against the expected output vector.

56

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

3ns. When node1 is above 3V. it is a logic 0.PARAM statement in this example sets the VTH variable value to 3. See Also .PROBE .DOUT to specify the expected final state of an output signal. uses VTH as its threshold voltage. Example .0n U 4.0 . At 1ns.0n X 3.PARAM VTH=3. x U. z expect ZERO expect ONE do not care do not care expect HIGH IMPEDANCE (do not care) Description Use .0n 0 1. the expected state is again logic low.0n Z 5. otherwise.PRINT . operating on the node1 node.DOUT State Value Description 0 1 X.03 57 .” At 5ns.MEASURE . During simulation. u Z.0n 1 + 2. If the states are different. and 4ns. the expected state is logic-high.PARAM . The . it is a logic 1.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . the expected state is “do not care. the expected state of node1 is logic-low. HSPICE compares simulation results with the expected output.0n 0) The .DOUT node1 VTH(0. an error report results. At 2ns.DOUT statement. ■ ■ ■ ■ At 0ns.STIM HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.DOUT Legal values for state are: .

2.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .EBD Invokes IBIS EBD (Electronic Board Description) functionality.EBD .03 . If a component is involved in both the keywords component and usemap.1.IBIS command that describes a component. package_value Value=0.5 Len=0.EBD command to use the IBIS Electronic Board Description feature. then the mapping relation defined by component only is used..or 3 sets the package value (the same as option 'package' of .The format of the node name on the EBD side is ebdName_pinName.EDB command.. Figure 1 Circuit Connection for EBD Example J25 Len=0. Description Enter the . The new component names are: 'Comp'+referenceName+'_'+ebdName In Figure 1. For example. HSPICE uses the EBD file when simulating the line connected with the reference_designator.5 Len=0.EBD ebdname + file = ’filename’ + component = ’compname:reference_designator’ + {component = ’compname:reference_designator’. the name called J25 is ebd_J25.} + {usemap = package_value} Arguments Argument Description compname Name after the .5 Pin1 U21 Pin2 U22 Pin3 U23 58 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. reference_designator Reference designator that maps the component. CompU22_ebd and CompU23_ebd are added if U22 and U23 occur in [Reference Designator Map]. Syntax . new components will be added into the circuit according to the [Reference Designator Map]. Default=0.ibis) of all components in [Reference Designator Map]. When the keyword 'usemap' is added to the .

..5 L=8.ibis cmpnt + file = ’ebd. in Figure 1. For example..01 / Node u22...35n C=3. 2 is the pin name) does not exist..34p R=0. [Begin Board Description] 16Meg X 8 SIMM Module .ebd file: .34p R=0....09 nowarn This example corresponds to the following .03 59 . then the section between Pin2 and Pin3 will be ignored and U22_2 will be the terminal node. Example ... For example.5 L=8.. if U23_3 does not exist....2 Len=0.35n C=3..35n C=3.... then the node name will be ebd_U22_2..01 / Node u21.EBD Note: If a component pin is not found and it is not a terminal node in the EBD path.PKG HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. then the name is used to designate the related node. in Figure 1...Chapter 2: Netlist Commands ..5 L=8.ebd’ + model = ’16Meg X 8 SIMM Module’ + component = ’cmpnt:u21’ * + usemap = 0 ..ibs’ + component = ’SIMM’ + hsp_ver=2003..34p R=0...3 See Also . [Pin List] signal_name J25 POWER5 [Path Description] CAS_2 Pin J25 Len=0.IBIS . If the component pin is a terminal node in the EBD path and is not found.... then the node and the associated section will not be added into circuit....1 Len=0... if U22_2 (here.ebd ebd + file = ’test.01 / Node u23.

ELSEIF statement.ELSE Description Use this command to precede one or more commands in a conditional block after the last .03 .ENDIF .ENDIF statement. are all false.IF 60 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax . see the . For the syntax and a description of how to use the .ELSE Precedes commands to be executed in a conditional block when preceding .ELSEIF statements in the same conditional block. but before the .ELSE statement within the context of a conditional block.IF statement and in all of the preceding .ELSEIF .IF statement.ELSE .ELSEIF conditions are false. HSPICE executes these commands by default if the conditions in the preceding .IF and .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . See Also .

IF HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.IF statement and condition2 in the first .ENDIF .IF or .ELSEIF statement within the context of a conditional block.ELSE statement For the syntax and a description of how to use the .03 61 . then HSPICE moves on to the next .ELSE .IF statement is false and condition2 in the first .ELSEIF statement only if condition1 in the preceding .ELSEIF (condition) Description HSPICE executes the commands that follow the first.IF and .ELSEIF statement. See Also . HSPICE continues to the .ELSEIF statement.ELSEIF statement if there is one. instead of the commands after the first . HSPICE executes the commands that follow the second .ELSEIF . until it reaches the first .ELSEIF condition that is true.ELSEIF condition is true.ELSEIF statements.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Syntax .ELSEIF Specifies conditions that determine whether HSPICE executes subsequent commands in conditional block.ELSEIF condition is true. HSPICE ignores the commands in all false . see the .ELSEIF statement are both false. If no . If this second .IF statement.ELSEIF statement is true. If condition1 in the .

5) LX18(M1) LX19(M1) LX20(M1) + (0. Description An . The period preceding END is required.OPTION NODE NOPAGE VDS 3 0 VGS 2 0 M1 1 2 0 0 MOD1 L=4U W=6U AD=10P AS=10P .03 .MODEL MOD1 NMOS VTO=-2 NSUB=1.5VOLTS MODN1 2 1 0 0 M 10 3 . You can concatenate several simulations into a single file. Typically. An input file that contains more than one simulation run must include an .PLOT TRAN V(1) (0.END statement must be the last statement in the input netlist file. Syntax . the comment is the name of the netlist file or of the simulation run that this command terminates.1 6 V1 1 0 PWL 0 -1.5 VGS 0 5 1 .END statement is regarded as a comment only.TRAN .DC VDS 0 10 0.END MOS OUTPUT MOS CAPS .END Ends a simulation run in an input netlist file.0E15 TOX=1000 + UO=550 VIDS 3 1 .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .END <comment> Arguments Argument Description <comment> Can be any comment. Example MOS OUTPUT .END .6E-13) .MODEL M NMOS VTO=1 NSUB=1E15 TOX=1000 + UO=800 LEVEL=1 CAPOP=2 .END MOS CAPS 62 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OP .OPTION SCALE=1U SCALM=1U WL ACCT .5V V2 2 0 1. Text that follows the .PRINT DC I(M1) V(2) .5V 6 4.END statement for each simulation run.

For the syntax and a description of how to use the . Syntax .ENDDATA Description Use this command to terminate a .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DATA block in an HSPICE input netlist file.03 63 .IF HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ENDDATA Ends a .ENDIF Description Use this command to terminate a conditional block of commands that begins with an .ELSE . see the . See Also . See Also .IF statement.ELSEIF .ENDIF statement within the context of a conditional block.DATA .ENDDATA .DATA block in an HSPICE input netlist. Syntax .IF statement.ENDIF Ends a conditional block of commands in an HSPICE input netlist file.

ENDL . Syntax .SUBCKT statement.ENDS Terminates all subcircuit definitions that begin with a .SUBCKT) in an HSPICE input netlist file. Example 1 .SUBCKT command.ENDL Ends a .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Syntax .ENDL Description Use this command to terminate a . This statement must be the last for any subcircuit definition that starts with a .SUBCKT statement.LIB statement in an HSPICE input netlist file.03 .ENDS Ends a subcircuit definition (.SUBCKT. Example 2 .LIB . Description Use this command to terminate a .LIB statement in an HSPICE input netlist. See Also .ENDS mos_circuit This example terminates a subcircuit named mos_circuit. See Also .ENDS <SUBNAME> Arguments Argument Description SUBNAME Subcircuit name definition to end that begins with a .SUBCKT 64 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. You can nest subcircuit references (calls) within subcircuits in HSPICE.

this statement terminates all subcircuit definitions that begin with a . See Also .MACRO command. This statement must be the last for any subcircuit definition that starts with a . Syntax . You can nest subcircuit references (calls) within subcircuits.MACRO statement. Example 2 .SUBCKT command.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .EOM <SUBNAME> Arguments Argument Description <SUBNAME> Subcircuit name definition to terminate that begins with a .EOM .MACRO statement. Example 1 .EOM diode_circuit This example terminates a subcircuit named diode_circuit.MACRO HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.EOM Ends a . Description Use this command to terminate a .03 65 .EOM If you omit the subcircuit name as in this second example.MACRO statement.

which defaults to 0. An alias for STOP. Defaults to the START value in the . Syntax Syntax # 1 Alphanumeric input . If NP is not a power of 2.TRAN statement. Number of points to use in the FFT analysis. The default is 1024.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Defaults to the TSTOP value in the .FFT statements. current. or power. FROM STOP TO NP 66 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE automatically adjusts it to the closest higher number that is a power of 2. Numerical parameters (excluding string parameters) can be passed to the .FFT statement.FFT statements.TRAN statement. An alias for START in .FFT <output_var> <START=param_expr1> <STOP=param_expr2> + <NP=param_expr3> <FORMAT=keyword> + <WINDOW=keyword> <ALFA=param_expr4> + <FREQ=param_expr5> <FMIN=param_expr6> <FMAX=param_expr7> Arguments Argument Description output_var START Can be any valid output variable.FFT Calculates the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) value used for spectrum analysis. such as voltage. End of the output variable waveform to analyze. in . NP must be a power of 2.03 .FFT <output_var> <START=value> <STOP=value> + <NP=value> <FORMAT=keyword> + <WINDOW=keyword> <ALFA=value> + <FREQ=value> <FMIN=value> <FMAX=value> Syntax #2 Numerics and expressions .FFT . Start of the output variable waveform to analyze.

0 <= ALFA <= 20. the output lists only the harmonics of this frequency.0 The default is 3. HARRIS=Blackman-Harris window. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The default is 0. 1.03 67 .FFT Argument Description FORMAT Specifies the output format: ■ ■ NORM= normalized magnitude (default) UNORM=unnormalized magnitude WINDOW Specifies the window type to use: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ RECT=simple rectangular truncation window (default). HSPICE also prints the THD for these harmonics. Description Use this command to calculate the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) values for spectrum analysis. THD calculations also use this frequency. HANN=Hanning window.FFT statement. Minimum frequency for which HSPICE prints FFT output into the listing file. based on FMIN and FMAX. ALFA Parameter to use in GAUSS and KAISER windows to control the highest side-lobe level. .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . HAMM=Hamming window.0/T (Hz). KAISER=Kaiser-Bessel window. FMIN FMAX Maximum frequency for which HSPICE prints FFT output into the listing file.0 (Hz). BART=Bartlett (triangular) window. A DFT uses sequences of time values to determine the frequency content of analog signals in circuit simulation. You can pass numerical parameters/expressions (but no string parameters) to the . If FREQ is non-zero. and so on.5*NP*FM IN (Hz). The default is 0. T=(STOP-START) The default is 1. BLACK=Blackman window. GAUSS=Gaussian window.FFT uses internal time point values to calculate these values. bandwidth. THD calculations also use this frequency.0 FREQ Frequency to analyze.

ft1 file for the FFT of v(2).FFT v(2) np=1024 This example generates an .0k + window=kaiser alfa=2.FFT v(1) np=1024 .ft0 file for the FFT of v(1) and an .TRAN 68 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.2u stop=1.3m stop=0.FFT I(rload) start=0m to=2. because it contains two variables in one .2) np=1024 start=0.2u + window=harris Example 2 .FFT v(1) v(2) np=1024 Example 1 .5m freq=5.FFT command.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .FFT v(1.03 .FFT You can specify only one output variable in an .0m fmin=100k fmax=120k + format=unorm . See Also .FFT par(‘v(1) + v(2)’) from=0.5 .FFT v(1) .FFT command: . The following is an incorrect use of the command.

where: ■ ■ tstop is the final time.FOUR . Syntax . HSPICE uses 10 frequency bins.FOUR statement can use non-linear. The Fourier analysis determines the DC component and the first nine AC components.TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE performs Fourier analysis on 501 points of transient analysis data on the last 1/f time period.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . You can use a . instead of linear interpolation.> Arguments Argument Description freq ov1 . HSPICE interpolates transient data to fit on 501 points. For improved accuracy.FOUR freq ov1 <ov2 ov3 . Example . Fundamental frequency Output variables to analyze.FOUR statement only in conjunction with a .03 69 . running from (tstop-1/f) to tstop.. where f is the fundamental Fourier frequency. fperiod is a fundamental frequency period (freq parameter).. To calculate the phase.. the .FOUR Performs a Fourier analysis as part of the transient analysis. Description Use this command to perform a Fourier analysis as part of the transient analysis. You can use this statement in HSPICE to perform the Fourier analysis over the interval (tstop-fperiod.TRAN statement. tstop).FOUR 100K V(5) See Also .. the normalized component and the Fourier component. specified for the transient analysis.

PRINTDATA COMPUTEGO COMPUTEGD COMPUTERO COMPUTERS The solver prints output matrixes to a file.FSOPTIONS . The solver computes the DC resistance matrix. 70 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.FSOPTIONS name <ACCURACY=LOW|MEDIUM|HIGH> + <GRIDFACTOR=val> <PRINTDATA=YES|NO> + <COMPUTEGO=YES|NO> <COMPUTEGD=YES|NO> + <COMPUTERO=YES|NO> <COMPUTERS=YES|NO> <COMPUTE_RS=YES|NO|DIRECT|ITER> Arguments Argument Description name ACCURACY Option name. Syntax . Sets the solver accuracy to one of the following: ■ ■ ■ LOW MEDIUM HIGH GRIDFACTOR Multiplication factor (integer) to determine the final number of segments used to define the shape. If you set COMPUTERS=yes. The solver computes the static conductance matrix. The solver computes the skin-effect resistance matrix.FSOPTIONS Sets various options for the HSPICE Field Solver.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . the field solver does not use this parameter to compute Ro and Rs values. The solver computes the dielectric loss matrix. This parameter uses the filament method solver to compute Ro and Rs.03 .

then increase either the GRIDFACTOR value or the N. the predefined accuracy level might not be accurate enough for some applications.fsoptions printem printdata=yes computers=direct computegd=yes // GMRES solver .fsoptions printem printdata=yes computers=iter computegd=yes See Also . and Rs.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . or NW values to increase the mesh density.03 71 .FSOPTIONS statement: ■ ■ ■ The field solver always computes the L and C matrixes.FSOPTIONS Argument Description COMPUTER_RS Activates and chooses filament solver ■ ■ ■ ■ YES: activate filament solver with direct matrix solver NO: (Default) Does not perform filament solver DIRECT: Activate filament solver with direct matrix solver (same as "YES") ITER: Activates filament solver with iterative matrix solver Description Use the . If COMPUTERS=YES. Because a wide range of applications are available.LAYERSTACK . If you need a higher accuracy than the value that the HIGH option sets. See the HSPICE Signal Integrity User Guide for more information on Extracting Transmission Line Parameters (Field Solver). It then multiplies this number times the GRIDFACTOR to obtain the final number of segments. the field solver uses either the predefined number of segments or the number of segments that you specified. Example // LU solver *.SHAPE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Ro. NH.MATERIAL . the field solver starts and calculates Lo. For each accuracy mode. The following rules apply to the field solver when specifying options with the .FSOPTIONS command to set various options for the field solver.

Ordinarily. The most common use of a .GLOBAL statement.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .. .03 . concatenated to the node name. When you use a .. HSPICE does not concatenate the node name with the circuit number and assigns only the global name.GLOBAL statement is if your netlist file includes subcircuits. Syntax . For example. . You can then exclude the power node name in the subcircuit or macro call. This means that all references to a global node name. such as supply and clock names.GLOBAL statements is to assign power supply connections of all subcircuits. Description Use this command to globally assign a node name in HSPICE. connect to the same node. Another common use of .GLOBAL Globally assigns a node name. This statement assigns a common node name to subcircuit nodes.GLOBAL VCC connects all subcircuits with the internal node name VCC. the node name consists of the circuit number. in a subcircuit.GLOBAL VDD input_sig 72 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. overrides local subcircuit definitions. Example This example shows global definitions for VDD and input_sig nodes.GLOBAL node1 node2 node3 . Arguments Argument Description node1 node2 Name of a global nodes. used at any level of the hierarchy in the circuit.GLOBAL .

HDL "<file_name>" [<module_name] [<module_alias>] Arguments Argument Description file_name module_name Verilog-A or CML file. This argument is useful when loading modules of the same name from different files. then only that module is loaded from the specified Verilog-A or CML file. If a conflict occurs. Every Verilog-A module can have one or more associated model cards. In .HDL Specifies the Verilog-A source name and path. then that module is loaded into the system using the alias in place of the module name defined in the Verilog-A source file. (HSPICE only) module_alias Description Use . The Verilog-A file is assumed to have a *. HSPICE issues a warning message and the Verilog-A module definition is ignored. The type of model cards should be the same as the Verilog-A module name. Optional module name. If the module is not found or if the module specification is not uniquely case-insensitive inside. then an error is generated.va extension only when a prefix is provided.03 73 . you must add the Verilog-A type of model cards. Syntax .ALTER blocks to vary simulation behavior. A module may be loaded with any number of aliases in addition to being loaded without an alias. See Example 4 below. If specified (in addition to a module name). (HSPICE only). HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .HDL commands in . any reference to the module is made using its alias. to compare multiple variations of Verilog-A modules. The module_name and module_alias arguments can be specified without quotes or with single or double quotes.MODEL statements. Any tokens after the module alias are ignored. You can also use . The system behaves as if the module had the alias as its module name. If a module is specified.HDL commands to specify the Verilog-A or CML source name and path within a netlist.HDL . For example. Thereafter. Verilog-A module names cannot conflict with HSPICE built-in device keywords.

HDL statement anywhere in the top-level circuit. All Verilog-A modules are loaded into the system prior to any device instantiation. ■ ■ ■ Example 1 .HDL "va_models" This example loads the va_models. An .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .end 74 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.alter alter1 .HDL "/myhome/Verilog_A_lib/res.SUBCKT or IF-ELSEIF-ELSE block. Example 2 . the simulation will exit with an error message. Example 3 * simple .va" This example loads the res.03 . and the same module override logic applies.tran 10n 100n . If a Verilog-A module file is not found or the Compiled Model Library file has an incompatible version.va v1 1 0 10 x1 1 0 va_amp . the simulation exits and an error message is issued.hdl amp_two. File Loading Considerations These restrictions and issues must be considered when loading Verilog-A modules: ■ You can place an .hdl amp_one. otherwise.va Verilog-A model file (not va_model file) from the current working directory.HDL The same Verilog-A case insensitivity rules used for module and parameter names apply to both the module_name and module_alias arguments.alter test .va . the latter one is ignored and the simulator issues a warning message.HDL statement is not allowed inside a . When a module to be loaded has the same name as a previously-loaded module or the names differ in case only.va Verilog-A model file from the directory / myhome/Verilog_A_lib.

va file.hdl .va file for the first simulation run.hdl .. HSPICE loads the va_amp module from the amp_two. x1 1 x2 2 .ALTER .va' 'res' 'slow_res' 2 fast_res r=1 0 slow_res r =1 See Also . . then you can write.MODEL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. such as'fast.va'. For the second run... Example 4 The module_alias argument is useful when loading modules of the same name from different files.va' and 'slow.HDL This example loads the module called va_amp from the amp_one.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . 'fast. if you have a module res in two libraries. For example..va' 'res' 'fast_res' 'slow.03 75 .

Arguments Argument Description ibis_name file Instance name of this ibis command Name of ibis (*ibs) file component Component name mod_sel Assigns special model for model selector. If the package information is not set in [Pin].. 3 (default). Syntax . When package equals ■ ■ ■ ■ package 0.IBIS . then the package is not added into the component. and if [Package Model] is defined. You can define the [Package Model] in an IBIS file specified by the file keyword or a PKG file specified by the pkgfile keyword. If the [Package Model] is not defined. 1.. set package with a package model.03 . 2.sel2=mod2. set the package with [Pin]. then RLC of [Package] (in the .. then RLC of [Pin] (in the ..ibs file) is added.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . The pkgfile keyword is useful only when package =3 76 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.. set the package with [Package] as a default. here model selector can be used for series model.ibs file) is added.'] + [package = 0|1|2|3] [pkgfile='pkg_file_name'] + [typ={typ|min|max}] + [nowarn] + .IBIS Provides IBIS functionality by specifying an IBIS file and component and optional keywords.IBIS 'ibis_name' + file = 'ibis_file_name' + component='component_name' + [mod_sel='sel1=mod1.

c_com_gc.ibis cmpnt + file = ’ebd.. ramp_fwf. If such keywords are set.0m 2n 0.03 77 . see Specifying Common Keywords in Chapter 4 of the HSPICE Signal Integrity User Guide.IBIS command when used with a component... They are: typ.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .0m 3n 0.. Description The general syntax above shows the . pd_scal. interpo. If min or max data are not available.4p 2 ND2 NMOS 50.IBIS Argument Description typ The value of the typ signifies a column in the IBIS file from which the current simulation extracts data. c_com_pc.. L_pin C_pin HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. hsp_ver. pc_scal. c_com_pd. gc_scal.ibs’ + component = ’SIMM’ + hsp_ver=2002. ramp_rwf. pu_scal. Example . typ data are used instead..ibs file: [Component] SIMM [Manufacturer] TEST [Package] R_pkg 200m NA NA L_pkg 7... The optional keywords are in square brackets. For details..0nH NA NA C_pkg 1. c_com_pu..5p .. rwf_tune. The default is typ=typ... they are applied on all buffers of the component.. The nowarn keyword suppresses warning messages from the IBIS parser.. rwf_scal.5pF NA NA | [Pin] signal_name model_name R_pin | 1 ND1 ECL 40.4 nowarn package=2 This example corresponds to the following ebd.. fwf_tune. nowarn Note: There are many other option keywords which are the same as for the B-element (I/O buffer). fwf_scal...

0m 2n 0.4p cmpnt_1 gnd buffer cmpnt_nd2 cmpnt_2_i 50.5p cmpnt_2 gnd Example .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . example.EBD .03 .IBIS cmpt1 + file='example.ibs' + component='EXAMPLE' + mod_sel = 'DQ = DQ_FULL' In the following example. the model DQ_FULL will be used for all pins that use the model name DQ. contains the following [Model Selector] section: |***********************MODEL SELECTOR************************ | [Model Selector] DQ | DQ_FULL DQ_HALF * Full-Strength IO Driver 54% Reduced Drive Strength IO Driver See Also .ibs.0m 3n 0.The corresponding IBIS file.PKG 78 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.IBIS Figure 2 Equivalent Circuit for IBIS Component Example Component cmpnt buffer cmpnt_nd1 cmpnt_1_i 40.

See Using Wildcards on Node Names in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide.. Node numbers or names can include full paths or circuit numbers.IC statement. If you do not specify the UIC parameter in the .TRAN . but adds convenience. How it initializes depends on whether the .TRAN statement. HSPICE computes the DC operating point solution before the transient analysis.IC statement is equivalent to specifying the IC parameter on each element statement.DCVOLT command to set transient initial conditions in HSPICE. The node voltages that you specify in the .. but directly enters transient analysis. If you specify the UIC parameter in the . The significance of these voltages depends on whether you specify the UIC parameter in the . Syntax ..IC .IC statement are fixed to determine the DC operating point. In addition. Transient analysis releases the initialized nodes to calculate the second and later time points. Transient analysis uses the ..IC statement.IC Sets transient initial conditions in HSPICE.IC V(node1)=val1 V(node2)=val2 .TRAN analysis statement includes the UIC parameter. node1 . HSPICE does not calculate the initial DC operating point.OPTION DCIC HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.IC initialization values as part of the solution for timepoint zero (calculating the zero timepoint applies a fixed equivalent voltage source). Arguments Argument Description val1 . The .03 79 .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .DCVOLT .IC V(11)=5 V(4)=-5 V(2)=2. you can use wildcards in the .. Specifies voltages. You can still specify the IC parameter.TRAN statement.2 See Also . but it loses precedence over values set in the . Example ..TRAN statement. Description Use the .IC command or the .

icm file that contains an ICM model. Syntax . ■ Note: 80 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Name of the [ICM pin map] keyword in an . then 'sidename'_ (above) should be removed.icm file.ICM Automatically creates port names that reference the pin name of an ICM model and generate a series of element nodes on the pin. Working model in an .ICM .ICM command card name.03 . Name of the first column of entries of the [ICM node map] or [ICM pin map].icm file.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .icm file. icmname icmfilename icmmodelname nodemapname pinmapname pinname Name of an .ICM icmname + file='icmfilename' + model='icmmodelname' Arguments Argument Description . Name of the side subparameter sidename Description Use this command to automatically create port names that reference the pin name of an ICM model and generate a series of element (W/S/RLGCK) nodes on the pin when one of the following conditions occur: ■ If the model is described using [Nodal Path Description] ''icmname'_'nodemapname'_'sidename'_'pinname' If the model is described using [Tree Path Description] 'icmname'_'pinmapname'_'sidename'_'pinname' If a side subparameter is not used in an ICM file. Name of the [ICM node map] keyword in an .

icm1_NodeMap2_SideName2_pin1. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. icm1_NodeMap2_SideName2_pin2.ICM icm1 + file='test1.icm' + model='FourLineModel1' Example 2 The following example shows how to reference a pin of the ICM model in a HSPICE netlist..ICM Example 1 .03 81 . . icm1_NodeMap1_SideName1_pin1.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands ..

.. 82 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ELSEIF statement only if condition1 in the preceding .ELSEIF condition is true.. > <.ELSEIF statement are both false.ELSEIF condition is true.ELSEIF statement..ELSEIF statement. instead of the commands after the first ..ELSE . HSPICE continues to the .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .IF .IF statement is false and condition2 in the first .IF and . condition2 Description HSPICE executes the commands that follow the first. If no .ELSEIF statement.ELSE statement.ELSEIF statement is true.IF Specifies conditions that determine whether HSPICE executes subsequent commands in conditional block. Syntax . then HSPICE moves on to the next . If this second . Condition that must be true before HSPICE executes the commands that follow the .ENDIF Arguments Argument Description condition1 Condition that must be true before HSPICE executes the commands that follow the . <.IF or . until it reaches the first .ELSEIF statements.IF statement and condition2 in the first . HSPICE executes the commands that follow the second .IF (condition1) .03 ..ELSEIF statement if there is one.IF statement.ELSEIF condition that is true.ELSEIF (condition2) . HSPICE ignores the commands in all false . If condition1 in the . > . HSPICE executes the commands that follow condition2 only if condition1 is false and condition2 is true.

.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands ..IF statement.IF statement and in all of the preceding ..IF .INCLUDE /myhome/subcircuits/diode_circuit3 .ELSEIF statements in the same conditional block.03 83 .ELSEIF .ENDIF HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ENDIF See Also . .ELSEIF (a==c) . . The . HSPICE executes these commands by default if the conditions in the preceding ..INCLUDE /myhome/subcircuits/diode_circuit1 ..ENDIF statement. Example .. .ENDIF statement ends a conditional block of commands that begins with an .ELSE .ELSEIF statement. are all false. but before the .ELSE precedes one or more commands in a conditional block after the last .INCLUDE /myhome/subcircuits/diode_circuit2 .ELSE .IF (a==b) .

You can use any valid file name for the computer’s operating system. Description Use this command to include another netlist in the current netlist. You can include a netlist as a subcircuit in one or more other netlists.INCLUDE call. can be up to 16 characters long. An include file can contain nested . HSPICE can also find the .INCLUDE ‘<filepath> <filename>’ Arguments Argument Description filepath Path name of a file for computer operating systems that support treestructured directories. If you use a relative path in a nested .03 . The file path.INCLUDE calls to itself or to another include file.INCLUDE `/myhome/subcircuits/diode_circuit´ 84 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If the path starts from the current working directory.INCLUDE Includes another netlist as a subcircuit of the current netlist. but prints a warning.INCLUDE file. filename Name of a file to include in the data file. Example . You must enclose the file path and name in single or double quotation marks. the path starts from the directory of the parent .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .INCLUDE . plus the file name.INCLUDE file. not from the current working directory. Syntax .

thickness Layer thickness.> Arguments Argument Description sname mname Layer stack name. Syntax . ■ ■ ■ The following limiting cases apply to the . you can associate a single-layer stack with many transmission line systems.. Background material must be dielectric.. Metal layers (ground planes) are located only at the bottom only at the top or both at the top and bottom.03 85 .thickness) . Layers are stacked in the y-direction and the bottom of a layer stack is at y=0. All conductors must be located above y=0. Description Use this command to define a stack of dielectric or metal layers.LAYERSTACK sname <BACKGROUND=mname> + <LAYER=(mname. the field solver assumes AIR for the background. However.LAYERSTACK command: HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Material name.LAYERSTACK .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . BACKGROUND Background dielectric material name. By default. In the layer stack: ■ ■ Layers are listed from bottom to top. You must associate each transmission line system with one and only one.LAYERSTACK Defines a stack of dielectric or metal layers. layer stack.

LAYERSTACK halfSpace PEC 0.SHAPE 86 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.LAYERSTACK ■ Free space without ground: .LAYERSTACK mystack Free space with a (bottom) ground plane where a predefined metal name = perfect electrical conductor (PEC): .03 .MATERIAL .1mm ■ See Also .FSOPTIONS .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .

$ ANY VALID SET OF HSPICE STATEMENTS . device models.03 87 .LIB entryname3 . and statements. . . $ ANY VALID SET OF HSPICE STATEMENTS . you do not need to specify a directory path. Syntax Use the following syntax for library calls: .ENDL entryname1 . Used where a computer supports tree-structured directories./” syntax in the filepath to designate the parent directory of the current directory..ENDL entryname2 .LIB ‘<filepath> filename’ entryname Use the following syntax to define library files: .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . When the LIB file (or alias) is in the same directory where you run HSPICE.LIB entryname2 . subcircuit analyses.LIB . $ ANY VALID ET OF HSPICE STATEMENTS .LIB entryname1 .ENDL entryname3 Arguments Argument Description filepath Path to a file. the netlist runs on any machine. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Use “.LIB Creates and reads from libraries of commonly used commands.

Enclose the file path and file name in single or double quotation marks. only the first one is loaded. subcircuit analysis.ENDL statement ends the library macro.MODEL statements. Example 1 * Library call . Each run can consist of similar components by using different model parameters without duplicating the entire input file. structured as any filename that is valid for the computer’s operating system. You can nest library calls to any depth.INCLUDE statement to access the models and skew parameters. Use nesting with the .ENDL statement. use a library definition statement (.LIB entryname) and an .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 .LIB call name in the main data file..LIB statement in a library file.ENDL statement. Name of a file to include in the data file. it reads the corresponding entry from the designated library file.LIB 'MODELS' cmos1 88 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The first character of an entryname cannot be an integer.ALTER statement to create a sequence of model runs.ALTER block. and statements (library calls) in library files.LIB call statement to create and read from libraries of commonly used commands./” syntax in the filename to designate the parent directory of the current directory. For each macro in a library. As HSPICE encounters each . Library calls can call other libraries (nested library calls) if they are different files.LIB statement and the . device models. The library contains parameters that modify . use the . You can also place a .LIB statement begins the library macro and the . The text after a library file entry name must consist of HSPICE statements. The simulator uses the . The . The combination of filepath plus filename can be up to 256 characters long. If more than one entry with the same name is encountered in a file.LIB call statement in an . To build libraries (library file definition). filename Description Use the . until it finds an . Use “.LIB Argument Description entryname Entry name for the section of the library file to include.

LIB 'file3' MOS7 $ This call is illegal in MOS7 library .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .. Illegal: .ENDL Legal: .LIB MOS7 ....LIB CTT $ file2 is already open for the CTT $ entry point .LIB Example 2 . .ENDL MOS7 Example 3 The following are an illegal example and a legal example of nested .ENDL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.LIB MOS7 $ Any valid set of HSPICE commands .LIB 'file1' MOS8 . . .LIB MOS7 .LIB 'file2' MOS9 ...03 89 . . .LIB statements for the file3 library... . .

0.LIB TT $TYPICAL P-CHANNEL AND N-CHANNEL CMOS LIBRARY $ PROCESS: 1.0U CMOS.3) $ p-ch threshold change ..dat’ $ model include file . .15V .model keyword (left side) equates to the skew parameter (right side).LIB call statement of model skew parameters and features both worst-case and statistical distribution data.MODEL PCH PMOS LEVEL=2 XL=XL TOX=TOX + DELVTO=DELVTOP .LIB FF $HIGH GAIN P-CH AND N-CH CMOS LIBRARY 3SIGMA VALUES .. .20a + XL=AGAUSS(0.1u.OPTION ALTCC 90 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.dat include file.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . The .3) $ polysilicon CD + DELVTON=AGAUSS(0. FAB7 $ following distributions are 3 sigma ABSOLUTE GAUSSIAN ...03 DELVTON=-.15V.0.20.. The statistical distribution median value is the default for all non-Monte Carlo analysis.0.MODEL NCH NMOS LEVEL=2 XL=XL TOX=TOX + DELVTO=DELVTON . The model is in the /usr/meta/lib/cmos1_mod.INCLUDE . A .3) $ n-ch threshold change + DELVTOP=AGAUSS(0..13u..ENDL .ENDL TT ..PARAM TOX=220 XL=-0.2V + DELVTOP=-0.LIB Example 4 .. See Also .dat’ $ model include file .ALTER .INC ‘/usr/meta/lib/cmos1_mod.INC ‘/usr/meta/lib/cmos1_mod.3) $ 200 angstrom +/.2V.03 ..model keyword can be the same as a skew parameter.ENDL FF This example is a .PARAM TOX=AGAUSS(200.

.LIN Extracts noise and linear transfer parameters for a general multi-port network.sc# model output file.. Model name listed in the .>> + <filename = .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands ... Syntax Multi-Port Syntax .. which you can include in the netlist.LIN <sparcalc=[1|0] <modelname = . citi is CITIfile format. Output file name (The default is netlist name). touchstone is TOUCHSTONE file format.MODEL statement in the .sc# format. extract S parameters (default)..> <format=[selem|citi|touchstone]> + <noisecalc=[1|0] <gdcalc=[1|0]> + <mixedmode2port=[dd|dc|ds|cd|cc|cs|sd|sc|ss]> + <dataformat=[ri|ma|db]> Two-Port Syntax . Output file format: ■ filename format ■ ■ selem is for S element .LIN <sparcalc=[1|0] <modelname = .LIN ...>> + <filename = .> <format=[selem|citi|touchstone]> + <noisecalc=[1|0] <gdcalc=[1|0]> + <mixedmode2port=[dd|dc|ds|cd|cc|cs|sd|sc|ss]> + <dataformat=[ri|ma|db]> + <listfreq=(frequencies|none|all)> + <listcount=num> <listfloor=val> <listsources=1|0|on|off> Arguments Argument Description sparcalc modelname If 1.03 91 . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

The mixedmode2port keyword describes the mixed-mode data map of output mixed mode S parameter matrix. magnitude-phase. extract noise parameters (perform 2-port noise analysis). ■ dataformat=MA.03 . This is the default format for touchstone file. HSPICE uses six digits for both frequency and S parameters in HSPICE generated data files (. DB(magnitude)-phase.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . The default is 0.LIN Argument Description noisecalc If 1. sc default: sd dataformat The dataformat keyword describe the data format output to the . dataformat=RI. If 1. This is the default for the . real-imaginary. cd.sc#/touchstone/citi file. dc. The default is 0. The number of digits for noise parameters are five in .sc#/touchstone/citifile).sc# and Touchstone files and six in CITIfiles.sc#/citi file. ■ 92 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. extract group delay (perform group delay analysis). cc default: dd case 3: p1=balanced p2=single available: ds. The availability and default value for this keyword depends on the first two port (P element) configuration as follows: ■ gdcalc mixedmode2port ■ ■ ■ case 1: p1=p2=single (standard mode P element) available: ss default: ss case 2: p1=p2=balanced (mixed mode P element) available: dd. cs default: ds case 4: p1=single p2=balanced available: sd. ■ dataformat=DB.

.LIN Argument Description listfreq= Dumps the element noise figure value to the . 2.) ■ NONE .. Lists elements whose noise contribution to NF (in dB) are higher than value specified in dB to .lis file.03 93 . The frequency values can be specified with the NONE or ALL keyword. the elements that contribute the largest phase noise are dumped first. : output the information on the specified frequency points Frequency values must be enclosed in parentheses. For example:listfreq=(none) listfreq=(all) listfreq=(1. otherwise they are ignored. The default is to output all of the noise element contribution to NF.(port) element(s) and . The NF contribution is calculated with the source impedance equal to the Zo of the first port..0G) listcount=num Outputs the first few noise elements that make the biggest contribution to NF. You can (none|all|freq1req2. When used with P. if LIST* is required. ALL: output all of the frequency points (default.) specify which frequencies the element phase noise value dumps.. The number is specified by num. Default is inf.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . . The frequencies must match the sweep_frequency values defined in the parameter_sweep. Default is no/0 ■ listfloor=val listsources= [1|0|yes|no] Description Use this command to extract noise and linear transfer parameters for a general multi-port network.. In the element phase noise output.LIN makes available a broad set of linear port-wise measurements: ■ ■ standard and mixed-mode multi-port S.lis file.(scattering) parameters standard and mixed-mode multi-port Y/Z parameters HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.AC commands.0G.do not output any of the frequency points ■ freq1 freq2. which either dumps no frequencies or every frequency defined in the parameter_sweep.0G) listfreq=(1. Defines whether or not to output the contribution of each noise source of each noise element.

Example . and group delay data as a function of the frequency. The data format in the Touchstone file is real-imaginary.LIN command also supports mixed-mode transfer parameters calculation and group delay analysis when used together with mixed-mode P elements. If any of the LIST* arguments is set. the . and the specified values for their reference impedances. .03 . By default.LIN command computes the S-(scattering).Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . This file contains S-parameter. If the LIST* arguments are not set. Z(impedance) parameters directly. The . noise parameter.lis file with the older format. and H-(hybrid) parameters directly based on the location of the port (P) elements in your circuit. and performs a group-delay analysis for a model named my_custom_model. The last four arguments allow users to better control the output information.LIN ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ standard mode multi-port H-parameter standard mode two-port noise parameters standard and mixed-mode group delays standard mode stability factors standard mode gain factors standard mode matching coefficients The . You can use this file as model data for the S-element.LIN command creates a . Noise contributor tables are generated for every frequency point and every circuit device. which is in the Touchstone format. performs a 2-port noise analysis.LIN 2port noise analysis will output to .LIN sparcalc=1 modelname=my_custom_model + filename=mydesign format=touchstone noisecalc=1 + gdcalc=1 dataformat=ri This example extracts linear transfer parameters for a general multi-port network. Y-(admittance).sc# file with the same base name as your netlist. The output is in the mydesign output file. 94 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the output information follows the syntax noted in the arguments section.

Used only outside of . $load--none save--design.ic1 .ic . Files stored with the .LOAD . RUN= PREVIOUS CURRENT Description Use this command to input the contents of a file that you stored using the .LOAD FILE=design.ALTER run in the same simulation.SAVE statement contain operating point information for the point in the analysis at which you executed .ic0 $load--design.SAVE FILE=design.LOAD command for concatenated netlist files. Do not use the .LOAD Inputs the contents of a file that you stored using the .ic2 .ic0 . Syntax .SAVE.SAVE statement.SAVE statement.03 95 . Example 1 .ALTER statements.ic0 save--design.ic#..ALTER run uses the saved operating point from the previous ..end HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007..alter ..ALTER run uses the saved operating point from the current .SAVE saved an operating point for the circuit under simulation. where design is the root name of the design.The format of the file name is <design>. Default is <design>.ALTER run in the last simulation. $load--none save--design.ALTER statements in a netlist that contains .ic0.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Each .alter .LOAD <FILE=load_file> <RUN=PREVIOUS | CURRENT> Arguments Argument Description load_file Name of the file in which .TITLE . The format of file name is <design>. Each .ic.

end Example 3 .ic0 . $load--design. Example 2 ..ic0..SAVE FILE=design..03 .ic0 save--design.LOAD FILE=design. $load--design.ic .ic2 .ic0 save--design.ic1 save--design.SAVE 96 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. $load--design.ic RUN=PREVIOUS $load--none save--design.SAVE command.ic1 save--design.ic1 .LOAD FILE=design..SAVE FILE=design.alter .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .alter .ic RUN=CURRENT $load--design.ic2 .ic1 . which you previously saved using a .TITLE .TITLE ...LOAD This example loads a file name design.ic2 save--design. $load--design.ic0 ...end See Also .ic .alter .ALTER .alter .

EOM statement to terminate a .. Nodes assigned using BULK=node in MOSFET or BJT models. Use the ...PARAM statement.. Example 1 Example 1 defines two subcircuits: SUB1 and SUB2.EOM Arguments Argument Description subnam n1 .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Any element nodes that are in the subcircuit.MACRO subnam n1 <n2 n3 . To override this value.] SubDefaultsList Description Use this command to define a subcircuit in your netlist. cannot be the ground node (zero).GLOBAL statement.. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. These are resistor divider networks. are strictly local with three exceptions: ■ ■ ■ Ground node (zero).MACRO Replicates output commands within subcircuit (subckt) definitions. Specifies a reference name for the subcircuit model call. Node numbers for external reference. X2. You can create a subcircuit description for a commonly used circuit and include one or more references to the subcircuit in your netlist.MACRO . and X3 statements call these subcircuits. Because the resistor values are different in each call. but are not in this list. whose resistance values are parameters (variables). Nodes assigned using the .MACRO statement.> <parnam=val> . <SubParam1>=<Expression> [<SubParam2>=<Expression>. The X1.. parnam A parameter name set to a value. Syntax . Use only in the subcircuit. these three calls produce different subcircuits.03 97 . assign it in the subcircuit call or set a value in a .

n device=1u .MACRO *FILE SUB2.MACRO SUB2 1 2 P6=11 R1 1 2 P6 R2 2 0 P2 .PARAM CAJA=2.MODEL DA D CJA=CAJA CJP=CAJP VRB=-20 IS=7.5 EXA=. By default.535E-16 CAJP=2.03 .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . the inverter can drive three devices.5 EXP=.ENDS .SP TEST OF SUBCIRCUITS .MACRO .EOM X1 1 2 SUB1 P4=6 X2 3 4 SUB1 P6=15 X3 3 4 SUB2 * .2u W=’Strength * 2u’ Mn1 <MosPinList> nMosMod L=1.PARAM P5=5 P2=10 .END Example 2 .53E-16 .ENDS .2u W=’Strength * 1u’ .62E-18 + PHI=.SUBCKT Inv a y Strength=3 Mp1 <MosPinList> pMosMod L=1. See Also .EOM ..SUBCKT 98 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007...SUBCKT SUB1 1 2 P4=4 R1 1 0 P4 R2 2 0 P5 X1 1 2 SUB2 P6=7 X2 1 2 SUB2 .ENDS * .33 . Enter a new value for the Strength parameter in the element line to select larger or smaller inverters for the application. This example implements an inverter that uses a Strength parameter. n device=5u xInv2 a y2 Inv Strength=1 $ p device= 2u. xInv0 a y0 Inv $ Default devices: p device=6u. $ n device=3u xInv1 a y1 Inv Strength=5 $ p device=10u.OPTION LIST ACCT V1 1 0 1 ..

MALIAS differs from . is the alias that an instance (element) of the model references. BJT.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .. Arguments Argument Description model_name alias_name1. but not the alias in a . You can use .03 99 . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MALIAS statement. Model name defined in the .MALIAS statement applies to an element (an instance of the model).ALTER blocks is not recommended or supported. JFET. The .MALIAS model_name=alias_name1 <alias_name2 .MODEL statement. or MOSFET model that you defined in a .ALIAS in two ways: ■ A model can define the alias in an .> ■ ■ model_name is the model name defined in the . .MALIAS to alias to a model name that you defined in a .ALTER in the netlist.MALIAS . BJT.MALIAS without .ALTER. The .MODEL card Alias that an instance (element) of the model references Description Use this command to assign an alias (another name) to a diode. JFET.model card. Syntax . Note: Using ..SUBCKT statement..ALIAS statement.. alias_name1. or MOSFET model that you defined in a .MALIAS Assigns an alias to a diode.MODEL statement or to alias to a subcircuit name that you defined in a .ALIAS command works only if you include . not to the model itself. ■ You can use .MODEL statement.MALIAS is the same in either usage..MALIAS in . The syntax for ..

11 m=.tran .ALIAS .1 2 vdd 2 0 pwl 0 -1 1 1 d1 2 1 zend dtemp=25 d2 1 0 zen dtemp=25 * malias statements .temp 0. See Also .5 cjo=1pf tref=50) . The zendef model points to both the zen and zend aliases.MALIAS Example *file: test malias statement .0 25 .end ■ ■ ■ zendef is a diode model zen and zend are its aliases.03 .malias zendef=zen zend * model definition .0 eg=1.MODEL 100 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.11n n=1.0 rs=10 + tt=0.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .OPTION acct tnom=50 list gmin=1e-14 post .model zendef d (vj=.8 is=1e-16 ibv=1e-9 bv=6.

Alternating field loss tangent of dielectric (tan δ ). See Also . UR=1.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . PEC (perfect electrical conductor) is a predefined metal name. You cannot redefine its default values.MATERIAL . You cannot redefine its default values. Description The field solver assigns the following default values for metal: CONDUCTIVITY=-1 (perfect conductor). Because the field solver does not currently support magnetic materials.The field solver assigns default values for dielectrics: ■ ■ ■ ■ CONDUCTIVITY=0 (lossless dielectric) LOSSTANGENT=0 (lossless dielectric) ER=1 UR=1 AIR is a predefined dielectric name. METAL|DIELECTRIC Material type: METAL or DIELECTRIC.MATERIAL Specifies material to be used with the HSPICE field solver.MATERIAL mname METAL|DIELECTRIC <ER=val> + <UR=val> <CONDUCTIVITY=val> <LOSSTANGENT=val> Arguments Argument Description mname Material name.03 101 . ER UR CONDUCTIVITY LOSSTANGENT Dielectric constant (relative permittivity). Relative permeability. ER=1. it ignores UR values.LAYERSTACK HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Static field conductivity of conductor or lossy dielectric (S/m). Syntax .

See Also .MEASURE statements extensively. depending on the application.AC .STIM .PRINT .DCMATCH . Optimization uses .TRAN 102 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The . AC.OPTION MEASDGT . and to curve-fit measured data to model parameters.DC .OPTION MEASOUT . The .DOUT . or transient analyses.OPTION MEASFAIL . You can use it for DC sweep.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . The specifications include: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ propagation delay rise time fall time peak-to-peak voltage minimum and maximum voltage over a specified period other user-defined variables You can also use .03 . Description Use this command to modify information and to define the results of successive HSPICE simulations.MEASURE .MEASURE Modifies information to define the results of successive simulations.MEASURE with either the error function (ERRfun) or GOAL parameter to optimize circuit component values .PROBE .MEASURE statement prints user-defined electrical specifications of a circuit.MEASURE statement can use several different formats.OPTION MEASFILE .

... Fall. varname is the user-defined variable name for the measurement (the time difference between TRIG and TARG events). and slew rate. Syntax . + <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> The input syntax for delay.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result TRIG . and fall time in HSPICE RF is: .. Fall.MEASURE <TRAN > varname TRIG_SPEC TARG_SPEC In this syntax. The input syntax for TRIG_SPEC and TARG_SPEC is: TRIG var VAL=val < TD=td > < CROSS=c | LAST > + < RISE=r | LAST > < FALL=f | LAST > + <TRIG AT=time> TARG var VAL=val < TD=td > < CROSS=c | LAST > + < RISE= r | LAST > < FALL=f | LAST> + <TRIG AT=time> HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. fall time. and Delay Measurements) .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . and Delay Measurements) Measures independent-variable differentials such as rise time.03 103 .MEASURE (Rise.MEASURE (Rise. rise time. TARG .

HSPICE uses the last analysis mode that you requested.0. Fall. the resulting value is negative. the simulation uses the equation: ERRfun = ( GOAL – result ) ⁄ GOAL .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . ■ ■ Do not use DC. AC analysis measures frequency.MEASURE (Rise. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. The default is 1. beginning at the trigger and ending at the target: Transient analysis measures time. or AC as the result name.. ■ DC analysis measures the DC sweep variable. WEIGHT 104 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the MINVAL replaces the GOAL value in the denominator of the ERRfun expression.03 . Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. Identifies the beginning of trigger specifications... TRIG. Multiplies the calculated error by the weight value. To calculate the error. <DC | AC | TRAN> Specifies the analysis type of the measurement. and Delay Measurements) Arguments Argument Description MEASURE result Specifies measurements. If simulation reaches the target before the trigger activates. Name associated with the measured value in the HSPICE output. Identifies the beginning of the target specification.. can be up to 16 characters long. MINVAL If the absolute value of GOAL is less than MINVAL. If you omit this parameter. GOAL Specifies the desired measure value in ERR calculation for optimization. TRAN.0e-12. You can abbreviate to MEAS. The default is 1. This example measures the independent variable. TARG .

Specifies the value of the targ_var. or falls. Indicates the beginning of the target signal specification. Example 1 * Example of rise/fall/delay measurement . which increments the counter by one for crossings. slew rate. or falls only after the time_delay value. This format specifies TRIG and TARG substatements.MEASURE TRAN tdlay TRIG V(1) VAL=2.5 TD=10n + RISE=2 TARG V(2) VAL=2. TRIG/TARG Parameter Description TRIG trig_val Indicates the beginning of the trigger specification. HSPICE measures the delay from the second rising edge of the voltage at node 1 to the second falling edge of node 2. fall time.03 105 . Fall.5 V and ends when the HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Default trigger delay is zero.5 FALL=2 This example measures the propagation delay between nodes 1 and 2 for a transient analysis. or falls.MEASURE statement to measure independent-variable (time. or any measurement that requires determining independent variable values. which increments the counter by one for crossings. rises. . frequency. The measurement begins when the second rising voltage at node 1 is 2. These two statements specify the beginning and end of a voltage or current amplitude measurement.MEASURE reports a negative value. trig_var TARG targ_val targ_var time_delay Description Use the Rise.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . rises.MEASURE (Rise. and Delay form of the . or any parameter or temperature) differentials such as rise time. rises. Simulation counts the number of crossings. Fall. Amount of simulation time that must elapse before HSPICE enables the measurement. Specifies the name of the output variable that determines the logical beginning of a measurement. Value of trig_var. Name of the output variable at which HSPICE determines the propagation delay with respect to the trig_var. If HSPICE reaches the target before the trigger activates. and Delay Measurements) Below are arguments for the TRIG and TARG parameters.

03 .MEASURE TRAN riset TRIG I(Q1) VAL=0. HSPICE prints results as tdlay=<value>. Example 3 . pwidth is the printed output variable. and Delay Measurements) second falling voltage at node 2 is 2. The TARG parameters terminate time measurement when V(IN) = 2. AT=10n starts measuring time at t=10 ns in the transient analysis.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .5 V. Example 2 .5m RISE=3 + TARG I(Q1) VAL=4.TRAN statement or the . TRIG.MEASURE results might be incorrect.MEASURE (Rise.MEAS TRAN TDEL12 TRIG V(signal1) VAL='VDD/2' + RISE=10 TARG V(signal2) VAL='VDD/2' RISE=1 TD=TRIG This example shows a target that is delayed until the trigger time before the target counts the edges.5m RISE=3 * Rise/fall/delay measure with TRIG and TARG specs .MEASURE pwidth TRIG AT=10n TARG V(IN) VAL=2. do not use a non-zero start time in . The TD=10n parameter counts the crossings after 10 ns has elapsed. 106 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEASURE statement.5 + CROSS=3 In the last example. Fall.TRAN analysis statement with a .5 V on the third crossing. If you use the .

and Peak Measurements) Reports the average. MIN: Minimum value of var over the specified interval.MEASURE statement calculates the RMS voltage of the OUT node. from 0ns to 10ns. MAX: Maximum value of var over the specified interval. divided by the period of interest. You can also use an expression. One of the following keywords: ■ ■ ■ ■ func ■ ■ AVG: Average area under var.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Description This .MEASURE statement reports the average. RMS. or peak value of the specified output variable.MEASURE (Average. RMS. Example 1 . Name of the output variable. consisting of the node voltages or the branch current. can be up to 16 characters long. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 107 . It then labels the result RMSVAL. INTEG: Integral of var over the specified period. which can be either the node voltage or the branch current of the circuit. the .MEAS TRAN RMSVAL RMS V(OUT) FROM=0NS TO=10NS In this example. Syntax . start end Starting time of the measurement period.MEASURE (Average. minus the minimum of var over the specified interval.MEASURE <TRAN > result func + FROM=start TO=end Arguments Argument Description result Name associated with the measured value in the HSPICE output. RMS. RMS. Ending time of the measurement period. divided by the period of interest. PP: Peak-to-peak: reports the maximum value. and Peak Measurements) . or peak value of the specified output variable. RMS: Root mean squared: calculates the square root of the area under the var2 curve.

MEAS MAXCUR MAX I(VDD) FROM=10NS TO=200NS In this example.MEASURE statement finds the maximum current of the VDD voltage supply between 10ns and 200ns in the simulation.MEAS P2P PP PAR(‘V(OUT)/V(IN)’) + FROM=0NS TO=200NS In this example. the . and Peak Measurements) Example 2 .MEASURE statement uses the ratio of V(OUT) and V(IN) to find the peak-to-peak value in the interval of 0ns to 200ns. The result is called MAXCUR. RMS.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . 108 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Example 3 .MEASURE (Average.03 . the .

MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result FIND out_var1 + WHEN out_var2=val < TD=val > + < RISE=r | LAST > + < FALL=f | LAST > < CROSS=c | LAST > + <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> .MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) Measures independent and dependent variables (as well as derivatives of dependent variables if a specific event occurs). Syntax .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result + WHEN out_var=val <TD=val> + < RISE=r | LAST > < FALL=f | LAST > + < CROSS=c | LAST > + <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result FIND out_var1 + AT=val <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> + <WEIGHT=val> HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result FIND out_var1 + WHEN out_var2=out_var3 <TD=val > + < RISE=r | LAST > < FALL=f | LAST > + <CROSS=c | LAST> <GOAL=val> + <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result + WHEN out_var1=out_var2 + < TD=val > < RISE=r | LAST > + < FALL=f | LAST > + < CROSS=c| LAST > <GOAL=val> + <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> .03 109 .

RISE=r. you cannot use it as a parameter name in the above .5 fall=2 In the above example. FALL. measurement occurs when the designated signal has achieved a total of c crossing times as a result of either rising or falling. ■ Parameter for DC analysis. FALL. trig v(1) val=1. measurement occurs when the designated signal has fallen f fall times. CROSS=LAST. ■ AT=val Special case for trigger specification. For example: .DC mismatch analysis. For TARG.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 . However. rise=2 specifies to measure the v(1) voltage only on the first two rising edges of the waveform.meas tran tdlay trig v(1) val=1. measurement occurs the last time the WHEN condition is true for a falling signal. ■ LAST HSPICE measures when the last CROSS. ■ RISE=LAST. or RISE event to measure.MEASURE statements. measurement occurs the last time the WHEN condition is true for a rising signal. ■ FALL =f. A crossing is either a rise or a fall so for CROSS=c. ■ ■ 110 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. which never occurs on these first two rising edges. The value of these first two rising edges is 1. LAST is a reserved word.5 td=10n + rise=2 targ v(2) val=1. the WHEN condition is met and measurement occurs after the designated signal has risen r rise times. or RISE event occurs. The trigger determines where measurement takes place. ■ FALL=LAST.5 indicates to trigger when the voltage on the rising edge voltage is 1.5. So the v(1) voltage measurement never finds a trigger. measurement occurs the last time the WHEN condition is true for a rising or falling signal. Frequency for AC analysis. val is: Time for TRAN analysis. the LAST keyword specifies the last event. ■ SweepValue from .MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) Arguments Argument Description CROSS=c RISE=r FALL=f Numbers indicate which CROSS.

2.0.MEAS TRAN TRT FIND PAR(‘V(3)-V(4)’) + WHEN V(1)=PAR(‘V(2)/2’) RISE=LAST . Time at which measurement starts. Name of a measured value in the HSPICE output.MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) Argument Description <DC | AC | TRAN> Analysis type for the measurement. A derivative of a dependent variable if a specific event occurs. Desired . parameter). The default is 1. frequency. These variables establish conditions that start a measurement.3) result TD WEIGHT WHEN Description The FIND and WHEN functions of the . FIND GOAL Selects the FIND function.MEASURE value. you cannot apply . If you omit this parameter.0e-12. Selects the WHEN function.MEAS STIME WHEN V(4)=2. The default is 1.MEASURE statement measure: ■ ■ ■ Any independent variables (time. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization.03 111 .MEASURE to waveforms generated from another . then MINVAL replaces the GOAL value in the denominator of the ERRfun expression.5 CROSS=3 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. out_var(1.MEASURE statement in a parameter sweep. The following equation calculates the error: ERRfun = ( GOAL – result ) ⁄ GOAL In HSPICE RF output. MINVAL If the absolute value of GOAL is less than MINVAL.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . HSPICE assumes the last analysis type that you requested. Example * MEASURE statement using FIND/WHEN . Multiplies the calculated error by the weight value. Any dependent variables (voltage or current for example). Optimization uses this value in ERR calculation. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization.

Expressions used in arithmetic expression must not be a function of node voltages or branch currents. ■ V3MAX is the maximum voltage of V(3) between 0ns and 100ns of the simulation. STIME. The expression option is an arithmetic expression that uses results from other prior .MEASURE statements. the first measurement. VARG is the mathematical average of the V3MAX and V2MIN measurements. V3MAX and V2MIN.MEASURE (Equation Evaluation/ Arithmetic Expression) In this example. The equation must not be a function of node voltages or branch currents. but must not use results from other .MEASURE TRAN varname PARAM="expression" Description Use the Equation Evaluation form of the . Expressions used in all other .MEASURE statement to evaluate an equation that is a function of the results of previous .MEASURE statements. TRT. . A CROSS event is a rising or falling edge.MEASURE statements.MEASURE <DC | TRAN | AC> result PARAM=’equation’ + <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> .MEASURE statements can contain either node voltages or branch currents.MEASURE statement. finds the time when V(4) is 2. calculates the difference between V(3) and V(4) when V(1) is half the voltage of V(2) at the last rise event.MEAS TRAN V2MIN MIN V(2) FROM 0NS TO 100NS . ■ ■ 112 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEASURE (Equation Evaluation/ Arithmetic Expression) Evaluates an equation that is a function of the results of previous .MEASURE statements. The second measurement. V2MIN is the minimum voltage of V(2) during that same interval.03 .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . set up the variables for the third .MEAS VARG PARAM=‘(V2MIN + V3MAX)/2’ The first two measurements.MEAS TRAN V3MAX MAX V(3) FROM 0NS TO 100NS .5V at the third rise-fall event. Syntax . Example .

Specifies the initial value for the func calculation. you cannot apply . This equation calculates the error: FROM TO GOAL ERRfun = ( GOAL – result ) ⁄ GOAL In HSPICE RF simulation output. For transient analysis. MIN (minimum): Reports the minimum value of the out_var over the specified interval. PP (peak-to-peak): Reports the maximum value.MEASURE (Average.MEASURE to waveforms generated from another . MAX. Specifies the end of the func calculation. RMS (root mean squared): Calculates the square root of the area under the out_var2 curve. and PP) . HSPICE assumes the last analysis mode that you requested.MEASURE value. INTEG. MIN. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 113 . divided by the periods of interest.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . MAX (maximum): Reports the maximum value of the out_var over the specified interval.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result func out_var + <FROM=val> <TO=val> <GOAL=val> + <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> Arguments Argument Description <DC|AC|TRAN> Specifies the analysis type for the measurement. and PP) Reports statistical functions of the output variable. MAX. minus the minimum value of the out_var over the specified interval. func Indicates one of the measure statement types: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ AVG (average): Calculates the area under the out_var. divided by the period of interest. Optimization uses this value for ERR calculation.MEASURE (Average. Syntax . MIN. RMS. Specifies the . If you omit this parameter. this value is in units of time. INTEG. RMS.MEASURE statement in a parameter sweep.

can be up to 16 characters long. MIN reports the minimum value of the output function over the specified interval. The value is a function of the variable (out_var) and func. PP (peak-to-peak) reports the maximum value. out_var WEIGHT Description Average (AVG). MAX reports the maximum value of the output function over the specified interval.0. minus the minimum value over the specified interval. MAX.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . and PP) Argument Description result Name of the measured value in the output. Example 1 .MEAS TRAN avgval AVG V(10) FROM=10ns TO=55ns This example calculates the average nodal voltage value for node 10 during the transient sweep. divided by the periods of interest. RMS. It prints out the result as avgval.MEASURE (Average. and peak-to-peak (PP) measurement modes report statistical functions of the output variable. Name of any output variable whose function (func) the simulation measures. MIN. RMS. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. Multiplies the calculated error by the weight value. The default is 1. RMS divides the square root of the area under the output variable square by the period of interest. HSPICE issues a warning message. MIN. RMS. 114 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ■ AVG calculates the area under an output variable.03 . and INTEG have no meaning in a DC data sweep so if you use them.2) FROM=15ns TO=100ns This example finds the maximum voltage difference between nodes 1 and 2 for the time period from 15 ns to 100 ns. rather than analysis values. Example 2 . ■ ■ ■ ■ AVG. from the time 10 ns to 55 ns.MEAS TRAN MAXVAL MAX V(1. MAX. INTEG.

RMS. MAX and peak-to-peak (PP) measurement modes.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .MEAS TRAN charge INTEG I(cload) FROM=10ns + TO=100ns This example calculates the integral of I(cload) from 10 ns to 100 ns. The INTEGRAL function uses the same syntax as the AVG (average).2) FROM=15ns TO=100ns .03 115 .MEAS TRAN MINVAL MIN V(1.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result INTEG[RAL] out_var + <FROM=val> <TO=val> <GOAL=val> + <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> Description The INTEGRAL function reports the integral of an output variable over a specified period. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEASURE (Integral Function) Reports the integral of an output variable over a specified period.MEAS TRAN P2PVAL PP I(M1) FROM=10ns TO=100ns . Example . MIN. Syntax .MEASURE (Integral Function) Example 3 .

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . FALL. For RISE=r when the designated signal has risen r rise times. Syntax . The numbers indicate which occurrence of a CROSS. the WHEN condition is met and measurement starts.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result DERIV<ATIVE> out_var + WHEN var2=val <RISE=r | LAST> + <FALL=f | LAST> <CROSS=c | LAST> <TD=tdval> + <GOAL=goalval> <MINVAL=minval> + <WEIGHT=weightval> . ■ For FALL=f. measurement starts when the designated signal has fallen f fall times.MEASURE (Derivative Function) .03 .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result DERIV<ATIVE> out_var + AT=val <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> + <WEIGHT=val> . or RISE event starts a measurement. ■ 116 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEASURE (Derivative Function) Provides the derivative of an output or sweep variable. measurement starts when the designated signal has achieved a total of c crossing times as a result of either rising or falling. A crossing is either a rise or a fall so for CROSS=c.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result DERIV<ATIVE> out_var + WHEN var2=var3 <RISE=r | LAST> + <FALL=f | LAST> <CROSS=c | LAST> <TD=tdval> + <GOAL=goalval> <MINVAL=minval> + <WEIGHT=weightval> Arguments Argument Description AT=val CROSS=c RISE=r FALL=f Value of out_var at which the derivative is found.

Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. MINVAL If the absolute value of GOAL is less than MINVAL. LAST is a reserved word. Selects the WHEN function. If you omit this parameter. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization.MEASURE to waveforms generated from another . Specifies the desired . HSPICE assumes the last analysis mode that you requested. ■ RISE=LAST.0e-12.MEASURE value. FALL. Identifies the time when measurement starts. measures the last time WHEN is true for a rising signal. or RISE event occurs. ■ out_var result TD var(2.MEASURE statement in a parameter sweep.0. Optimization uses this value for ERR calculation. These variables establish conditions that start a measurement. Variable for which HSPICE finds the derivative.03 117 .MEASURE statements. CROSS=LAST. you cannot apply . The default is 1. ■ FALL=LAST. measures the last time the WHEN condition is true for a rising or falling signal. measures the last time WHEN is true for a falling signal.3) WEIGHT WHEN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. do not use it as a parameter name in the above . This equation calculates the error: ERRfun = ( GOAL – result ) ⁄ GOAL In HSPICE RF output. Name of the measured value in the output. MINVAL replaces the GOAL value in the denominator of the ERRfun expression. Multiplies the calculated error between result and GOAL by the weight value. The default is 1.MEASURE (Derivative Function) Argument Description <DC|AC|TRAN> Specifies the analysis type to measure. LAST Measures when the last CROSS.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . <DERIVATIVE> GOAL Selects the derivative function.

MEAS AC delay DERIV ’VP(output)/360. Example 1 .MEAS TRAN slew rate DERIV V(out) AT=25ns This example calculates the derivative of V(out) at 25 ns. Any sweep variable.9*vdd.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 . depending on the type of analysis.MEASURE (Derivative Function) Description The DERIV function provides the derivative of: ■ ■ ■ An output variable at a specified time or frequency. Example 2 .MEAS TRAN slew DERIV v(1) WHEN v(1)=’0. 118 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.90*vdd’ This example calculates the derivative of v(1) when v(1) is equal to 0. Example 3 .0’ AT=10khz This example calculates the derivative of VP(output)/360. A specified output variable when some specific event occurs.0 when the frequency is 10 kHz.

If the absolute value of meas_var is less than the IGNOR value. meas_var calc_var IGNOR|YMIN FROM HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ERRfun indicates which error function to use: ERR. HSPICE assumes the last analysis mode that you requested.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN> result + ERRfun meas_var calc_var + <MINVAL=val> < IGNORE | YMIN=val> + <YMAX=val> <WEIGHT=val> <FROM=val> + <TO=val> Arguments Argument Description <DC|AC|TRAN> Specifies the analysis type for the measurement. result ERRfun Name of the measured result in the output. If you omit this parameter.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . ERR2. The default is 1. C is the calc_var in the error equation. Name of the simulated output variable or parameter in the .0e-15. For transient analysis. Specifies the beginning of the ERRfun calculation.03 119 . then the ERRfun calculation does not consider this point. the FROM value is in units of time. ERR1. Name of any output variable or parameter in the data statement. M denotes the meas_var in the error equation.MEASURE (Error Function) Reports the relative difference between two output variables.MEASURE (Error Function) . or ERR3. Defaults to the first value of the sweep variable.MEASURE statement to compare with meas_var. Syntax .

To calculate the relative error between the two. The relative error format specifies the variable to measure and calculate.0. The default is 1. HSPICE uses the ERR.0e-12. The default is 1. ERR1. You can use this format in optimization and curve-fitting of measured data. ERR2. If the absolute value of meas_var is less than MINVAL. The default is 1.03 . or ERR3 functions. End of the ERRfun calculation.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .0e+15. you can specify a group of parameters to vary to match the calculated value and the measured data. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization.PARAM variable. MINVAL replaces the meas_var value in the denominator of the ERRfun expression. 120 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEASURE (Error Function) Argument Description WEIGHT Multiplies the calculated error by the weight value. YMAX TO MINVAL Description The relative error function reports the relative difference between two output variables. With this format. then the ERRfun calculation does not consider this point. If the absolute value of meas_var is greater than the YMAX value. from the . Default is last value of the sweep variable.

Syntax .PARAM <ParamName>=OPTxxx(<Initial>. These arguments are optional. The default is lower. An appropriate time must be specified to obtain the pushout result (an absolute time).MEASURE TRAN result MeasureClause + pushout=time <lower/upper> -or. you specify a maximum allowed pushout time to control the distance from failure. Defines a relative error. the “lower” means the lower bound “min”.03 121 . This occurrence causes the iteration to stop and output the optimized parameter. If the parameter is defined as . If you specify a 0. and the “upper” means the upper bound “max”. In Pushout Bisection. Specifies the parameter boundary values for pushout comparison. <max>). the T_lower or T_upper and T_pushout have more than a 10% difference in value.MEASURE (Pushout Bisection) Specifies a maximum allowed pushout time to control the distance from failure in bisection analysis.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . can be up to 16 characters long.MEASURE TRAN result MeasureClause + pushout_per=percentage <lower/upper> Arguments Argument Description result Name associated with the measured value in the HSPICE output. Specifies the time. pushout=time pushout_per= percentage lower/upper Description Pushout is used only in bisection analysis. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.1 relative error. <min>.MEASURE (Pushout Bisection) . instead of finding the last point just before failure.

0n). the parameter to be optimized is Delaytime and the evaluation goal is setup_prop.5n lower In this example.1 lower In this example. 0. 5.5 lower means that the setup_prop of the final solution is not 1.0n ) .0n. Example 2 .Param DelayTime=Opt1 ( 0. the differences between the setup_prop of the final solution and that of the lower bound of the parameter (0. 122 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .MEASURE (Pushout Bisection) Example 1 . The Pushout=1.0n) is not more than 10%.Measure Tran setup_prop Trig v(data) + Val='v(Vdd)/2' fall=1 Targ v(D_Output) + Val='v(Vdd)' rise=1 pushout_per=0.0n .Measure Tran setup_prop Trig v(data) + Val='v(Vdd) 2' fall=1 Targ v(D_Output) + Val='v(Vdd)' rise=1 pushout=1.Tran 1n 8n Sweep Optimize=Opt1 Result=setup_prop + Model=OptMod .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .5n far from the setup_prop of the lower bound of the parameter (0.

and spatial variations.MEASURE(DCMATCH) . a single point sweep is sufficient. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Contribution of device (dev) to output sigma due to local variations.DCMatch command. DCM_Spatial(par) Contribution of parameter (par) to output sigma due to spatial variations. a result is produced for the last one only. Output sigma due to global. MAX DCM_Total DCM_Global DCM_Global(par) Contribution of parameter (par) to output sigma due to global variations. If multiple output variables are specified.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . The different results produced by DCMatch analysis can be saved by using . local. A DC sweep needs to be specified to produce these kinds of outputs. Instead of "MAX" other functions can be used which select one out of multiple results. Sample function.MEASURE(DCMATCH) command. can be up to 16 characters long.PROBE and . Output sigma due to local variations. for the output variable specified on the . Description DCmatch analysis uses special keywords to access the different types of results. Syntax .MEASURE(DCMATCH) Introduces special keywords to access the different types of results for DCMatch analysis. Output sigma due to global variations. DCM_Local DCM_Local(dev) DCM_Spatial Output sigma due to local variations.MEASURE DC result <MAX> <DCM_TOtal | DCm_global | + DCM_Global(par) | DCM_Local | DCM_Local(dev) | + DCM_Spatial | DCM_Spatial(par)> Arguments Argument Description results Name associated with the measured values in the HSPICE output.03 123 .

MEAS DC systoffset avg V(inp.inn) .0*matchoffset' See Also .MEAS DC matchoffset avg DCm_local .PROBE 124 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 . the result matchoffset reports the variation due to mismatch.DC .MEAS DC maxoffset param='abs(systoffset)+3. . and the result maxoffset reports the maximum (3-sigma) offset of the amplifier. the result systoffset reports the systematic offset of the amplifier.MEASURE(DCMATCH) Example In this example.

the automatic model selector might fail.GRAPH...MODEL Includes an instance of a predefined HSPICE model in an input netlist.MODEL mname ModelType (<LEVEL=val> + <keyname1=val1><keyname2=val2> + <keyname3=val3><LOT</n></distribution>><value> + <DEV</n></distribution>><value> .> The following is the . When used with . referenced in ...MOSRA it is the user defined MOSFET reliability model name HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.. Elements must use this name to refer to the model.MODEL syntax for use with ..model mname mosra + level=<value> + <relmodelparam> Arguments Argument Description mname Model name reference.. Syntax .> .) The following syntax is used for a Monte Carlo analysis: .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . When used with . this is the plot model name.MODEL mname PLOT (pnam1=val1 pnam2=val2 .GRAPH statements.).) + <VERSION=version_number> The following syntax is used for modeel reliability analysis .GRAPH: .MODEL . If model names contain periods (.MODEL mname OPT <parameter=val .MODEL mname type <VERSION=version_number> + <pname1=val1 pname2=val2 ..03 125 .

HSPICE uses more accurate but more time-consuming derivative methods. If the value is too small. where F(X) is the RESULT function If the resulting gradient is less than CENDIF. Must be one of the following.03 . set CENDIF to a larger value than GRAD. the optimizer might not find as accurate an answer. HSPICE uses faster but less-accurate derivative methods. ■ ■ If the value is too large. The following calculates the gradient of the RESULTS functions: ||Transpose(Jacobi(F(X))) * F(X)||.0e-9. 126 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the optimizer requires more CPU time. The default is 1.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .GRAPH statement PMOS p-channel MOSFET model PNP pnp BJT model R resistor model U lossy transmission line model (lumped) W lossy transmission line model SP S-parameter CENDIF Selects different derivative methods.MODEL Argument Description type Selects a model type. optimization finishes before CENDIF takes effect. If the gradient of the RESULTS function is less than GRAD. To use the more-accurate methods. By default. AMP operational amplifier model C capacitor model CORE magnetic core model D diode model L inductor model or magnetic core mutual inductor model NJF n-channel JFET model NMOS n-channel MOSFET model NPN npn BJT model OPT optimization model PJF p-channel JFET model PLOT plot model for the .

0e-6. the optimizer takes large steps toward the solution. The CUT value must be > 1. Volume 1. If CLOSE is greater than 100. Increment change in a parameter value for gradient calculations (∆x=DIFSIZ ⋅ MAX(x. If you use a large CLOSE value. Represents possible convergence if the gradient of the RESULTS function is less than GRAD.0. CLOSE=CLOSE * CUT * CUT CUT drives CLOSE up or down.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . depending on the relative success in finding the solution. CLOSE=CLOSE / CUT If the last iteration was not a successful descent to the solution. If you do not set the distribution function.1) ). the optimizer takes smaller steps toward the solution. which is independent (each device varies independently). “Optimization Error Surfaces. Most applications use values of 1e-6 to 1e-5. Number 4.PARAM statement. The default distribution function is uniform distribution. see L. That is. the default distribution function is used. which must be specified as GAUSS. 0. The default is 1. Too large a value can stop the optimizer before finding the best solution. If the last iteration succeeds. You can use a smaller value for close parameter estimates and a larger value for rough initial guesses. ■ If CLOSE is less than 1. descent toward the CLOSE solution decreases by the CUT value. December 1994. The default is 1e-3.” MetaSoftware Journal. CLOSE increases by CUT squared. For a small value. depending on how successful iterations are toward the solution. For more details. DIFSIZ distribution GRAD HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. CLOSE multiplies changes in new parameter estimates.03 127 . the Gauss-Newton method dominates. If you specify delta in a . The default is 2. or AUNIF. The default is 1. Spruiell. UNIF. AGAUSS. ■ CUT Modifies CLOSE. LIMIT. Too small a value requires more iterations. the steepest descent in the Levenburg-Marquardt algorithm dominates.MODEL Argument Description CLOSE Initial estimate of how close parameter initial value estimates are to the solution. (Monte Carlo) The distribution function name.0. DEV (Monte Carlo) DEV tolerance. then ∆x=delta. That is.

This argument supersedes LEVEL when present. You would use this setting with multiple optimization parameters and goals. This correlates deviations between parameters in the same model as well as between models. ■ METHOD=BISECTION specifies the Bisection method. you need no more than 2040 iterations to find a solution. or RELOUT values are too small. ■ LOT/n DEV/n keyword MAX METHOD 128 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The default is 6. METHOD=LM specifies the Modified Levenberg-Marquardt method.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . (Monte Carlo) Specifies which of ten random number generators numbered 0 through 9 are used to calculate parameter value deviations. You would use this setting with two optimization parameter. Too many iterations can imply that the RELIN. This argument is ignored when METHOD has been specified. GRAD. Sets the upper limit on CLOSE. (Monte Carlo) Model parameter keyword. Typically. Use values > 100. ■ LEVEL LOT (Monte Carlo) The LOT tolerance. LEVEL=1 specifies the Modified Levenberg-Marquardt method. When doing a MOSFET device reliability analysis. Selects an optimizing algorithm. ■ LEVEL=3 specifies the PASSFAIL method. You would use this setting with one optimization parameter. The default is 20. which requires all devices that refer to the same model use the same adjustments to the model parameter. The generators for DEV and LOT tolerances are distinct: Ten generators exist for both DEV tracking and LOT tracking.0e+5. Specifies an optimization method.03 . ■ METHOD=PASSFAIL specifies the Passfail method. ■ LEVEL=2 specifies the BISECTION method in HSPICE RF. only LEVEL=1 is supported in the current release.MODEL Argument Description ITROPT Maximum number of iterations. N must be an integer 0 to 9.

To calculate parameter increments. from one iteration to the next. HSPICE uses the default values of the model parameters. Pnamn is one of the model parameters of a . each .001. The default is 0.GRAPH statement and valn is the value of pnamn. This produces more control over the trade-off between simulation time and optimization result accuracy. pname1 . The default is 0.001. Assign a model parameter name (pname1) from the parameter names for the appropriate model type.1..Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .001.001. RELOUT HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Valn can be more than one parameter. The default is 0. For legibility. the solution converges.GRAPH statement includes several model parameters. HSPICE uses the relationship: ∆par_val=∆IFSIZ ⋅ MAX(par_val.1%. then optimization is finished. Sets the relative tolerance to finish optimization.GRAPH. described in the following table. If you do not specify model parameters.03 129 . if the relative difference in the RESULTS functions. Use a plus sign (+) to start a continuation line.001 implies that optimizing parameters vary by less than 0.. is less than 0. PARMIN) Parameter name. When used with .MODEL Argument Description PARMIN Allows better control of incremental parameter changes during error calculations. If all optimizing input parameters vary by no more than RELIN between iterations. RELIN is a relative variance test so a value of 0. from one iteration to the next.1e6)) for convergence. enclose the parameter assignment list in parentheses and use either blanks or commas to separate each assignment. Each model section provides default values. RELIN Sets the relative input parameter (delta_par_val / MAX(par_val. For RELOUT=0.

relmodelparam When doing a reliability MOSFET device analysis. If you use this parameter with any other model or with a release before H93A.1 96.02 95.01 93A. this argument specifies the model parameter for HCI and NBTI. but the simulation continues. For each optimization within a data file.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Vers. The following list shows the HSPICE release numbers and the corresponding version numbers: Rel. 130 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.3 96. the HSPVER parameter denotes the HSPICE release number. no.MODEL optimization statement defines: ■ ■ ■ Convergence criteria. 9007B 9007.MODEL Argument Description VERSION HSPICE version number. Description Use this command to include an instance (element) of a predefined HSPICE model in your input netlist. HSPICE can then execute more than one optimization per simulation run.04 92A 92. HSPICE issues a warning. For LEVELs 49 and 53. Allows portability of the BSIM (LEVEL=13) and BSIM2 (LEVEL=39) models between HSPICE releases.02 93A 93. The .1 The VERSION parameter is valid only for LEVEL 13 and LEVEL 39 models.03 .You can also use VERSION to denote the BSIM3v3 version number only in model LEVELs 49 and 53.02 9007D 9007.3 95. Derivative methods. no.01 92B 92.02. specify a .02 93.MODEL statement.02 and higher. Use it with HSPICE Release H93A. Number of iterations.

.3 a1=.3u M2 12 22 32 42 mname W=20u L=0.0024 Example 3 In this example.05 Example 2 In this example.dc v1 0 vdd 0.dc v1 0 vdd 0.1 + tox=520 lot/gauss 0.1 version=3.5 cdb=10e-16 + csb=10e-16 tcv=.model NCH_RA mosra + level=1 + a_hci=1e-2 + n_hci=1 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.3u M3 13 23 33 43 mname W=20u L=0.model mname nmos level=53 vto=0.5 a2=1. a .MODEL statement used for a Monte Carlo analysis. . . . ..4 LOT/agauss 0.1 sweep monte=5 .model m1 nmos level=6 bulk=2 vt=0.. transistors M1 through M3 have the same random vto model parameter for each of the five Monte Carlo runs through the use of the LOT construct.3u .22 M1 11 21 31 41 mname W=20u L=0. . N=1.3u .model mname nmos level=54 vto=0.end Example 5 This example establishes a MOS reliability model card...7 dev/2 0. ..3u M3 13 23 33 43 mname W=20u L=0.1 M1 11 21 31 41 mname W=20u L=0. transistors M1 through M3 have different values of the vto model parameter for each of the Monte Carlo runs through the use of the DEV construct.end Example 4 In this example. .MODEL Example 1 .MODEL MOD1 NPN BF=50 IS=1E-13 VBF=50 AREA=2 PJ=3.03 131 ..Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .1 sweep monte=5 .3u M2 12 22 32 42 mname W=20u L=0. ..4 DEV/agauss 0.

2 is set. HSPICE performs post-stress simulation phase on time= RelStep. the default is equal to RelTotalTime. Required argument. Default is 0. Value is ignored if DEC or LIN value is set.0. 3* RelStep. … until it achieves the RelTotalTime.03 . and RelMode will be set to default value 0. Time point of the first post-stress simulation. A selector for controlling whether a simulation will account for both HCI and NBTI effects or either one of them. 2* RelStep. Specifies how many post-stress time points will be simulated per decade. Default is 0. Syntax . a warning message will be issued. Specifies the linear post-stress time points from RelStartTme to RelTotalTime. Default.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .MOSRA Starts HSPICE HCI and/or NBTI reliability analysis.MOSRA command.MOSRA . If any other value except 0.MOSRA command is not set or set to 0. then the RelMode inside individual mosra models will take precedence for that mosra model only. RelMode = 1 HCI only RelMode = 2 NBTI only AgingStart Optionally defines time when HSPICE starts stress effect calculation during transient simulation. the rest of the mosra models will take the RelMode value from the .1. If RelMode in the . 132 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ■ ■ ■ RelStartTime DEC LIN RelStep RelMode RelMode = 0 both HCI and NBTI.mosra RelTotalTime=<time_value> + [RelStartTime=<time_value>] [DEC=value] [LIN=value] + [RelStep=<time_value>] [RelMode=0|1|2] + [AgingStart=<time_value>] [<AgingStop = time_value>] + [AgingPeriod=<time_value>] + [<HciThreshold=value >][<NbtiThreshold=value>] + [AgingInst="inst_name">] Argument Description RelTotalTime Defines final reliability test time to used in post stress simulation phase.

based on this HCI threshold value. and wildcards are supported. During the post stress simulation phase. Multiple names are allowed. HSPICE computes the electron age/ stress of selected MOS transistors in the circuit based on circuit behavior and the HSPICE built-in stress model including HCI and/or NBTI effect. For a full description refer to the HSPICE Simulation and User Guide. Default is tstop in the .03 133 . Note: Only BSIM3 and BSIM4 MOSFET devices are supported for reliability analysis in the current release. Default is 0. Default is 0. Optionally used in post stress simulation phase.MOSRA Argument Description AgingStop Optionally defines time when HSPICE stops stress effect calculation during transient simulation. the RelStep value will be ignored. HSPICE MOSFET Reliability Analysis (MOSRA).0 AgingPeriod HciThreshold NbtiThreshold Optionally used in post stress simulation phase this argument allows you to define whether the NBTI effect will be accounted for in a particular transistor.TRAN statement. When either DEC or LIN is specified. based on the stress information produced during the fresh simulation phase.MOSRA command to initiate HCI and NBTI analysis. the fresh simulation phase and the post stress simulation phase. it is used to scale the total degradation over the time.0 AgingInst Selected MOSFET devices to which HSPICE will apply HCI and/or NBTI analysis. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Specifies the stress period. During the fresh simulation phase.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Description Use the . Name needs to be surrounded by quotes. based on the specified HCI threshold value. HSPICE simulates the degradation effect on the circuit performance. This is a twophase simulation. this argument allows you to define whether the HCI effect is accounted for in a particular transistor. Default is all MOSFET devices with reliability model appended.

MOSRA Example .MODEL 134 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.*" See also .mosra reltotaltime=6.APPENDMODEL .3e+8 relstep=6.3e+7 + agingstart=5n agingstop=100n + hcithreshold=0 nbtithreshold=0 + aginginst="x1.03 .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .

> -or.5 V(4)=2.23 1 1 See Also . val1 Node numbers or names can include full paths or circuit numbers.NODESET node1 val1 <node2 val2> Arguments Argument Description node1 . Syntax .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands ..NODESET V(5:SETX)=3.5 4 2.5V V(X1. The HSPICE simulator uses the NODESET voltages only in the first iteration to set an initial guess for DC operating point analysis.NODESET V(12)=4.NODESET Initializes specified nodal voltages for DC operating point analysis and corrects convergence problems.NODESET V(node1)=val1 <V(node2)=val2 .DC . See Using Wildcards on Node Names in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. you enhance convergence of the simulation.X2. In addition. Description Use this command to initialize all specified nodal voltages for DC operating point analysis and to correct convergence problems in DC analysis.VINT)=1V .23 . Example .NODESET 12 4.NODESET statement..OPTION DCHOLD HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.. If you set the node values in the circuit close to the actual DC operating point solution..NODESET . Specifies voltages.03 135 . you can use wildcards in the .

If you omit inter or set it to zero. HSPICE does not print a summary. HSPICE prints summary for the first frequency. and interval does not influence the output information for later sweeps. and once for each subsequent increment of the inter frequency. The noise report is sorted according to the contribution of each node to the overall noise level. vin interval | inter 136 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Independent voltage source to use as the noise input reference Interval at which HSPICE prints a noise analysis summary. inter specifies how many frequency points to summarize in the AC sweep.NOISE . Syntax . Defines the node or branch at which HSPICE sums the noise. If any of the LIST* arguments below are specified.03 . If inter is equal to or greater than one. the output information will follow the format required by LIST*.NOISE Controls the noise analysis of the circuit.NOISE v(out) vin interval + <listfreq=(frequencies|none|all)> + <listcount=num> <listfloor=val> <listsources=[1|0|yes|no]> Arguments Argument Description v(out) Nodal voltage or branch current output variable.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .

. In the element phase noise output.0G) listfreq=(1. : output the information on the specified frequency points Frequency values must be enclosed in parentheses. The number is specified by num. You can use this statement only in conjunction with an . Contribution to the output noise power greater than the value specified by LISTFLOOR. Default is to output all the noise elements.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .AC statement.lis file. The default is to output all of the noise element contribution to NF.0G. the elements that contribute the largest phase noise are dumped first. otherwise they are ignored. For example: listfreq=(none) listfreq=(all) listfreq=(1. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. which either dumps no frequencies or every frequency defined in the parameter_sweep. ■ listfloor=val listsources= [1|0|yes|no] Description Use this command and . You can (none|all|freq1req specify which frequencies the element phase noise value dumps.AC statements to control the noise analysis of the circuit..0G) listcount=num Outputs the first few noise elements that make the biggest contribution to NF. The last four arguments allow users to better control the output information.. Default is no/0. The unit of LISTFLOOR is V2/hz Defines whether or not to output the contribution of each noise source of each noise element. 2. The NF contribution is calculated with the source impedance equal to the Zo of the first port. 2. ALL: output all of the frequency points (default. Noise contributor tables are generated for every frequency point and every circuit device.) ■ NONE: do not output any of the frequency points ■ freq1 freq2.03 137 ..NOISE Argument Description listfreq= Dumps the element noise figure value to the . if LIST* is required.. The frequency values can be specified with the NONE or ALL keyword.) The frequencies must match the sweep_frequency values defined in the parameter_sweep.

AC 138 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .NOISE Example 1 This example sums the output noise voltage at the node 5 by using the voltage source VIN as the noise input reference and prints a noise analysis summary every 10 frequency points.NOISE V(5) VIN 10 Example 2 This example sums the output noise current at the r2 branch by using the voltage source VIN as the noise input reference and prints a noise analysis summary every 5 frequency points. .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . .NOISE I(r2) VIN 5 See Also .

HSPICE RF returns node voltages only if time (t) is 0. The default is ALL ALL: Full operating point. interpolation Selects the interpolation method for . ■ VOLTAGE: Voltage table only. typing i has the same effect as typing interpolation.OP time points during transient analysis or no interpolation.OP . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ■ time Place this parameter directly after ALL. ■ BRIEF: Produces a one-line summary of each element’s voltage.. all of the time points in the . that is. and capacitances. ■ DEBUG: Usually invoked only if a simulation does not converge. Default is not active.OP Calculates the DC operating point of the circuit. It also prints the non-convergent elements with their tolerance values.OP statement. The preceding keywords are mutually-exclusive. If you use this keyword. Current is stated in milliamperes and power is in milliwatts. Syntax . <interpolation> Arguments Argument Description format Any of the following keywords.OP statement (except time=0) use the interpolation method to calculate the OP value during the transient analysis. If you specify interpolation. use only one at a time. Only the first character is required. or DEBUG.03 139 . current. HSPICE ignores any word after this keyword.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . including voltage. but performs additional analysis that you specify. This parameter outputs voltage/current for the specified time. and power. It specifies the time at which HSPICE prints the report. currents. Debug prints the non-convergent nodes with the new voltage. CURRENT.OP <format> <time> <format> <time>. it must be at the end of the .. old voltage. ■ NONE: Inhibits node and element printouts. Only the first letter is required. ■ CURRENT: Voltage table with a brief summary of element currents and power. VOLTAGE. conductances. and the tolerance (degree of non-convergence).

See Also .TRAN 140 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 . . then simulation omits the time=0 operating point analysis and issues a warning in the output listing.TRAN analysis statement. 20 ns and 25 ns for the transient analysis.OPTION BRIEF $ Sets BRIEF to 1 (turns it on) * Netlist.5 ns. Example 2 . Example .OPTION BRIEF=0 $ Turns BRIEF off This example sets the BRIEF option to 1 to suppress a printout.OP This example calculates a complete DC operating point solution.OP statement. HSPICE calculates an operating point. Currents at 10 ns for the transient analysis.OP . models.OP statement in a simulation. Voltages at 17. You can include only one . you do not need to specify the .OP statement to produce an operating point during a transient analysis.5NS CUR 10NS VOL 17.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . If you use a . It then resets BRIEF to 0 later in the input file to resume the printout. .OP statement and if you include the UIC parameter in a ..OP Description Use this command to calculate the DC operating point of the circuit. If an analysis requires calculating an operating point.5NS 20NS 25NS This example calculates: ■ ■ ■ Operating point at .. You can also use the . Example 1 .05ns.

You can use the following types of options with this command. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ General Control Options CPU Options Interface Options DC Accuracy Options Error Options Version Option HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Many options are in the form <opt>=x.> Arguments Argument Description opt1 . enter a new .OPTION .OPTION Modifies various aspects of an HSPICE simulation. Most options default to 0 (OFF) when you do not assign a value by using either .. Description Use this command to modify various aspects of an HSPICE simulation. HSPICE uses the last definition.OPTION <opt>=<val> or the option with no assignment: .OPTION statement.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Syntax .OPTION <opt>=0). including: ■ ■ ■ ■ output types accuracy speed convergence You can set any number of options in one .. where <opt> is the option name and x is the value assigned to that option. For detailed information on individual options. To reset options. individual options are described in Chapter 4.OPTION statement..OPTION <opt>. Netlist Control Options. To redefine an option. see Chapter 4.OPTION opt1 <opt2 opt3 .OPTION statements in an input netlist file. set them to 0 (.. Netlist Control Options. and you can include any number of .03 141 . Specifies input control options.

Transient Analysis.OPTION ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Model Analysis Options DC Operating Point. see the appropriate analysis chapters in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide for Initializing DC/Operating Point Analysis. and Pole/Zero Options Transient and AC Small Signal Analysis Options Transient Control Options Input/Output Options AC Control Options Common Model Interface Options Verilog-A Options For instructions on how to use options that are relevant to a specific simulation type. 142 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. DC Sweep. and AC Sweep and Small Signal Analysis.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 .

PARAM <ParamName>=’<AlgebraicExpression>’ .PARAM .PARAM <ParamName>(<pv1>[<pv2>])=’<Expression>’ predefined analysis functions: .PARAM parameter=OPTxxx (initial_guess.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 143 .PARAM Defines parameters in HSPICE. delta) . + upper_limit. Syntax Simple parameter assignment: . + upper_limit) .PARAM <ParamName1>=<ParamName2> User-defined functions: . low_limit.PARAM <ParamName>=<RealNumber> Algebraic parameter assignments: .PARAM <FunctionName>=<Value> Optimized parameter assignment: .PARAM parameter=OPTxxx (initial_guess. low_limit.PARAM <paramname>=str(‘string’) HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

03 . ■ 144 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE does not warn you if it reassigns a parameter. Enclose a complex expression in single quotes to invoke the algebraic processor. If you do not specify delta. For example. Use any of the following methods to define parameters: ■ A simple parameter assignment is a constant real number. If the optimizer does not find the best solution within these constraints.PROBE statement.PARAM Arguments Argument Description OPTxxx Optimization parameter reference name. A simple expression consists of a single parameter name. Initial value estimate Lower limit. To use an algebraic expression as an output variable in a . Description Use this command to define parameters. ■ Upper limit. which must be quantized. Parameter to vary. The associated optimization analysis references this name. use the PARAM keyword. An algebraic parameter (equation) is an algebraic expression of real values. a predefined or user-defined function or circuit or model values. The parameter keeps this value. it attempts to find the best solution without constraints. you can use this parameter to optimize transistor drawn widths and lengths. unless the expression begins with an alphabetic character and contains no spaces. unless a later definition changes its value or an algebraic expression assigns a new value during simulation. ■ ■ parameter delta The final parameter value is the initial guess ± (n⋅ delta). Parameters in HSPICE are names that have associated numeric values. or . Must agree with the OPTxxx name in the analysis command associated with an OPTIMIZE keyname. the final parameter value is between low_limit and upper_limit.PRINT. A parameter definition always uses the last value found in the input netlist (subject to global parameter rules).Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .

03 145 .PARAM ■ A user-defined function assignment is similar to an algebraic parameter.. A predefined analysis function.PARAM TermValue=1g rTerm Bit0 0 TermValue rTerm Bit1 0 TermValue . which require a way to control the analysis: • • Temperature functions (fn) Optimization guess/range ■ HSPICE also supports the following predefined parameter type: ■ ■ ■ frequency time Monte Carlo functions Example 1 * Simple parameter assignment .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . HSPICE provides several specialized analysis types.PARAM npRatio =2. HSPICE extends the algebraic parameter definition to include function parameters.PARAM Pi =’355/113’ .. <pModelName> W=pWidth Mn1 .param x=cos(2)+sin(2) HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PARAM Pi2 =’2*Pi’ .. used in the algebraic that defines the function.PARAM pWidth =’nWidth * npRatio’ Mp1 .... <nModelName> W=nWidth ..1 .PARAM nWidth =3u . Example 4 * Algebraic parameter . Example 3 * Parameter assignment using expressions . You can nest user-defined functions up to three deep..PARAM power_cylces=256 Example 2 * Numerical parameter assignment .

3.PARAM mcVar=Agauss(1.0 volts for the optimization procedure. Example 9 .1.03 .b) =’(a*a)*(b*b)’ Example 7 * predefined analysis function ..PARAM F(p1. which optimize a model for a selected set of electrical specifications.PARAM <MyFunc( x.PARAM vtx=OPT1(.3 and 1.1) Example 8 . y )>=‘Sqrt((x*x)+(y*y))’ . 146 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The estimated initial value for the vtx parameter is 0.0.0) uox=OPT1(650.p2) =’Log(Cos(p1)*Sin(p2))’ .PRINT DC v(3) gain=PAR(‘v(3)/v(2)’) + PAR(‘V(4)/V(2)’) Example 6 * My own user-defined functions .PARAM SqrdProd (a.7. You can vary this value within the limits of 0.PARAM fltmod=str('bpfmodel') s1 n1 n2 n3 n_ref fqmodel=fltmod zo=50 fbase=25e6 fmax=1e9 This example shows how you can define and use string parameters.PARAM Example 5 * Algebraic expression as an output variable .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .0.7 volts.PARAM CentToFar (c) =’(((c*9)/5)+32)’ .400. The optimization parameter reference name (OPT1) references the associated optimization analysis statement (not shown).900) In this example. uox and vtx are the variable model parameters.

m. If RB is larger than the length of the NS or b-string. Patnames can associate a bstring or nested structure (NS).Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . RB must be an integer. and z states. component n] <RB=val> + <R=repeat> Arguments Argument Description data String of 1. PatName component RB=val R=repeat Description When the .PAT command is used in an input file. The R must be an integer.PAT <patName>=[component 1 . The first letter must be B to represent it as a binary bit stream. This series is called b-string. Pattern name that has an associated b-string or nested structure. the source repeats from the beginning of the NS or bstring. also defines new patnames. Specifies the starting component of a repetition.PAT Specifies predefined patnames to be used in a pattern source. two different types of pattern sources. An M represents the value that is equal to 0. Syntax . an error is issued.03 147 . it automatically set to 0. The NS is a combination of HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If it is less than 1. a b-string is a series of 1. If R=-1. the repeating operation continues forever.. Specifies how many times the repeating operation is executed.PAT . 0.. The repeat data starts from the component or bit indicated by RB. M. In this case. If it is less than -1.PAT <PatName>=data <RB=val> <R=repeat> . 0. and a Z represents the high impedance state (only for voltage source).5*(vhi+vlo). and a 0 is the low voltage or current value. With no argument. The elements that make up a nested structure. Components can be b-strings or a patnames defined in other . some patnames are predefined and can be used in a pattern source.PAT commands. it is automatically set to 1. A 1 represents the high voltage or current value. or Z that represents a pattern source.

PAT a1=[b1010 r=1 rb=2 b1100] r=1 rb=1 . but HSPICE does not support using multiple brackets in one statement. which can be a b-string or NS.PAT a2=a1 Example 3 This example shows a nested structure: .PAT command. this creates a circular definition and HSPICE issues an error report.PAT a1=b1010 r=1 rb=1 Example 2 The following example shows how an existing patname is used to define a new patname: . If you need to use another nested structure as a component in an NS. The . You should avoid using a predefined patname to define another patname: when a patname is defined that depends on another patname.PAT a1=b1010 r=1 rb=1 .PAT command used for a b-string: . which in turn is defined by the original patname. Nested structures must use brackets “[ ]”.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .PAT a2=[a1 b0m0m] r=2 rb=1 148 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PAT command can also be used to define a new patname.PAT command.PAT a1=[b1010 r=1 rb=2 b1100] Example 4 This final example shows how a predefined nested structure is used as a component in a new nested structure: . Example 1 The following example shows the . define the NS in a new .03 .PAT a b-string and another NS defined in the .

ibs file that contains package models. It supports both sections and matrixes. working model in the .PKG command automatically creates a series of W-elements or discrete R.IBIS card.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . L and C components. then the package information in the .pkg file Description The .pkg or .PKG Provides the IBIS Package Model feature. The following nodes are referenced in the netlist: ■ Nodes on the die side: ’pkgname’_’pinname’_dia ■ Nodes on the pin side: ’pkgname’_’pinname’ See Example 2 for how pin1 is referenced. If package = 0 in the .ibs file will be added. then the package information in the.03 149 .PKG pkgname + file = ’pkgfilename’ + model = ’pkgmodelname’ Arguments Argument Description pkgname pkgfilename pkgmodelname package card name name of a . automatically creates a series of Welements or discrete R. The . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If package = 1 or 2. Syntax .PKG command provides the IBIS Package Model feature. If package = 3. then no package information will be added.PKG .pkg file will be added. L and C components.

. or MOSFET elements in your circuit design. TRAN..PRINT antype ov1 <ov2 . You can also use the iall keyword in a .ibs’ + model=’FCPGA_FF_PKG’ Example 2 The following example shows how pin1 is referenced: p_test_pin1_dia and p_test_pin1 The element name becomes: w_p_test_pin1_? ? or r_p_test_pin1_? ? . Can be one of the following types: DC. NOISE.pkg p_test + file=’processor_clk_ff.PRINT Example 1 . JFET. AC.EBD .IBIS . You can include wildcards in . See Also ..03 .PRINT statements. These are voltage. current. or element template variables from a DC. 150 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Description Use this command to print the values of specified output variables. > Arguments Argument Description antype Type of analysis for outputs.PRINT Prints the values of specified output variables. or DISTO. AC.. or DISTO analysis. TRAN. NOISE. ov1 . BJT..Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .PRINT statement to print all branch currents of all diode. Syntax . Output variables to print..

sw0 and .tr0 files are different.print v(din) i(mxn18) .sw0 and .tran 1ns 60ns ■ If you replace the .print v(din) i(mxn18) .print DC v(din) i(mnx) then the .tr0 files.3) II(R1) ■ Depending on the value of the ACOUT option.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . II(R1) prints the imaginary part of the current through R1. It also prints the current through the voltage source named VIN. or the difference of the phase of voltage at node 8 and voltage at node 3. Example 3 .0 0. Example 2 . VR(7) prints the real part of the AC voltage between node 7 and ground.05 .tran 1ns 60ns * CASE 2 .dc vdin 0 5.03 151 . or the difference of the voltage magnitudes between nodes 4 and 2.dc vdin 0 5. VP(8. ■ ■ ■ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.05 .print v(din) i(mxn18) * CASE 3 .PRINT Example 1 * CASE 1 .PRINT TRAN V (4) I(VIN) PAR(`V(OUT)/V(IN)') This example prints the results of a transient analysis for the nodal voltage named 4.dc vdin 0 5.3) prints the phase of the voltage difference between nodes 8 and 3.2) VR(7) VP(8.05 .2) prints the AC magnitude of the voltage difference.print TRAN v(din) i(mnx) then all three cases have identical .PRINT AC VM(4. ■ If you replace the . VM(4.tran 1ns 60ns .0 0.print statement with: .0 0. It also prints the ratio of the nodal voltage at the OUT and IN nodes. Depending on the ACOUT value.PRINT statement with: .

03 .PRINT AC ZIN YOUT(P) S11(DB) S12(M) Z11(R) This example prints: ■ ■ ■ The magnitude of the input impedance. and the dB value of the intermodulation distortion sum through the load resistor that you specify in the .AC and .PRINT statement in HSPICE. The phase of the output admittance. Example 6 .DISTO statement. 152 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Example 7 . Several S and Z parameters. DISTO.PRINT Example 4 . and AC output variables in the same .PRINT AC INOISE ONOISE VM(OUT) HD3 This statement includes NOISE. Example 9 .PRINT DC V(2) I(VSRC) V(23. The drain-to-source current of the MOSFET named M1.17) I1(R1) I1(M1) This example prints the DC analysis results for several different nodal voltages and currents through: ■ ■ ■ The resistor named R1.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Example 8 . This statement accompanies a network analysis by using the .LIN analysis statements.PRINT NOISE INOISE This example prints the equivalent input noise.PRINT pj1=par(‘p(rd) +p(rs)‘) This statement prints the value of pj1 with the specified function. The voltage source named VSRC.PRINT DISTO HD3 SIM2(DB) This example prints the magnitude of third-order harmonic distortion. Example 5 .

MEASURE .AC .DOUT . Example 10 Derivative function: . See Also .NOISE .print p1=3 .DCMATCH .STIM .PRINT statement references to nonexistent netlist part names. The p1 value is 3. and prints those names in a warning.03 153 .PRINT HSPICE ignores . the p2 value is 15.PRINT der=deriv('v(NodeX)') Integrate function: .DC . Example 11 .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .PROBE .DISTO .TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PRINT int=integ('v(NodeX)') The parameter can be a node voltage or a reasonable expression.print p2=par("p1*5") You can use p1 and p2 as parameters in netlist.

.PROBE int=integ('v(NodeX)') Description Use this command to save output variables to interface and graph data files. AC. or DISTO analysis. You can include wildcards in . Analysis types are: DC.03 .DC .STIM . DCMATCH.DOUT ..PRINT . TRAN.DISTO ..PROBE der=deriv('v(NodeX)') * Integrate function . DCMATCH. NOISE.PROBE DC V(4) V(5) V(1) beta=PAR(`I1(Q1)/I2(Q1)') Example 2 * Derivative function .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .MEASURE .PROBE statements.> Arguments Argument Description antype Type of analysis for the specified plots. The parameter can be a node voltage or a reasonable expression. AC. See Also .AC .PROBE Saves output variables to interface and graph data files. ov1 .DCMATCH . NOISE.TRAN 154 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Output variables to plot: voltage. Example 1 .NOISE . Syntax .PROBE antype ov1 <ov2 . TRAN... current.PROBE can include more than one output variable. or DISTO.PROBE . or element template (HSPICE-only variables from a DC.

Any elements and models located between a .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .PROTECT or .PROTECT and .PROT Keeps models and cell libraries private as part of the encryption process.UNPROTECT statement inhibit the element and model listing from the LIST option.UNPROTECT statements.option brief=0. you might get warnings that the file is encrypted and the file or library will be treated as a “black box.unprot in a library or file that is not encrypted. Syntax . The .03 155 .UNPROTECT or .OP operating point printout do not list any nodes that are contained between the .PROT .UNPROTECT to end the file section that will be encrypted.unprot commands act similar to .PROTECT or .option brief=1 and . respectively.PROTECT Description Use this command to designate the start of the file section to be encrypted when using Metaencrypt. If you use.prot and .UNPROT . ■ ■ Use .” ■ Note: The .OPTION BRIEF HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PROTECT and an . See Also .OPTION NODE nodal cross-reference and the .prot/.

or a branch current I(element) srcnam Input source: ■ an independent voltage or a current source name Description Use to perform pole/zero analysis. You do not need to specify .PZ ov srcname Arguments Argument Description input output Input source. the output is the branch current for the RL branch and the input is the ISORC independent current source. which can be: ■ ■ Any node voltage.03 .PZ ■ V(10) I(RL) VIN ISORC In the first pole/zero analysis. the output is the voltage for node 10 and the input is the VIN independent voltage source.OP. Output variables. Example .PZ output input . see DC Operating Point. and Pole/Zero Options on page 377.DC 156 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. I(branch_name).Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .PZ . Any branch current.PZ . In the second pole/zero analysis. ov Output variable: ■ a node voltage V(n). Syntax .PZ Performs pole/zero analysis. For a description of pole/zero options. ■ See Also . V(n). See “Pole/ Zero Analysis” in the HSPICE Applications Manual for complete information about pole/zero analysis. DC Sweep. the name of any independent voltage or current source. because the simulator automatically invokes an operating point calculation.

The highest frequency (in hertz) that you can specify is: FMAX=MAXFLD ⋅ FS Optional noise integrator (duty cycle) at the sampling node: BETA=0 no integrator BETA=1 simple integrator (default) If you clock the integrator (integrates during a fraction of the 1/FS sampling interval).0e-3.NOISE and . Maximum number of folding intervals (The default is 10.03 157 . It is used with the .SAMPLE . The algorithm requires about ten times this number of internally-generated frequencies so keep this value small. The SAMPLE analysis performs a noise-folding analysis at the output node.SAMPLE Analyzes data sampling noise. Syntax . then set BETA to the duty cycle of the integrator.SAMPLE FS=freq <TOL=val> <NUMF=val> + <MAXFLD=val> <BETA=val> Arguments Argument Description FS=freq TOL Sample frequency in hertz.0). Sampling-error tolerance: the ratio of the noise power (in the highest folding interval) to the noise power (in baseband). The default is 1. Maximum number of frequencies that you can specify. The default is 100.NOISE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.AC statements to analyze data sampling noise in HSPICE .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . See Also . ■ ■ NUMF MAXFLD BETA Description Use this command to acquire data from analog signals.AC .

If circuit conditions change incrementally. Default is NODESET.SAVE . ■ ■ ■ ALL (default): Saves all nodes.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . This option offers the greatest improvement in simulation time. For quick DC convergence in subsequent simulations. ■ ■ NODESET: Stores the operating point as a NODESET statement.LOAD statements. Description Use this command to store the operating point of a circuit in a file that you specify. from the top to the lowest circuit level. Default is <design>.ic#. Later simulations initialize all node voltages to these values if you use the . The file name format is <design>. Syntax . NONE: Does not save the operating point. The default is 0. DC converges within a few iterations. use the . The level can be one of the following. The type can be one of the following. TOP: Saves only nodes in the top-level design.LOAD statement. Does not save subcircuit nodes. Later simulations initialize node voltages to these values if the netlist includes the . save_time Time during transient analysis when HSPICE saves the operating point. save_file Name of the file that stores DC operating point data.LOAD 158 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SAVE <TYPE=type_keyword> <FILE=save_file> + <LEVEL=level_keyword> <TIME=save_time> Arguments Argument Description type_keyword Storage method for saving the operating point. level_keyword Circuit level at which you save the operating point. IC: Stores the operating point as a IC statement.ic0. HSPICE requires a valid transient analysis statement to save a DC operating point.SAVE Stores the operating point of a circuit in a file that you specify.03 .

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . A parameter or temperature sweep saves only the first operating point.SAVE TYPE=NODESET FILE=my_design.LOAD .ic0.TEMP -25 to a file named my_design.SAVE statement to input the contents of this file.NODESET HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .TEMP -25 0 25 . HSPICE saves the operating point by default. specify .03 159 . You can save the operating point data as either an . even if the HSPICE input file does not contain a . To not save the operating point. Example .IC or a .ic0 LEVEL=ALL + TIME=0 This example saves the operating point corresponding to .SAVE LEVEL=NONE.SAVE statement.NODESET statement.IC .

As shown. The output of the .0000u for element r1 indicates that v(2) decreases by 250uv when R1 is increased from 1000 ohms to 1001 ohms.. Branch currents or nodal voltage for DC component-sensitivity analysis Example In this example..5000m 5.SENS v(2) .SENS ov1 <ov2 .0000 element normalized sensitivity sensitivity (volts/unit) (volts/percent) -250. v1 1 0 1 r1 1 2 1k r2 2 0 1k .SENS Determines DC small-signal sensitivities of output variables for circuit parameters. the ..03 .SENS .SENS v(2) statement appears in the list file as follows: dc sensitivities of output v(2) element name 0:r1 0:r2 0:v1 element value 1.SENS v(2) statement is used to find out how sensitive the voltage at node 2 is to change at any element value. Similarly.end For sensitivity analysis only one element is changed at a time while all other element values are retained at their original value. an element sensitivity of -250. an element sensitivity of 500.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .0000k 1.0000u 250..> Arguments Argument Description ov1 ov2 .0000m for element v1 indicates that v(2)increases by 500mv when v1 increases by 1V.0000m -2.0000m The element sensitivity column lists the absolute change in V(2) when the element value is changed by unity. Syntax .0000u 500. 160 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.5000m 2.0000k 1.

03 161 .SHAPE Defines a shape to be used by the HSPICE field solver. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . See Also . v(2)). DC small-signal sensitivities are calculated for: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ resistors voltage sources current sources diodes BJTs (including Level 4. If the input file includes a . Therefore. Note: In both columns. The amount of output generated from a . Description Use this command to determine DC small-signal sensitivities of output variables for circuit parameters. the normalized sensitivity of -2.SENS statement is used in case more than one is present. Version=3. The sensitivity measurement is the partial derivative of each output variable for a specified circuit element measured at the operating point and normalized to the total change in output magnitude.22). Only the last .SENS analysis per simulation.DC .5mv when the value of r1 is increased by 1%.SENS statement.SHAPE The normalized sensitivity column lists the absolute change in v(2) when the element value is increased by 1%. The others are discarded with warnings. As shown for element r1.SENS analysis is dependent on the size of the circuit. the VBIC95 model) MOSFETs (Level49 and Level53. HSPICE determines DC smallsignal sensitivities for each specified output variable relative to every circuit parameter. a negative sign indicates a decrease and a positive sign indicates an increase in the output variable (in this case.5000m indicates that v(2) decreases by 2. the sum of the sensitivities of all elements is 100%. You can perform only one .

MATERIAL 162 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Shape_Descriptor One of the following: ■ ■ ■ ■ Rectangle Circle Strip Polygon Description Use this command to define a shape. See Also .LAYERSTACK .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .SHAPE sname Shape_Descriptor Arguments Argument Description sname Shape name.03 . The field solver uses the shape to describe a cross-section of the conductor.FSOPTIONS .SHAPE Syntax .

you do not need to specify the NW and NH values because the field solver automatically sets these values. depending on the accuracy mode. NH Description Use this keyword to define a rectangle. Number of vertical (y) segments in a rectangle with a specified height. Normally. Number of horizontal (x) segments in a rectangle with a specified width. Height of the rectangle (size in the y-direction).SHAPE (Defining Rectangles) Defines a rectangle to be used by the HSPICE field solver. Syntax .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .SHAPE (Defining Rectangles) . You can specify both values or specify only one of these values and let the solver determine the other. Figure 3 Coordinates of a Rectangle y Width Height Origin (0.03 163 .0) x HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SHAPE RECTANGLE WIDTH=val HEIGHT=val [NW=val] + [NH=val] Arguments Argument Description WIDTH HEIGHT NW Width of the rectangle (size in the x-direction).

But you can specify this value if you need to Figure 4 Coordinates of a Circle y Origin Radius Starting vertex of the inscribed polygon (0.SHAPE CIRCLE RADIUS=val [N=val] Arguments Argument Description RADIUS N Radius of the circle.03 . The field solver approximates a circle as an inscribed regular polygon with N edges. Do not use the CIRCLE descriptor to model actual polygons. Number of segments to approximate a circle with a specified radius. Normally. instead use the POLYGON descriptor. 164 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Description Use this keyword to define a circle in the field solver. Syntax . depending on the accuracy mode. The more edges. the more accurate the circle approximation is. because the field solver automatically sets this value.SHAPE (Defining Circles) Defines a circle to be used by the HSPICE field solver.0) x .SHAPE (Defining Circles) .SHAPE (Defining Polygons) Defines a polygon to be used by the HSPICE field solver. you do not need to specify the N value.

.. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. N Example 1 The following rectangular polygon uses the default number of segments: . You can specify a different N value for each edge.SHAPE (Defining Polygons) Syntax .) + <N=(n1. y) coordinates of vertices. corresponds to the number of segments for the edge from (x1 y1) to (x2 y2)..SHAPE POLYGON VERTEX=(x1 y1 x2 y2 . n1.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 165 ...)> Arguments Argument Description VERTEX (x.n2.SHAPE POLYGON VERTEX=(1 10 1 11 5 11 5 10) + N=5 Example 3 Rectangular polygon by using the different number of segments for each edge: .SHAPE POLYGON VERTEX=(1 10 1 11 5 11 5 10) Example 2 The following rectangular polygon uses five segments for each edge: . the first value of N. For example. Listed either in clockwise or counterclockwise direction.SHAPE POLYGON VERTEX=(1 10 1 11 5 11 5 10) + N=(5 3 5 3) Description Use this command to define a polygon in a field solver. The specified coordinates are within the local coordinate with respect to the origin of a conductor. If you specify only one N value. Number of segments that define the polygon with the specified X and Y coordinates. then the field solver uses this value for all edges.

because the field solver automatically sets this value. The field solver (filament method) does not support this shape. depending on the accuracy mode. Number of segments that define the strip shape with the specified width.SHAPE (Defining Strip Polygons) Defines a strip polygon to be used by the HSPICE field solver.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Normally.SHAPE STRIP WIDTH=val <N=val> Arguments Argument Description WIDTH N Width of the strip (size in the x-direction).SHAPE (Defining Strip Polygons) Figure 5 Coordinates of a Polygon y Origin (0. you do not need to specify the N value. 166 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. But you can specify this value if you need to. Syntax .03 . Description Use this command to define a strip polygon in a field solver.0) x .

STIM Figure 6 Coordinates of a Strip Polygon y Width Origin (0.[)]] Data Card Syntax .] [from=val] [to=val] [npoints=val] [tran] PWL [filename=output_filename] .. PWL Source Syntax (Transient Analysis Only) .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .0) x .STIM + + + [name1=] ovar1 [node1=n+] [node2=n-] [[name2=]ovar2 [node1=n+] [node2=n-] ...STIM Uses the results (output) of one simulation as input stimuli in a new simulation.STIM + + + [tran] PWL [filename=output_filename] [name1=] ovar1 [node1=n+] [node2=n-] [[name2=]ovar2 [node1=n+] [node2=n-] ...] indepvar=[(]t1 [t2 .03 167 ..STIM HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.STIM <tran|ac|dc> PWL|DATA|VEC + <filename=output_filename> ... Syntax General Syntax: ..STIM + + + [tran | ac | dc] DATA [filename=output_filename] dataname [name1=] ovar1 [[name2=]ovar2 .] [from= val] [to=val] [npoints=val] [indepout=val] [tran | ac | dc] DATA [filename=output_filename] ..

v(2..STIM [tran] VEC [filename=output_filename] + vth=val vtl=val [voh=val] [vol=val] + [name1=] ovar1 [[name2=] ovar2 .. PWL Source Name that you specify. par(’v(1)+v(2)’) ■ ■ name1 ovar1 node1 node2 Positive terminal node name.[)]] Arguments PWL Source (Transient Analysis Only): Argument Description tran filename Transient simulation.] indepvar=[(]t1 [t2 . The name must start with V (for a voltage source) or I (for a current source).STIM [tran] VEC [filename=output_filename] + vth=val vtl=val [voh=val] [vol=val] + [name1=] ovar1 [[name2=] ovar2 . For example: v(1)..[)]] [indepout=val] Digital Vector File Syntax (Transient Analysis Only) ... 168 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Output file name. ovar can be: Node voltage.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . If you do not specify a file.03 . you must specify name1.] + [from=val] [to=val] [npoints=val] .. Output variable that you specify. i(r1). ■ Parameter string. HSPICE uses the input filename. If you use a parameter string.] + indepvar=[(]t1 [t2 ...STIM + + + dataname [name1=] ovar1 [[name2=]ovar2 . Negative terminal node name.1).. Element current..

03 169 . uses the time units that you specified. HSPICE uses the input filename. Specifies dispersed independent-variable points.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . Specifies dispersed (independent-variable) time points. For transient analysis. Output file name. Number of output independent-variable points. Specifies the time to terminate output of simulation results. npoints to indepvar Data Card: Argument Description tran | ac | dc filename Selects the simulation type: transient. AC. dataname from to name1 npoints indepvar HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Name of a parameter of the data card to generate.STIM Argument Description from Specifies the time to start output of simulation results. For transient analysis. For transient analysis. If you do not specify a file. Specifies the time to terminate output of simulation results. uses the time units that you specified. Number of output time points. uses the time units that you specified. The from value can be greater than the to value. You must specify dispersed time points in increasing order. or DC. Name of the data card to generate. Specifies the time to start output of simulation results. For transient analysis. uses the time units that you specified.

You must specify dispersed time points in increasing order. LX2(m1) ■ ■ Digital Vector File (Transient Analysis Only): Argument Description name1 filename Signal name that you specify. indepout.03 . Element current. You can place the indepout field anywhere after the ovar1 field. ■ Parameter string. Output variable that you specify. You cannot use character strings as parameter values in HSPICE RF. uses the specified time units. HSPICE uses the input filename.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .1). LX1(m1). ■ ovar1 Output variable that you specify. or on. uses the time units that you specified. For transient analysis. ovar can be: Node voltage. If you do not specify a file. par(’v(1)+v(2)’). ovar1 from to npoints indepvar vth 170 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. i(r1). You can specify the independent-variables in any order. For example: v(1). For transient analysis. v(2. Specifies the time to start output of simulation results.The from value can be greater than the to value.STIM Argument Description indepout Indicates whether to generate the independent variable column. Time to the terminate output of simulation results. Number of output time points. Specifies dispersed independent-variable points. ovar can only be a node voltage. High voltage threshold. ■ Element templates . indepout=1. Output file name. produces the independent variable column. ■ indepout= 0 or off (default) does not create an independent variable column.

0ns to=5ns npoints=10 Description Use this command to reuse the results (output) of one simulation as input stimuli in a new simulation.STIM Argument Description vtl voh vol Low voltage threshold.PROBE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The .0ns to 5.0ns with 10 points.MEASURE . having a voltage source named “v0” applied between nodes neg and 0 (ground). . DATA CARD.DOUT . For additional information. Example In this example.PRINT .stim tran pwl filename=test v0=v(n0) node1=neg + node2=0 from=0. see “Reusing Simulation Output as Input Stimuli” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide.STIM statement produces one corresponding output file. Independent variables. Logic-low voltage for each output signal. One . Logic-high voltage for each output signal. It has a PWL source function based on the voltage of node n0 during the time 0. See Also . Signals to transform.STIM command creates a file named “test. or VEC FILE).pwl0_tr0”. the .03 171 .STIM statement specifies: ■ ■ ■ Expected stimulus (PWL Source.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .

. Nodes assigned using BULK=node in MOSFET or BJT models.SUBCKT .SUBCKT subnam n1 <n2 n3 . these three calls produce different subcircuits.ENDS .SUBCKT <SubName><PinList>[<SubDefaultsList>] . X2.03 . Syntax . To override this value.. and X3 statements call these subcircuits. Nodes assigned using the .] SubDefaultsList Example 1 This example defines two subcircuits: SUB1 and SUB2. Node numbers for external reference.. assign it in the subcircuit call or set a value in a .. The X1..GLOBAL statement.ENDS .ENDS Arguments Argument Description subnam n1 . but are not in this list..SUBCKT Defines a subcircuit in a netlist. cannot be the ground node (zero)..> <parnam=val> . Because the resistor values are different in each call. are strictly local with three exceptions: ■ ■ ■ Ground node (zero).Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . 172 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. <SubParam1>=<Expression> [<SubParam2>=<Expression>.PARAM statement.SUBCKT subnam n1 <n2 n3 .. These are resistordivider networks. Use only in the subcircuit. Specifies a reference name for the subcircuit model call. parnam A parameter name set to a value.> <param=str('string')> . Any element nodes that are in the subcircuit. whose resistance values are parameters (variables).

PARAM P5=5 P2=10 .SUBCKT Inv a y Strength=3 Mp1 <MosPinList> pMosMod L=1.ENDS * .535E-16 CAJP=2.OPTION LIST ACCT V1 1 0 1 .5 EXP=. the inverter can drive three devices. n device=5u xInv2 a y2 Inv Strength=1 $ p device= 2u.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .SUBCKT *FILE SUB2.03 173 ...2u W=’Strength * 2u’ Mn1 <MosPinList> nMosMod L=1. $ n device=3u xInv1 a y1 Inv Strength=5 $ p device=10u.62E-18 + PHI=. n device=1u . Enter a new value for the Strength parameter in the element line to select larger or smaller inverters for the application.5 EXA=.53E-16 .SUBCKT SUB1 1 2 P4=4 R1 1 0 P4 R2 2 0 P5 X1 1 2 SUB2 P6=7 X2 1 2 SUB2 . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SP TEST OF SUBCIRCUITS .END Example 2 This example implements an inverter that uses a Strength parameter..33 . .2u W=’Strength * 1u’ .MODEL DA D CJA=CAJA CJP=CAJP VRB=-20 IS=7..PARAM CAJA=2.MACRO SUB2 1 2 P6=11 R1 1 2 P6 R2 2 0 P2 . By default. xInv0 a y0 Inv $ Default devices: p device=6u.EOM X1 1 2 SUB1 P4=6 X2 3 4 SUB1 P6=15 X3 3 4 SUB2 * .ENDS .

you can pick default values for circuit elements in a . See Also .EOM .PARAM 174 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 . You can create a subcircuit description for a commonly used circuit and include one or more references to the subcircuit in your netlist.OPTION LIST . Use the .ENDS statement to terminate a .subckt IBIS vccq vss out in + IBIS_FILE=str('file.MACRO .SUBCKT statement.ends Description Use this command to define a subcircuit in your netlist. When you use hierarchical subcircuits.ENDS . * Using string parameters . You can use this feature in cell definitions to simulate the circuit with typical values.SUBCKT command.ibs') + IBIS_MODEL=str('ibis_model') ven en 0 vcc B1 vccq vss out in en v0dq0 vccq vss + file= str(IBIS_FILE) model=str(IBIS_MODEL) .SUBCKT Example 3 This example implements an IBIS model that uses string parameters to specify the IBIS file name and IBIS model name.MODEL .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .

TEMP statement sets the circuit temperatures for the entire circuit simulation. . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.TEMP Specifies the circuit temperature for an HSPICE simulation. HSPICE uses: ■ ■ ■ Temperature as set in the . Syntax ..TEMP statement or the TEMP parameter in the .TEMP -55. . Example 1 .>> Arguments Argument Description t1 t2 Temperatures in ×C at which HSPICE simulates the circuit. you can use either the . HSPICE compares the circuit simulation temperature against the reference temperature in the TNOM option.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 175 .TEMP statements in a netlist and performs multiple DC. Note: HSPICE allows multiple .OPTION TNOM setting (or the TREF model parameter).TRAN statements. AC or TRAN analyses for each temperature. Description Use this command to specify the circuit temperature for an HSPICE simulation.TEMP t1 <t2 <t3 . Do not set the temperature to the same value multiple times. HSPICE uses the difference between the circuit simulation temperature and the TNOM reference temperature to define derating factors for component values.. To simulate the circuit by using individual elements or model temperatures.AC. DTEMP element temperature.TEMP statement. and .DC.0 The .0 125.0 25.TEMP .

parameterized .TEMP .TEMP Example 2 .60° C) for the D2 diode. HSPICE derates the specified model parameters by: ■ ■ ■ 70° C (130° C . 45° C (70° C . The temperature of the diode is 30° C above the circuit temperature as set in the DTEMP parameter.60° C) for the D1 diode.param mytemp =0 .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .OPTION TNOM so it defaults to 25° C. R1 simulates at 70° C.TEMP is also supported. 40° C (100° C .TEMP statement sets the circuit simulation temperature to 100° C. See Also . That is: ■ ■ ■ Because the diode model statement specifies TREF at 60° C.TNOM) for the R1 resistor.TEMP 100 D1 N1 N2 DMOD DTEMP=30 D2 NA NC DMOD R1 NP NN 100 TC1=1 DTEMP=-30 .temp '105 + 3*mytemp' In this example.03 . D1temp=100° C + 30° C=130° C.MODEL DMOD D IS=1E-15 VJ=0.2E-13 + CJP=1. You do not specify .TRAN 176 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.6 CJA=1.3E-14 TREF=60. HSPICE simulates the D2 diode at 100° C.OPTION TNOM . Example 3 .0 In this example: ■ ■ ■ The .AC .DC .

DC HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE computes: ■ ■ ■ DC small-signal value of the transfer function (output/input) Input resistance Output resistance Example . HSPICE computes the ratio of V(5.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .3) VIN .03 177 .TF ov srcnam Arguments Argument Description ov srcnam Small-signal output variable. Small-signal input source. You do not need to specify .TF I(VLOAD) VIN For the first example.TF Calculates DC small-signal values for transfer functions.3) to VIN.TF statement defines small-signal output and input for DC small-signal analysis. This is the ratio of small-signal input resistance at VIN to the small-signal output resistance (measured across nodes 5 and 3).TF V(5. The . See Also .OP. Syntax .TF . When you use this statement.TF statement in a single simulation. Description Use this command to calculate DC small-signal values for transfer functions (ratio of output variable to input source). If you specify more than one . HSPICE runs only the last .TF statement.

you can place a .TITLE syntax is not required. To change a title for a . Description Use this command to set the simulation title in the first line of the input file.03 .TITLE <string_of_up_to_72_characters> -or<string_of_up_to_72_characters> Arguments Argument Description string Any character string up to 72 characters long.TITLE statement. However. This line is read and used as the title of the simulation.ALTER statement itself.ALTER statement. To set the title.TITLE .TITLE Sets the simulation title. simulation interprets it as a title and does not execute it. If any statement appears as the first line in a file. the string is the first line of the input file.ALTER statement does not support using the . The first line of the input file is always the implicit title. Example . Syntax .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . place the title content in the . regardless of the line’s contents.TITLE my-design_netlist 178 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.TITLE statement on the first line of the netlist. An . the . The simulation prints the title verbatim in each section heading of the output listing file. In the second form of the syntax.

TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 ..TRAN Starts a transient analysis that simulates a circuit at a specific time.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands ..TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 ...TRAN DATA=datanm <SWEEP var type np pstart pstop> HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.TRAN ..03 179 .TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP var type np pstart pstop> .tstepN tstopN> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP var START="param_expr1" + STOP="param_expr2" STEP="param_expr3"> .tstepN tstopN> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP var type np pstart pstop> .tstepN tstopN> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP DATA=datanm> .TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <START=val> <UIC> Syntax for Double-Point Analysis: .TRAN DATA=datanm .TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2> <START=val> <UIC> + <SWEEP var start_expr stop_expr step_expr> Syntax for Multipoint Analysis: ..tstepN tstopN> + <START=val> <UIC> + <SWEEP var start_expr stop_expr step_expr> Syntax for Data-Driven Sweep: .TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 .TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 .TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP var START="param_expr1" + STOP="param_expr2" STEP="param_expr3"> .. Syntax Syntax for Single-Point Analysis: ..

.03 ..TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 . tstepN. tstop. the values of the tstep1..Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . < tstopN tstep1 <= tstop1 – START tstep2 <= tstop2 – tstop1 .TRAN . tstepN <= tstopN – tstop(N-1) Argument Description DATA=datanm Data name. tstop2.TRAN DATA=datanm <SWEEP var START="param_expr1" + STOP="param_expr2" STEP="param_expr3"> . tstop1. ierrn MODEL=optmod Arguments For single-point analysis. and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop < tstop2 < ... tstop1.TRAN DATA=datanm + <SWEEP var start_expr stop_expr step_expr> Syntax for Monte Carlo Analysis: ... tstopN.TRAN DATA=datanm OPTIMIZE=opt_par_fun + RESULTS=measnames MODEL=optmod . tstep2. .. and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop tstep <= tstop – START For double-point analysis...tstepN tstopN> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP MONTE=MCcommand> Syntax for Optimization: ..TRAN statement. the values of the tstep. the values of the tstep1. referenced in the . 180 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop < tstop2 tstep1 <= tstop1 – START tstep2 <= tstop2 – tstop1 For multipoint analysis.TRAN <DATA=filename> SWEEP OPTIMIZE=OPTxxx + RESULTS=ierr1 .

. use np (number of points).TRAN Argument Description MONTE= MCcommand Where MCcommand can be any of the following: ■ ■ ■ ■ val Specifies the number of random samples to produce. or any element or model parameter value.. a non-zero START time can cause incorrect .03 181 . np Number of points or number of points per decade or octave. This argument is always a positive value. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. list(<num1:num2><num3><num4:num5>) Samples from num1 to num2.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . pincr pstart pstop START SWEEP tstep1..TRAN statements when you also use .. and samples from num4 to num5 are executed (parentheses are optional). Time when a transient analysis stops incrementing by the first specified time increment (tstep1). tstop1.MEASURE results.. instead of pstart pstop.param_exprN. current.If you use . or temperature.MEASURE. If you set the type variation. Indicates that . temperature.TRAN with .MEASURE. Voltage. Expressions you specify: param_expr1. val firstnum=num Specifies the sample number on which the simulation starts. use a list of parameter values. not pincr. If another tstep-tstop pair follows.TRAN specifies a second sweep.. or model parameter. Starting voltage. depending on what keyword precedes it. Time when printing or plotting begins. current. sample num3. or any temperature increment value. Do not use non-zero START times in . analysis continues with a new increment. The START keyword is optional: you can specify a start time without the keyword.. Final value: voltage. element or model param. param_expr. list num Specifies the sample number to execute. current. element. This argument is always a positive value.. Specifies the printing or plotting increment for printer output and the suggested computing increment for post-processing. If you set the type variation to POI (list of points).

IC statement (or the IC= parameters of the any element statements) to calculate initial transient conditions..DATA statement. The MONTE=val value specifies the number of Monte Carlo iterations to perform.PARAM command. a . tstop. OCT – octave variation (the value of the designated variable is eight times its previous value).. Specifying only one number makes HSPICE run at only the specified point.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . This argument specifies the desired number of iterations. rather than solving for the quiescent op point. HSPICE runs from num1 to num1+val-1.".. You can use a source value sweep. referring to the source name (SPICE style). or the TEMP keyword (indicating a temperature sweep). However. and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop < tstop2 tstep1 <= tstop1 – START tstep2 <= tstop2 – tstop1 182 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. tstep2. The parameter must not start with TEMP and should be defined in advance using the . Specifies any of the following keywords: ■ ■ type ■ ■ DEC – decade variation. you must choose a parameter name for the source value and subsequently refer to it in the . POI – list of points. You can write more than one number after list.TRAN statement.. The iterations at which HSPICE performs a Monte Carlo analysis. or a temperature sweep. if you specify a parameter sweep.TRAN Argument Description UIC Uses nodal voltages specified in the . For single-point analysis. to . var Name of an independent voltage or current source.03 . tstop2. any element or model parameter. the values of the tstep. LIN – linear variation. and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop tstep <= tstop – START For double-point analysis. The colon represents “from . tstop1. the values of the tstep1. firstrun list Description Use to start a transient analysis that simulates a circuit at a specific time.

the values of the tstep1.TRAN . For multipoint analysis.05NS Example 4 This example performs the calculation every 0. .1 ns for 25 ns and delmax is set to 0..TRAN . Printing and plotting begin at 10 ns.TRAN tstep tstop start delmax When column 4 is interpreted as DELMAX. Example 1 This example performs and prints the transient analysis every 1 ns for 100 ns.. .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . tstopN.TRAN In double-point analysis. Printing and plotting begin at 1 ns.05 ns.TRAN .1n 8 is not.1NS 25NS 1NS 40NS START=10NS Example 3 This example performs the calculation every 0.. . and then every 1 ns for 40 ns.TRAN 1NS 100NS Example 2 This example performs the calculation every 0.03 183 . tstop2 < tstop1. .1 ns for 25 ns.1NS 25NS 1NS 40NS 2NS 100NS START = 10NS HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. tstepN <= tstopN – tstop(N-1) The following limitation applies for HSPICE: The ratio between tstop and tstep must be ≥ 1e09. For example. the statement is interpreted as: . but . and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop < tstop2 < . and then every 2 ns until 100 ns. .. < tstopN tstep1 <= tstop1 – START tstep2 <= tstop2 – tstop1 . and START is not explicitly set..TRAN 8n 8 is permissible.1 ns for the first 25 ns.. this statement has a higher priority than the delmax option. . Printing and plotting begin at 10 ns. if tstep1 < tstop1.TRAN 0. tstepN.. and then every 1 ns until 40 ns. tstop1.1NS 25NS 1NS .

It uses a data file as the sweep input. This example bypasses the initial DC operating point calculation. If the parameters in the data statement are controlling sources. and 10 pF.TRAN 10NS 1US SWEEP MONTE=10 firstrun=11 Example 10 This example performs the calculation every 10ns for 1us at the 10th trial. . followed by the 35th to the 40th trial and finally at the 50th Monte Carlo trial. .IC statement (or by IC parameters in element statements) to calculate the initial conditions.03 .TRAN 10NS 1US SWEEP load POI 3 1pf 5pf 10pf Example 8 This example is a data-driven time sweep.OPTION DELMAX 184 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.TRAN data=dataname Example 9 This example performs the calculation every 10ns for 1us from the 11th to 20th Monte Carlo trials.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . . then a piecewise linear specification must reference them.TRAN 10NS 1US UIC SWEEP TEMP -55 75 10 Example 7 This example analyzes each load parameter value at 1 pF. It uses the nodal voltages specified in the . 5 pF.TRAN 10NS 1US SWEEP MONTE=list(10 20:30 35:40 50) See Also . It also performs transient analysis for each temperature.TRAN 10NS 1US UIC Example 6 This example increases the temperature by 10 ° C through the range -55 ° C to 75 ° C. . .TRAN Example 5 This example performs the calculation every 10 ns for 1 µs. then from the 20th to the 30th trial. .

Syntax .PROTECT or . Neither the . respectively. you might get warnings that the file is encrypted and the file or library will be treated as a “black box.UNPROTECT statements.PROTECT and .prot/.PROTECT statement as part of the encryption process.UNPROT . ■ Any elements and models located between . See Also . nor the .UNPROTECT or . If you use .OP operating point printout list any nodes within the . inhibit the element and model listing from the LIST option.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .UNPROTECT Description Use this command to restore normal output functions previously restricted by a .UNPROT Restores normal output functions previously restricted by a .PROTECT and .prot and .OPTION BRIEF HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.option brief=0.” ■ Note: The .unprot commands act similar to .UNPROTECT or .PROT .option brief=1 and .PROTECT statement.03 185 .unprot in a library or file that is not encrypted.UNPROTECT statements.OPTION NODE cross-reference.

For a detailed description of the variation block and usage examples. Variation Block in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide and for Variation Block options.End_Global_Variation .End_Local_Variation . resulting from variations in materials and manufacturing. local.Global_Variation Define the univariate independent random variables Define additional random variables through transformation Define variations of model parameters . Monte Carlo Analysis. If the same parameters are re-defined.Element_Variation Define variations of element parameters .End_Spatial_Variation .Spatial_Variation Define the univariate independent random variables Define additional random variables through transformation Define variations of model parameters .Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . 186 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .local_variation Define the univariate independent random variables Define additional random variables through transformation Define variations of model parameters . and spatial variations on model parameters.VARIATION . then the contents are treated as additive. see Variation Block Options in Chapter 15. HSPICE considers this an error.Variation Define options Define common parameters that apply to all sub-blocks . see Chapter 14.End_Element_Variation .ALTER processing.VARIATION Specifies global and local variations on model parameters.End_Variation Description Use this command to specify global. If a Variation Block is read as part of . Syntax .

VARIATION Parameters and Options Constant Parameter Definition.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 187 .yn) uniform distribution cumulative distribution function Transformed Random Variable parameter TVarName=expression(IVarName<IVarName>) Variation Definition for Model Parameter modelType modelName paramName=Expression_For_Sigma Variation Definition for Element Parameter modelType paramName=Expression_For_Sigma modelType(condition) paramName=Expression_For_Sigma Expression_For_Sigma Implicit definition: Normal Distribution with 0 mean and Sigma equal content value | expression value % | expression % absolute variation relative variation Referencing previously defined Random Variable perturb('expression(IVarName|TVarName<IVarName><TVarName>)') absolute perturb('expression(IVarName|TVarName<IVarName><TVarName>)') % relative HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. which can be referenced anywhere within the Variation Block: parameter PARAM=value Univariate Independent Random Variable parameter IVarName=N() normal distribution parameter IVarName=U() parameter IVarName=CDF(xn.

param vdd. y): get_P(elementParameter) For netlist parameter (for example .VARIATION Access Function For element parameter (for example w. l.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .Option” with a leading period does not work for options specified in the Variation Block. Variation Block and Chapter 15. temper): get_P(Parameter) Options For detailed information on . Chapter 14. The correct syntax is: Option optionName = value Options option Ignore_Local_Variation=No|Yes option Ignore_Global_Variation=No|Yes option ignore_Spatial_Variation=No|Yes option Ignore_Interconnect_Variation=No|Yes option Normal_Limit=value option Output_Sigma_Value=value option Vary_Only_Subckt=Subckt_List | Do_Not_Vary_Subckt=Subckt_List option Sampling_Method=SRS | Factorial | OFAT | LHS 188 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Note: Note that “.03 .VARIATION command control parameters and examples. see the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. Monte Carlo Analysis. x.

VEC Calls a digital vector file from an HSPICE netlist.Chapter 2: Netlist Commands . If you transfer the file between Unix and Windows.VEC file must be a text file. Syntax .VEC . use text mode. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. A digital vector file consists of three parts: ■ ■ ■ Vector Pattern Definition section Waveform Characteristics section Tabular Data section.VEC ‘digital_vector_file’ Description Use this command to call a digital vector file from an HSPICE netlist.03 189 . The .

Chapter 2: Netlist Commands .03 .VEC 190 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

followed by detailed descriptions of the individual commands.03 191 . The netlist commands described in this chapter fall into the following categories: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Alter Block HSPICE RF Analysis Conditional Block Digital Vector Field Solver Files Library Management Model Definition Node Naming Output Porting Setup Simulation Runs Subcircuits Verilog-A HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. This chapter provides a list of the HSPICE RF netlist commands. arranged by task.3 3 RF Netlist Commands Describes the commands you can use in HPSPICE RF netlists.

MEASURE PTDNOISE . .AC .SNFT .TRAN 192 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.POWER .SURGE .HBAC .DEL LIB .HBXF .SNOSC .HBNOISE .CHECK RISE .DC .ENV . .LPRINT .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands Alter Block Alter Block Use these commands in your RF netlist to run alternative simulations of your netlist by using different data.CHECK HOLD .PTDNOISE .HBLIN .LIN .03 .FOUR .SNXF .FFT .SNAC .TEMP HSPICE RF Analysis Use these commands in your RF netlist to start different types of HSPICE analysis to save the simulation results into a file and to load the results of a previous simulation into a new simulation.NOISE .TEMP .ENVFFT .POWERDC .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL .HBOSC .HB .OP .CHECK SLEW .CHECK IRDROP ..SN .CHECK EDGE .SWEEPBLOCK .SNNOISE .PHASENOISE .CHECK SETUP .TF .ENVOSC .PZ .ALTER .HBLSP .CHECK FALL .

03 193 . unless the specified conditions are true.LAYERSTACK . HSPICE RF does not execute the commands in the conditional block.VEC HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ELSE . .ENDIF . ENABLE IDELAY IO ODELAY OUT or OUTZ PERIOD RADIX SLOPE TDELAY TFALL TRISE TRIZ TSKIP TUNIT VIH VIL VNAME VOH VOL VREF VTH Field Solver Use these commands in your netlist to define a field solver.IF Digital Vector Use these commands in your digital vector (VEC) file.ELSEIF . .FSOPTIONS .MATERIAL .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands Conditional Block Conditional Block Use these commands in your netlist to setup a conditional block. .SHAPE Files Use this command in your netlist to call other files that are not part of the netlist.

OPTION . .PROBE Setup Use these commands in your netlist to setup your netlist for simulation.LIB Model Definition Use these commands in your netlist to define models: . plotter. You can also define the parameters to measure and to report in the simulation output.DEL LIB .IC . .03 . or graph.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands Library Management Library Management Use these commands in your netlist to manage libraries of circuit designs and to call other files when simulating your netlist.MODEL Node Naming Use these commands in your netlist to name nodes in circuit designs. .ENDL .INCLUDE .DOUT .MEASURE .TITLE 194 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.GLOBAL Output Porting Use these commands in your netlist to specify the output of a simulation to a printer.ENDDATA .GLOBAL .PARAM .DATA .PRINT . .NODESET .

TITLE Subcircuits Use these commands in your netlist to define subcircuits and to add instances of subcircuits to your netlist.03 195 .EOM .MACRO . .INCLUDE .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands Simulation Runs Simulation Runs Use these commands in your netlist to mark the start and end of individual simulation runs and conditions that apply throughout an individual simulation run.HDL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SUBCKT Verilog-A Use the following command in your netlist to declare the Verilog-A source name and path within the netlist.END .TEMP . . .ENDS .MODEL .

not fstart fstop.AC statement.AC Performs several types of AC analyses. If you use type variation. you can run a parameter sweep around a single analysis.AC type np . If you use POI (list of points) type variation. Syntax Single/Double Sweep .AC .AC type np + stop_expr fstart fstop fstart fstop <SWEEP var type np start stop> fstart fstop <SWEEP var start_expr step_expr> Sweep Using Parameters (In HSPICE RF. but the parameter sweep cannot change . current. Starting frequency.OPTION values.AC DATA=datanm .AC type np .AC DATA=datanm OPTIMIZE=opt_par_fun + RESULTS=measnames MODEL=optmod Random/Monte Carlo . use a list of frequency values. specify the np (number of points) instead of incr.AC type np fstart fstop <SWEEP DATA=datanm> .AC DATA=datanm <SWEEP var type np start stop> . Increment value of the voltage. fstart 196 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.AC DATA=datanm <SWEEP var start_expr stop_expr + step_expr> Optimization (HSPICE RF supports optimization for bisection only. or model parameter.AC type np fstart fstop <SWEEP MONTE=MCcommand> Arguments Argument Description DATA= datanm incr Data name. referenced in the . element.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .) .) .03 .

■ list num Specifies the sample number to execute. Indicates a temperature sweep Can be any of the following keywords: ■ ■ ■ ■ start stop SWEEP TEMP type DEC – decade variation.03 197 . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. depending on which keyword precedes it. Indicates that the . MONTE=MC Where MCcommand can be any of the following: command ■ val Specifies the number of random samples to produce. a . Final voltage or current or any parameter value for an element or a model. then you must choose a parameter name for the source value. OCT – octave variation.AC statement. The parameter name cannot start with V or I. referring to the source name (SPICE style). If you select a parameter sweep. Starting voltage or current or any parameter value for an element or model. var Name of an independent voltage or current source. and samples from num4 to num5 are executed (parentheses are optional). np Number of points or points per decade or octave. HSPICE RF supports source value sweep.AC Argument Description fstop Final frequency. element or model parameter or the TEMP (temperature sweep) keyword.DATA statement and a temperature sweep.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . sample num3.AC statement specifies a second sweep. POI – list of points. ■ list(<num1:num2><num3><num4:num5>) Samples from num1 to num2. ■ val firstnum=num Specifies the sample number on which the simulation starts. LIN – linear variation. You must also later refer to it in the .

AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP cload LIN 20 1pf 10pf This example performs an AC analysis for each value of cload.AC DEC 10 1K 100MEG This example performs a frequency sweep by 10 points per decade. the data file must include at least one independent AC source element statement (for example.. This results from a linear sweep of cload between 1. If the input file includes an . The colon represents “from . The firstrun value specifies the desired number of iterations.AC statement. VI INPUT GND AC 1V).AC Argument Description firstrun The val value specifies the number of Monte Carlo iterations to perform. Example 1 . Example 3 .and 10-pF (20 points).Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . HSPICE checks for this condition and reports a fatal error if you did not specify such AC sources. 198 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. to .AC statement in several different formats. from 1kHz to 100MHz. Example 2 . Specifying only one number makes HSPICE RF run at only the specified point. depending on the application as shown in the examples. You can write more than one number after list. You can also use the .to 10-kHz. HSPICE runs from num1 to num1+val-1.AC statement to perform data-driven analysis in HSPICE. from 1..AC LIN 100 1 100HZ This example runs a 100-point frequency sweep from 1. sweeping the frequency by 10 points per decade.03 .. For AC analysis.". HSPICE runs AC analysis for the circuit over a selected frequency range for each parameter in the second sweep. The iterations at which HSPICE RF performs a Monte Carlo analysis. list Description You can use the.to 100-Hz..

AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP rx POI 2 5k 15k This example performs an AC analysis for each value of rx.AC Example 4 . The datanm file contains the parameters.DATA statement to perform a series of AC analyses.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . sweeping the frequency by 10 points per decade. Example 8 .AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP DATA=datanm This example uses the . modifying more than one parameter. Example 5 . followed by the 35th to 40th trial and finally at 50th trial.DC .AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP MONTE=list(10 20:30 35:40 50) This example illustrates a frequency sweep and a Monte Carlo analysis at 10th trial and then from the 20th to 30th trial. Example 7 AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP MONTE=10 firstrun=15 This example illustrates a frequency sweep and a Monte Carlo analysis from the 15th to the 24th trials.AC DEC 10 1 10K SWEEP MONTE=30 This example illustrates a frequency sweep and a Monte Carlo analysis with 30 trials.03 199 .TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also . from 1. Example 6 .to 10-kHz. 5k and 15k.

However.DEL LIB statements .TRAN. Description Use this command to rerun an HSPICE RF simulation using different parameters and data.INCLUDE statements . PZ. You can include analysis statements (. HSPICE RF prints the appropriate title string for each .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . I. The . and V source elements) .DATA statements .ALTER block in an input netlist file.PRINT or any other input/output statements. .PRINT statements before you alter them. if you change only the analysis type and you do not change the circuit itself.03 .AC.ALTER blocks for each analysis type. instead of using separate .ALTER . G. H.IC (initial condition) statements . The .ALTER block cannot include .ALTER Reruns an HSPICE RF simulation using different parameters and data.LIB statements 200 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. then simulation runs faster if you specify all analysis types in one block.ALTER sequence or block can contain: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Element statements (except E.DC.ALTER run in each section heading of the output listing and in the graph data (.FOUR.AC statements . and so on) in a .ALTER <title_string> Arguments Argument Description title_string Any string up to 72 characters.tr#) files. Use parameter (variable) values for . F. Syntax .HDL statements . . .DC statements .

TRAN statements Example .MODEL statements .OP statements .TF statements .ALTER simulation_run2 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 201 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .PARAM statements .OPTION statements .ALTER ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ .NODESET statements .TEMP statements .

Example This example sets the condition that the rising action of the clock (clk) triggers the falling edge of VOUTA within 1 to 3 ns..CHECK EDGE (ref RISE | FALL min max RISE | FALL) + node1 < node2 .. Maximum time. > < (hi lo hi_th low_th) > Arguments Argument Description ref min max Name of the reference signal..CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL statement placed earlier in the netlist.CHECK EDGE statement to verify that a triggering event provokes an appropriate RISE or FALL action within the specified time window.03 . Figure 7 EDGE Example voutA CLK HI HI_thresh LO_thresh LO 1ns < t < 3 ns 202 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax . Minimum time. as shown in Figure 7: .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . lo. node1 < node2 .CHECK EDGE (clk RISE 1ns 3ns FALL) VOUTA Values for hi. and the thresholds were defined in a . hi lo hi_th lo_th Logic levels for the timing check.CHECK EDGE Verifies that a triggering event provokes an appropriate RISE or FALL action. Description Use a .CHECK EDGE .. > List of nodes to which you apply the edge condition.

Description Use a .CHECK HOLD ..Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .> <(hi lo hi_th lo_th)> Arguments Argument Description min max Lower boundary for the time window. hi lo hi_th lo_th Logic levels for the timing check.CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL .CHECK FALL statement verifies that a fall time occurs within the specified window of time.CHECK FALL Verifies that a fall time occurs within a specified time window.CHECK SETUP .. Upper limit for the time window.CHECK FALL (min max) node1 <node2 . > List of all nodes to check. Syntax .CHECK FALL See Also .CHECK SLEW HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .03 203 .. node1 < node2 ..CHECK RISE .

CHECK SLEW 204 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL Globally sets specified high and low definitions for all CHECK statements. Value for logic low.CHECK EDGE . Is the minimum value considered high. Syntax . A voltage value as small as 4 V is considered high. and hi_th and lo_th can be either absolute values or percentages if punctuated with the % symbol.CHECK RISE .CHECK IRDROP .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL (5 0 4 1) Example 2 This example illustrates an alternative definition for the first example: .CHECK FALL . You can also locally set different logic levels for individual timing checks. Example 1 This example defines a logic high as 5 volts and a logic low as 0 volts. while a value up to 1 V is low.CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL <(hi lo hi_th lo_th)> Arguments Argument Description hi lo hi_th lo_th Value for logic high. Description Use this command to globally set the desired high and low definitions for all CHECK statements. .03 . Is the maximum value considered low.CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL . The high and low definitions can be either numbers or expressions.CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL (5 0 80% 20%) See Also .CHECK HOLD .

. > List of nodes for which the HOLD condition applies. node1 < node2 .CHECK HOLD Ensures that specified signals do not switch for a specified period of time. Example This example specifies that vin* (such as vin1.. Description Use this command to ensure that the specified signals do not switch for a specific period of time.CHECK HOLD (nodeA FALL 2ns RISE) vin* Figure 8 HOLD Example nodeA vin* HI HI_thresh LO_thresh LO t >=2ns HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. and so on). Syntax . Minimum time required after the triggering event before the specified nodes can rise or fall. hi lo hi_th lo_th Logic levels for the timing check.CHECK HOLD . > < (hi lo hi_th low_th) > Arguments Argument Description ref duration Reference or trigger signal.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . must not switch for 2ns after every falling edge of nodeA (see Figure 8). ..03 205 .CHECK HOLD (ref RISE | FALL duration RISE | FALL) + node1 < node2 . vin2..

CHECK HOLD See Also .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .03 .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL .CHECK SETUP 206 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.CHECK EDGE .

node1 < node2 . hi lo hi_th lo_th Logic levels for the timing check.. > List of nodes for which the IR drop checking applies.. If you set duration to 0.CHECK IRDROP (volt_val time duration) node1 < node2 . A negative volt_val denotes VDD drop. Description Use this command to verify that the IR drop does not fall below or exceed a specified value for a specified duration. ■ ■ A positive volt_val (voltage value) indicates ground bounce checking.CHECK IRDROP (-2 1ns) v1 Figure 9 IR Drop Example v1 -2 volts t <=1ns HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. then HSPICE RF reports every glitch that strays beyond the specified volt_val.03 207 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands ... duration Maximum allowable time. > + < ( hi lo hi_th low_th ) > Arguments Argument Description volt_val Limiting voltage value. .CHECK IRDROP Verifies that IR drop does not fall below or exceed a specified value. Syntax . Example This example specifies that v1 must not fall below -2 volts for any duration exceeding 1ns (see Figure 9).CHECK IRDROP .

Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .CHECK EDGE .CHECK IRDROP See Also .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL .03 .CHECK SETUP 208 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

hi lo hi_th lo_th Logic levels for the timing check.> <(hi lo hi_th lo_th)> Arguments Argument Description min max Lower boundary for the time window.03 209 .2 ns HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.CHECK RISE (min max) node1 <node2 .2ns wide. > List of all nodes to check.5 ns < t < 2.CHECK RISE Verifies that a rise time occurs within a specified time window. node1 < node2 .. and the thresholds were defined in a .CHECK RISE . Syntax .5ns 2. Upper limit for the time window. in which the va and vb signals must complete their rise transition (see Figure 10).2ns) va vb Figure 10 RISE Time Example HI HI_thresh LO_thresh LO 1.5ns and 2.. Values for the HI. Example This example defines a window between 1. .CHECK RISE (1.CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL statement placed earlier in the netlist.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Description Use this command to verify that a rise time occurs within the specified window of time. LO...

CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL .CHECK SLEW 210 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .CHECK RISE See Also .CHECK FALL .03 .

.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Example This example specifies that v1 and v2 must not switch for 2 ns before every rising edge of nodeA (see Figure 11).CHECK SETUP Verifies that specified signals do not switch for a specified period of time.CHECK SETUP (ref RISE | FALL duration RISE | FALL) + node1 < node2 . hi lo hi_th lo_th Logic levels for the timing check. Description Use this command to verify that the specified signals do not switch for a specified period of time. Syntax .CHECK SETUP . > List of nodes for which the HOLD condition applies. Minimum time before the triggering event during which the specified nodes cannot rise or fall node1 < node2 . ..CHECK SETUP (nodeA RISE 2ns FALL) v1 v2 Figure 11 SETUP Example v1 nodeA HI HI_thresh LO_thresh LO t >=2ns HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.. > < (hi lo hi_th low_th) > Arguments Argument Description ref duration Reference or trigger signal.03 211 ..

CHECK SETUP See Also .CHECK HOLD 212 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .CHECK EDGE .

CHECK SLEW Verifies that a slew rate occurs within a specified time window.6 0. lo. and corresponding threshold values.LO_thresh)/3ns and (HI_thresh . Figure 12 SLEW Example 3.3 0 2. Syntax .CHECK SLEW (1ns 3ns) a* (3.7 0.03 213 .0 1ns < t < 3ns HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Example This example sets the condition that nodes starting with a* nodes must have a slew rate between (HI_thresh ...CHECK SLEW .err file. node1 < node2 . Description Use this command to verify that a slew rate occurs within specified time range. > List of all nodes to check.. .7) The slew rate check in Figure 12 defines its own hi.> <(hi lo hi_th lo_th)> Arguments Argument Description min max Lower boundary for the time window.3 2.CHECK SLEW (min max) node1 <node2 . hi lo hi_th lo_th Logic levels for the timing check. HSPICE RF reports the violation in the .LO_thresh)/ 1ns.CHECK SLEW statement.. Upper limit for the time window.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . as indicated by the four values after the node names.6 0. If either node has a slew rate greater than that defined in the .

CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL .03 .CHECK FALL .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .CHECK SLEW See Also .CHECK RISE 214 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

.. or Sparameter data. Syntax Inline statement: . HSPICE RF concatenates files in the order they appear in the .. referenced in the . pvalxxx’> .DC. where simulation writes concatenated data. or .DATA statement and can replace the ..TRAN. .ENDDATA Arguments Argument Description column Column number in the data file for the parameter value. transient. You can output the file and use it to generate one data file from many.DATA . pvalxxx> pval1’ <pval2’ pval3’ .DATA datanm pnam1 <pnam2 pnam3 . Concatenated (series merging) data files to use.DATA datanm MER + FILE=’filename1’ pname1=colnum <pname2=colnum .>> .. Data name... pnamxxx > + + pval1<pval2 pval3 ..03 215 .. You can specify up to 10 files.> + <FILE=’filename2’ pname1=colnum + <pname2=colnum . Data file name.DATA Concatenates data sets to optimize measured I-V.DATA statement that created it in the netlist. This file contains the full syntax for an inline . <OUT=’fileout’> .DATA statement. The column does not need to be the same between files.AC statement...Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Data file to read. C-V.ENDDATA External File statement for concatenated data files: .. datanm filenamei fileouti MER HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

You can also use the . In internal loop simulation.DATA Argument Description pnami Parameter names.DATA statement formats: 216 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.DATA statements. one curve at a time in an inner analysis loop. such as transistor I-V data. pvali Description Use this command to concatenate data sets to optimize measured I-V. and so on.03 . HSPICE RF refers to . GDS curve. HSPICE RF supports the following . used for source value. which saves computing time. Data-driven analysis syntax requires a . Each .TRAN statements can use external and inline data provided in . The .DATA block if each simulation pass requires 20 parameters: the program reads 20 values on each pass. and .ALTER statements for the remaining parameters. or S-parameter data. You must declare these names in a . The .DATA statement. element value.DATA statement specifies parameters that change values. the analysis reads data for each transistor (IDS curve.DATA statement can contain up to 50 parameters. The number of data values per line does not need to correspond to the number of parameters. For example.PARAM statement.AC. This bypasses reading-in the netlist and setting-up the simulation. and the sets of values to assign during each simulation. and so on).DC. model parameter value.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . C-V. If you need more than 50 parameters in a single . one transistor at a time in an outer analysis loop.DATA statements by their datanames so each dataname must be unique. transient.DATA statement for a first or second sweep variable when you characterize cells and test worst-case corners. Simulation reads data measured in a lab. no matter how you format the values. device size. Within the outer loop. Parameter value.DATA statement and an analysis statement that contains a DATA=dataname keyword. you can also plot simulation results against each other and print them in a single output. you do not need to enter 20 values on each line in the . place 50 or fewer parameters in the .DATA block. The required simulations run as an internal loop. You can enter any number of parameters in a .DATA statement. and use . .

placed one after another. determines the number of columns of data.25 SWEEP DATA=dataname AC sweep: .DATA statement block. rather than inline data. you do not need 20 numbers per line. For example. Use the MER keyword to tell HSPICE RF to expect external file data.DC. listed in a . The number of parameters that HSPICE RF reads.DATA statements. such as “1234. such as out.03 217 . if the simulation needs 20 parameters. You can use simple file names. The following shows how different types of analysis use . .dat”.DC DATA=dataname DC sweep: .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . specify the start time (time 0) in the analysis statement so analysis correctly calculates the stop time.DATA ■ Inline data. Concatenated data files are files with the same number of columns.DATA format: ■ ■ ■ ■ For data-driven analysis. Data that is concatenated from external files. Use the FILE keyword to specify the external filename. The physical number of data numbers per line does not need to correspond to the number of parameters. The datanm parameter in a .AC dec 10 100 10meg SWEEP DATA=dataname TRAN sweep: HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. or . which is parameter data.TRAN analysis statement. Operating point: . File names are case sensitive on UNIX systems. ■ To use external files with the . but use the quotes when file names start with numbers.AC. calls this statement.dat without the single or double quotes ( ‘ ’ or “ ”).DC vin 1 5 .

and cap=1. thresh=1.DATA block.1 1.1 1. HSPICE RF runs eight DC analyses one for each line of parameter values in the .8u -1 0.DATA vdot block.TRAN.0u .6pf .0v VBS 3 0 VBS VDS 1 0 VDS .7v 0.DATA devinf width length thresh cap + 50u 30u 1.1 1.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .DATA block.DC TEMP -55 125 10 SWEEP DATA=devinf . and L parameters in the .2pf parameters to perform .AC. thresh=1. That is.2pf + 25u 15u 1. HSPICE RF then repeats the analyses for width=25u.0u 0 5.0v.ENDDATA This example performs a DC sweep analysis for each set of VBS. length=15u.5u 0 0.0u -2 0.DATA statement.0 1.1 0.0u -3 0. length=30u. For example.TRAN 1n 10n SWEEP DATA=dataname Example 1 * Inline . the program first uses the width=50u.DATA vdot VBS VDS L 0 0.DC analyses.DATA statement . Example 2 * .2v.0 1.PARAM VDS=0 VBS=0 L=1.ENDDATA HSPICE RF performs the above analyses for each set of parameter values defined in the .TRAN 1n 100n SWEEP DATA=devinf .0v 0.DC DATA=vdot .8pf.0u . and . and again for the values on each subsequent line in the .0u 0 0.03 .AC DEC 10 1hz 10khz SWEEP DATA=devinf . . VDS.DATA as the inner sweep M1 1 2 3 0 N W=50u L=LN VGS 2 0 0. and cap=0.1 1. 218 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.1 1.0u 0 1.2v 1.8pf + 5u 2u 0.DATA .

PARAM W1=50u W2=50u L=1u CAP=0 . The time increment is 1 ns..03 219 . HSPICE RF performs two hundred analyses: 100 time increments.DATA d1 W1 W2 L CAP 50u 40u 1. Example 4 * External File .2pf 25u 20u 0. The outer sweep is time and the inner sweep varies the parameter values.DATA as the outer sweep . It sweeps time from 0 to 100 ns in 1 ns steps.8u 0.TRAN analysis is 0..TRAN 1n 100n SWEEP DATA=d1 .DATA for concatenated data files .>> + . file1 a a a a a a a a a file2 b b b b b b file3 c c c c c c The data appears as follows: HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The stop time is 100 ns.9pf . Then HSPICE RF reads the next set of parameter values and performs another 100 transient analyses.DATA Example 3 * . times 2 sets of parameter values. This results in transient analyses at every time value from 0 to 100 ns in steps of 1 ns by using the first set of parameter values in the .... file2. and file3).. + <OUT=fileout> .DATA datanm MER + FILE=filename1 pname1 = colnum + <pname2=colnum .ENDDATA In this example: ■ ■ ■ The default start time for the .> + <FILE=filename2 pname1=colnum + <pname2=colnum .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .DATA d1 block.ENDDATA Example 5 If you concatenate the three files (file1.0u 1.

TRAN 220 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The simulator assumes that the associated parameter of each column of the A file is the same as each column of the other files.TRAN analysis statements.DATA statement MER p1=1 p2=3 p3=4 p1=1 This listing concatenates file1. HSPICE RF assigns values of zero to the missing parameters. For data files with fewer columns than others.ENDDATA . and file3. followed by the data in file2.DATA a a a b b c c a a a b b c c a a a b b c c The number of lines (rows) of data in each file does not need to be the same. file2.DC.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . .AC.AC .DC .ENDDATA .DATA inputdata FILE=‘file1’ FILE=‘file2’ FILE=‘file3’ . The values for the p2 parameter are in column 3 of file1. or . The inputdata in the .PARAM . and file3 to form the inputdata dataset. For example.PARAM statements).DATA statement for this example is: * External File . the values for the p1 parameter are in column 1 of file1 and file2. See Also . The . The parameter fields specify the column that contains the parameters (you must already have defined the parameter names in .03 . The data in file1 is at the top of the file.DATA statement references the dataname specified in either the .

DC MONTE=MCcommand Optimization: . The .DC var1 start1 stop1 incr1 <var2 start2 stop2 incr2> Data-Driven Sweep: . Datanm is the reference name of a .DC DATA=datanm OPTIMIZE=opt_par_fun + RESULTS=measnames MODEL=optmod .DC var1 start1 stop1 SWEEP OPTIMIZE=OPTxxx + RESULTS=measname MODEL=optmod Arguments Argument Description DATA=datanm incr1 ..DATA statement.DC DATA=datanm<SWEEP var2 start2 stop2 incr2> .DC DATA=datanm Monte Carlo: . element. or temperature increments.03 221 .DC var1 type np start1 stop1 <SWEEP DATA=datanm> .. Voltage. Specifies the optimization reference name. or model parameters.DC var1 type np start1 stop1 <SWEEP MONTE=MCcommand> .DC Performs several types of sweeps during DC analysis.DC var1 start1 stop1 incr1 + <SWEEP var2 type np start2 stop2> . current. Syntax Sweep or Parameterized Sweep: .MODEL OPT statement uses this name in an optimization analysis MODEL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .DC .

DC Argument Description MONTE=MCcommand Where MCcommand can be any of the following: ■ ■ ■ ■ val Specifies the number of random samples to produce. element. used for optimization in the .03 . instead of start stop. or temperature values. LIN. np Number of points per decade or per octave or just number of points. Indicates that a second sweep has a different type of variation (DEC.. or temperature values. val firstnum=num Specifies the sample number on which the simulation starts. or model parameters. Specifies the parameter reference name. stop1 . POI.. sample num3. OCT. current. current. and samples from num4 to num5 are executed (parentheses are optional). any element. If you use the POI (list of points) variation type. Can be any of the following keywords: ■ ■ ■ ■ OPTIMIZE RESULTS start1 . based on which keyword precedes it. Final voltage. list num Specifies the sample number to execute.MEASURE statement Starting voltage.. or DATA statement.PARAM statement Measure name used for optimization in the . specify a list of parameter values.. model parameter. or MONTE=val) Indicates a temperature sweep. SWEEP TEMP type DEC — decade variation OCT — octave variation LIN — linear variation POI — list of points 222 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . list(<num1:num2><num3><num4:num5>) Samples from num1 to num2.

■ ■ firstrun The val value specifies the number of Monte Carlo iterations to perform. but the parameter sweep cannot change any .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . A later . HSPICE RF supports a source value sweep.DC statement must refer to this name.25 volts to 5.. You can write more than one number after list.. from 0. The format for the . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. However. The colon represents “from . Sweep temperature range.".. a . In HSPICE RF. and a temperature sweep.. then you must select a parameter name for the source value.DATA statement.25 5.0 volts in increments of 0.DC VIN 0. you can run a parameter sweep around a single analysis.03 223 . or ■ TEMP keyword (indicating a temperature sweep).OPTION value.DC statement in DC analysis to: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Sweep any parameter value. to . Example 1 ..DC statement depends on the application that uses it. if you select a parameter sweep. Perform a DC circuit optimization for a data-driven sweep. which refers to the source name (SPICE style).DC Argument Description var1 . or Name of any element or model parameter.PARAM command. The firstrun value specifies the desired number of iterations. The parameter must not start with the TEMP keyword. Sweep any source value. Specifying only one number makes HSPICE run at only the specified point. Perform a data-driven sweep. Name of an independent voltage or current source.0 0. HSPICE runs from num1 to num1+val-1.25 volts. The var1 parameter should be defined in advance using the. The iterations at which HSPICE performs a Monte Carlo analysis..25 This example sweeps the value of the VIN voltage source. list Description You can use the .

50.5 V increments at VGS values of 0.DC VDS 0 10 0. and 125° C. from 25° C to 125° C (five points). 4. Example 8 . Example 5 .DC TEMP POI 5 0 30 50 100 125 This script runs a DC analysis at five temperatures: 0.5 VGS 0 5 1 This example sweeps the drain-to-source voltage. Example 4 . which sweeps a resistor value named xval. Example 7 .DATA datanm statement. from 1k to 100k in increments of 10 points per decade.DC Example 2 . from 1 k to 10 k in 0. 1.DC TEMP -55 125 10 This example starts a DC analysis of the circuit.5 k increments.DC DATA=datanm SWEEP par1 DEC 10 1k 100k This example specifies a sweep of the par1 value. from 0 to 10 V in 0. 30.DC par1 DEC 10 1k 100k SWEEP MONTE=30 This example invokes a DC sweep of the par1 parameter from 1k to 100k by 10 points per decade by using 30 randomly generated (Monte Carlo) values.DC par1 DEC 10 1k 100k SWEEP DATA=datanm This example also requests a DC analysis at specified parameters in the .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . from -55° C to 125° C in 10° C increments. 3.5k SWEEP TEMP LIN 5 25 125 This example runs a DC analysis on the circuit at each temperature value. It also sweeps the par1 parameter. 100.DC xval 1k 10k . The temperatures result from a linear temperature sweep. Example 6 . 2. and 5 V. 224 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 . from 1 k to 100 k in increments of 10 points per decade. Example 3 .

model bmod npn is=1e-15 bf=80 tf=1n + cjc=2pf cje=1pf rc=50 rb=100 vaf=200 .MODEL .8 q2 5 4 3 bmod 1 ic=.0 2. followed by the 35th to 40th trials and finally at the 50th trial.6k rb2 4 0 4.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .7k re 3 0 .5.PARAM HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Example 11 .OPTION post=2 vcc 6 0 dc 12 vin 1 0 dc 0 pwl(0.DC par1 DEC 10 1k 100k SWEEP MONTE=list(10 20:30 35:40 50) This example invokes a DC sweep of the par1 parameter from 1k to 100k by 10 points per decade and a Monte Carlo analysis at the 10th trial.probe v(1) v(5) .DC Example 9 * Schmitt Trigger Example *file: bjtschmt.DC par1 DEC 10 1k 100k SWEEP MONTE=10 firstrun=11 This example invokes a DC sweep of the par1 parameter from 1k to 100k by 10 points per decade and uses 10 randomly generated (Monte Carlo) values from 11th to 20th trials. See Also .12.print v(1) v(5) ..end Example 10 .03 225 .47k diode 0 1 dmod q1 2 1 3 bmod 1 ic=0. then from the 20th to the 30th.1 .2 .12 5u.0.1pf rc1 6 2 1k rc2 6 5 1k rb1 2 4 5.5u.model dmod d is=1e-15 rs=10 .dc vin 0.0) cb1 2 4 .sp bipolar schmitt trigger .

Using the . You can use the . Name of a file to delete from the data file. 226 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Example 1 Example 1 calculates a DC transfer function for a CMOS inverter using these steps: 1.LIB statement to replace the deleted library. 2.DEL LIB ‘<filepath>filename’ entryname .DEL LIB statement removes the .DEL LIB helps you avoid name conflicts. The next time you run a simulation. HSPICE substitutes a faster CMOS inverter. Enclose the file path and file name in single or double quote marks.ALTER block and the . The file path.ALTER statement. FAST for NORMAL. In this way. Syntax .DEL LIB statement with the . filepath libnumber Description Use this command to remove library data from memory.DEL LIB libnumber entryname Arguments Argument Description entryname filename Entry name.LIB command. used in the library call statement to delete.DEL LIB . Library number. Path name of a file if the operating system supports tree-structured directories. . the . You can then use a .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .LIB library. You can use any file name that is valid for the operating system that you use. can be up to 256 characters long.LIB call statement with the same library number and entry name from memory.03 .DEL LIB Removes library data from memory. HSPICE simulates the device by using the NORMAL inverter model from the MOS. plus the file name. First. used in the library call statement to delete.

TEMP 125 . 5.PARAM WVAL=15U VDD=5 * .ALTER .DC VIN 0 5 0.TEMP -50 0 50 $run with different temperatures .TRAN 1NS 5NS $run with transient also M2 3 2 0 0 N 6U WVAL $change channel width . 4.5 $change the parameters using VDD 1 0 5. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.5 to change the power $supply VDD value doesn't work VIN 2 0 PWL 0NS 0 2NS 5 4NS 0 5NS 5 $change the input source .PARAM WVAL=100U VDD=5.ALTER block. The network connects to the output of the inverter and HSPICE RF simulates a DC small-signal transfer function.END Example 2 In Example 2.LIB' FAST $get fast model library .1 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Using the second .LIB 'MOS.PLOT DC V(3) V(2) * VDD 1 0 VDD VIN 2 0 * M1 3 2 1 1 P 6U 15U M2 3 2 0 0 N 6U W=WVAL * . the . HSPICE then resimulates the circuit. FILE1: ALTER1 TEST CMOS INVERTER .ALTER .5 $VDD 1 0 5.LIB' NORMAL $removes LIB from memory .LIB' NORMAL .LIB 'MOS.MEASURE statement to measure the rise time of the inverter. HSPICE executes DC transfer analysis simulations at three different temperatures and with an n-channel width of 100 mm. HSPICE also runs a transient analysis in the second . instead of 15 mm.ALTER block adds a resistor and capacitor network to the circuit.DEL LIB 'MOS.ALTER block and uses a .03 227 .5 RISE=1 TARG V(3) + VAL=VDD CROSS=2 $measure output * .OP .DEL LIB 3.MEAS SW2 TRIG V(3) VAL=2.

EOM INV .PLOT V(3) V(2) .03 .also $topology M2 4 2 0 0 N 6U 8U $change topology R4 4 3 100 $add the new element C3 3 0 10P $add the new element .INC 'MOS2.LIB' SLOW $set slow model library $.ALTER .DAT' $not allowed to be used $inside subcircuit.MACRO INV 1 2 3 M1 3 2 1 1 P 6U 15U M2 3 2 0 0 N 6U 8U .TF V(3) VIN $DC small-signal transfer $function * .DEL LIB FILE2: ALTER2.LIB 'MOS. allowed $outside subcircuit .DEL LIB 'MOS. 1 .SP CMOS INVERTER USING SUBCIRCUIT .LIB 'MOS.LIB 228 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.LIB' NORMAL .DC VIN 0 5 0.width.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .LIB' NORMAL .EOM INV XINV 1 2 3 INV VDD 1 0 5 VIN 2 0 .ALTER .MACRO INV 1 2 3 $change data within $subcircuit def M1 4 2 1 1 P 100U 100U $change channel length.END See Also .

For both syntax cases. VTH. VLO. Note: If you specify VTH. The second syntax defines a threshold for both a logic high (VHI) and low (VLO). then only VTH is processed and VLO and VHI are ignored. Expected condition of the nd node at the specified time: ■ ■ ■ 0 expect ZERO. Voltage of the logic-high state. If the states are different. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. 1 expect ONE.DOUT nd VTH ( time state < time state > ) .DOUT . Absolute timepoint.LOW.DOUT Specifies the expected final state of an output signal. state pair describes the expected output.DOUT nd VLO VHI ( time state < time state > ) The first syntax specifies a single threshold voltage. Voltage of the logic-low state. HSPICE RF reports an error message. Arguments Argument Description nd time state Node name.03 229 . any level below VTH is low. else Don’t care.HIGH. A voltage level above VTH is high. VTH VLO VHI Single voltage threshold. and VHI in the same statement.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . the simulated results are compared against the expected output vector. the time. During simulation. Syntax .

03 . the expected state is again logic low. z as “don’t care” state. Description Use this command to specify the expected final state of an output signal. When node1 is above 3V. an error report results.0n 1 + 2.DOUT node1 VTH(0. During simulation.PROBE 230 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. it is a logic 0. the expected state is logic-high.0n U 4. See Also .0 . At 1ns.MEASURE .PARAM .DOUT Legal values for state are: . u Z. 3ns. HSPICE RF cannot detect a high impedance state so it treats Z. At 2ns. operating on the node1 node.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .0n 0) The . it is a logic 1. z Expect ZERO Expect ONE Do not care Do not care Expect HIGH IMPEDANCE. x U.DOUT statement.0n Z 5. uses VTH as its threshold voltage.0n X 3. otherwise. ■ ■ ■ ■ At 0ns.PRINT . HSPICE RF compares simulation results with the expected output. Example . and 4ns. The . If the states are different.PARAM VTH=3.” At 5ns.PARAM statement in this example sets the VTH variable value to 3. the expected state of node1 is logic-low.DOUT State Value Description 0 1 X. the expected state is “do not care.0n 0 1.

are all false.ELSEIF statement are both false. If this second . Syntax .ENDIF statement.IF statement and condition2 in the first . instead of the commands after the first . HSPICE RF executes the commands that follow the second . but before the . For the syntax and a description of how to use the .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .ELSEIF statement.ELSEIF statements in the same conditional block.ELSEIF conditions are false. Syntax .ELSEIF condition is true.03 231 . HSPICE RF executes these commands by default if the conditions in the preceding .IF and .IF statement is false and condition2 in the first .ELSEIF statement.ELSEIF (condition) Description HSPICE executes the commands that follow the first.IF statement and in all of the preceding . See Also .ELSEIF statement only if condition1 in the preceding .ELSEIF statement if there is one. see the .ELSE Precedes commands to be executed in a conditional block when preceding .ELSE statement within the context of a conditional block. then HSPICE moves on to the next .ELSEIF .ENDIF .ELSE Description Use this command to precede one or more commands in a conditional block after the last .ELSEIF statement is true.ELSEIF Specifies conditions that determine whether HSPICE RF executes subsequent commands in conditional block.IF . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ELSEIF statement. If condition1 in the .ELSE .IF statement.

IF and .ENDIF . until it reaches the first .END Ends a simulation run in an input netlist file. Description An .END HSPICE RF ignores the commands in all false . see the . An input file that contains more than one simulation run must include an . 232 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ELSE .ELSEIF condition that is true.IF or . Syntax . You can concatenate several simulations into a single file.IF statement.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .ELSE statement For the syntax and a description of how to use the . Any text that follows the . HSPICE RF continues to the .END <comment> Arguments Argument Description <comment> Can be any comment.END statement must be the last statement in the input netlist file.END statement for each simulation run. If no .03 . all statements that affect the simulation must precede this command.IF .END statement is a comment and has no effect on that simulation.ELSEIF statements. the comment is the name of the netlist file or of the simulation run that this command terminates.ELSEIF condition is true. See Also . Typically. The period preceding END is a required part of the statement.ELSEIF statement within the context of a conditional block.

ENDDATA Ends a .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .DC VDS 0 10 0.TRAN .OPTION SCALE=1U SCALM=1U WL . See Also .03 233 .5VOLTS MODN1 2 1 0 0 M 10 3 .5 VGS 0 5 1 .END MOS OUTPUT MOS CAPS .PLOT TRAN V(1) (0.5V 6 4.DATA HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.5V V2 2 0 1.ENDDATA Description Use this command to terminate a .PRINT DC I(M1) V(2) .0E15 TOX=1000 + UO=550 VIDS 3 1 .MODEL MOD1 NMOS VTO=-2 NSUB=1.ENDDATA Example MOS OUTPUT VDS 3 0 VGS 2 0 M1 1 2 0 0 MOD1 L=4U W=6U AD=10P AS=10P .DATA block in an HSPICE RF input netlist.1 6 V1 1 0 PWL 0 -1.6E-13) .DATA block in an HSPICE RF input netlist file.OP .END MOS CAPS .5) LX18(M1) LX19(M1) LX20(M1) + (0. Syntax .MODEL M NMOS VTO=1 NSUB=1E15 TOX=1000 + UO=800 LEVEL=1 CAPOP=2 .

LIB statement in an HSPICE RF input netlist file.ENDIF Description Use this command to terminate a conditional block of commands that begins with an . see the .LIB 234 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.LIB statement in an HSPICE RF input netlist.ENDIF .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . See Also . Syntax . For the syntax and a description of how to use the .IF statement.ENDL Description Use this command to terminate a .IF statement.03 .ENDL Ends a .IF . Syntax .ENDIF statement within the context of a conditional block.ENDIF Ends a conditional block of commands in an HSPICE RF input netlist file. See Also .ELSE .ELSEIF .

Description Use this command to terminate a .SUBCKT command. This statement must be the last for any subcircuit definition that starts with a .SUBCKT) in an HSPICE RF input netlist file.ENDS . Example 2 .ENDS Ends a subcircuit definition (.ENDS If you omit the subcircuit name as in this second example. See Also . this statement terminates all subcircuit definitions that begin with a .ENDS <SUBNAME> Arguments Argument Description SUBNAME Name of the subcircuit description to terminate that begins with a .03 235 . Example 1 . However. Syntax .SUBCKT HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. you cannot replicate output commands within subcircuit (subckt) definitions.SUBCKT statement.SUBCKT statement. You can nest subcircuit references (calls) within subcircuits in HSPICE RF.SUBCKT command.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .ENDS mos_circuit This example terminates a subcircuit named mos_circuit.

The simulation proceeds just as it does in standard transient simulation. set . Envelope step size.. or level-2 Gear (GEAR) integration.ENVOSC .OPTION SIM_ORDER=2 (default) METHOD=GEAR.OPTION SIM_ORDER=2 (default) METHOD=TRAP (default).fn> NHARMS=h1<h2. An HB analysis is performed at each step in time. in hertz.PROBE 236 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PRINT .OPTION SIM_ORDER=1.hn> + ENV_STEP=tstep ENV_STOP=tstop Arguments Parameter Description TONES NHARMS ENV_STEP ENV_STOP Carrier frequencies. For TRAP. trapezoidal (TRAP). set . in seconds. in seconds.. For GEAR.HB . Syntax . ■ ■ ■ For BE integration... Envelope stop time.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Description Use this command to perform standard envelope simulation.03 . starting at time=0 and continuing until time=env_stop. Number of harmonics.ENV . You can use Backward-Euler (BE).ENV Performs standard envelope simulation. set . See Also .ENV TONES=f1<f2.

The default is 1024.03 237 . then it is automatically adjusted to the closest higher number that is a power of 2. Specifies the output format: NORM= normalized magnitude UNORM=unnormalized magnitude (default) FORMAT WINDOW Specifies the window type to use: RECT=simple rectangular truncation window (default) BART=Bartlett (triangular) window HANN=Hanning window HAMM=Hamming window BLACK=Blackman window HARRIS=Blackman-Harris window GAUSS=Gaussian window KAISER=Kaiser-Bessel window ALFA Controls the highest side-lobe level and bandwidth for GAUSS and KAISER windows. current.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Syntax .FFT command. This command is similar to the . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ENVFFT <output_var> <NP=value> <FORMAT=keyword> + <WINDOW=keyword> <ALFA=value> Arguments Parameter Description output_var NP Any valid output variable. or power signal.ENVFFT Performs Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) on envelope output in HSPICE RF. In HSPICE RF the data being transformed is complex.0. Description Use this command to perform Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) on envelope output. The number of points to use in the FFT analysis.ENVFFT . You usually want to do this for a specific harmonic of a voltage. If not a power of 2. NP must be a power of 2. The default is 3.

in hertz. in seconds.EVOSC to perform envelope simulation for oscillator startup or shutdown. max> Arguments Parameter Description TONES NHARMS ENV_STEP ENV_STOP PROBENODE Carrier frequencies. min.n2.vosc <FSPTS=num. in seconds. This command is applied to 238 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ENVOSC See Also .ENV . Envelope step size.ENVOSC Performs envelope simulation for oscillator startup or shutdown.ENVOSC .FFT . Syntax . Usage depends on oscillator type. ■ In addition to solving for the state variables at each envelope time point.ENVOSC TONE=f1 NHARMS=h1 ENV_STEP=tstep ENV_STOP=tstop + PROBENODE=n1. Oscillator startup or shutdown analysis must be helped along by converting a bias source from a DC description to a PWL description that either: ■ Starts at a low value that supports oscillation and ramps up to a final value (startup simulation) Starts at the DC value and ramps down to zero (shutdown simulation). Specifies the frequency search points used in the initial small-signal frequency search. FSPTS Description Use . Defines the nodes used for oscillator conditions and the initial probe voltage value. Number of harmonics.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .03 . Envelope stop time.ENVOSC command also solves for the frequency. the .

This statement must be the last for any subcircuit definition that starts with a .ENVFFT .MACRO command. Description Use this command to terminate a . are more efficiently simulated with standard transient analysis. See Also .EOM If you omit the subcircuit name as in this second example.ENV . You can nest subcircuit references (calls) within subcircuits in HSPICE RF.EOM <SUBNAME> Arguments Argument Description <SUBNAME> Name of the subcircuit description to terminate that begins with a .EOM Ends a .MACRO statement.MACRO statement.MACRO HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. However.EOM diode_circuit This example terminates a subcircuit named diode_circuit. Example 1 . See Also .03 239 . Low-Q oscillators.EOM high-Q oscillators that take a long time to reach steady-state. standard transient analysis is too costly. such as typical ring oscillators.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .MACRO statement. Example 2 . this statement terminates all subcircuit definitions that begin with a . you cannot replicate output commands within subcircuit (subckt) definitions.SUBCKT command. For these circuits. Syntax .

Syntax Syntax # 1 Alphanumeric input .TRAN statement.FFT statements.FFT statement.FFT <output_var> <START=value> <STOP=value> + <NP=value> <FORMAT=keyword> + <WINDOW=keyword> <ALFA=value> + <FREQ=value> <FMIN=value> <FMAX=value> Syntax #2 Numerics and expressions . such as voltage. Start of the output variable waveform to analyze.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . current. NP must be a power of 2. Number of points to use in the FFT analysis. If NP is not a power of 2.03 . An alias for STOP.FFT Calculates the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) value used for spectrum analysis. Defaults to the START value in the . in . Numerical parameters (excluding string parameters) can be passed to the .FFT statements. An alias for START in . which defaults to 0. End of the output variable waveform to analyze. or power. FROM STOP TO NP 240 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The default is 1024. Defaults to the TSTOP value in the .FFT . HSPICE automatically adjusts it to the closest higher number that is a power of 2.TRAN statement.FFT <output_var> <START=param_expr1> <STOP=param_expr2> + <NP=param_expr3> <FORMAT=keyword> + <WINDOW=keyword> <ALFA=param_expr4> + <FREQ=param_expr5> <FMIN=param_expr6> <FMAX=param_expr7> Arguments Argument Description output_var START Can be any valid output variable.

03 241 .FFT statement. T=(STOP-START) The default is 1.0 The default is 3.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . GAUSS=Gaussian window. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. based on FMIN and FMAX. the output lists only the harmonics of this frequency. HARRIS=Blackman-Harris window. THD calculations also use this frequency. FMIN FMAX Maximum frequency for which HSPICE prints FFT output into the listing file. HSPICE also prints the THD for these harmonics.5*NP*FM IN (Hz). 1. It uses internal time point values to calculate these values. ALFA Parameter to use in GAUSS and KAISER windows to control the highest side-lobe level. BLACK=Blackman window. The default is 0. You can pass numerical parameters/ expressions (but no string parameters) to the .0 (Hz). HANN=Hanning window. KAISER=Kaiser-Bessel window. bandwidth. HAMM=Hamming window. Minimum frequency for which HSPICE prints FFT output into the listing file. Description Use this command to calculate the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) values for spectrum analysis. If FREQ is non-zero. THD calculations also use this frequency. BART=Bartlett (triangular) window.FFT Argument Description FORMAT Specifies the output format: ■ ■ NORM= normalized magnitude (default) UNORM=unnormalized magnitude WINDOW Specifies the window type to use: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ RECT=simple rectangular truncation window (default). The default is 0.0 <= ALFA <= 20. A DFT uses sequences of time values to determine the frequency content of analog signals in circuit simulation.0 FREQ Frequency to analyze.0/T (Hz). and so on.

0m fmin=100k fmax=120k + format=unorm .FFT I(rload) start=0m to=2.3m stop=0.FFT command. See Also .FFT v(2) np=1024 This example generates an .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .FFT command: .ft0 file for the FFT of v(1) and an .03 .2u + window=harris Example 2 .5 .FFT par(‘v(1) + v(2)’) from=0.FFT v(1) np=1024 .0k + window=kaiser alfa=2.2) np=1024 start=0.FFT v(1) v(2) np=1024 Example 1 . because it contains two variables in one . The following is an incorrect use of the command.2u stop=1.FFT You can specify only one output variable in an .ft1 file for the FFT of v(2).5m freq=5.FFT v(1.FFT v(1) .TRAN 242 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

the . You can only use a . HSPICE RF uses 10 frequency bins. HSPICE RF performs Fourier analysis on 501 points of transient analysis data on the last 1/f time period..> Arguments Argument Description freq ov1 . Example . To calculate the phase.FOUR Performs a Fourier analysis as part of the transient analysis. running from (tstop1/f) to tstop.FOUR 100K V(5) Description Use this command to perform a Fourier analysis as part of the transient analysis.TRAN statement. specified for the transient analysis.FOUR . Syntax .FOUR statement can use non-linear. You can use this statement in HSPICE RF to perform the Fourier analysis over the interval (tstop-fperiod. The Fourier analysis determines the DC component and the first nine AC components.TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.FOUR statement in conjunction with a . See Also . instead of linear interpolation. where: ■ ■ tstop is the final time... Fundamental frequency Output variables to analyze. the normalized component and the Fourier component. tstop). For improved accuracy.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .03 243 .FOUR freq ov1 <ov2 ov3 . HSPICE RF interpolates transient data to fit on 501 points. fperiod is a fundamental frequency period (freq parameter). where f is the fundamental Fourier frequency..

The solver computes the static conductance matrix.FSOPTIONS Sets various options for the HSPICE Field Solver. This parameter uses the filament method solver to compute Ro and Rs.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . The solver computes the DC resistance matrix. PRINTDATA COMPUTEGO COMPUTEGD COMPUTERO COMPUTERS The solver prints output matrixes to a file.FSOPTIONS name <ACCURACY=LOW|MEDIUM|HIGH> + <GRIDFACTOR=val> <PRINTDATA=YES|NO> + <COMPUTEG0=YES|NO> <COMPUTEGD=YES|NO> + <COMPUTERO=YES|NO> <COMPUTERS=YES|NO|DIRECT|ITER> Arguments Argument Description name ACCURACY Option name. Syntax .03 . the field solver does not use this parameter to compute Ro and Rs values.FSOPTIONS . Sets the solver accuracy to one of the following: ■ ■ ■ LOW MEDIUM HIGH GRIDFACTOR Multiplication factor (integer) to determine the final number of segments used to define the shape. DIRECT is the same as YES and ITER activates filament solver with an iterative matrix solver. The solver computes the skin-effect resistance matrix. The solver computes the dielectric loss matrix. If you set COMPUTERS=yes. 244 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

FSOPTIONS Description Use the . If you need a higher accuracy than the value that the HIGH option sets. If COMPUTERS=ITER. ■ ■ Because a wide range of applications are available. Note: COMPUTEGO. the field solver uses either the predefined number of segments or the number of segments that you specified. NH. For each accuracy mode. COMPUTER0.MATERIAL . Ro. It then multiplies this number times the GRIDFACTOR to obtain the final number of segments. the field solver activates an iterative matrix solver and is used in accelerating the W-element field solver. then increase either the GRIDFACTOR value or the N.FSOPTIONS statement: ■ ■ The field solver always computes the L and C matrixes.03 245 . If COMPUTERS=YES. COMPUTE_R0 works the same as COMPUTE_RO. the predefined accuracy level might not be accurate enough for some applications. COMPUTERO.SHAPE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. COMPUTEG0 and COMPUTE_G0 work the same as COMPUTE_GO. COMPUTEGD works the same as COMPUTE_GD. See Also . then the field solver starts and calculates Lo. The following rules apply to the field solver when specifying options with the . and Rs.LAYERSTACK .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .FSOPTIONS command to set various options for the field solver. or NW values to increase the mesh density. COMPUTERS works the same as COMPUTE_RS.

The most common use of a . This means that all references to a global node name. Example This example shows global definitions for VDD and input_sig nodes.GLOBAL statements is to assign power supply connections of all subcircuits..GLOBAL VDD input_sig Description Use this command to globally assign a node name in HSPICE RF.GLOBAL node1 node2 node3 . in a subcircuit. . connect to the same node. 246 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. used at any level of the hierarchy in the circuit. When you use a .. such as supply and clock names.GLOBAL .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . concatenated to the node name.GLOBAL statement. You can then exclude the power node name in the subcircuit or macro call. overrides local subcircuit definitions. For example. Ordinarily.GLOBAL VCC connects all subcircuits with the internal node name VCC.GLOBAL statement is if your netlist file includes subcircuits. This statement assigns a common node name to subcircuit nodes. Syntax .GLOBAL Globally assigns a node name. HSPICE RF does not concatenate the node name with the circuit number and assigns only the global name. Arguments Argument Description node1 node2 Name of a global nodes. . Another common use of .03 . the node name consists of the circuit number.

INTMODMAX is the maximum intermodulation product order that you can specify in the analysis spectrum. <H2> <.03 247 .HB TONES=<F1> [<F2> <.. The minimum nonDC frequency in the analysis spectrum is f/subharms. Small-signal tone number for HBLIN analysis.> <HN>> <INTMODMAX=n> + [SWEEP parameter_sweep] Syntax#2 with SS_TONE . Must have the same number of entries as TONES. INTMODMAX or both.... <H2> <. Syntax Syntax # 1 without SS_TONE .HB .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .> <FN>] [SUBHARMS=SH] + <NHARMS=<H1>. The value must be an integer number. Number of harmonics to use for each tone. where f is the frequency of oscillation.HB TONES=<F1> [<F2> <. You must specify NHARMS..HB Invokes the single and multitone harmonic balance algorithm for periodic steady state analysis. You must specify NHARMS. INTMODMAX or both. indicating that no small signal tone is specified. NHARMS INTMODMAX SS_TONE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007..> <FN>] + <NHARMS=<H1>.. Allows subharmonics in the analysis spectrum. For additional information.> <HN>> <INTMODMAX=n> + <SS_TONE=n> [SWEEP parameter_sweep] _TONE Arguments Argument Description TONES SUBHARMS Fundamental frequencies.. The default value is 0.

f1-f2. f1. and m is a value <= the NHARMS entry. OCT. ■ ■ For detailed discussion of HBLIN analysis. f1.+|n|<=N.n coefficients are integers with absolute value <=N. OPTIMIZE or MONTE. Example 1 In this example.hb tones=f1.. freqn DATA=dataname OPTIMIZE=OPTxxx MONTE=val Description Use this command to invoke the single and multitone harmonic balance algorithm for periodic steady state analysis. HSPICE RF adds the m*fk frequencies to the spectrum. . see Frequency Translation SParameter (HBLIN) Extraction in the HSPICE RF User Guide. where fk is the corresponding tone.. f2 intmodmax=1 Example 2 In this example... + n*fn frequencies so that f>=0 and |a|+|b|+. The NHARMS and INTMODMAX input parameters define the spectrum. You can specify either LIN.. SWEEPBLOCK. If entries in the NHARMS list are > INTMODMAX.03 . f1+f2.hb tones=f1. . f2}. start. ■ If INTMODMAX=N. the resulting HB analysis spectrum={dc. defaults it to the largest value in the NHARMS list. Specify the nsteps.b.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . and stop times using the following syntax for each type of sweep: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop OCT nsteps start stop POI nsteps freq_values SWEEPBLOCK nsteps freq1 freq2 . the HB analysis spectrum={dc. DATA.. f2.HB Argument Description SWEEP Type of sweep. f2 intmodmax=2 248 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.. POI... DEC. You can sweep up to three variables. The a.. 2*f1. 2*f2}. the spectrum consists of all f=a*f1 + b*f2 + . Not specifying INTMODMAX.

f2. 2*f1. 2*f2-f1. f1-f2. hb tones=f1.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . f1. f1. f2 intmodmax=3 Example 4 In this example.2 Example 5 In this example.OPTION HBMAXITER .HBNOISE .HB Example 3 In this example. f2 nharms=2. 2*f1-f2.hb tones=f1. 2*f1+f2.OPTION HBJREUSE .03 249 . 2*f2. 2*f2. 3*f2}. . f1+f2.hb tones=f1. 2*f1. 4*f2.OPTION HBLINESEARCHFAC . 2*f2-f1. f1+f2. 2*f2+f1. 5*f2}. 2*f1-f2. f2 nharms=2. f1-f2. 2*f2.2 intmodmax=3 Example 6 In this example. f1. f1+f2. 2*f1+f2. . 3*f1. f2. f1+f2. f1. 2*f1.OPTION HBJREUSETOL .OPTION HBKRYLOVTOL .OPTION HBKRYLOVDIM . f1-f2. 2*f1-f2.HBLIN . 2*f2}. f2. . the resulting HB analysis spectrum={dc. 5*f1.OPTION LOADHB . the resulting HB analysis spectrum={dc. 3*f1. the resulting HB analysis spectrum={dc.OPTION SAVEHB .OPTION HBCONTINUE .OPTION TRANFORHB HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION HBSOLVER .hb tones=f1.5 intmodmax=3 See Also . f2. f1-f2.HBOSC . 2*f2-f1. the resulting HB analysis spectrum={dc. 2*f2+f1. 2*f1+f2.ENV . 3*f2.OPTION HBTOL .HBAC . 2*f1. f2 nharms=5. 2*f2+f1}. 4*f1.

DEC.PRINT .HBOSC . freqn DATA=dataname Description Use this command to invoke an harmonic-balance–based periodic AC analysis to analyze small-signal perturbations on circuits operating in a large-signal periodic steady state.HBNOISE . or SWEEPBLOCK.HB . See Also .HBAC Performs harmonic-balance–based periodic AC analysis on circuits operating in a large-signal periodic steady state. POI. OCT. Specify the nsteps.03 .. You can specify LIN.PROBE . Syntax . start and stop times using the following syntax for each type of sweep: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop OCT nsteps start stop POI nsteps freq_values SWEEPBLOCK nsteps freq1 freq2 .PRINT .OPTION HBACKRYLOVDIM .OPTION HBACTOL .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .PROBE 250 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007..HBAC <frequency_sweep> Arguments Argument Description frequency_sweep Frequency sweep range for the input signal (also refer to as the input frequency band (IFB) or fin).HBAC .

Syntax Without SS_TONE .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . POI. Specify the nsteps.HBLIN .03 251 . DEC. and stop times using the following syntax for each type of sweep: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop OCT nsteps start stop POI nsteps freq_values SWEEPBLOCK nsteps freq1 freq2 ..HBLIN <frequency_sweep> + <NOISECALC = [1|0|yes|no]> <FILENAME=file_name> + <DATAFORMAT = [ri|ma|db]> + <MIXEDMODE2PORT = [dd|cc|cd|dc|sd|sc|cs|ds]> With SS_TONE . Specifies the output file name for the extracted S-parameters or the object name after the -o command-line option. The default is the netlist file name. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. or SWEEPBLOCK.HBLIN <NOISECALC = [1|0|yes|no]> <FILENAME=file_name> + <DATAFORMAT = [ri|ma|db]> + <MIXEDMODE2PORT = [dd|cc|cd|dc|sd|sc|cs|ds]> Arguments Parameter Description frequency_sweep Frequency sweep range for the input signal (also referred to as the input frequency band (IFB) or fin). OCT. start. The default is no (0). You can specify LIN. freqn DATA=dataname NOISECALC FILENAME Enables calculating the noise figure.HBLIN Extracts frequency translation S-parameters and noise figures..

cs default: ds case 4: p1=single p2=balanced available: sd. sc default: sd Description Use this command in HSPICE RF to extract frequency translation S-parameters and noise figures. dataformat=MA.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .PRINT .03 .sc#/citi file. This is the default format for Touchstone file. cd. real-imaginary. ■ ■ ■ ■ dataformat=RI. The availability and default value for this keyword depends on the first two port (P element) configuration as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ case 1: p1=p2=single-ended (standard-mode P element) available: ss default: ss case 2: p1=p2=balanced (mixed-mode P element) available: dd. This is the default for . dc. cc default: dd case 3: p1=balanced p2=single-ended available: ds.PROBE 252 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. MIXEDMODE2PORT Describes the mixed-mode data map of output mixed mode Sparameter matrix. magnitude-phase. DB(magnitude)-phase.HBLIN Parameter Description DATAFORMAT Specifies the format of the output data file.HBAC . See Also .HB . dataformat=DB.

03 253 . A sweep of type LIN. OCT. Frequency sweep specification.HBLSP NHARMS=nh <POWERUNIT=[dbm | watt]> + <SSPCALC=[1|0|YES|NO]> <NOISECALC=[1|0|YES|NO]> + <FILENAME=file_name> <DATAFORMAT=[ri | ma | db]> + FREQSWEEP freq_sweep POWERSWEEP power_sweep Arguments Parameter Description NHARMS Number of harmonics in the HB analysis triggered by the . ■ ■ POWERUNIT SSPCALC NOISECALC FILENAME DATAFORMAT FREQSWEEP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. and stop times using the following syntax for each type of sweep: LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop ■ OCT nsteps start stop ■ POI nsteps freq_values ■ SWEEPBLOCK=blockname This keyword must appear before the POWERSWEEP keyword.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . DEC.p2d# filename. Syntax . POI. Extract small-signal S-parameters. Perform small-signal 2-port noise analysis. Default is 0 (NO). or SWEEPBLOCK. Specify the nsteps. Output data .HBLSP . Format of the output data file. Power unit.HBLSP Performs periodically driven nonlinear circuit analyses for power-dependent S parameters.HBLSP statement. start. Default is 0 (NO). angle). Default is the netlist name or the object name after the -o command-line option. Default is watt. Default is ma (magnitude.

or SWEEPBLOCK.+/-1]> + <listfreq=(frequencies|none|all)> <listcount=val> + <listfloor=val> <listsources=on|off> 254 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. see the HSPICE RF User Guide... For details.HBNOISE Parameter Description POWERSWEEP Power sweep specification.PROBE .HBNOISE Performs cyclo-stationary noise analysis on circuits operating in a large-signal periodic steady state.HB .03 . Syntax . A sweep of type LIN. nk. . ■ ■ Description Use this command in HSPICE RF to invoke periodically driven nonlinear circuit analyses for power-dependent S-parameters. DEC. Large-Signal S-parameter (HBLSP) Analysis. n2.PRINT . See Also . start.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . OCT. Specify the nsteps. and stop times using the following syntax for each type of sweep: LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop ■ OCT nsteps start stop ■ POI nsteps power_values ■ SWEEPBLOCK=blockname This keyword must follow the FREQSWEEP keyword.HBNOISE [output] [insrc] [parameter_sweep] + <[n1.POI..

or OPTIMIZE sweeps.nk are the associated harmonic multipliers ■ fin is the IFB defined by parameter_sweep... the result is an infinite noise figure.f2.HBNOISE Arguments Parameter Description output Output node. If the resistance value is 0.n2. MONTE.. DEC.. then HSPICE RF assumes that the second node is ground. down conversion mixer where the RF signal is specified by the IFB and the noise is measured at a down-converted frequency that the OFB specifies. For a single tone analysis..fk are the first through k-th steady-state tones determined from the harmonic balance solution ■ n1.n-).. Specify the nsteps... Frequency sweep range for the input signal. You can also specify a 2-terminal element name that refers to an existing element in the netlist. pair of nodes. You can specify LIN... OCT. An input source... you can use the [n1.. freqn n1. fout=ABS(n1*f+n2*f2+. start. and stop frequencies using the following syntax for each type of sweep: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ insrc parameter_sweep LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop OCT nsteps start stop POI nsteps freq_values SWEEPBLOCK nsteps freq1 freq2 .nk. HSPICE RF uses it as a reference noise source to determine the noise figure..03 255 .-1].nk.. The noise figure measurement is also dependent on this index term. +/-1 Index term defining the output frequency band (OFB or fout) at which the noise is evaluated.. The default index term is [1.. If you specify only one node.+nk*fk+/-fin) Where: f1.. or 2-terminal element.+/-1] index term to specify an arbitrary offset. Also referred to as the input frequency band (IFB) or fin). the default mode is consistent with simulating a lowside.. Specify a pair of nodes as V(n+.1.n2.. HSPICE RF references equivalent noise output to this node (or pair of nodes). If this is a resistor. V(n+)..1. SWEEPBLOCK.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .. DATA. POI. In general. ■ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Generally..n2.

and 1/f noise sources.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . listfloor listsources Description Use this command to invoke cyclo-stationary noise analysis on circuits operating in a large-signal periodic steady state. listcount Prints the element noise value to the . instead. otherwise they are ignored. The default value is 1.0G) listfreq=(1. The default value is OFF. listcount=5 means that only the top 5 noise contributors are printed.lis file and defines a minimum meaningful noise value (in V/Hz1/2 units). which contains the thermal.0e-14 V/Hz1/2. The frequency values can be specified with the NONE or ALL keyword. which is sorted from the largest to smallest value. In the element noise output. shot.lis file. You can specify either ON or OFF: ON Prints the contribution from each noise source and OFF does not.0G.HBAC .HBNOISE Parameter Description listfreq Prints the element noise value to the . You do not need to print every noise element.HB . Prints the element noise value to the . For example. For example:listfreq=(none) listfreq=(all) listfreq=(1. 2. The default value is 1. Frequency values must be enclosed in parentheses. Only those elements with noise values larger than listfloor are printed. the elements that contribute the largest noise are printed first. You can specify at which frequencies the element noise value is printed.lis file. Prints the element noise value to the . which either prints no frequencies or every frequency defined in parameter_sweep.03 .lis file when the element has multiple noise sources.HBOSC 256 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also . The frequencies must match the sweep_frequency values defined in the parameter_sweep. such as a FET.0G)The default value is NONE. you can define listcount to print the number of element noise frequencies.

HBOSC .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . N2 HBOSCVPROBE=VP .HBOSC TONE=F1 NHARMS=H1 <FSPTS=NUM.03 257 . MIN. NHARMS HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. MAX> <SWEEP PARAMETER_SWEEP> <SUBHARMS=I> Syntax #2 (Uses current source to set PROBENODE) ISRC N1.HBOSC TONE=F1 + NHARMS=H1 PROBENODE=N1.HBOSC Performs oscillator analysis on autonomous (oscillator) circuits. depending on whether the PROBENODE location is specified using a circuit element (current source) or using the HBOSC PROBENODE parameters: Syntax Syntax #1 . MAX> + <SWEEP PARAMETER_SWEEP> <SUBHARMS=I> Arguments Parameter Description TONE Approximate value for oscillation frequency (Hz).PROBE . unless you specify an FSPTS range or transient initialization (see the HSPICE RF User Guide.VP + <FSPTS=NUM.N2. Number of harmonics to use for oscillator HB analysis. The search for an exact oscillation frequency begins from this value. HB Simulation of Ring Oscillators for more information).PRINT . The input syntax for HBOSC analysis supports two different formats. MIN.

■ VP is the initial probe voltage value (one-half the supply voltage is a suggested value).). If a current source with HBOSCVPROBE is used. N1 and N2 are the positive and negative nodes for a voltage probe inserted in the circuit to search for oscillation conditions. HSPICE RF uses this probe to calculate small-signal admittance for the initial frequency estimates.HBOSC Parameter Description PROBENODE Circuit nodes that are probed for oscillation conditions. the TONE parameter will be ignored. The phase of the probe voltage is forced to zero. If the FSPTS analysis finds an approximate oscillation frequency.03 . etc. all other phases are relative to the probe phase. Note: The PROBENODE pins and approximate voltage value can also be set by using a zero amp current source that uses the HBOSCVPROBE keyword.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . FSPTS Specifies the frequency search points that HSPICE RF uses in its initial small-signal frequency search to find an oscillation frequency. see the HSPICE RF User Guide for more information on how to use the HBTRANINIT option. but recommended for high-Q and most LC oscillators. If the circuit is a ring oscillator. inside the ring of a ring oscillator. ■ HBOSCVPROBE=VP Sets PROBENODE with a current source. NUM is an integer. the PROBENODE syntax is not necessary. It should be connected near the “heart” of the oscillator (near resonators. ■ ■ 258 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. MIN and MAX are frequency values in units of Hz. Optional.

Use this option if your oscillator circuit includes a divider or prescaler that will result in frequency terms that are subharmonics of the fundamental oscillation frequency Example 1 This example performs an oscillator analysis.65 Example 2 This example performs an oscillator analysis.HBOSC Parameter Description SWEEP Specifies the type of sweep. start. The following two methods define an equivalent . DATA. You can sweep up to three variables. This example uses nine harmonics with the probe inserted between the gate and gnd nodes. .1. DEC.HBOSC command: HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. freqn DATA=dataname OPTIMIZE=OPTxxx MONTE=val SUBHARMS Allows subharmonics in the analysis spectrum.0 fspts=20. OPTIMIZE.0 V.4 GHz. The probe voltage estimate is 1.2700MEG Example 3 Another method to define the probenode information is through a zero-current source. and stop frequencies using the following syntax for each type of sweep: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop OCT nsteps start stop POI nsteps freq_values SWEEPBLOCK nsteps freq1 freq2 . where f is the frequency of oscillation. This example uses 11 harmonics with the probe inserted between the drainP and drainN nodes.03 259 ..Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . You can specify either LIN. or MONTE.drainN. Specify the nsteps. OCT.HBOSC tone=900MEG nharms=9 probenode=gate. searching for frequencies in the vicinity of 2. .2100MEG.gnd. SWEEPBLOCK. The probe voltage estimate is 0. The minimum non-DC frequency in the analysis spectrum is f/subharms. POI.HBOSC tone=2400MEG nharms=11 + probenode=drainP.0.65 V. searching for frequencies in the vicinity of 900 MHz..

OPTION HBFREQRELTOL . See Also .HBOSC tone = 2. Only one such current source is needed.HB . 1.OPTION HBTRANSTEP .OPTION HBTRANINIT . drainN. Description Use this command to invoke oscillator analysis on autonomous (oscillator) circuits.0 .4G nharms = 10 + fspts = 20. 2.0 with the HBOSC PROBENODE voltage defined through its HBOSCVPROBE property.03 .1G. 2.OPTION HBTRANFREQSEARCH . 2.OPTION HBPROBETOL .PRINT .7G ■ Method 2: ISRC drainP drainN 0 HBOSCVPROBE = 1.OPTION HBMAXOSCITER .0 + fspts = 20.PROBE 260 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.HBOSC ■ Method 1: . 2.HBOSC tone = 2. and its current must be 0.7G In method 2.OPTION HBTRANPTS . the PROBENODE information is defined by a current source in the circuit.OPTION HBFREQABSTOL .4G nharms = 10 + probenode = drainP.1G.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .

t.n2>) freq_sweep A sweep of type LIN. for example. Specify nsteps. Syntax .03 261 .HBNOISE . trans-impedance from isrc to v(1)is calculated based on HB analysis.HBXF Calculates transfer from the given source in the circuit to the designated output. POI.k*f0) s.hb tones=1e9 nharms=4 . OCT.HB .PROBE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PRINT .HBOSC . HSPICE RF determines the offset frequency in the input sidebands.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . f1<=f0/2 The f0 is the steady-state fundamental tone and f1 is the input frequency. ■ ■ f1 = abs(fout . DEC. Example Here.HBXF .print hbxf tfv(isrc) tfi(n3) See Also .hbxf v(1) lin 10 1e8 1. Description Use this command in HSPICE RF to calculate the transfer function from the given source in the circuit to the designated output. or SWEEPBLOCK. start/stop times the syntax below for each type of sweep: LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop ■ OCT nsteps start stop ■ POI nsteps freq_values ■ SWEEPBLOCK = BlockName Specify the frequency sweep range for the output signal.HBAC .HBXF out_var <freq_sweep> Arguments Parameter Description out_var Specify i(2_port_elem) or V(n1<.2e8 . .

HSPICE RF issues a warning message and the Verilog-A module definition is ignored.va extension only when a prefix is provided. Example 2 . Every Verilog-A module can have one or more associated model cards. to compare multiple variations of Verilog-A modules.HDL commands to specify the Verilog-A source name and path within a netlist.HDL “filename” Description Use . The Verilog-A file is assumed to have a *. you must add the Verilog-A type of model cards. For example.va v1 1 0 10 x1 1 0 va_amp .HDL .HDL Specifies the Verilog-A source name and path.tran 10n 100n . Syntax . If a conflict occurs.alter test .ALTER blocks to vary simulation behavior.va .MODEL statements. In .va Verilog-A model file (not va_model file) from the current working directory.HDL "va_models" This example loads the va_models. The type of model cards should be the same as the Verilog-A module name.hdl amp_two. Verilog-A module names cannot conflict with HSPICE RF built-in device keywords.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .HDL commands in .va Verilog-A model file from the directory / myhome/Verilog_A_lib.alter alter1 . Example 3 * simple .HDL "/myhome/Verilog_A_lib/res.hdl amp_one. Example 1 .va" This example loads the res.03 . You can also use .end 262 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

File Loading Considerations These restrictions and issues must be considered when loading Verilog-A modules: ■ You can place an .SUBCKT or IF-ELSEIF-ELSE block. the latter one is ignored and the simulator issues a warning message. HSPICE RF loads the va_amp module from the amp_two. the simulation will exit with an error message.MODEL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. For the second run. When a module to be loaded has the same name as a previously-loaded module or the names differ in case only.HDL statement anywhere in the top-level circuit. An .HDL statement is not allowed inside a .HDL This example loads the module called va_amp from the amp_one. the simulation exits and an error message is issued.ALTER . If a Verilog-A module file is not found or the Compiled Model Library file has an incompatible version.va file for the first simulation run. otherwise. ■ ■ ■ See Also .03 263 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . All Verilog-A modules are loaded into the system prior to any device instantiation.va file.

Example . . Description Use this command to set transient initial conditions in HSPICE RF.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Transient analysis uses the . In HSPICE RF.OP) if time (t) < 0.TRAN analysis statement includes the UIC parameter.IC .. but it does not have precedence over values set in the .IC statement. Transient analysis releases the initialized nodes to calculate the second and later time points. Arguments Argument Description val1 .IC is always set to OFF.TRAN statement. You can still specify the IC parameter. node1 .IC Sets transient initial conditions in HSPICE RF.. Syntax . HSPICE RF does not calculate the initial DC operating point. HSPICE RF does not output node voltage from operating point (. Specifies voltages. If you specify the UIC parameter in the .TRAN statement. How it initializes depends on whether the .TRAN statement..IC statement are fixed to determine the DC operating point. The significance of these voltages depends on whether you specify the UIC parameter in the . Node numbers or names can include full paths or circuit numbers.03 .2 See Also . The . If you do not specify the UIC parameter in the .IC initialization values as part of the solution for timepoint zero (calculating the zero timepoint applies a fixed equivalent voltage source)..IC statement is equivalent to specifying the IC parameter on each element statement. but is more convenient.. The node voltages that you specify in the .TRAN 264 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE RF computes the DC operating point solution before the transient analysis. but directly enters transient analysis.IC V(node1)=val1 V(node2)=val2 ..IC V(11)=5 V(4)=-5 V(2)=2.

> <..IF statement. then HSPICE RF moves on to the next .ELSEIF statement if there is one. HSPICE RF continues to the .ELSEIF statement is true. If no . Condition that must be true before HSPICE RF executes the commands that follow the .ELSEIF statements.. If this second .ELSEIF condition that is true. instead of the commands after the first . > . HSPICE RF executes the commands that follow condition2 only if condition1 is false and condition2 is true.ELSEIF condition is true.IF or ..IF (condition1) .ELSEIF statement are both false. If condition1 in the .ELSEIF statement only if condition1 in the preceding . HSPICE RF executes the commands that follow the second ...IF Specifies conditions that determine whether HSPICE RF executes subsequent commands in conditional block.ELSEIF statement..ELSEIF condition is true.IF statement and condition2 in the first .IF .IF statement is false and condition2 in the first .ELSE . until it reaches the first .ELSEIF (condition2) .ELSEIF statement.IF and .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . <. Syntax .ELSE statement.03 265 . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE RF ignores the commands in all false . condition2 Description HSPICE RF executes the commands that follow the first.ELSEIF statement.ENDIF Arguments Argument Description condition1 Condition that must be true before HSPICE RF executes the commands that follow the .

. The .. HSPICE RF executes these commands by default if the conditions in the preceding .ELSE precedes one or more commands in a conditional block after the last . but before the .ELSE .IF .INCLUDE /myhome/subcircuits/diode_circuit3 . Example .IF (a==b) .INCLUDE /myhome/subcircuits/diode_circuit1 .ELSEIF statement.ENDIF 266 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.IF statement.. .INCLUDE /myhome/subcircuits/diode_circuit2 ..ENDIF statement. .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . are all false. ..IF statement and in all of the preceding .ELSE ..ELSEIF .ENDIF statement ends a conditional block of commands that begins with an .ENDIF See Also .ELSEIF (a==c) .ELSEIF statements in the same conditional block.03 .

but prints a warning. filename Name of a file to include in the data file. plus the file name.INCLUDE calls to itself or to another include file.INCLUDE call. If you use a relative path in a nested . can be up to 1024 characters long. the path starts from the directory of the parent . If the path starts from the current working directory. You can include a netlist as a subcircuit in one or more other netlists. An include file can contain nested . The file path. Description Use this command to include another netlist in the current netlist.INCLUDE file. Example . HSPICE can also find the .03 267 .INCLUDE Includes another netlist as a subcircuit of the current netlist.INCLUDE .INCLUDE `/myhome/subcircuits/diode_circuit´ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.INCLUDE file. Syntax .INCLUDE ‘<filepath> <filename>’ Arguments Argument Description filepath Path name of a file for computer operating systems that support treestructured directories.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . You can use any valid file name for the computer’s operating system. You must enclose the file path and name in single or double quotation marks. not from the current working directory.

Metal layers (ground planes) are located only at the bottom only at the top or both at the top and bottom. layer stack.03 . All conductors must be located above y=0.> Arguments Argument Description sname mname Layer stack name. By default.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . However. Background material must be dielectric. BACKGROUND Background dielectric material name. thickness Layer thickness.. you can associate a single-layer stack with many transmission line systems. Description Use this command to define a stack of dielectric or metal layers. You must associate each transmission line system with one and only one.LAYERSTACK Defines a stack of dielectric or metal layers. Syntax . the field solver assumes AIR for the background. ■ ■ ■ The following limiting cases apply to the .thickness) . In the layer stack: ■ ■ Layers are listed from bottom to top. Layers are stacked in the y-direction and the bottom of a layer stack is at y=0.LAYERSTACK command: 268 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Material name.LAYERSTACK sname <BACKGROUND=mname> + <LAYER=(mname..LAYERSTACK .

03 269 .SHAPE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MATERIAL .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .1mm ■ See Also .LAYERSTACK halfSpace PEC 0.LAYERSTACK ■ Free space without ground: .LAYERSTACK mystack Free space with a (bottom) ground plane consisting of a predefined metal name or PEC (perfect electrical conductor): .FSOPTIONS .

ENDL entryname3 Arguments Argument Description filepath Path to a file.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .LIB Creates and read from libraries of commonly used commands. Used where a computer supports tree-structured directories. $ ANY VALID SET OF HSPICE STATEMENTS .ENDL entryname2 . 270 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.LIB entryname2 .LIB ‘<filepath> filename’ entryname Use the following syntax to define library files: . Use “.LIB entryname1 . subcircuit analyses. $ ANY VALID ET OF HSPICE STATEMENTS . you do not need to specify a directory path. . $ ANY VALID SET OF HSPICE STATEMENTS .LIB entryname3 . device models. Syntax Use the following syntax for library calls: .. and statements.ENDL entryname1 ./” syntax in the filepath to designate the parent directory of the current directory. .LIB .03 . When the LIB file (or alias) is in the same directory where you run HSPICE RF. the netlist runs on any machine.

LIB statement and the .LIB statement in a library file. filename Description To create and read from libraries of commonly used commands. structured as any filename that is valid for the computer’s operating system. subcircuit analysis.LIB statement begins the library macro and the . Enclose the file path and file name in single or double quotation marks. only the first one is loaded.ENDL statement. and statements (library calls) in library files. To build libraries (library file definition). use the . The first character of an entryname cannot be an integer. As HSPICE RF encounters each . until it finds an .INCLUDE statement to access the models and skew parameters.LIB Argument Description entryname Entry name for the section of the library file to include.LIB call statement in an .LIB call statement. For each macro in a library.ENDL statement. Use “. The .LIB 'MODELS' cmos1 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . device models.LIB call name in the main data file./” syntax in the filename to designate the parent directory of the current directory.03 271 . You can nest library calls to any depth. use the . The combination of filepath plus filename can be up to 256 characters long. Each run can consist of similar components by using different model parameters without duplicating the entire input file. The text after a library file entry name must consist of HSPICE RF statements. Example 1 * Library call . You can also place a .ALTER statement to create a sequence of model runs. Use nesting with the . use a library definition statement (. Library calls can call other libraries (nested library calls) if they are different files. If more than one entry with the same name is encountered in a file.. it reads the corresponding entry from the designated library file.ALTER block.LIB entryname) and an .ENDL statement ends the library macro. The simulator uses the . Name of a file to include in the data file.MODEL statements. The library contains parameters that modify .

.LIB statements for the file3 library. .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .03 . Illegal: .LIB Example 2 .ENDL 272 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007...LIB 'file2' MOS9 . ..ENDL Legal: ..LIB 'file1' MOS8 .LIB MOS7 $ Any valid set of HSPICE RF commands .ENDL MOS7 Example 3 The following are an illegal example and a legal example of nested . . .. .LIB 'file3' MOS7 $ This call is illegal in MOS7 library .LIB MOS7 ..LIB MOS7 .LIB CTT $ file2 is already open for the CTT $ entry point ... .

See Also .INC ‘/usr/meta/lib/cmos1_mod. The statistical distribution median value is the default for all non-Monte Carlo analysis.0.3) $ p-ch threshold change .15V. ..MODEL PCH PMOS LEVEL=2 XL=XL TOX=TOX + DELVTO=DELVTOP ..20a + XL=AGAUSS(0.dat include file..dat’ $ model include file .3) $ 200 angstrom +/.INCLUDE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PARAM TOX=AGAUSS(200..MODEL NCH NMOS LEVEL=2 XL=XL TOX=TOX + DELVTO=DELVTON .13u.0U CMOS.ALTER . .dat’ $ model include file .model keyword (left side) equates to the skew parameter (right side).Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .2V. A . The model is in the /usr/meta/lib/cmos1_mod.ENDL TT .LIB call statement of model skew parameters and features both worst-case and statistical distribution data.LIB Example 4 . The .2V + DELVTOP=-0..model keyword can be the same as a skew parameter.PARAM TOX=220 XL=-0.3) $ n-ch threshold change + DELVTOP=AGAUSS(0..03 DELVTON=-.0...20.LIB FF $HIGH GAIN P-CH AND N-CH CMOS LIBRARY 3SIGMA VALUES .ENDL FF This example is a . FAB7 $ following distributions are 3 sigma ABSOLUTE GAUSSIAN ..15V .LIB TT $TYPICAL P-CHANNEL AND N-CHANNEL CMOS LIBRARY $ PROCESS: 1.ENDL .03 273 .INC ‘/usr/meta/lib/cmos1_mod.3) $ polysilicon CD + DELVTON=AGAUSS(0..0.1u.

Output file format: ■ filename format ■ ■ selem is for S-element ..LIN <sparcalc=[1|0] <modelname = ..> <format=[selem|citi|touchstone]> + <noisecalc=[1|0] <gdcalc=[1|0]> + <mixedmode2port=[dd|dc|ds|cd|cc|cs|sd|sc|ss]> + <dataformat=[ri|ma|db]> Two-Port Syntax .LIN Extracts noise and linear transfer parameters for a general multi-port network..LIN . Output file name (The default is netlist name)...sc# model output file.sc# format.>> + <filename = . 274 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Model name listed in the .>> + <filename = . extract S-parameters (default).MODEL statement in the ..03 .LIN <sparcalc=[1|0] <modelname = ..Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . which you can include in the netlist. Syntax Multi-Port Syntax . touchstone is TOUCHSTONE file format. citi is CITIfile format.> <format=[selem|citi|touchstone]> + <noisecalc=[1|0] <gdcalc=[1|0]> + <mixedmode2port=[dd|dc|ds|cd|cc|cs|sd|sc|ss]> + <dataformat=[ri|ma|db]> + <listfreq=(frequencies|none|all)> + <listcount=num> <listfloor=val> <listsources=1|0|on|off> Arguments Argument Description sparcalc modelname If 1..

sc default: sd dataformat The dataformat keyword describe the data format output to the .03 275 . dc. dataformat=RI.LIN Argument Description noisecalc If 1. cc default: dd case 3: p1=balanced p2=single available: ds. extract group delay (perform group delay analysis). The default is 0. This is the default format for touchstone file.sc#/touchstone/citifile). The availability and default value for this keyword depends on the first two port (P element) configuration as follows: ■ gdcalc mixedmode2port ■ ■ ■ case 1: p1=p2=single (standard mode P element) available: ss default: ss case 2: p1=p2=balanced (mixed mode P element) available: dd.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . The number of digits for noise parameters are five in . cs default: ds case 4: p1=single p2=balanced available: sd. HSPICE uses six digits for both frequency and S parameters in HSPICE generated data files (. ■ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. DB(magnitude)-phase. cd. The default is 0. extract noise parameters (perform 2-port noise analysis). This is the default for the .sc# and Touchstone files and six in CITIfiles. ■ dataformat=DB. magnitude-phase. The mixedmode2port keyword describes the mixed-mode data map of output mixed mode S-parameter matrix. real-imaginary. If 1.sc#/touchstone/citi file. ■ dataformat=MA.sc#/citi file.

0G) listcount=num Outputs the first few noise elements that make the biggest contribution to NF.) specify which frequencies the element phase noise value dumps.(scattering) parameters standard and mixed-mode multi-port Y/Z parameters 276 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. You can (none|all|freq1req2.0G. The frequencies must match the sweep_frequency values defined in the parameter_sweep. the elements that contribute the largest phase noise are dumped first.LIN Argument Description listfreq= Dumps the element noise figure value to the . Default is inf.) ■ NONE . otherwise they are ignored.. The frequency values can be specified with the NONE or ALL keyword. 2. : output the information on the specified frequency points Frequency values must be enclosed in parentheses..lis file. When used with P.03 . which either dumps no frequencies or every frequency defined in the parameter_sweep.0G) listfreq=(1.. The NF contribution is calculated with the source impedance equal to the Zo of the first port. Lists elements whose noise contribution to NF (in dB) are higher than value specified in dB to .. ALL: output all of the frequency points (default.AC commands. The number is specified by num.LIN makes available a broad set of linear port-wise measurements: ■ ■ standard and mixed-mode multi-port S. if LIST* is required.do not output any of the frequency points ■ freq1 freq2. In the element phase noise output.(port) element(s) and . The default is to output all of the noise element contribution to NF. Defines whether or not to output the contribution of each noise source of each noise element. .lis file. Default is no/0 ■ listfloor=val listsources= [1|0|yes|no] Description Use this command to extract noise and linear transfer parameters for a general multi-port network. For example:listfreq=(none) listfreq=(all) listfreq=(1..Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .

Noise contributor tables are generated for every frequency point and every circuit device.sc# file with the same base name as your netlist.LIN 2port noise analysis will output to . The . Y-(admittance). HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the . You can use this file as model data for the S-element. . and performs a group-delay analysis for a model named my_custom_model. This file contains S-parameter.lis file with the older format. The data format in the Touchstone file is real-imaginary. which is in the Touchstone format.LIN command computes the S-(scattering). If any of the LIST* arguments is set. and the specified values for their reference impedances.LIN command creates a . and H-(hybrid) parameters directly based on the location of the port (P) elements in your circuit. Z(impedance) parameters directly. By default.LIN command also supports mixed-mode transfer parameters calculation and group delay analysis when used together with mixed-mode Pelements. performs a 2-port noise analysis.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . If the LIST* arguments are not set. noise parameter.LIN sparcalc=1 modelname=my_custom_model + filename=mydesign format=touchstone noisecalc=1 + gdcalc=1 dataformat=ri This example extracts linear transfer parameters for a general multi-port network. The last four arguments allow users to better control the output information. the output information follows the syntax noted in the arguments section. and group delay data as a function of the frequency. Example . The output is in the mydesign output file.LIN ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ standard mode multi-port H-parameter standard mode two-port noise parameters standard and mixed-mode group delays standard mode stability factors standard mode gain factors standard mode matching coefficients The .03 277 .

v2) output_varable_list Arguments Argument Description v1.LPRINT (0.03 . and the voltage level at voltage source VIN. These are variables from a DC. the .LPRINT (v1.5 and 4. AC.PRINT 278 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Description Use this command to produce output in VCD file format from transient analysis. v2 Threshold values for digital output.PRINT. Values greater than 1 are output as digital 1.LPRINT Produces output in VCD file format from transient analysis.OPTION VCD .4.LPRINT .LPRINT statement sets threshold values to 0.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . TRAN. Syntax . Example In this example.5.5) v(VIN) See Also . . Values less than v1 are output as digital 0.5. output_varable_list Output variables to . or NOISE analysis).

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MACRO subnam n1 <n2 n3 .GLOBAL statement. Nodes assigned using BULK=node in MOSFET or BJT models.> <parnam=val> . <SubParam1>=<Expression> [<SubParam2>=<Expression>. Example 1 Example 1 defines two subcircuits: SUB1 and SUB2. Use only in the subcircuit. whose resistance values are parameters (variables).MACRO statement. assign it in the subcircuit call or set a value in a . you cannot replicate output commands within subcircuit (subckt) definitions. Nodes assigned using the .EOM statement to terminate a . these three calls produce different subcircuits.MACRO Replicates output commands within subcircuit (subckt) definitions.MACRO .. The X1. Syntax . In HSPICE RF. Node numbers for external reference. parnam A parameter name set to a value. are strictly local with three exceptions: ■ ■ ■ Ground node (zero). Specifies a reference name for the subcircuit model call. Use the .EOM Arguments Argument Description subnam n1 . X2.03 279 .. To override this value. These are resistor divider networks. cannot be the ground node (zero). You can create a subcircuit description for a commonly used circuit and include one or more references to the subcircuit in your netlist.. Any element nodes that are in the subcircuit. but are not in this list. and X3 statements call these subcircuits.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands ..] SubDefaultsList Description Use this command to define a subcircuit in your netlist..PARAM statement. Because the resistor values are different in each call..

MACRO *FILE SUB2. Enter a new value for the Strength parameter in the element line to select larger or smaller inverters for the application. xInv0 a y0 Inv $ Default devices: p device=6u.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands ..END Example 2 .MACRO SUB2 1 2 P6=11 R1 1 2 P6 R2 2 0 P2 . $ n device=3u xInv1 a y1 Inv Strength=5 $ p device=10u..SP TEST OF SUBCIRCUITS V1 1 0 1 .SUBCKT SUB1 1 2 P4=4 R1 1 0 P4 R2 2 0 P5 X1 1 2 SUB2 P6=7 X2 1 2 SUB2 ...EOM X1 1 2 SUB1 P4=6 X2 3 4 SUB1 P6=15 X3 3 4 SUB2 * . By default.535E-16 CAJP=2.5 EXP=. the inverter can drive three devices.ENDS .ENDS * .2u W=’Strength * 1u’ . n device=1u .SUBCKT 280 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.EOM .ENDS .03 .2u W=’Strength * 2u’ Mn1 <MosPinList> nMosMod L=1.PARAM P5=5 P2=10 .MACRO . This example implements an inverter that uses a Strength parameter.MODEL DA D CJA=CAJA CJP=CAJP VRB=-20 IS=7. n device=5u xInv2 a y2 Inv Strength=1 $ p device= 2u.62E-18 + PHI=. See Also .5 EXA=.53E-16 .PARAM CAJA=2.33 .SUBCKT Inv a y Strength=3 Mp1 <MosPinList> pMosMod L=1.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. You cannot redefine its default values. Alternating field loss tangent of dielectric (tan δ ).Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .MATERIAL Specifies material to be used with the HSPICE field solver. METAL|DIELECTRIC Material type: METAL or DIELECTRIC. You cannot redefine its default values. The field solver assigns the following default values for dielectrics: ■ ■ ■ ■ CONDUCTIVITY=0 (lossless dielectric) LOSSTANGENT=0 (lossless dielectric) ER=1 UR=1 AIR is a predefined dielectric name. ER UR CONDUCTIVITY LOSSTANGENT Dielectric constant (relative permittivity). Syntax . Relative permeability.MATERIAL mname METAL|DIELECTRIC <ER=val> + <UR=val> <CONDUCTIVITY=val> <LOSSTANGENT=val> Arguments Argument Description mname Material name. Description The field solver assigns the following default values for metal: ■ ■ ■ CONDUCTIVITY=-1 (perfect conductor) ER=1 UR=1 PEC (perfect electrical conductor) is a predefined metal name.03 281 .MATERIAL . Static field conductivity of conductor or lossy dielectric (S/m).

Description Use this command to modify information and to define the results of successive HSPICE RF simulations. The specifications include: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ propagation delay rise time fall time peak-to-peak voltage minimum and maximum voltage over a specified period other user-defined variables You can also use .LAYERSTACK .DC .MEASURE statements extensively. transient.AC .PHASENOISE 282 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. and to curve-fit measured data to model parameters. AC. See Also . Optimization uses .MEASURE Modifies information to define the results of successive simulations. including DC sweep.HBNOISE . PHASENOISE.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .MEASURE statement prints user-defined electrical specifications of a circuit.DOUT . See Also .03 . or ENV analysis.MEASURE statement can use several different formats. it ignores UR values. HBNOISE. HB.HB . The .ENV .MEASURE with either the error function (ERRfun) or GOAL parameter to optimize circuit component values .MEASURE Because the field solver does not currently support magnetic materials. The . depending on the application.

Fall.. Fall. The input syntax for TRIG_SPEC and TARG_SPEC is: TRIG var VAL=val < TD=td > < CROSS=c | LAST > + < RISE=r | LAST > < FALL=f | LAST > + <TRIG AT=time> TARG var VAL=val < TD=td > < CROSS=c | LAST > + <RISE= r | LAST> < FALL=f | LAST> + <TRIG AT=time> HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. and fall time in HSPICE RF is: . and Delay Measurements) ..PRINT . and Delay Measurements) Measures independent-variable differentials such as rise time. Syntax .MEASURE (Rise.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> result + TRIG .. + <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> The input syntax for delay.MEASURE <TRAN > varname TRIG_SPEC TARG_SPEC In this syntax.PROBE .. and slew rate.03 283 . varname is the user-defined variable name for the measurement (the time difference between TRIG and TARG events).MEASURE (Rise. fall time. TARG .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . rise time.TRAN .

beginning at the trigger and ending at the target: Transient analysis measures time.MEASURE (Rise. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. ■ ■ Do not use DC. Specifies the desired measure value in ERR calculation for optimization. Name associated with the measured value in the HSPICE RF output. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. and Delay Measurements) Arguments Argument Description MEASURE result Specifies measurements.0e-12.. WEIGHT 284 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . ■ DC analysis measures the DC sweep variable. the simulation uses the equation: GOAL ERRfun = ( GOAL – result ) ⁄ GOAL . Specifies the analysis type of the measurement. If simulation reaches the target before the trigger activates. the resulting value is negative. The default is 1. MINVAL If the absolute value of GOAL is less than MINVAL... AC analysis measures frequency. Identifies the beginning of target specifications.. or AC as the result name. Fall. HSPICE RF uses the last analysis mode that you requested. TRIG. You can abbreviate to MEAS. Multiplies the calculated error by the weight value.. <DC | AC | TRAN | . the MINVAL replaces the GOAL value in the denominator of the ERRfun expression. To calculate the error. TRAN. TARG .. This example measures the independent variable. The default is 1. If you omit this parameter. can be up to 16 characters long.0.> Identifies the beginning of trigger specifications.03 .

or falls. HSPICE measures the delay from the second rising edge of the voltage at node 1 to the second falling edge of node 2.MEASURE (Rise. frequency. or falls.MEASURE reports a negative value. Fall. Amount of simulation time that must elapse before HSPICE RF enables the measurement.5 TD=10n + RISE=2 TARG V(2) VAL=2. and Delay form of the .03 285 .MEASURE TRAN tdlay TRIG V(1) VAL=2. or any parameter or temperature) differentials such as rise time. TRIG/TARG Parameter Description TRIG trig_val Indicates the beginning of the trigger specification. rises. Simulation counts the number of crossings. . Name of the output variable at which HSPICE RF determines the propagation delay with respect to the trig_var. fall time. Indicates the beginning of the target signal specification. Fall. The measurement begins when the second rising voltage at node 1 is 2. which increments the counter by one for crossings. slew rate. rises. which increments the counter by one for crossings. Specifies the name of the output variable that determines the logical beginning of a measurement. or any measurement that requires determining independent variable values. This format specifies TRIG and TARG substatements. Example 1 * Example of rise/fall/delay measurement . rises.MEASURE statement to measure independent-variable (time. These two statements specify the beginning and end of a voltage or current amplitude measurement. or falls only after the time_delay value.5 V and ends when the HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.5 FALL=2 This example measures the propagation delay between nodes 1 and 2 for a transient analysis. If HSPICE RF reaches the target before the trigger activates. and Delay Measurements) Below are arguments for the TRIG and TARG parameters. Value of trig_var. Specifies the value of the targ_var. Default trigger delay is zero.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . trig_var TARG targ_val targ_var time_delay Description Use the Rise.

AT=10n starts measuring time at t=10 ns in the transient analysis. The TARG parameters terminate time measurement when V(IN) = 2. Fall. The TD=10n parameter counts the crossings after 10 ns has elapsed.5m RISE=3 * Rise/fall/delay measure with TRIG and TARG specs .03 . 286 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. do not use a non-zero start time in . For additional examples.5 V. TRIG.MEASURE TRAN riset TRIG I(Q1) VAL=0.MEASURE statement.TRAN analysis statement with a .5m RISE=3 + TARG I(Q1) VAL=4.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . see the HSPICE RF User Guide.5 + CROSS=3 In the last example. pwidth is the printed output variable.TRAN statement or the . and Delay Measurements) second falling voltage at node 2 is 2.MEASURE pwidth TRIG AT=10n TARG V(IN) VAL=2.MEAS TRAN TDEL12 TRIG V(signal1) VAL='VDD/2' + RISE=10 TARG V(signal2) VAL='VDD/2' RISE=1 TD=TRIG This example shows a target that is delayed until the trigger time before the target counts the edges. HSPICE prints results as tdlay=<value>.MEASURE results might be incorrect. Example 2 .MEASURE (Rise. If you use the . Example 3 .5 V on the third crossing.

MEASURE (Average. RMS: Root mean squared: calculates the square root of the area under the var2 curve. divided by the period of interest. RMS.03 287 . out_var Name of the output variable. RMS. consisting of the node voltages or the branch current. or peak value of the specified output variable. from 0ns to 10ns. It then labels the result RMSVAL.MEASURE statement calculates the RMS voltage of the OUT node. Starting time of the measurement period. You can also use an expression. RMS. Example 1 . PP: Peak-to-peak: reports the maximum value.MEAS TRAN RMSVAL RMS V(OUT) FROM=0NS TO=10NS In this example. MAX: Maximum value of var over the specified interval.MEASURE <TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> result + func FROM=start TO=end Arguments Argument Description result func Name for the measurement.MEASURE statement reports the average. Ending time of the measurement period. One of the following keywords: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ AVG: Average area under var. or peak value of the specified output variable. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEASURE (Average. minus the minimum of var over the specified interval.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . RMS. can be up to 16 characters long. divided by the period of interest. MIN: Minimum value of var over the specified interval. and Peak Measurements) Reports the average. the . Syntax . INTEG: Integral of var over the specified period. which can be either the node voltage or the branch current of the circuit. and Peak Measurements) . start end Description This .

MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) Measures independent and dependent variables (as well as derivatives of dependent variables if a specific event occurs). the . see the HSPICE RF User Guide.MEAS MAXCUR MAX I(VDD) FROM=10NS TO=200NS In this example.MEAS P2P PP PAR(‘V(OUT)/V(IN)’) + FROM=0NS TO=200NS In this example.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . the .MEASURE statement uses the ratio of V(OUT) and V(IN) to find the peak-to-peak value in the interval of 0ns to 200ns.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | + ENV> result + WHEN out_var1=out_var2 + < TD=val > < RISE=r | LAST > + < FALL=f | LAST > + < CROSS=c| LAST > <GOAL=val> + <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> . Syntax . The result is called MAXCUR.MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) Example 2 .03 .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE +|ENV>result + WHEN out_var=val <TD=val> + < RISE=r | LAST > < FALL=f | LAST > + < CROSS=c | LAST > + <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> . . Example 3 . For additional examples.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> 288 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEASURE statement finds the maximum current of the VDD voltage supply between 10ns and 200ns in the simulation.

MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> + result FIND out_var1 + AT=val <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> + <WEIGHT=val> HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .03 289 .MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) + result FIND out_var1 + WHEN out_var2=val < TD=val > + < RISE=r | LAST > + < FALL=f | LAST > < CROSS=c | LAST > + <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> + result FIND out_var1 + WHEN out_var2=out_var3 <TD=val > + < RISE=r | LAST > < FALL=f | LAST > + <CROSS=c | LAST> <GOAL=val> + <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> .

rise=2 specifies to measure the v(1) voltage only on the first two rising edges of the waveform. or RISE event occurs. RISE=r. CROSS=LAST. The trigger determines where measurement takes place. ■ FALL=LAST. or RISE event to measure. The value of these first two rising edges is 1. the WHEN condition is met and measurement occurs after the designated signal has risen r rise times. So the v(1) voltage measurement never finds a trigger.MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) Arguments Argument Description CROSS=c RISE=r FALL=f Numbers indicate which CROSS. trig v(1) val=1. LAST is a reserved word.5 td=10n + rise=2 targ v(2) val=1.5 fall=2 In the above example. A crossing is either a rise or a fall so for CROSS=c. For TARG.meas tran tdlay trig v(1) val=1. ■ FALL =f.DC mismatch analysis. However.5 indicates to trigger when the voltage on the rising edge voltage is 1. val is: Time for TRAN analysis. measurement occurs when the designated signal has fallen f fall times. FALL. the LAST keyword specifies the last event. you cannot use it as a parameter name in the above . ■ LAST HSPICE RF measures when the last CROSS. measurement occurs the last time the WHEN condition is true for a rising or falling signal. ■ SweepValue from . FALL. measurement occurs when the designated signal has achieved a total of c crossing times as a result of either rising or falling. ■ RISE=LAST. ■ AT=val Special case for trigger specification. measurement occurs the last time the WHEN condition is true for a falling signal. ■ Parameter for DC analysis.MEASURE statements. measurement occurs the last time the WHEN condition is true for a rising signal.5.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . For example: . which never occurs on these first two rising edges. ■ ■ 290 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Frequency for AC analysis.03 .

FIND GOAL Selects the FIND function. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. Name of a measured value in the HSPICE RF output. MINVAL If the absolute value of GOAL is less than MINVAL. Do not use it as a parameter name in these .0. These variables establish conditions that start a measurement.MEASURE (FIND and WHEN) Argument Description <DC | AC | TRAN | …> Analysis type for the measurement.MEASURE statement in a parameter sweep. then MINVAL replaces the GOAL value in the denominator of the ERRfun expression.MEASURE statements. For CROSS=LAST. If you omit this parameter. you cannot apply . ■ For FALL=LAST. LAST Starts measurement at the last CROSS. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. LAST is a reserved word.MEASURE to waveforms generated from another . measurement starts the last time the WHEN condition is true for a rising signal.0e-12. Optimization uses this value in ERR calculation.2. ■ out_var(1. or RISE event. can be up to 16 characters long. measurement starts the last time the WHEN condition is true for a falling signal. ■ For RISE=LAST. Time at which measurement starts. measurement starts the last time the WHEN condition is true for either a rising or falling signal. The default is 1.MEASURE value. FALL. Desired . HSPICE RF assumes the last analysis type that you requested.3) result TD WEIGHT WHEN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . The following equation calculates the error: ERRfun = ( GOAL – result ) ⁄ GOAL In HSPICE RF output. Selects the WHEN function.03 291 . The default is 1. Multiplies the calculated error by the weight value.

the first measurement. The expression option is an arithmetic expression that uses results from other prior . STIME.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . finds the time when V(4) is 2.MEASURE statement measure: ■ ■ ■ Any independent variables (time.MEASURE (Equation Evaluation/ Arithmetic Expression) Description The FIND and WHEN functions of the .MEASURE <DC | TRAN | AC | HB | PHASENOISE | ENV> result + PARAM=’equation’ + <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> . TRT.MEASURE (Equation Evaluation/ Arithmetic Expression) Evaluates an equation that is a function of the results of previous .5V at the third rise-fall event.MEAS TRAN TRT FIND PAR(‘V(3)-V(4)’) + WHEN V(1)=PAR(‘V(2)/2’) RISE=LAST . .03 . frequency. Syntax . A derivative of a dependent variable if a specific event occurs. The equation must not be a function of node voltages or branch currents. Example * MEASURE statement using FIND/WHEN . For additional examples. parameter). see the HSPICE RF User Guide. A CROSS event is a rising or falling edge. Expressions used in all other . calculates the difference between V(3) and V(4) when V(1) is half the voltage of V(2) at the last rise event.MEASURE 292 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Any dependent variables (voltage or current for example). The second measurement.MEASURE statements.MEAS STIME WHEN V(4)=2.MEASURE statement to evaluate an equation that is a function of the results of previous . Expressions used in arithmetic expression must not be a function of node voltages or branch currents.MEASURE statements.MEASURE TRAN varname PARAM=“expression” Description Use the Equation Evaluation form of the .MEASURE statements.5 CROSS=3 In this example.

RMS. Syntax . MIN. MAX. HSPICE RF assumes the last analysis mode that you requested. V3MAX and V2MIN.. and PP) Reports statistical functions of the output variable. INTEG.MEASURE (Average. For transient analysis. ■ V3MAX is the maximum voltage of V(3) between 0ns and 100ns of the simulation. this value is in units of time.MEASURE statements.03 293 . VARG is the mathematical average of the V3MAX and V2MIN measurements. set up the variables for the third .MEAS VARG PARAM=‘(V2MIN + V3MAX)/2’ The first two measurements. but must not use results from other . and PP) statements can contain either node voltages or branch currents. INTEG..MEASURE statement.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> + result func + <FROM=val> <TO=val> <GOAL=val> + <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> .MEAS TRAN V2MIN MIN V(2) FROM 0NS TO 100NS . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. V2MIN is the minimum voltage of V(2) during that same interval. FROM Specifies the initial value for the func calculation.MEAS TRAN V3MAX MAX V(3) FROM 0NS TO 100NS . RMS.MEASURE DC results <MAX> <DCm_total | DCm_global | + DCm_global(par) | DCm_local | DCm_local(dev)> Arguments Argument Description <DC | AC | TRAN | .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . If you omit this parameter.> Specifies the analysis type for the measurement. Example . MIN. MAX. ■ ■ .MEASURE (Average.

03 . can be up to 16 characters long. RMS divides the square root of the area under the output variable square by the period of interest. minus the minimum value of the out_var over the specified interval. MIN. and PP) Argument Description TO GOAL Specifies the end of the func calculation.MEASURE to waveforms generated from another . PP (peak-to-peak): Reports the maximum value. Specifies the . ■ AVG calculates the area under an output variable. divided by the periods of interest. rather than analysis values.0.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . MAX. you cannot apply . MAX. divided by the periods of interest.MEASURE value. RMS. MIN. This equation calculates the error: ERRfun = ( GOAL – result ) ⁄ GOAL In HSPICE RF simulation output. ■ ■ 294 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The default is 1. result Name of the measured value in the output. MIN (minimum): Reports the minimum value of the out_var over the specified interval. Optimization uses this value for ERR calculation. INTEG. RMS. divided by the period of interest.MEASURE statement in a parameter sweep.MEASURE (Average. MAX (maximum): Reports the maximum value of the out_var over the specified interval. RMS (root mean squared): Calculates the square root of the area under the out_var2 curve. WEIGHT Description Average (AVG). MIN reports the minimum value of the output function over the specified interval.. and peak-to-peak (PP) measurement modes report statistical functions of the output variable. func Indicates one of the measure statement types: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ AVG (average): Calculates the area under the out_var. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. Multiplies the calculated error by the weight value.

03 295 . and peak-to-peak (PP) measurement mode to defined the INTEGRAL (INTEG). ■ AVG. Example 1 . The INTEGRAL function (with func). Example 3 . and INTEG have no meaning in a DC data sweep so if you use them. uses the same syntax as the average (AVG).MEAS TRAN P2PVAL PP I(M1) FROM=10ns TO=100ns .MEASURE (Integral Function) ■ MAX reports the maximum value of the output function over the specified interval. HSPICE RF issues a warning message. It prints out the result as avgval. Example 2 .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB PHASENOISE | ENV> result + INTEGRAL out_var + <FROM=val> <TO=val> <GOAL=val> + <MINVAL=val> <WEIGHT=val> Description The INTEGRAL function reports the integral of an output variable over a specified period. PP (peak-to-peak) reports the maximum value.2) FROM=15ns TO=100ns .MEAS TRAN avgval AVG V(10) FROM=10ns TO=55ns This example calculates the average nodal voltage value for node 10 during the transient sweep. Syntax . RMS.MEAS TRAN MAXVAL MAX V(1.MEAS TRAN MINVAL MIN V(1.MEASURE (Integral Function) Reports the integral of an output variable over a specified period.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. MAX. from the time 10 ns to 55 ns.2) FROM=15ns TO=100ns This example finds the maximum voltage difference between nodes 1 and 2 for the time period from 15 ns to 100 ns. MIN. minus the minimum value over the specified interval. RMS.

03 .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> + result DERIV<ATIVE> out_var + AT=val <GOAL=val> <MINVAL=val> + <WEIGHT=val> .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .MEASURE (Derivative Function) Provides the derivative of an output or sweep variable. .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> + result DERIV<ATIVE> out_var + WHEN var2=val <RISE=r | LAST> + <FALL=f | LAST> <CROSS=c | LAST> <TD=tdval> + <GOAL=goalval> <MINVAL=minval> + <WEIGHT=weightval> . Syntax .MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> + result DERIV<ATIVE> out_var + WHEN var2=var3 <RISE=r | LAST> + <FALL=f | LAST> <CROSS=c | LAST> <TD=tdval> + <GOAL=goalval> <MINVAL=minval> + <WEIGHT=weightval> 296 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEAS TRAN charge INTEG I(cload) FROM=10ns + TO=100ns This example calculates the integral of I(cload) from 10 ns to 100 ns.MEASURE (Derivative Function) Example .

measurement starts when the designated signal has achieved a total of c crossing times as a result of either rising or falling. measurement starts when the designated signal has fallen f fall times. ■ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the WHEN condition is met and measurement starts.MEASURE statement in a parameter sweep. ■ <DC | AC | TRAN | .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . measures the last time WHEN is true for a falling signal.MEASURE (Derivative Function) Arguments Argument Description AT=val CROSS=c RISE=r FALL=f Value of out_var at which the derivative is found. measures the last time the WHEN condition is true for a rising or falling signal. For RISE=r when the designated signal has risen r rise times. you cannot apply . HSPICE RF assumes the last analysis mode that you requested.MEASURE statements. measures the last time WHEN is true for a rising signal. Optimization uses this value for ERR calculation. ■ RISE=LAST. or RISE event starts a measurement. ■ For FALL=f. This equation calculates the error: ERRfun = ( GOAL – result ) ⁄ GOAL In HSPICE RF output.. FALL. If you omit this parameter. do not use it as a parameter name in the above .03 297 .. FALL. ■ FALL=LAST.MEASURE value. DERIV<ATIVE> GOAL Selects the derivative function.> Specifies the analysis type to measure. A crossing is either a rise or a fall so for CROSS=c.MEASURE to waveforms generated from another . or RISE event occurs. LAST is a reserved word. The numbers indicate which occurrence of a CROSS. CROSS=LAST. Specifies the desired . LAST Measures when the last CROSS.

0’ AT=10khz This example calculates the derivative of VP(output)/360. MINVAL replaces the GOAL value in the denominator of the ERRfun expression.MEASURE (Derivative Function) Argument Description MINVAL If the absolute value of GOAL is less than MINVAL. depending on the type of analysis.90*vdd’ This example calculates the derivative of v(1) when v(1) is equal to 0.0. Name of the measured value in the output. out_var result TD var(2.03 . Identifies the time when measurement starts. Selects the WHEN function. Any sweep variable. can be up to 16 characters.0 when the frequency is 10 kHz.0e-12.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .MEAS TRAN slew DERIV v(1) WHEN v(1)=’0. Variable for which or HSPICE RF finds the derivative.MEAS AC delay DERIV ’VP(output)/360. Example 2 . Example 3 .MEAS TRAN slew rate DERIV V(out) AT=25ns This example calculates the derivative of V(out) at 25 ns.3) WEIGHT WHEN Description The DERIV function provides the derivative of: ■ ■ ■ An output variable at a specified time or frequency. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. Example 1 . Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. Multiplies the calculated error between result and GOAL by the weight value.9*vdd. The default is 1. These variables establish conditions that start a measurement. A specified output variable when some specific event occurs. 298 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The default is 1.

then the ERRfun calculation does not consider this point. result ERRfun Name of the measured result in the output. C is the calc_var in the error equation. For transient analysis. M denotes the meas_var in the error equation. ERR2.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . ERRfun indicates which error function to use: ERR. HSPICE RF assumes the last analysis mode that you requested. Name of any output variable or parameter in the data statement. If the absolute value of meas_var is less than the IGNOR value. Syntax . The default is 1. ERR1.03 299 . meas_var calc_var IGNOR|YMIN FROM HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Specifies the beginning of the ERRfun calculation.MEASURE (Error Function) . or ERR3.0e-15.MEASURE <DC | AC | TRAN | HB | PHASENOISE | HBNOISE | ENV> + result + ERRfun meas_var calc_var + <MINVAL=val> < IGNORE | YMIN=val> + <YMAX=val> <WEIGHT=val> <FROM=val> + <TO=val> Arguments Argument Description <DC|AC|TRAN> Specifies the analysis type for the measurement.MEASURE statement to compare with meas_var. If you omit this parameter. Name of the simulated output variable or parameter in the .MEASURE (Error Function) Reports the relative difference between two output variables. Defaults to the first value of the sweep variable. the FROM value is in units of time.

YMAX TO MINVAL Description The relative error function reports the relative difference between two output variables. The default is 1. ERR1.03 . The relative error format specifies the variable to measure and calculate. from the . 300 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . You can use this format in optimization and curve-fitting of measured data. Default is last value of the sweep variable.0e-12. If the absolute value of meas_var is greater than the YMAX value. If the absolute value of meas_var is less than MINVAL.PARAM variable.0e+15. End of the ERRfun calculation. or ERR3 functions. then the ERRfun calculation does not consider this point. The default is 1. you can specify a group of parameters to vary to match the calculated value and the measured data. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization. To calculate the relative error between the two.0. The default is 1. With this format. Used only in ERR calculation for optimization.MEASURE (Error Function) Argument Description WEIGHT Multiplies the calculated error by the weight value. HSPICE RF uses the ERR. MINVAL replaces the meas_var value in the denominator of the ERRfun expression. ERR2.

Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . slewrate.PTDNOISE). tdelta-value. integptdnoise V Total ptd voltage noise in V2 ⁄ ( Hz )(integrated over a frequency range specified by frequency_range) at the time point specified by time_value. See Also ■ . Time point at which the ptdnoise and slewrate are calculated. The value is stated as a voltage (V). For more information. all of the parameters listed below. divided by the slewrate at the same node(s).msnptn# file. and strobed jitter parameters. are also output to the *.MEASURE PTDNOISE Allows for the measurement of these integnoise. timepoint tdelta-value slewrate sec sec v/sec Output signal slewrate at the time point specified by time_value. see the HSPICE RF User Guide section on Periodic Time-Dependent Noise Analysis (.MEASURE PTDNOISE .03 301 .PTDNOISE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Description Use to opbtain strobed jitter parameters in large signal periodic time dependent noise analaysis. time-point. TDELTA value used to calculate slewrate. at the time point specified by time_value. Syntax .MEASURE PTDNOISE meas_name STROBEJITTER onoise freq_sweep Arguments Parameter Units Description strobed jitter sec Calculated from the noise voltage (integrated over the frequency range specified by frequency_range). While only STROBEJITTER can be specified.

Specifies the parameter boundary values for pushout comparison.03 .MEASURE TRAN result MeasureClause + pushout=time <lower/upper> -or. Specifies the time.1 relative error. 302 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax . These arguments are optional.MEASURE (Pushout Bisection) . the T_lower or T_upper and T_pushout have more than a 10% difference in value. instead of finding the last point just before failure. An appropriate time must be specified to obtain the pushout result (an absolute time). In Pushout Bisection. <max>). The default is lower. Defines a relative error. the “lower” means the lower bound “min”. This occurrence causes the iteration to stop and output the optimized parameter.MEASURE TRAN result MeasureClause + pushout_per=percentage <lower/upper> Arguments Argument Description result Name associated with the measured value in the HSPICE output.PARAM <ParamName>=OPTxxx(<Initial>. pushout=time pushout_per= percentage lower/upper Description Pushout is used only in bisection analysis. <min>. and the “upper” means the upper bound “max”. you specify a maximum allowed pushout time to control the distance from failure. If you specify a 0.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . If the parameter is defined as . can be up to 16 characters.MEASURE (Pushout Bisection) Specifies a maximum allowed pushout time to control the distance from failure in bisection analysis.

the differences between the setup_prop of the final solution and that of the lower bound of the parameter (0.Measure Tran setup_prop Trig v(data) + Val='v(Vdd)/2' fall=1 Targ v(D_Output) + Val='v(Vdd)' rise=1 pushout_per=0.1 lower In this example.5n lower In this example.5n far from the setup_prop of the lower bound of the parameter (0.0n.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.5 lower means that the setup_prop of the final solution is not 1.0n).0n) is not more than 10%. the parameter to be optimized is Delaytime and the evaluation goal is setup_prop. Example 2 .Tran 1n 8n Sweep Optimize=Opt1 Result=setup_prop + Model=OptMod .Param DelayTime=Opt1 ( 0.0n ) .Measure Tran setup_prop Trig v(data) + Val='v(Vdd) 2' fall=1 Targ v(D_Output) + Val='v(Vdd)' rise=1 pushout=1.03 303 .0n . 5.MEASURE (Pushout Bisection) Example 1 . 0. The Pushout=1.

the automatic model selector might fail..) + <VERSION=version_number> Arguments Argument Description mname Model name reference.03 .. Syntax ... If model names contain periods (.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . 304 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.> .MODEL mname type <VERSION=version_number> + <pname1=val1 pname2=val2 .MODEL .MODEL mname OPT <parameter=val .> The following syntax is used for a Monte Carlo analysis: . Elements must use this name to refer to the model..MODEL mname ModelType (<LEVEL=val> + <keyname1=val1><keyname2=val2> + <keyname3=val3><LOT</n></distribution>><value> + <DEV</n></distribution>><value> ..).MODEL Includes an instance of a predefined HSPICE model in an input netlist.

0e-9. If the gradient of the RESULTS function is less than GRAD.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . By default. HSPICE uses more accurate but more time-consuming derivative methods.MODEL Argument Description type Selects a model type. C capacitor model CORE magnetic core model D diode model L inductor model or magnetic core mutual inductor model NJF n-channel JFET model NMOS n-channel MOSFET model NPN npn BJT model OPT optimization model PJF p-channel JFET model PMOS p-channel MOSFET model PNP pnp BJT model R resistor model U lossy transmission line model (lumped) W lossy transmission line model SP S-parameter CENDIF Selects different derivative methods. where F(X) is the RESULT function If the resulting gradient is less than CENDIF. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The default is 1. If the value is too small. To use the more-accurate methods. the optimizer might not find as accurate an answer.03 305 . Must be one of the following. set CENDIF to a larger value than GRAD. ■ ■ If the value is too large. the optimizer requires more CPU time. optimization finishes before CENDIF takes effect. HSPICE uses faster but less-accurate derivative methods. The following calculates the gradient of the RESULTS functions: ||Transpose(Jacobi(F(X))) * F(X)||.

Too many iterations can imply that the RELIN. Most applications use values of 1e-6 to 1e5. The CUT value must be > 1. Too small a value requires more iterations. AGAUSS.0. December 1994. or RELOUT values are too small. see L. Number 4. depending on the relative success in finding the solution.03 . If CLOSE is greater than 100. Maximum number of iterations. CLOSE multiplies changes in new parameter estimates. DEV (Monte Carlo) DEV tolerance.1) ). For a small value. Spruiell. then ∆x=delta.” MetaSoftware Journal. ■ CUT Modifies CLOSE. The default is 1. Too large a value can stop the optimizer before finding the best solution. which must be specified as GAUSS.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .PARAM statement. descent toward the CLOSE solution decreases by the CUT value. you need no more than 20-40 iterations to find a solution.0e6. The default distribution function is uniform distribution. Volume 1. the optimizer takes smaller steps toward the solution.MODEL Argument Description CLOSE Initial estimate of how close parameter initial value estimates are to the solution. If the last iteration succeeds. Typically. UNIF. the Gauss-Newton method dominates. the default distribution function is used. CLOSE=CLOSE / CUT If the last iteration was not a successful descent to the solution. If you use a large CLOSE value. depending on how successful iterations are toward the solution. (Monte Carlo) The distribution function name. Increment change in a parameter value for gradient calculations (∆x=DIFSIZ ⋅ MAX(x. The default is 1e-3. the steepest descent in the Levenburg-Marquardt algorithm dominates. The default is 1. The default is 20. DIFSIZ distribution GRAD ITROPT 306 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. or AUNIF. CLOSE=CLOSE * CUT * CUT CUT drives CLOSE up or down. For more details. 0.0. the optimizer takes large steps toward the solution. GRAD. “Optimization Error Surfaces. That is. which is independent (each device varies independently). You can use a smaller value for close parameter estimates and a larger value for rough initial guesses. CLOSE increases by CUT squared. That is. If you do not set the distribution function. Represents possible convergence if the gradient of the RESULTS function is less than GRAD. If you specify delta in a . ■ If CLOSE is less than 1. LIMIT. The default is 2.

The default is 0.MODEL Argument Description LEVEL Selects an optimizing algorithm. METHOD=LM specifies the Modified Levenberg-Marquardt method. To calculate parameter increments.03 307 . (Monte Carlo) Model parameter keyword. ■ METHOD=BISECTION specifies the Bisection method. You would use this setting with one optimization parameter. Use values > 100. This argument is ignored when METHOD has been specified. The generators for DEV and LOT tolerances are distinct: Ten generators exist for both DEV tracking and LOT tracking.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . This correlates deviations between parameters in the same model as well as between models. HSPICE uses the relationship: ∆par_val=∆IFSIZ ⋅ MAX(par_val. Specifies an optimization method. N must be an integer 0 to 9. LEVEL=1 specifies the Modified Levenberg-Marquardt method. ■ LEVEL=3 specifies the PASSFAIL method. ■ METHOD=PASSFAIL specifies the Passfail method.0e+5. The default is 6. (Monte Carlo) Specifies which of ten random number generators numbered 0 through 9 are used to calculate parameter value deviations. ■ LEVEL=2 specifies the BISECTION method in HSPICE RF. Sets the upper limit on CLOSE. ■ LOT (Monte Carlo) The LOT tolerance. This argument supersedes LEVEL when present. You would use this setting with multiple optimization parameters and goals. ■ LOT/n DEV/n keyword MAX METHOD PARMIN Allows better control of incremental parameter changes during error calculations. You would use this setting with two optimization parameter. PARMIN) HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. which requires all devices that refer to the same model use the same adjustments to the model parameter.1. This produces more control over the trade-off between simulation time and optimization result accuracy.

1%. RELIN RELOUT Description Use this command to include an instance (element) of a predefined HSPICE RF model in your input netlist. is less than 0..1 + tox=520 lot/gauss 0. The . if the relative difference in the RESULTS functions. The default is 0. Each model section provides default values. For legibility. from one iteration to the next. .MODEL statement.MODEL MOD1 NPN BF=50 IS=1E-13 VBF=50 AREA=2 PJ=3. Use a plus sign (+) to start a continuation line. specify a .7 dev/2 0. then optimization is finished.. Example 1 .03 .05 Example 2 In this example.5 a2=1. Derivative methods.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Number of iterations. For RELOUT=0. the solution converges.001. The default is 0.5 cdb=10e-16 + csb=10e-16 tcv=. from one iteration to the next. Parameter name.3 a1=. RELIN is a relative variance test so a value of 0. Sets the relative input parameter (delta_par_val / MAX(par_val. HSPICE RF can then execute more than one optimization per simulation run. Sets the relative tolerance to finish optimization.MODEL statement used for a Monte Carlo analysis.0024 308 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. For each optimization within a data file.model m1 nmos level=6 bulk=2 vt=0.001.001 implies that optimizing parameters vary by less than 0. Assign a model parameter name (pname1) from the parameter names for the appropriate model type.MODEL Argument Description pname1 . enclose the parameter assignment list in parentheses and use either blanks or commas to separate each assignment.001. N=1.001. If all optimizing input parameters vary by no more than RELIN between iterations.1e-6)) for convergence.MODEL optimization statement defines: ■ ■ ■ Convergence criteria. a .

model mname nmos level=54 vto=0.end HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.dc v1 0 vdd 0.end Example 4 In this example....dc v1 0 vdd 0.3u M2 12 22 32 42 mname W=20u L=0.. .3u . transistors M1 through M3 have the same random vto model parameter for each of the five Monte Carlo runs through the use of the LOT construct.3u .1 sweep monte=5 .4 DEV/agauss 0.03 309 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .22 M1 11 21 31 41 mname W=20u L=0. .1 M1 11 21 31 41 mname W=20u L=0. .4 LOT/agauss 0. .1 version=3.1 sweep monte=5 .3u M3 13 23 33 43 mname W=20u L=0.3u M3 13 23 33 43 mname W=20u L=0.model mname nmos level=53 vto=0...MODEL Example 3 In this example... .3u M2 12 22 32 42 mname W=20u L=0. transistors M1 through M3 have different values of the vto model parameter for each of the Monte Carlo runs through the use of the DEV construct. .

> -or. The HSPICE RF simulator uses the NODESET voltages only in the first iteration to set an initial guess for DC operating point analysis.VINT)=1V .NODESET V(node1)=val1 <V(node2)=val2 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . If you set the node values in the circuit close to the actual DC operating point solution..03 .23 1 1 See Also ...DC 310 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.23 . Description Use this command to initialize all specified nodal voltages for DC operating point analysis and to correct convergence problems in DC analysis. Syntax .NODESET Initializes specified nodal voltages for DC operating point analysis and corrects convergence problems.NODESET node1 val1 <node2 val2> Arguments Argument Description node1 .5 4 2.NODESET V(12)=4.5V V(X1.X2. you enhance convergence of the simulation.NODESET V(5:SETX)=3. Specifies voltages.NODESET .5 V(4)=2. Example .NODESET 12 4. val1 Node numbers or names can include full paths or circuit numbers..

Syntax .NOISE Controls the noise analysis of the circuit.NOISE V(5) VIN 10 Example 2 This example sums the output noise current at the r2 branch by using the voltage source VIN as the noise input reference and prints a noise analysis summary every 5 frequency points.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . The noise report is sorted according to the contribution of each node to the overall noise level.AC HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Defines the node or branch at which HSPICE RF sums the noise. If inter is equal to or greater than one. and once for each subsequent increment of the inter frequency. You can use this statement only in conjunction with an .NOISE I(r2) VIN 5 See Also . If you omit inter or set it to zero. Independent voltage or current source to use as the noise input reference Interval at which HSPICE RF prints a noise analysis summary. HSPICE RF prints summary for the first frequency. srcnam inter Description Use this command and .NOISE . inter specifies how many frequency points to summarize in the AC sweep.03 311 . .AC statements to control the noise analysis of the circuit.NOISE ovv srcnam inter Arguments Argument Description ovv Nodal voltage or branch current output variable. HSPICE RF does not print a summary. Example 1 This example sums the output noise voltage at the node 5 by using the voltage source VIN as the noise input reference and prints a noise analysis summary every 10 frequency points. .AC statement.

■ time Place this parameter directly after ALL. interpolation Selects the interpolation method for . and capacitances. old voltage. typing i has the same effect as typing interpolation. Only the first character is required. HSPICE ignores any word after this keyword.OP . but performs additional analysis that you specify. and power. It also prints the non-convergent elements with their tolerance values. The default is ALL ALL: Full operating point. ■ CURRENT: Voltage table with a brief summary of element currents and power.. Current is stated in milliamperes and power is in milliwatts.OP <format> <time> <format> <time>. ■ NONE: Inhibits node and element printouts. ■ VOLTAGE: Voltage table only. The preceding keywords are mutually-exclusive. and the tolerance (degree of non-convergence). Syntax . Debug prints the non-convergent nodes with the new voltage. current. or DEBUG.. VOLTAGE. that is. 312 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OP statement (except time=0) use the interpolation method to calculate the OP value during the transient analysis. all of the time points in the . including voltage. This parameter outputs voltage/current for the specified time. Only the first letter is required. ■ BRIEF: Produces a one-line summary of each element’s voltage. It specifies the time at which HSPICE RF prints the report. <interpolation> Arguments Argument Description format Any of the following keywords.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .03 . it must be at the end of the . HSPICE RF returns node voltages only if time (t) is 0. Default is not active.OP statement. currents. If you specify interpolation.OP Calculates the DC operating point of the circuit. use only one at a time.OP time points during transient analysis or no interpolation. CURRENT. ■ DEBUG: Usually invoked only if a simulation does not converge. If you use this keyword. conductances.

03 313 . 20 ns and 25 ns for the transient analysis.OP This example calculates a complete DC operating point solution.OP statement. See Also .5NS CUR 10NS VOL 17. You can include only one .TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OP statement to produce an operating point during a transient analysis.5NS 20NS 25NS This example calculates: ■ ■ ■ Operating point at . You can also use the .OP statement and if you include the UIC parameter in a .OP Description Use this command to calculate the DC operating point of the circuit. Currents at 10 ns for the transient analysis.5 ns. Example 2 . you do not need to specify the .OP .OP statement in a simulation.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Example 1 . then simulation omits the time=0 operating point analysis and issues a warning in the output listing.05ns. Voltages at 17.TRAN analysis statement. HSPICE calculates an operating point. If you use a . If an analysis requires calculating an operating point.

For detailed information on individual options. speed..03 . For instructions on how to use options that are relevant to a specific simulation type. models. * Netlist. and AC analysis chapters in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. You can use the following types of options with this command. RF Netlist Control Options. You can set any number of options in one . and you can include any number of . POST $ output simulation results 314 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION <opt>=<val> or the option with no assignment: . HSPICE RF uses the last definition. Syntax .OPTION opt1 <opt2 opt3 .> Arguments Argument Description opt1 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Many options are in the form <opt>=x. Specifies input control options. individual options are described in Chapter 4. Netlist Control Options.OPTION statement.. and convergence. To reset options.OPTION . see Chapter 5. see the appropriate DC. Options are described in detail in Chapter 4. set them to 0 (. Example This example sets the POST option to output simulation data that can be viewed using CosmosScope.OPTION statements in an input netlist file.. To redefine an option.OPTION <opt>. accuracy.OPTION <opt>=0). where <opt> is the option name and x is the value assigned to that option.. enter a new . Description Use this command to modify various aspects of an HSPICE simulation. Netlist Control Options.OPTION Modifies various aspects of an HSPICE simulation. transient.OPTION statement. including: output types. Most options default to 0 (OFF) when you do not assign a value by using either .

PARAM parameter=OPTxxx (initial_guess.PARAM <FunctionName>=<Value> Optimized parameter assignment: . The associated optimization analysis references this name.PARAM .PARAM <ParamName1>=<ParamName2> User-defined functions: . low_limit.PARAM <ParamName>=<RealNumber> Algebraic parameter assignments: PARAM <ParamName>=’<AlgebraicExpression>’ . + upper_limit) .PARAM parameter=OPTxxx (initial_guess.PARAM <ParamName>(<pv1>[<pv2>])=’<Expression>’ Predefined analysis functions: . Syntax Simple parameter assignment: . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. + upper_limit.PARAM <paramname>=str(‘string’) Arguments Argument Description OPTxxx Optimization parameter reference name. Must agree with the OPTxxx name in the analysis command associated with an OPTIMIZE keyname. low_limit. delta) .03 315 .PARAM Defines parameters in HSPICE.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .

Parameters in HSPICE are names that have associated numeric values. HSPICE RF does not warn you if it reassigns a parameter. An algebraic parameter (equation) is an algebraic expression of real values.PROBE statement. unless a later definition changes its value or an algebraic expression assigns a new value during simulation.PARAM Argument Description parameter Parameter to vary. Use any of the following methods to define parameters: ■ A simple parameter assignment is a constant real number. Description Use this command to define parameters. A simple expression consists of a single parameter name. The parameter keeps this value. For example. ■ ■ delta The final parameter value is the initial guess ± (n⋅ delta). which require a way to control the analysis: • Temperature functions (fn) ■ ■ ■ 316 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. To use an algebraic expression as an output variable in a .PRINT or . a predefined or user-defined function or circuit or model values. A parameter definition always uses the last value found in the input netlist (subject to global parameter rules). If you do not specify delta.03 . HSPICE RF extends the algebraic parameter definition to include function parameters. HSPICE RF provides several specialized analysis types. you can use this parameter to optimize transistor drawn widths and lengths. Initial value estimate Lower limit ■ Upper limit If the optimizer does not find the best solution within these constraints. use the PAR keyword. A user-defined function assignment is similar to an algebraic parameter. the final parameter value is between low_limit and upper_limit. unless the expression begins with an alphabetic character and contains no spaces. Enclose a complex expression in single quotes to invoke the algebraic processor.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . You can nest user-defined functions up to three deep. A predefined analysis function. it attempts to find the best solution without constraints. which must be quantized. used in the algebraic that defines the function.

PARAM F(p1. <nModelName> W=nWidth .PARAM power_cylces=256 Example 2 * Numerical parameter assignment ..0.PARAM • Optimization guess/range Example 1 * Simple parameter assignment .1 .PARAM pWidth =’nWidth * npRatio’ Mp1 . <pModelName> W=pWidth Mn1 ..0.PARAM TermValue=1g rTerm Bit0 0 TermValue rTerm Bit1 0 TermValue ...p2) =’Log(Cos(p1)*Sin(p2))’ .param x=cos(2)+sin(2) Example 5 * Algebraic expression as an output variable ..PARAM SqrdProd (a.1) HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Example 4 * Algebraic parameter .PRINT DC v(3) gain=PAR(‘v(3)/v(2)’) + PAR(‘V(4)/V(2)’) Example 6 * My own user-defined functions .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .PARAM CentToFar (c) =’(((c*9)/5)+32)’ .03 317 .b) =’(a*a)*(b*b)’ Example 7 * predefined analysis function . y )>=‘Sqrt((x*x)+(y*y))’ .PARAM Pi2 =’2*Pi’ ..PARAM npRatio =2.PARAM Pi =’355/113’ ...PARAM nWidth =3u . Example 3 * Parameter assignment using expressions .PARAM <MyFunc( x.PARAM mcVar=Agauss(1.

Example 9 .1.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .900) In this example.03 .PARAM vtx=OPT1(.7. 318 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. which optimize a model for a selected set of electrical specifications.3 and 1.7 volts.. The estimated initial value for the vtx parameter is 0.PARAM fltmod=str('bpfmodel') s1 n1 n2 n3 n_ref fqmodel=fltmod zo=50 fbase=25e6 fmax=1e9 This example shows how you can define and use string parameters.0) uox=OPT1(650. uox and vtx are the variable model parameters.0 volts for the optimization procedure. You can vary this value within the limits of 0.PARAM Example 8 . The optimization parameter reference name (OPT1) references the associated optimization analysis statement (not shown).400.3.

RB must be an integer. Patnames can associate a bstring or nested structure (NS). the source repeats from the beginning of the NS or b-string. If it is less than 1. With no argument. The R must be an integer. the repeating operation continues forever. The repeat data starts from the component or bit indicated by RB. 0.5*(vhi+vlo). An M represents the value that is equal to 0. Components can be bstrings or a patnames defined in other .PAT . an error is issued.03 319 . Specifies the starting component of a repetition. m. Pattern name that has an associated b-string or nested structure. The elements that make up a nested structure.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . If it is less than -1. and a 0 is the low voltage or current value. A 1 represents the high voltage or current value. also defines new patnames. it is automatically set to 1. and a Z represents the high impedance state (only for voltage source). PatName component RB=val R=repeat Description When the . component n] <RB=val> + <R=repeat> Arguments Argument Description data String of 1. and z states.. some patnames are predefined and can be used in a pattern source. a b-string is a series of 1. two different types of pattern sources.PAT command is used in an input file. it automatically set to 0.PAT Specifies predefined patnames to be used in a pattern source. This series is called bstring. or Z that represents a pattern source. The NS is a combination of HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. M.PAT <PatName>=data <RB=val> <R=repeat> . If R=-1. Syntax . In this case..PAT <patName>=[component 1 .PAT commands. If RB is larger than the length of the NS or b-string. Specifies how many times the repeating operation is executed. 0. The first letter must be B to represent it as a binary bit stream.

The .PAT command can also be used to define a new patname.PAT command. Example 1 The following example shows the . You should avoid using a predefined patname to define another patname: when a patname is defined that depends on another patname. Nested structures must use brackets “[ ]”. If you need to use another nested structure as a component in an NS. which can be a b-string or NS.PAT a1=[b1010 r=1 rb=2 b1100] r=1 rb=1 .PAT a1=b1010 r=1 rb=1 Example 2 The following example shows how an existing patname is used to define a new patname: . which in turn is defined by the original patname.PAT a1=b1010 r=1 rb=1 . define the NS in a new .PAT a1=[b1010 r=1 rb=2 b1100] Example 4 This final example shows how a predefined nested structure is used as a component in a new nested structure: .PAT command used for a b-string: .PAT a2=a1 Example 3 This example shows a nested structure: .03 .PAT a2=[a1 b0m0m] r=2 rb=1 320 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. but HSPICE does not support using multiple brackets in one statement.PAT a b-string and another NS defined in the .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .PAT command. this creates a circular definition and HSPICE issues an error report.

You can also specify a 2-terminal element. such as OCT. The four parameters determine the offset frequency sweep about the carrier used for the phase noise analysis.. DEC. or SWEEPBLOCK. then HSPICE RF assumes that the second node is ground. Specify a pair of nodes as V(n+. or LIN. V(n+). Syntax .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . where: type = Frequency sweep type. freqn HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. pair of nodes. If you specify only one node. DEC. nsteps = Number of steps per decade or total number of steps. or 2-terminal element.03 321 .n-). frequency_sweep A sweep of type LIN. ■ ■ LIN type nsteps start stopOCT type nsteps start stopDEC type nsteps start stopPOI type nsteps start stopSWEEPBLOCK freq1 freq2 . ■ start = Starting frequency.PHASENOISE . POI. OCT. nsteps. and start and stop time for each sweep type. ■ stop = Ending frequency..PHASENOISE Performs phase noise analysis on autonomous (oscillator) circuits. Specify the type.PHASENOISE <output> <frequency_sweep> <method=0|1|2> + <carrierindex=int> <listfreq=(frequencies|none|all)> + <listcount=val> <listfloor=val> <listsources=on|off> + spurious=0|1 Arguments Parameter Description output An output node. HSPICE RF references phase noise calculations to this node (or pair of nodes).

which is sorted from the largest to smallest value. For example. which is used for high-offset frequencies.PHASENOISE Parameter Description METHOD METHOD=0 (default) selects the Nonlinear Perturbation (NLP) algorithm. 322 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Frequency values must be enclosed in parentheses. The frequencies must match the sweep_frequency values defined in the parameter_sweep. The default is 1. which you can use to span low and high offset frequencies. For example: listfreq=(none) listfreq=(all) listfreq=(1. which either dumps no frequencies or every frequency defined in the parameter_sweep.0G) The default value is the first frequency value. listcount=5 means that only the top 5 noise contributors are dumped. ■ METHOD=2 selects the Broadband Phase Noise (BPN) algorithm. The phase noise output is normalized to this carrier harmonic. Specifies the harmonic index of the carrier at which HSPICE RF computes the phase noise. In the element phase noise output. ■ carrierindex listfreq listcount Dumps the element phase noise value to the .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .lis file.03 . ■ METHOD=1 selects the Periodic AC (PAC) algorithm.0G. instead. which is used for low-offset frequencies.lis file. You can use METHOD to specify any single method. otherwise they are ignored. you can define listcount to dump the number of element phase-noise frequencies. Optional.0G) listfreq=(1. The default value is 20. You do not need to dump every noise element. the elements that contribute the largest phase noise are dumped first. Dumps the element phase noise value to the . You can specify which frequencies the element phase noise value dumps. 2. The frequency values can be specified with the NONE or ALL keyword.

lis file and defines a minimum meaningful noise value (in dBc/Hz units). The default value is OFF. and 1/f noise sources. Performs an additional .HBAC/SNAC analysis that will predict the spurious contributions to the phase noise. Spurs are contributions to the phase noise that result from deterministic signals present within the circuit.PHASENOISE Parameter Description listfloor Dumps the element phase noise value to the . listfloor=-200 means that all noise values below -200 (dbc/Hz) are not dumped.SNAC . The default value is -300 dbc/ Hz.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .HBOSC .PRINT .HBAC . which contains the thermal.SNOSC . Dumps the element phase-noise value to the . When dumping the element phase-noise value.lis file. For example. such as a level 54 MOSFET. The phase noise spurs feature adds an additional analysis option that can predict the spurious contributions to the jitter. ■ ■ listsources spurious 0 . You can specify either ON or OFF: ON dumps the contribution from each noise source and OFF does not. you can decide if you need to dump the contribution from each noise source. the spurs are very small signals and do not interfere with the steady-state operation of the oscillator but do add energy to the output spectrum of the oscillator.03 323 . shot. The energy that the spurs adds may need to be included in jitter measurements. When the element has multiple noise sources. In most cases.No spurious analysis (default) 1 .Initiates a spurious noise analysis Description Use this command to invoke phase noise analysis on autonomous (oscillator) circuits.SN . Only those elements with phase-noise values larger than the listfloor value are dumped.HB . See Also .PROBE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

Reference name.power x1. and MIN measurements for every signal specified. the scope of these measurements are set from 0 to the maximum timepoint specified in the . Description Use this command to print a table containing the AVG.POWER <signal> <REF=vname FROM=start_time TO=end_time> Arguments Argument Description signal vname Signal name. and MIN measurements for specified signals. end_time End time of power analysis period. You can also use parameters to define time. By default. MAX.POWER . You can also use parameters to define time.TRAN statement. Example 1 In this example.in signal. Syntax .POWER Prints a table containing the AVG.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . RMS.tran time (100ps). start_time Start time of power analysis period. .03 .tran 4ps 100ps Example 2 You can use the FROM and TO times to specify a separate measurement start and stop time for each signal. For additional information. MAX.in . In this example: 324 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. so the simulation scope for this signal runs from the start (0ps) to the last . RMS. no simulation start and stop time is specified for the x1. see POWER Analysisin the HSPICE RF User Guide.

in REF=a123 from=20ps to=80ps .power x0.OPTION SIM_POWERSTART .in REF=abc from=30ps to=’myendtime .03 325 .in signal is from 30ps to 70ps.OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .POWER ■ ■ The scope for simulating the x2.OPTION SIM_POWERPOST .OPTION SIM_POWER_TOP . The scope for simulating the x0.power x2.OPTION SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS .in signal is from 20ps to 80ps.10ps’ See Also . .TRAN .param myendtime=80ps .

OPTION SIM_POWERDC_HSPICE 326 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. For additional information.03 .POWERDC <keyword> <subckt_name1.. and MIN values for the current of every instance in the subcircuit..Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .POWERDC statement. This option prints a table continuing the measurements for AVG. You can use the SIM_POWERDC_HSPICE and SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY options to increase the accuracy of the . see POWER Analysis in the HSPICE RF User Guide.POWERDC . MAX. Syntax . See Also . This table also lists the sum of the power of each port in the subcircuit.POWERDC Calculates the DC leakage current in the design hierarchy.OPTION SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY .> Arguments Argument Description keyword Specifies one of these keywords: ■ ■ TOP – prints the power for top-level instances ALL (default) – prints the power for all instances subckt_name# Prints the power of all instances in this subcircuit definition Description Use this command to calculate the DC leakage current in the design hierarchy.

. HBAC.print v(din) i(mxn18) * CASE 3 . HBTRAN.dc vdin 0 5. Description Use this command to print the values of specified output variables.0 0.sw0 and .05 . HBLSP.PRINT statement with: . Output variables to print.. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PRINT statement to print all branch currents of all diode. or MOSFET elements in your circuit design. AC. AC..dc vdin 0 5.tran 1ns 60ns * CASE 2 . HBLSP. > Arguments Argument Description antype Type of analysis for outputs.05 . or PHASENOISE. Syntax . ENV. HBTR. Example 1 * CASE 1 .dc vdin 0 5. TRAN. These are voltage. current. HB. You can include wildcards in . HBAC. HB.PRINT .0 0.. Can be one of the following types: DC.print v(din) i(mxn18) . NOISE. HBNOISE.0 0.tran 1ns 60ns ■ If you replace the . HBNOISE.PRINT antype ov1 <ov2 .print TRAN v(din) i(mnx) then all three cases have identical .tr0 files.PRINT Prints the values of specified output variables..print v(din) i(mxn18) .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . HBXF.or PHASENOISE). BJT.05 . ov1 . JFET.PRINT statements.03 327 . HBTRAN. HBTR. TRAN. ENV. or element template variables from a DC. HBXF.tran 1ns 60ns . NOISE. You can also use the iall keyword in a .

Example 3 .print DC v(din) i(mnx) then the .17) I1(R1) I1(M1) This example prints the DC analysis results for several different nodal voltages and currents through: 328 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.sw0 and .print statement with: .tr0 files are different.LIN analysis statements.PRINT AC ZIN YOUT(P) S11(DB) S12(M) Z11(R) This example prints: ■ ■ ■ The magnitude of the input impedance.03 .PRINT DC V(2) I(VSRC) V(23.3) prints the phase of the voltage difference between nodes 8 and 3. This statement accompanies a network analysis by using the . VP(8.PRINT ■ If you replace the . or the difference of the voltage magnitudes between nodes 4 and 2. VR(7) prints the real part of the AC voltage between node 7 and ground.2) prints the AC magnitude of the voltage difference. VM(4. Example 5 . ■ ■ ■ Example 4 . Several S and Z parameters.PRINT AC VM(4. Example 2 . Depending on the ACOUT value.PRINT TRAN V (4) I(VIN) PAR(`V(OUT)/V(IN)') This example prints the results of a transient analysis for the nodal voltage named 4. The phase of the output admittance. or the difference of the phase of voltage at node 8 and voltage at node 3. It also prints the current through the voltage source named VIN.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .2) VR(7) VP(8. It also prints the ratio of the nodal voltage at the OUT and IN nodes.3) II(R1) ■ Depending on the value of the ACOUT option. II(R1) prints the imaginary part of the current through R1.AC and .

PRINT statement in HSPICE RF. and prints those names in a warning. Example 9 Derivative function: .HB HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE RF ignores . the p2 value is 15.PRINT statement references to nonexistent netlist part names.DC . The p1 value is 3. Example 6 .ENV .03 329 .print p1=3 .PRINT AC INOISE ONOISE VM(OUT) This statement includes NOISE.AC .PRINT ■ ■ ■ The resistor named R1. and AC output variables in the same . See Also .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .DOUT .print p2=par("p1*5") You can use p1 and p2 as parameters in netlist.PRINT int=integ('v(NodeX)') The parameter can be a node voltage or a reasonable expression.PRINT pj1=par(‘p(rd) +p(rs)‘) This statement prints the value of pj1 with the specified function.PRINT NOISE INOISE This example prints the equivalent input noise. The voltage source named VSRC. Example 10 . The drain-to-source current of the MOSFET named M1.PRINT der=deriv('v(NodeX)') Integrate function: . Example 7 . Example 8 .

PROBE .TRAN 330 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .HBXF .PRINT .03 .HBNOISE .HBAC .MEASURE .HBLSP .PHASENOISE .HBOSC .NOISE .

You can include wildcards in . AC. HBXF.PROBE der=deriv('v(NodeX)') * Integrate function . or element template (HSPICE-only variables from a DC. Example 1 . current.ENV . Description Use this command to save output variables to interface and graph data files. Output variables to plot: voltage.PROBE int=integ('v(NodeX)') See Also .03 331 . DCMATCH.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .. HBNOISE. HB. HBAC. HBTR.> Arguments Argument Description antype Type of analysis for the specified plots.DC .HBLSP .PROBE statements. ENV.AC .PROBE . HBLSP. HBTRAN.. AC. ENV.PROBE DC V(4) V(5) V(1) beta=PAR(`I1(Q1)/I2(Q1)') Example 2 * Derivative function . The parameter can be a node voltage or a reasonable expression. or PHASENOISE analysis. ov1 . DCMATCH. HBXF.PROBE Saves output variables to interface and graph data files.. HBAC.HB . TRAN. or PHASENOISE. HBLSP. HB.. HBTR.DOUT . TRAN.HBNOISE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PROBE antype ov1 <ov2 . NOISE. Syntax . NOISE. HBNOISE.HBAC . Analysis types are: DC. HBTRAN.

PROBE .MEASURE .NOISE .PRINT .HBOSC .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .TRAN 332 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PHASENOISE .03 .HBXF .

pair of nodes. n-).PTDNOISE [output] [time_value] <time_delta> + [frequency_sweep] + <listfreq=(frequencies|none|all)> <listcount=val> + <listfloor=val> <listsources=on|off> Arguments Parameter Description output Can be an output node. Specify a pair of nodes as V(n+. You can also specify a 2-terminal element name that refers to an existing element in the netlist. If this term is omitted a default value of 0. Syntax . If you specify only one node.MEASURE name associated with a time domain . Specify either a time point explicitly.n-). A time value used to determine the slew rate of the time-domain output signal. HSPICE RF references the equivalent noise output to this node (or pair of nodes).01 x the . time_value time_delta HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. This slew rate is then used in the calculation of the strobed jitter.SN period is assumed.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . If you specify only one node. Specified as TDELTA=value. V(n+). PTDNOISE uses the time point generated from the .MEASURE statement to evaluate the noise characteristics.03 333 . This is useful if you want to evaluate noise or jitter when a signal reaches some threshold value.PTDNOISE Calculates the noise spectrum and the total noise at a point in time. such as: TIME=value. or 2-terminal element.MEASURE statement located in the netlist.TDELTA and dividing this difference by 2 x TDELTA.PTDNOISE . Time point at which time domain noise is evaluated. then HSPICE RF assumes the second node is ground. V(n+. where value is either numerical or a parameter name or A . The signal slew rate is then determined by the output signal at TIME +/.

2. Specify the nsteps.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .0G) listfreq=(1. DATA sweeps. you can define listcount to print the number of element noise frequencies.03 .lis file. Frequency values must be enclosed in parentheses. The default value is 1. start. For example.0e-14 V/Hz1/2.lis file and defines a minimum meaningful noise value (in V/Hz1/2 units). OCT. listfloor 334 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the elements that contribute the largest noise are printed first. POI.lis file. SWEEPBLOCK. The upper and lower limits also specify the integral range in calculating the integrated noise value. For example: listfreq=(none) listfreq=(all) listfreq=(1. Only those elements with noise values larger than listfloor are printed.0G) The default value is NONE. and stop frequencies using the following syntax for each type of sweep: LIN nsteps start stop DECnsteps start stop OCT nsteps start stop POI nsteps freq_values SWEEPBLOCK nsteps freq1 freq2 . instead. The frequency values can be specified with the NONE or ALL keyword.PTDNOISE Parameter Description frequency_sweep Frequency sweep range for the output noise spectrum. Prints the element noise value to the . otherwise they are ignored. You can specify which frequencies the element noise is printed. In the element noise output. freqn listfreq Prints the element noise value to the .DEC.0G. listcount Prints the element noise value to the . Specify LIN.. which is sorted from the largest to smallest value. which either prints no frequencies or every frequency defined in frequency_sweep.. The frequencies must match the sweep_frequency values defined in the frequency_sweep. This information is only printed if a noise spectrum is requested in a PRINT or PROBE statement. listcount=5 means that only the top 5 noise contributors are printed. The default value is 1. You do not need to print every noise element.

MEASURE PTDNOISE allows for the measurement of these parameters: integnoise.lis file when the element has multiple noise sources. The default value is OFF. . and strobed jitter. which contains the thermal.PTDNOISE) in the HSPICE RF User Guide for details. Description Periodic Time-Dependent noise analysis (PTDNOISE) calculates the noise spectrum and the total noise at a point in time. slewrate.SNNOISE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. such as a FET. See Also .PTDNOISE Parameter Description listsources Prints the element noise value to the . See Periodic Time-Dependent Noise Analysis (. tdelta-value. time-point. and 1/f noise sources.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . You can specify either ON or OFF: ON prints the contribution from each noise source and OFF does not.03 335 . Jitter in a digital threshold circuit can then be determined from the total noise and the digital signal slew rate. shot.HBNOISE .

the output is the branch current for the RL branch and the input is the ISORC independent current source.03 . In the second pole/zero analysis.PZ . You do not need to specify . which can be: Any node voltage. I(branch_name).OP.PZ Performs pole/zero analysis.DC 336 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .PZ ov srcname Arguments Argument Description input output Input source. Output variable: a node voltage V(n). See the Pole/Zero Analysis chapter in the HSPICE Applications Manual for complete information about pole/zero analysis. Syntax . Output variables. the output is the voltage for node 10 and the input is the VIN independent voltage source. the ame of any independent voltage or current source. V(n) or any branch current. or a branch current I(element) Input source: an independent voltage or a current source name ov srcnam Description Use this command to perform pole/zero analysis. Example . because the simulator automatically invokes an operating point calculation. ■ See Also .PZ .PZ ■ V(10) I(RL) VIN ISORC In the first pole/zero analysis.PZ output input .

The default is 100.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .NOISE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The SAMPLE analysis performs a noise-folding analysis at the output node. Sampling-error tolerance: the ratio of the noise power (in the highest folding interval) to the noise power (in baseband).0). The algorithm requires about ten times this number of internally-generated frequencies so keep this value small. then set BETA to the duty cycle of the integrator. Maximum number of frequencies that you can specify.SAMPLE Analyzes data sampling noise. It is used with the .03 337 . See Also .AC .AC statements to analyze data sampling noise in HSPICE RF.0e-3.SAMPLE . The highest frequency (in hertz) that you can specify is: FMAX=MAXFLD ⋅ FS Optional noise integrator (duty cycle) at the sampling node: BETA=0 no integrator BETA=1 simple integrator (default) If you clock the integrator (integrates during a fraction of the 1/FS sampling interval).NOISE and .SAMPLE FS=freq <TOL=val> <NUMF=val> + <MAXFLD=val> <BETA=val> Arguments Argument Description FS=freq TOL Sample frequency in hertz. Syntax . Maximum number of folding intervals (The default is 10. ■ ■ NUMF MAXFLD BETA Description Use this command to acquire data from analog signals. The default is 1.

Syntax .SHAPE .SHAPE sname Shape_Descriptor Arguments Argument Description sname Shape name.LAYERSTACK .MATERIAL 338 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The field solver uses the shape to describe a cross-section of the conductor. See Also .FSOPTIONS . Shape_Descriptor One of the following: ■ ■ ■ ■ Rectangle Circle Strip Polygon Description Use this command to define a shape.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .03 .SHAPE Defines a shape to be used by the HSPICE field solver.

SHAPE (Defining Rectangles) Defines a rectangle to be used by the HSPICE field solver.SHAPE (Defining Rectangles) . you do not need to specify the NW and NH values because the field solver automatically sets these values. Syntax . Number of horizontal (x) segments in a rectangle with a specified width. Height of the rectangle (size in the y-direction). depending on the accuracy mode. Normally. You can specify both values or specify only one of these values and let the solver determine the other.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .SHAPE RECTANGLE WIDTH=val HEIGHT=val [NW=val] + [NH=val] Arguments Argument Description WIDTH HEIGHT NW Width of the rectangle (size in the x-direction). Figure 13 Coordinates of a Rectangle y Width Height Origin (0.03 339 . NH Description Use this keyword to define a rectangle. Number of vertical (y) segments in a rectangle with a specified height.0) x HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

Normally.SHAPE (Defining Circles) Defines a circle to be used by the HSPICE field solver. Number of segments to approximate a circle with a specified radius. depending on the accuracy mode. because the field solver automatically sets this value. you do not need to specify the N value. The field solver approximates a circle as an inscribed regular polygon with N edges.03 . Description Use this keyword to define a circle in the field solver. Do not use the CIRCLE descriptor to model actual polygons. the more accurate the circle approximation is. Syntax .SHAPE (Defining Circles) . instead use the POLYGON descriptor.SHAPE CIRCLE RADIUS=val [N=val] Arguments Argument Description RADIUS N Radius of the circle.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . But you can specify this value if you need to Figure 14 Coordinates of a Circle y Origin Radius Starting vertex of the inscribed polygon (0.0) x 340 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The more edges.

03 341 . Number of segments that define the polygon with the specified X and Y coordinates. Syntax .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . then the field solver uses this value for all edges. Listed either in clockwise or counterclockwise direction..0) x Example 1 The following rectangular polygon uses the default number of segments: HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SHAPE POLYGON VERTEX=(x1 y1 x2 y2 .SHAPE (Defining Polygons) . For example. N Description Use this command to define a polygon in a field solver.. You can specify a different N value for each edge.. If you specify only one N value. n1. the first value of N. y) coordinates of vertices..n2.. Figure 15 Coordinates of a Polygon y Origin (0. corresponds to the number of segments for the edge from (x1 y1) to (x2 y2). The specified coordinates are within the local coordinate with respect to the origin of a conductor.SHAPE (Defining Polygons) Defines a polygon to be used by the HSPICE field solver.) + <N=(n1.)> Arguments Argument Description VERTEX (x.

03 .SHAPE (Defining Polygons) .SHAPE POLYGON VERTEX=(1 10 1 11 5 11 5 10) Example 2 The following rectangular polygon uses five segments for each edge: .SHAPE POLYGON VERTEX=(1 10 1 11 5 11 5 10) + N=5 Example 3 Rectangular polygon by using the different number of segments for each edge: .SHAPE POLYGON VERTEX=(1 10 1 11 5 11 5 10) + N=(5 3 5 3) 342 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .

because the field solver automatically sets this value. Number of segments that define the strip shape with the specified width. But you can specify this value if you need to.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Description Use this command to define a strip polygon in a field solver. Normally.SHAPE STRIP WIDTH=val <N=val> Arguments Argument Description WIDTH N Width of the strip (size in the x-direction).0) x HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SHAPE (Defining Strip Polygons) Defines a strip polygon to be used by the HSPICE field solver. you do not need to specify the N value. Syntax .03 343 . depending on the accuracy mode. The field solver (filament method) does not support this shape. Figure 16 Coordinates of a Strip Polygon y Width Origin (0.SHAPE (Defining Strip Polygons) .

SNNOISE. The fundamental frequency (in Hz). NHARMS is required to run subsequent SNAC. NHARMS is computed automatically as NHARMS=Round(PERIOD/ TRES). Syntax Syntax #1 . PERIOD TONE NHARMS 344 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SN Shooting Newton provides two syntaxes. The expected period T (seconds) of the steady-state waveforms. SNXF.TRAN to . The period of the steady-state waveform may be entered either as PERIOD or its reciprocal.SN TRES=<Tr> PERIOD=<T> [TRINIT=<Ti>] + [SWEEP parameter_sweep][MAXTRINITCYCLES=<integer>] Syntax #2 . Syntax #2 effectively supports Frequency Domain sources and measurements (and should be used.03 . Enter an approximate value when using for oscillator analysis. Syntax #1 is recommended when you are using/making Time Domain sources and measurements (for example.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .SN). when going from . for example. and PHASENOISE analyses. TONE. Specifies the number of high-frequency harmonic components to include in the analysis.SN TONE=<F1> NHARMS=<N> [TRINIT=<Ti>] + [SWEEP parameter_sweep] [MAXTRINITCYCLES=<integer>] Arguments Parameter Description TRES The time resolution to be computed for the steady-state waveforms (in seconds). NHARMS defaults to PERIOD/TRES rounded to nearest integer.HB to . When using Syntax #1.SN). going from .SN .

SNOSC .HB.OPTION LOADSNINIT . or OPTIMIZE.OPTION SAVESNINIT . DATA.TRAN options. whichever comes first. and for other digital logic circuits and RF components that require steady-state analysis. Minimum cycles is 1. If not specified.TRAN.SNAC . As in all main analyses in HSPICE RF such as . etc. . Specifies the parameter sweep. phase/frequency detectors (PFDs). SWEEP MAXTRINITCYCLES Description Shooting-Newton adds analysis capabilities for PLL components.. frequency dividers.03 345 . Refer to the HSPICE RF User Guide.OPTION SNMAXITER HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. digital circuits/logic. such as ring oscillators. Options In addition to all .SNXF . MONTE. DEC.SN analysis supports the following options: ■ ■ ■ ■ .OPTION LOADSNINIT .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .SNNOISE .SNFT .OPTION SNACCURACY . Stops SN stabilization simulation and frequency detection when the simulator detects that maxtrinitcycles have been reached in the oscnode signal. Steady-State Shooting Newton Analysis. the transient initialization time will be equal to the period (for Syntax 1) or the reciprocal of the tone (for Syntax 2). . but operate with waveforms that are more square wave than sinusoidal. SWEEPBLOCK. or when time=trinit. POI.OPTION SNMAXITER See Also .SN Parameter Description TRINIT This is the transient initialization time.OPTION SNACCURACY . you can specify LIN.OPTION SAVESNINIT . OCT.

SNAC .SNAC) in the HSPICE RF User Guide. Syntax .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .SNAC Runs a frequency sweep across a range for the input signal based on a Shooting Newton algorithm.SNAC DEC 10 1k 10K See Also .03 . see Shooting Newton AC Analysis (. Example VSRC node1 node2 0 SNAC 1 45 . or SWEEPBLOCK.SN . For more information. OCT.SNAC <frequency_sweep> Description The <frequency sweep> is the frequency sweep range for the input signal. You can specify LIN.HBAC . POI. DEC.SNNOISE 346 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

An alias for START in . in .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . End of the output variable waveform to analyze.03 347 . Syntax Syntax # 1 Alphanumeric input . FROM STOP TO NP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SNFT statements. which defaults to 0.SNFT Calculates the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) value used for Shooting Newton analysis.SNFT . HSPICE automatically adjusts it to the closest higher number that is a power of 2. If NP is not a power of 2. An alias for STOP. Defaults to the START value in the . or power. Start of the output variable waveform to analyze. The default is 1024. NP must be a power of 2. current. such as voltage.SNFT statement.SNFT statements.SNFT <output_var> <START=param_expr1> <STOP=param_expr2> + <NP=param_expr3> <FORMAT=keyword> + <WINDOW=keyword> <ALFA=param_expr4> + <FREQ=param_expr5> <FMIN=param_expr6> <FMAX=param_expr7> Arguments Argument Description output_var START Can be any valid output variable. Defaults to the TSTOP value in the .SN statement.SNFT <output_var> <START=value> <STOP=value> + <NP=value> <FORMAT=keyword> + <WINDOW=keyword> <ALFA=value> + <FREQ=value> <FMIN=value> <FMAX=value> Syntax #2 Numerics and expressions . Number of points to use in the SNFT analysis.SN statement. Numerical parameters (excluding string parameters) can be passed to the .

THD calculations also use this frequency. A DFT uses sequences of time values to determine the frequency content of analog signals in circuit simulation.SNFT Argument Description FORMAT Specifies the output format: ■ ■ NORM= normalized magnitude (default) UNORM=unnormalized magnitude WINDOW Specifies the window type to use: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ RECT=simple rectangular truncation window (default). The default is 0. The default is 0.0/T (Hz). The output goes to a file with extension .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .SNFT statement. It uses internal time point values to calculate these values.0 FREQ Frequency to analyze. HANN=Hanning window. GAUSS=Gaussian window. ALFA Parameter to use in GAUSS and KAISER windows to control the highest side-lobe level. Description Use this command to calculate the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) spectrum analysis values for Shooting Newton analysis. HAMM=Hamming window. Minimum frequency for which HSPICE prints SNFT output into the listing file. If FREQ is non-zero. 348 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. based on FMIN and FMAX.0 (Hz). You can pass numerical parameters/expressions (but no string parameters) to the . 1. the output lists only the harmonics of this frequency. BLACK=Blackman window.03 . THD calculations also use this frequency. BART=Bartlett (triangular) window. FMIN FMAX Maximum frequency for which HSPICE prints SNFT output into the listing file. KAISER=Kaiser-Bessel window.snft#. HARRIS=Blackman-Harris window.5*NP*FM IN (Hz). HSPICE also prints the THD for these harmonics. and so on. bandwidth.0 <= ALFA <= 20. T=(STOP-START) The default is 1.0 The default is 3.

SNFT v(2) np=1024 This example generates an .03 349 .SNFT command.2u stop=1.3m stop=0.2) np=1024 start=0.SNFT v(1) np=1024 .SNFT v(1) .2u + window=harris Example 2 .SNFT v(1. because it contains two variables in one .SN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.0k + window=kaiser alfa=2.SNFT par(‘v(1) + v(2)’) from=0.SNFT You can specify only one output variable in an .snft1 file for the SNFT of v(2).Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .snft0 file for the SNFT of v(1) and an .SNFT v(1) v(2) np=1024 Example 1 .SNFT I(rload) start=0m to=2.5 . The following is an incorrect use of the command.0m fmin=100k fmax=120k + format=unorm .SNFT command: .5m freq=5. See Also .

listfloor prints the element noise value to the . but the Shooting Newton-based algorithm completes the analysis in a much faster run time with the same result. 350 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. OCT.lis file. The default is off. pair of nodes.lis file when the element has multiple noise sources. or 2-terminal element that the equivalent noise output is referenced to.SNNOISE [output] [insrc] [frequency_sweep] + <[n1. The default is none. SWEEPBLOCK.is the index term defining the output frequency band at which the noise is evaluated. ■ ■ insrc is an input source frequency_sweep is the frequency sweep range for the input signal.lis file and defines a minimum meaningful noise value. +/-1]> +<listfreq=(frequencies|none|all)> <listcount=val> +<listfloor=val> <listsources=on|off> Arguments ■ output is an output node. DEC. Syntax .0e-14 V/sqrt(Hz).SNNOISE . n1. The output frequency is computed according to fout=|n1*f1 +/. You can specify LIN. DATA. listfreq prints the element noise value to the . time-varying AC noise analysis. sorted from the largest to smallest value. listcount prints the element noise value to the .SNNOISE command to is similar to the Harmonic Balance (HBNOISE command) for periodic. POI.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . +/.03 .SNNOISE Runs a periodic.fin|. time-varying AC noise analysis based on a Shooting Newton algorithm.lis file. MONTE. or OPTIMIZE sweeps. listsources prints the element noise value to the . Only those elements with noise values larger than listfloor are printed. where f1 is the fundamental tone (inverse of fundamental period) and fin is from the frequency sweep. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Description The functionality for the . The default value is 1.

SNNOISE V(n1.03 351 .SN .SNNOISE Example .HBNOISE .SNAC HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .n2) RIN DEC 10 1k 10k 0 -1 See Also .

This node is automatically analyzed to search for periodic behavior near the TONE or PERIOD value specified. NHARMS OSCNODE TRINIT 352 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SNOSC TRES=Tr PERIOD=Tp [TRINIT=Tr] + OSCNODE=N1 [MAXTRINITCYCLES=I] + [SWEEP PARAMETER_SWEEP] Arguments Parameter Description TONE Approximate value for oscillation frequency (Hz). Node used to probe for oscillation conditions. Number of harmonics to be used for oscillator SN analysis. the transient initialization time will be equal to the period (for Syntax 1) or the reciprocal of the tone (for Syntax 2). As with regular Shooting Newton analysis.SNOSC TONE=F1 NHARMS=H1 [TRINIT=Ti] + OSCNODE=N1 [MAXTRINITCYCLES=N] + [SWEEP PARAMETER_SWEEP] Syntax # 2 . Syntax Syntax #1 .03 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . If not specified.SNOSC . The search for an exact oscillation frequency begins from this value. input may be specified in terms of time or frequency values. For oscillators we recommend specifying a transient initialization time since the default initialization time is usually too short to effectively stabilize the circuit. This is the transient initialization time.SNOSC Performs oscillator analysis on autonomous (oscillator) circuits.

See the arguments.SNOSC Parameter Description MAXTRINITCYCLES Stops SN stabilization simulation and frequency detection when the simulator detects that MAXTRINITCYCLES have been reached in the oscnode signal. input may be specified in terms of time or frequency values. Specifies the type of sweep. Enter an approximate value when using for oscillator analysis. freqn DATA=dataname OPTIMIZE=OPTxxx MONTE=val Description Use this command to invoke oscillator analysis on autonomous (oscillator) circuits. You can specify either LIN. and solving the boundary conditions at the waveform endpoints that coincide with steady-state operation. Minimum cycles is 1. Specify the nsteps. OCT.. DATA. DEC. The period of the steady-state waveform may be entered either as PERIOD or its reciprocal. below. the goal is to solve for the additional unknown oscillation frequency. OPTIMIZE. The SNOSC command is very effective for ring oscillator circuits.03 353 . or MONTE. POI. or when time=trinit. whichever comes first. SWEEPBLOCK. You can sweep up to three variables. As with regular Shooting Newton analysis. PERIOD is the expected period T (seconds) of the steadystate waveforms. start. TONE. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . and oscillators that operate with piecewise linear waveforms (HBOSC is superior for sinusoidal waveforms). TRES is the time resolution to be computed for the steadystate waveforms (in seconds). As with the Harmonic Balance approach. This is accomplished in Shooting Newton by considering the period of the waveform as an additional unknown. and stop frequencies using the following syntax for each type of sweep: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ TRES PERIOD SWEEP LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop OCT nsteps start stop POI nsteps freq_values SWEEPBLOCK nsteps freq1 freq2 ..

This example uses 11 harmonics and a search at the drainP.OPTION HBPROBETOL .SNOSC tone=900Meg nharms=9 trinit=10n oscnode=gate Performs an oscillator analysis. searching for periodic behavior after an initial transient analysis of 10 ns.OPTION HBFREQRELTOL .SNOSC tone = 2. Only one such current source is needed and its current source must be 0. Example 3 Another equivalent method to define the OSCNODE information is through a zero-current source.4 Ghz.SNOSC tone=2400MEG nharms=11 trinit=20n oscnode=drainP Performs an oscillator analysis. This example uses nine harmonics while searching for a oscillation at the gate node. ISRC drainP 0 SNOSCVPROBE . See Also .4 G nharms = 1 trinit=20n Example 3 is identical to Example 2.OPTION HBFREQABSTOL .OPTION HBTRANSTEP .0 with the SNOSC OSCNODE identified by the SNOSCVPROBE keyword. searching for frequencies in the vicinity of 2.HB .OPTION HBTRANFREQSEARCH . except that the OSCNODE information is defined by a current source in the circuit.SNOSC Example 1 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .OPTION HBTRANPTS .PRINT .PROBE 354 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION HBMAXOSCITER .03 . Example 2 .OPTION HBTRANINIT .

DEC. Description Use this command in HSPICE RF to calculate the transfer function from the given source in the circuit to the designated output. and stop times using the following syntax for each type of sweep: LIN nsteps start stop DEC nsteps start stop ■ OCT nsteps start stop ■ POI nsteps freq_values ■ SWEEPBLOCK = BlockName Specify the frequency sweep range for the output signal.SNXF Calculates the transfer function from the given source in the circuit to the designated output.n2>) A sweep of type LIN. The functionality for the . OCT.SNXF .t. for example.SNXF command to is similar to the Harmonic Balance (HBXF command) for periodic. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.k*f0) s. f1<=f0/2 The f0 is the steady-state fundamental tone and f1 is the input frequency. Example In this example. POI.SNXF out_var <freq_sweep> Arguments Parameter Description out_var freq_sweep Specify i(2_port_elem) or V(n1<. Specify the nsteps. ■ ■ f1 = abs(fout . Syntax . but the Shooting Newton based algorithm completes the analysis in a much faster run time with the same result.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . the trans-impedance from isrc to v(1)is calculated based on the HB analysis. start.03 355 . time-varying AC noise analysis. HSPICE RF determines the offset frequency in the input sidebands. or SWEEPBLOCK.

HB .print snxf tfv(isrc) tfi(n3) See Also .hb tones=1e9 nharms=4 .HBNOISE .SNXF .2e8 .PRINT .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .snxf v(1) lin 10 1e8 1.PROBE 356 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .HBOSC .HBAC .

Nodes assigned using BULK=node in MOSFET or BJT models. To override this value.SUBCKT <SubName><PinList>[<SubDefaultsList>] . When you use hierarchical subcircuits.ENDS Arguments Argument Description subnam n1 .ENDS . Nodes assigned using the .. Node numbers for external reference.SUBCKT Defines a subcircuit in a netlist... but are not in this list.ENDS . you can pick default values for circuit elements in a . parnam A parameter name set to a value.03 357 ...GLOBAL statement.SUBCKT . <SubParam1>=<Expression> [<SubParam2>=<Expression>.PARAM statement. cannot be the ground node (zero). Use only in the subcircuit.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Specifies a reference name for the subcircuit model call.] SubDefaultsList Description Use this command to define a subcircuit in your netlist. assign it in the subcircuit call or set a value in a . You can use this feature in cell definitions to simulate the circuit with typical values. Any element nodes that are in the subcircuit. Syntax .SUBCKT command. are strictly local with three exceptions: ■ ■ ■ Ground node (zero). HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.> <parnam=val> .. You can create a subcircuit description for a commonly used circuit and include one or more references to the subcircuit in your netlist..SUBCKT subnam n1 <n2 n3 ..> <param=str('string')> .SUBCKT subnam n1 <n2 n3 .

62E-18 + PHI=.ENDS * . X2.PARAM CAJA=2.MODEL DA D CJA=CAJA CJP=CAJP VRB=-20 IS=7.OPTION LIST ACCT V1 1 0 1 . the inverter can drive three devices.MACRO SUB2 1 2 P6=11 R1 1 2 P6 R2 2 0 P2 . 358 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SUBCKT statement.535E-16 CAJP=2. In HSPICE RF. whose resistance values are parameters (variables). these three calls produce different subcircuits.5 EXA=. Example 1 This example defines two subcircuits: SUB1 and SUB2.ENDS statement to terminate a .END Example 2 This example implements an inverter that uses a Strength parameter.03 .33 .PARAM P5=5 P2=10 .SUBCKT SUB1 1 2 P4=4 R1 1 0 P4 R2 2 0 P5 X1 1 2 SUB2 P6=7 X2 1 2 SUB2 . *FILE SUB2.SP TEST OF SUBCIRCUITS . The X1. By default. Enter a new value for the Strength parameter in the element line to select larger or smaller inverters for the application. Because the resistor values are different in each call.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .EOM X1 1 2 SUB1 P4=6 X2 3 4 SUB1 P6=15 X3 3 4 SUB2 * .53E-16 . and X3 statements call these subcircuits. These are resistordivider networks. you cannot replicate output commands within subcircuit (subckt) definitions.5 EXP=.SUBCKT Use the .

SUBCKT . See Also .MACRO .ENDS .2u W=’Strength * 1u’ .MODEL ..03 359 .. xInv0 a y0 Inv $ Default devices: p device=6u. n device=1u .. n device=5u xInv2 a y2 Inv Strength=1 $ p device= 2u.EOM . $ n device=3u xInv1 a y1 Inv Strength=5 $ p device=10u.2u W=’Strength * 2u’ Mn1 <MosPinList> nMosMod L=1.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands ..ENDS .PARAM HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.SUBCKT Inv a y Strength=3 Mp1 <MosPinList> pMosMod L=1.

SUBCKT sa . . the ..SUBCKT sb .ENDS ..x1. and that exceeds 100ns. x(xm. . and x(xn. x(xm. Example In this example.x2.SURGE surge_threshold surge_width node1 <node2 .a xm..ENDS xm 1 2 sx xn 2 a sx .SURGE statement detects any current surge that has an absolute amplitude of more than 1mA.x1.SUBCKT sx x1 x y sa x2 x a sb .x2.. Defines the minimum duration of a surge.a).SURGE . Description Use this command to automatically detect and report a current surge that exceeds the specified surge tolerance.y 360 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.. Syntax .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .SURGE Automatically detects and reports a current surge that exceeds the specified surge tolerance.noden> Arguments Argument Description surge_threshold surge_width noden Defines the minimum absolute surge current.y).ENDS .SURGE 1mA a b c d x y 100ns xm.03 .. Surge current is defined as the current flowing into or out of a node to the lower subcircuit hierarchy. The statement reports any current surge that is greater than surge_threshold for a duration of more than surge_width.c). Any valid node name at current or lower subcircuit level. .c xn.

DC HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.. or point sweep by using one of the following forms:start stop increment lin npoints start stop dec npoints start stop oct npoints start stop poi npoints p1 p2 ..SWEEPBLOCK .sweepblock freqsweep dec 10 1 1g dec 1000 1meg 10meg See Also .SWEEPBLOCK Creates a sweep whose set of values is the union of a set of linear. and point sweeps.03 361 . logarithmic.AC . and HBAC frequency sweeps.]]]] Arguments Argument Description swblockname sweepspec Assigns a name to SWEEPBLOCK. Syntax . see “SWEEPBLOCK in Sweep Analyses” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.SWEEPBLOCK swblockname sweepspec [sweepspec + [sweepspec [. AC. Each sweepspec can specify a linear... You can specify an unlimited number of sweepspec parameters. Description Use this command to create a sweep whose set of values is the union of a set of linear. Example The following example specifies a logarithmic sweep from 1 to 1e9 with more resolution from 1e6 to 1e7: . and point sweeps. or wherever HSPICE accepts sweeps. You can use this statement to specify DC sweeps. For additional information. parameter sweeps. logarithmic. logarithmic.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .

03 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .PHASENOISE .HB .HBNOISE .HBLSP .HBXF .TRAN 362 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ENV .HBAC .SWEEPBLOCK .HBOSC .

HSPICE permits only one temperature for the entire circuit.03 363 .TEMP statements in a netlist and performs multiple DC. you can use either the . . HSPICE compares the circuit simulation temperature against the reference temperature in the TNOM option.OPTION TNOM setting (or the TREF model parameter).TEMP . In HSPICE RF. HSPICE uses the difference between the circuit simulation temperature and the TNOM reference temperature to define derating factors for component values.0 25.TEMP Specifies the circuit temperature for an HSPICE simulation. Note: HSPICE allows multiple .TEMP statement or the TEMP parameter in the . and . To simulate the circuit by using individual elements or model temperatures.0 The .TEMP -55.. .DC.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .TEMP t1 <t2 <t3 . AC or TRAN analyses for each temperature.>> Arguments Argument Description t1 t2 Temperatures in ×C at which HSPICE RF simulates the circuit.TEMP statements to specify multiple temperatures for different portions of the circuit. Do not set the temperature to the same value multiple times. Example 1 ..TEMP statement sets the circuit temperatures for the entire circuit simulation. HSPICE RF uses: ■ ■ ■ Temperature as set in the . DTEMP element temperature. Syntax .TEMP statement. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.AC. Description Use this command to specify the circuit temperature for an HSPICE simulation.TRAN statements. you can use multiple .0 125.

D1temp=100° C + 30° C=130° C.2E-13 + CJP=1.6 CJA=1.TEMP Example 2 .TEMP statement sets the circuit simulation temperature to 100° C.TEMP 100 D1 N1 N2 DMOD DTEMP=30 D2 NA NC DMOD R1 NP NN 100 TC1=1 DTEMP=-30 .TRAN 364 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. That is: ■ ■ ■ Because the diode model statement specifies TREF at 60° C.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . 45° C (70° C .OPTION TNOM .03 . R1 simulates at 70° C.TEMP . You do not specify .0 In this example: ■ ■ ■ The . HSPICE RF simulates the D2 diode at 100° C. 40° C (100° C . HSPICE RF derates the specified model parameters by: ■ ■ ■ 70° C (130° C .TNOM) for the R1 resistor.3E-14 TREF=60.DC . See Also .60° C) for the D2 diode.60° C) for the D1 diode. The temperature of the diode is 30° C above the circuit temperature as set in the DTEMP parameter.AC .MODEL DMOD D IS=1E-15 VJ=0.OPTION TNOM so it defaults to 25° C.

OP.TF statement defines small-signal output and input for DC small-signal analysis.TF I(VLOAD) VIN For the first example. Syntax . HSPICE computes: ■ ■ ■ DC small-signal value of the transfer function (output/input) Input resistance Output resistance Example .TF V(5. Description Use this command to calculate DC small-signal values for transfer functions (ratio of output variable to input source). Small-signal input source. See Also .03 365 . HSPICE RF runs only the last .TF statement in a single simulation. The . You do not need to specify . This is the ratio of small-signal input resistance at VIN to the small-signal output resistance (measured across nodes 5 and 3).TF .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .DC HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.TF statement.TF ov srcnam Arguments Argument Description ov srcnam Small-signal output variable.3) to VIN.TF Calculates DC small-signal values for transfer functions. HSPICE computes the ratio of V(5. If you specify more than one .3) VIN . When you use this statement.

the string is the first line of the input file. The first line of the input file is always the implicit title. simulation interprets it as a title and does not execute it.TITLE Sets the simulation title. regardless of the line’s contents.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . An .ALTER statement does not support using the .TITLE statement. In the second form of the syntax.ALTER statement. This line is read and used as the title of the simulation. you can place a . the . place the title content in the .ALTER statement itself. Description Use this command to set the simulation title in the first line of the input file.03 .TITLE syntax is not required. However. Example . If any statement appears as the first line in a file. To change a title for a .TITLE <string_of_up_to_72_characters> -or<string_of_up_to_72_characters> Arguments Argument Description string Any character string up to 72 characters long. Syntax .TITLE .TITLE my-design_netlist 366 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. To set the title.TITLE statement on the first line of the netlist. The simulation prints the title verbatim in each section heading of the output listing file.

TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 .tstepN tstopN> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP var type np pstart pstop> .. In addition.TRAN Starts a transient analysis that simulates a circuit at a specific time. .03 367 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . you can run a parameter sweep around a single analysis.TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <START=val> <UIC> Syntax for Double-Point Analysis: .TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 ...TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP var START=”param_expr1” + STOP=”param_expr2” STEP=”param_expr3”> .OPTION value.mIn HSPICE RF..TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 ..TRAN DATA statement and only supports the datadriven syntax for parameter sweeps (for example.TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP var type np pstart pstop> ..tstepN tstopN> + <START=val> <UIC> + <SWEEP var start_expr stop_expr step_expr> Syntax for Data-Driven Sweep: .tstepN tstopN> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP var START=”param_expr1” + STOP=”param_expr2” STEP=”param_expr3”> .tstepN tstopN> HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2> <START=val> <UIC> + <SWEEP var start_expr stop_expr step_expr> Syntax for Multipoint Analysis: . Syntax Syntax for Single-Point Analysis: . HSPICE RF does not support the . but the parameter sweep cannot change an ..TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 ..TRAN .TRAN AB sweepdata=name).

... tstep2. the values of the tstep1. tstopN. and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop < tstop2 < .tstepN tstopN> + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP MONTE=MCcommand> Syntax for Optimization: ..START For double-point analysis. ..TRAN <DATA=filename> SWEEP OPTIMIZE=OPTxxx + RESULTS=ierr1 .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop < tstop2 tstep1 <= tstop1 .TRAN DATA=datanm OPTIMIZE=opt_par_fun + RESULTS=measnames MODEL=optmod .tstop1 .START tstep2 <= tstop2 . ierrn MODEL=optmod Arguments For single-point analysis... and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop tstep <= tstop ..TRAN + <START=val> <UIC> <SWEEP DATA=datanm> Syntax for Monte Carlo Analysis: .. tstop1. tstepN <= tstopN . tstepN.TRAN tstep1 tstop1 <tstep2 tstop2 . < tstopN tstep1 <= tstop1 . the values of the tstep... tstop1. tstop.tstop(N-1) 368 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. tstop2.START tstep2 <= tstop2 .03 .tstop1 For multipoint analysis. the values of the tstep1.

03 369 . Final voltage. The START keyword is optional: you can specify a start time without the keyword. Time when printing or plotting begins. and samples from num4 to num5 are executed (parentheses are optional). element. instead of pstart pstop. or element or model parameter value. If you set the type variation to POI (list of points).MEASURE. use np (number of points). Voltage.TRAN specifies a second sweep. If you set the type variation. or any temperature increment value.TRAN statements when you also use .MEASURE results. param_expr..TRAN Argument Description MONTE=MCcommand Where MCcommand can be any of the following: ■ ■ ■ ■ val Specifies the number of random samples to produce.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . list(<num1:num2><num3><num4:num5>) Samples from num1 to num2. or temperature. Expressions you specify: param_expr1. current.. list num Specifies the sample number to execute. use a list of parameter values. np Number of points or number of points per decade or octave. current. current.MEASURE.. a non-zero START time can cause incorrect . sample num3. or model parameter.TRAN with . Do not use non-zero START times in . not pincr.param_exprN. pincr pstart pstop START SWEEP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.If you use . depending on what keyword precedes it. val firstnum=num Specifies the sample number on which the simulation starts. Indicates that . or any element or model parameter value. Starting voltage. or temperature..

analysis continues with a new increment.. OCT – octave variation (the value of the designated variable is eight times its previous value). This argument is always a positive value. referring to the source name (SPICE style). Time when a transient analysis stops incrementing by the first specified time increment (tstep1). This argument specifies the desired number of iterations. if you specify a parameter sweep.. Specifying only one number makes HSPICE run at only the specified point. You can write more than one number after list. Uses the nodal voltages specified in the . or a temperature sweep. you must choose a parameter name for the source value and subsequently refer to it in the . to . firstrun list 370 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. You can use a source value sweep.. The colon represents “from .... If another tstep-tstop pair follows. The iterations at which HSPICE performs a Monte Carlo analysis.TRAN statement. rather than solving for the quiescent operating point. Specifies any of the following keywords: ■ ■ tstop1. POI – list of points. The MONTE=val value specifies the number of Monte Carlo iterations to perform. a . This argument is always a positive value. The var parameter should be defined in advance using the.03 . However. var Name of an independent voltage or current source.. or the TEMP keyword (indicating a temperature sweep). LIN – linear variation.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .PARAM command.". Specifies the printing or plotting increment for printer output and the suggested computing increment for post-processing. UIC type ■ ■ DEC – decade variation. any element or model parameter.IC statement (or in the IC= parameters of the various element statements) to calculate initial transient conditions. HSPICE runs from num1 to num1+val-1..TRAN Argument Description tstep1.DATA statement.

For single-point analysis. For multipoint analysis. < tstopN tstep1 <= tstop1 ..TRAN 1NS 100NS Example 2 This example performs the calculation every 0. tstop. the values of the tstep1. and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop tstep <= tstop .05NS HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.START For double-point analysis.START tstep2 <= tstop2 .1 ns for 25 ns and delmax is set to 0.1NS 25NS 1NS . and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop < tstop2 < . the values of the tstep.TRAN tstep tstop start delmax When column 4 is interpreted as DELMAX. tstep2.03 371 . the values of the tstep1. this statement has a higher priority than the delmax option. tstepN..tstop(N-1) Example 1 This example performs and prints the transient analysis every 1 ns for 100 ns. tstepN <= tstopN ..START tstep2 <= tstop2 . .Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .05 ns. tstopN.tstop1 .TRAN . if tstep1 < tstop1. tstop1. . . tstop1..1NS 25NS 1NS 40NS START=10NS Example 3 This example performs the calculation every 0. Printing and plotting begin at 1 ns..TRAN .tstop1 in double-point analysis.1 ns for the first 25 ns.TRAN Description Starts a transient analysis that simulates a circuit at a specific time. tstop2 < tstop1. and then every 1 ns until 40 ns. and START is not explicitly set. and START arguments should obey the following rules: START < tstop < tstop2 tstep1 <= tstop1 .. tstop2. Printing and plotting begin at 10 ns. the statement is interpreted as: . ..

1 ns for 25 ns. This example bypasses the initial DC operating point calculation.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .OPTION DELMAX 372 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. It also performs transient analysis for each temperature. and then every 2 ns until 100 ns.IC statement (or by IC parameters in element statements) to calculate the initial conditions. Printing/plotting begin at 10 ns. then a piecewise linear specification must reference them.TRAN 10NS 1US UIC SWEEP TEMP -55 75 10 Example 7 This example analyzes each load parameter value at 1 pF.TRAN 10NS 1US SWEEP load POI 3 1pf 5pf 10pf Example 8 This example is a data-driven time sweep. and 10 pF. . . .1NS 25NS 1NS 40NS 2NS 100NS START = 10NS Example 5 This example performs the calculation every 10 ns for 1 µs. .TRAN .TRAN data=dataname Example 9 This example performs the calculation every 10ns for 1us from the 11th to 20th Monte Carlo trial. .TRAN 10NS 1US SWEEP MONTE=list(10 20:30 35:40 50) See Also .TRAN 10NS 1US UIC Example 6 This example increases the temperature by 10 ° C through the range -55 ° C to 75 ° C. 5 pF.TRAN Example 4 This example performs the calculation every 0. then from the 20th to the 30th trial. followed by the 35th to the 40th trial.TRAN 10NS 1US SWEEP MONTE=10 firstrun=11 Example 10 This example performs the calculation every 10ns for 1us at the 10th trial. . It uses a data file as the sweep input. and finally at the 50th Monte Carlo trial. . It uses the nodal voltages specified in the .03 . and then every 1 ns for 40 ns. If the parameters in the data statement are controlling sources.

If you transfer the file between Unix and Windows.VEC file must be a text file.VEC .VEC ‘digital_vector_file’ Description Use this command to call a digital vector file from an HSPICE netlist. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands . Syntax .03 373 . use text mode.VEC Calls a digital vector file from an HSPICE netlist. A digital vector file consists of three parts: ■ ■ ■ Vector Pattern Definition section Waveform Characteristics section Tabular Data section. The .

03 .VEC 374 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 3: RF Netlist Commands .

The control options described in this chapter fall into the following categories: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ AC Control Options Analysis Options Common Model Interface Options CPU Options DC Operating Point.OPTION command.03 . 375 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. arranged by task. and Pole/Zero Options Error Options General Control Options Input/Output Options Interface Options Model Analysis Options RC Network Reduction Options Transient and AC Small Signal Analysis Options Transient Control Options Verilog-A Options Version Option Variation Block Options. You can set a wide variety of HSPICE simulation control options using the . DC Sweep.4 4 Netlist Control Options Describes the HSPICE simulation control options you can set using various forms of the .OPTION command. see the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. Variation Block Options. followed by detailed descriptions of the individual options. This chapter provides a list of the various options.

OPTION DI . options without values are allowed only for flags that can be on or off.OPTION ASPEC .OPTION MONTECON . you should expect it to be 1. and specifying the option without a value turns it on. Option specified but without value: typically turns the option “ON” or to a value of 1. Usually.OPTION ACOUT . If an option has more than two values allowed.OPTION CMIFLAG .OPTION RELH .OPTION PARHIE .OPTION CUSTCMI 376 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. but you can still specify it without a value.OPTION LIMPTS .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use Notes on Default Values The typical behavior for options is: ■ ■ Option not specified: value is default value. where there are more than two values allowed.OPTION SEED Common Model Interface Options .OPTION NOISEMINFREQ .OPTION PARHIER (or).OPTION ABSH . In most cases.OPTION UNWRAP Analysis Options .03 . Control Options Listed By Use AC Control Options . specifying it without a value sets it to 1.OPTION FFTOUT . if appropriate. There are a few options (such as POST). typically “OFF” or 0.OPTION MAXAMP .

OPTION GMINDC .OPTION DV .OPTION EPSMIN .OPTION MAXAMP .OPTION NEWTOL .OPTION RELV .OPTION DCON .OPTION ABSTOL .OPTION CPTIME .OPTION ABSVDC .OPTION GDCPATH .OPTION ICSWEEP .OPTION LIMTIM .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use CPU Options .OPTION RELVDC DC Convergence Options .OPTION MAXAMP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DI .OPTION DCTRAN .OPTION GMAX .OPTION GRAMP .OPTION DCFOR .OPTION RELMOS .OPTION GSHDC .03 377 .OPTION DCHOLD .OPTION DCSTEP .OPTION GSHUNT .OPTION RELI .OPTION KCLTEST .OPTION EXPMAX DC Operating Point. DC Sweep.OPTION RELH .OPTION CSHDC . and Pole/Zero Options DC Accuracy Options .OPTION ABSTOL .OPTION ABSI .OPTION RESMIN DC Initialization Control Options .OPTION CONVERGE .OPTION ABSMOS .OPTION OFF .OPTION ABSH .OPTION ITLPTRAN .

OPTION DIAGNOSTIC (or) .OPTION DCCAP .OPTION DV .OPTION GRAMP .OPTION RESMIN DC Matrix Options .OPTION ITL2 .OPTION VFLOOR Error Options .OPTION DCFOR .OPTION PIVREF .OPTION NOPIV .OPTION WARNLIM 378 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DCCAP .OPTION CAPTAB .OPTION OFF .OPTION PIVREF .OPTION GSHUNT .OPTION OPFILE .OPTION PIVOT .OPTION DCSTEP .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use .OPTION DCIC .OPTION KCLTEST .OPTION WARNLIMIT (or) .03 .OPTION PIVREL .OPTION ITL1 .OPTION PIVOT .OPTION PIVTOL DC Pole/Zero I/O Options .OPTION DCHOLD .OPTION ITLPTRAN .OPTION NOPIV .OPTION ITL2 .OPTION DIAGNO .OPTION ICSWEEP .OPTION ITL1 .OPTION PIVTOL .OPTION NEWTOL .OPTION CSHDC .OPTION GSHDC .OPTION BADCHR .OPTION CAPTAB .OPTION NOWARN .

OPTION POSTLVL .OPTION MEASOUT .OPTION SYMB .OPTION MEASFILE .OPTION INTERP .OPTION BRIEF .OPTION NXX .OPTION OPTLST .OPTION ITRPRT .OPTION BEEP .OPTION MEASDGT .OPTION ACOUT .OPTION NOTOP .OPTION SEARCH .OPTION MCBRIEF .OPTION DLENCSDF .OPTION INGOLD .OPTION PATHNUM .OPTION ALTCC .OPTION IPROP .OPTION PROBE ..OPTION OPTS .OPTION CSDF .OPTION ACCT .OPTION UNWRAP Interface Options .OPTION POST_VERSION .OPTION PUTMEAS .OPTION POST .OPTION NOMOD .OPTION ARTIST .OPTION NOPAGE .OPTION VERIFY Input/Output Options .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use General Control Options .OPTION ALTCHK .OPTION NODE .OPTION MEASFAIL .OPTION OPTLST .OPTION PSF HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 379 .OPTION STATFL .OPTION NOELCK .OPTION POSTTOP .OPTION LENNAM .

OPTION DEFPD .OPTION WL .OPTION DEFL .OPTION EXPLI 380 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION LA_MAXR .OPTION LA_MINC .OPTION DCAP .OPTION SIM_LA Model Analysis Options General Model Analysis Options .OPTION XDTEMP MOSFET Model Analysis Options .OPTION LA_TIME .OPTION DEFW .OPTION MODMONTE .OPTION BINPRNT .OPTION DEFNRD .OPTION DEFAS .OPTION WNFLAG Inductor Model Analysis Options .OPTION DEFPS .OPTION SCALM .OPTION KLIM BJT and Diode Model Analysis Options .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use RC Network Reduction Options .OPTION LA_FREQ .OPTION MACMOD .OPTION GENK .03 .OPTION DEFNRS .OPTION LA_TOL .OPTION MODSRH .OPTION HIER_SCALE .OPTION DEFAD .OPTION SCALE .

OPTION CHGTOL .OPTION MAXAMP .OPTION DEFSB .OPTION ABSV .OPTION DI .OPTION ACCURATE .OPTION BYPASS .OPTION TRTOL .OPTION GSHUNT .OPTION GMIN .OPTION FFT_ACCURATE Transient/AC Accuracy Options .OPTION CSHUNT .OPTION ACOUT .OPTION RISETI .OPTION AUTOTST .OPTION DEFSD Transient and AC Small Signal Analysis Options Transient Accuracy Options .03 381 .OPTION RELTOL .OPTION BYTOL .OPTION FAST .OPTION DEFSA .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use BSIM STI/LOD Effect .OPTION RELI .OPTION MBYPASS HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION ITLPZ .OPTION ABSH .OPTION FFT_ACCURATE .OPTION SCALE .OPTION RISETIME (or) .OPTION RELH .OPTION AUTOSTOP (or) .OPTION RELQ Transient/AC Speed Options .OPTION RELV .OPTION VNTOL .

Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use Transient/AC Timestep Options .OPTION METHOD .OPTION IMAX .OPTION WACC Transient Control Tolerance Options .OPTION RUNLVL BIASCHK Options .OPTION BYPASS .OPTION BIASPARALLEL .OPTION DVDT .03 .OPTION MAXORD .OPTION MU .OPTION FS .OPTION ITL5 .OPTION ITRPRT .OPTION PURETP .OPTION BIASINTERVAL .OPTION FAST .OPTION IMIN .OPTION DVDT .OPTION LVLTIM .OPTION RELTOL 382 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DVTR .OPTION ABSVAR .OPTION ITL3 .OPTION FT .OPTION BIASFILE .OPTION TIMERES Transient/AC Algorithm Options .OPTION ITL3 .OPTION BIASNODE .OPTION GSHUNT .OPTION IMAX .OPTION DELMAX .OPTION ITL4 .OPTION IMIN .OPTION METHOD .OPTION ITL5 .OPTION ABSH .OPTION BIAWARN Transient Control Options Transient Control Method Options .OPTION CSHUNT .OPTION INTERP .OPTION MAXORD .OPTION ITL4 .

OPTION PIVOT Iteration Count Dynamic Timestep Options .OPTION MU .OPTION BYTOL .OPTION GMIN .OPTION ABSVAR .OPTION VNTOL Transient Control Limit Options .OPTION RELV .OPTION ITL3 .OPTION TRTOL .OPTION RMIN .OPTION CHGTOL .OPTION DELMAX .OPTION AUTOSTOP (or) .OPTION AUTOTST .OPTION DI .OPTION FT .OPTION RELH .OPTION ITL5 .OPTION RMAX .OPTION MAXAMP .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use .OPTION RELQ .03 383 .OPTION RELVAR .OPTION VFLOOR Transient Control Matrix Options .OPTION IMAX .OPTION ITL4 .OPTION ABSV .OPTION DVTR .OPTION GMIN .OPTION TIMERES .OPTION IMIN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION IMAX .OPTION ACCURATE .OPTION RELI .OPTION FS .OPTION IMIN .OPTION MBYPASS .

OPTION EXPLI 384 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use Verilog-A Options .OPTION SPMODEL .03 .OPTION VAMODEL Version Option .

OPTION RELH . Decrease ABSI if accuracy is more important than convergence time.TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION ABSH .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Syntax . Description Use this option to set the absolute error tolerance for branch currents in diodes.OPTION ABSMOS . Min value: 1e-25.03 385 .OPTION DI .OPTION ABSI=x Default 1e-9 when KCLTEST=0 or 1e-6 when KCLTEST=1. Use this option with options DI and RELH to check for current convergence. change ABSI to a value at least two orders of magnitude smaller than the minimum expected current. and JFETs during DC and transient analysis. Syntax . See Also .OPTION ABSI Sets absolute error tolerance for branch currents in diodes. See Also .DC .OPTION ABSH Sets the absolute current change through voltage-defined branches. BJTs.OPTION KCLTEST . Max value: 10.OPTION ABSH=x Default 0.0 Description Use this option to set the absolute current change through voltage-defined branches (voltage sources and inductors). BJTs. To analyze currents less than 1 nanoamp. and JFETs during DC and transient analysis.

For lowpower circuits. optimization.OPTION ABSMOS=x Default 1e-06 (1.03 .OPTION ABSMOS Specifies current error tolerance for MOSFET devices in DC or transient analysis. but the percent change is less than RELMOS. If other accuracy tolerances also indicate convergence. Syntax . HSPICE solves the circuit at that timepoint and calculates the next timepoint solution. See Also . Max value 10. The drain-to-source current converged if: ■ The difference between the drain-to-source current in the last iteration and the current iteration is less than ABSMOS.00u) (amperes) Description Use this option to specify current error tolerance for MOSFET devices in DC or transient analysis.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION RELMOS .OPTION ABSMOS . set ABSMOS=1e-12. or This difference is greater than ABSMOS.TRAN 386 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The ABSMOS setting determines whether the drain-to-source current solution has converged. and single transistor simulations. ■ Min value: 11e-15.DC .

OPTION ABSTOL=x Default 1e-9 Description Use this option to set the absolute error tolerance for branch currents in DC and transient analysis.OPTION ABSI .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Max value: 10.OPTION ABSTOL . Syntax .03 387 . See Also .OPTION ABSMOS . Min value: 1e-25.OPTION ABSTOL Sets absolute error tolerance for branch currents in DC and transient analysis.DC . Decrease ABSTOL if accuracy is more important than convergence time. ABSTOL is the same as ABSI.

decrease ABSV. This ensures at least two significant digits.OPTION ABSV Sets absolute minimum voltage for DC and transient analysis. you do not need to change ABSV. except to simulate a high-voltage circuit. See Also . ABSV is the same as VNTOL.DC . Syntax . ■ ■ If accuracy is more critical than convergence. A reasonable value for 1000-volt circuits is 5 to 50 uV.OPTION ABSV . Min value: 0. Typically.03 .TRAN 388 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Default value: 5e-05.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION ABSV=x Default 50 uV Description Use this option to set absolute minimum voltage for DC and transient analysis.OPTION VNTOL . reduce ABSV to two orders of magnitude less than the smallest desired voltage. Max value: 10. If you need voltages less than 50 uV.

OPTION VNTOL .OPTION ABSVDC=<volts> Default 50uV. see “DVDT Dynamic Timestep” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. This is called a timestep reversal. Syntax .OPTION ABSVAR=<volts> Default 0. you do not need to change ABSVDC. decrease ABSVDC.DC .5 (volts) Description Use this option to set the absolute limit for the maximum voltage change from one time point to the next.TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Use this option with . HSPICE discards the solution.OPTION ABSVAR Sets absolute limit for maximum voltage change between time points. If you need voltages less than 50 uV. If the simulator produces a convergent solution that is greater than ABSVAR. a reasonable value is 5 to 50 uV.03 389 .OPTION DVDT. sets the timestep to a smaller value and recalculates the solution. See Also .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION ABSVDC Sets minimum voltage for DC and transient analysis. unless you simulate a high-voltage circuit. For 1000-volt circuits. Description Use this option to set the minimum voltage for DC and transient analysis. See Also . This ensures at least two digits of significance.OPTION ABSVAR . Typically. If accuracy is more critical than convergence.OPTION DVDT . Syntax . reduce ABSVDC to two orders of magnitude less than the smallest voltage. For additional information.

Enables reporting and matrix statistic reporting.OPTION ACCT . Syntax . the ratio of CONV. the convergence and time step control tolerances might be too tight for the simulation.OPTION ACCT Generates a detailed accounting report.DC . See Also .OPTION ACCT=1 (default) . Is the same as ACCT without arguments.03 .57:1.OPTION ACCT=2 The ratio of TOT.ITER to # POINTS is the measure of the number of points evaluated to the number of points printed. In this example the ratio was 2.OPTION ACCT .OPTION ACCT=2 Enables reporting. SPICE generally has a ratio from 3:1 to 7:1. Description Use this option to generate a detailed accounting report.ITER is the best measure of simulator efficiency.OPTION ACCT=[1|2] Default 1 Arguments Parameter Description .OPTION ACCT . If this ratio is greater than about 4:1.ITER to CONV.TRAN 390 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The theoretical ratio is 2:1.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Example . In transient analysis.

OPTION LVLTIM .OPTION FFT_ACCURATE and is subordinate to .01 The default does not set the above control options. When set to 1.2 FT=0. this option sets these control options: LVLTIM=3 DVDT=2 RELVAR=0.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Syntax . see Appendix B.2 RELMOS=0.OPTION METHOD .OPTION ACCURATE Selects a time algorithm for circuits such as high-gain comparators. and other options.OPTION RELMOS .METHOD=GEAR. this option turns on .OPTION FFT_ACCURATE . See Also . To see how use of the ACCURATE option impacts the value settings when used with . Use this option with circuits that combine high gain and large dynamic range to guarantee accurate solutions in HSPICE .OPTION SIM_ACCURACY.OPTION ACCURATE .OPTION ABSVAR .OPTION FT .2 ABSVAR=0. In HSPICE RF.OPTION DVDT .OPTION RELVAR HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 391 . How Options Affect other Options.OPTION ACCURATE=[0|1] Default 0 Description Use this option to select a time algorithm that uses LVLTIM=3 and DVDT=2 for circuits such as high-gain comparators.

or passive elements.OPTION ACOUT=0|1 Default 1 Description Use this option to specify method for calculating the differences in AC output values for magnitude.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION ACOUT .ALTER statement changes parameters. See Also . Syntax .03 .ALTER statements. ■ ■ ALTCC=1 reads input netlist only once for multiple . this option is ignored.ALTER statements.OPTION ALTCC=[-1|0|1] Default 0 Description Use this option to enable HSPICE to read the input netlist only once for multiple .OPTION ALTCC=1 ignores parsing of an input netlist before an . . ■ ACOUT=1 selects the HSPICE method which calculates the difference of the magnitudes of the values. analysis. Otherwise.OPTION ALTCC Sets onetime reading of the input netlist for multiple .OPTION ACOUT Specifies the method for calculating differences in AC output values. Syntax . phase. ■ . and decibels for prints and plots.ALTER statement during standard cell library characterization only when an .ALTER statements. source stimulus. ACOUT=0: selects the SPICE method which calculates the magnitude of the differences in HSPICE.OPTION ALTCC or . Results are output following analysis.LIB 392 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ALTER . ALTCC=0 or -1 disables this option. HSPICE does not output a warning message during transient analysis.

ALTER statement (altered netlist).option altchk This enables topology checking in elements that you redefine using the . See Also . to check topology only in the top-level netlist.ALTER .OPTION ALTCHK Disables (or re-enables) topology checking in redefined elements (in altered netlists).OPTION ALTCHK=0|1 Default 0 Description HSPICE automatically reports topology errors in the latest elements in your top-level netlist.option altchk=1 . Syntax . This option requires a specific license.ALTER statement. set: . Syntax .OPTION ARTIST=[0|1|2] Default 0 Description Enables the Cadence Virtuoso® Analog Design Environment if ARTIST=2. not in the altered netlist). It also reports errors in elements that you redefine by using the .OPTION ALTCHK .OPTION ARTIST Enables the Cadence Virtuoso® Analog Design Environment interface.03 393 . To disable topology checking in redefined elements (that is.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . by default. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

VTO. and UTRA. SCALE: Sets the model scale factor to microns for length dimensions. SCALM. When you set this option to 1. WL: Reverses implicit order for stating width and length in a MOSFET statement. IS. NSUB. the simulator reads ASPEC models and netlists. and the results are compatible.OPTION WL 394 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION ASPEC Sets HSPICE to ASPEC-compatibility mode.OPTION ASPEC .OPTION SCALE . Syntax .OPTION ASPEC=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to set HSPICE to ASPEC-compatibility mode. then the width. the following model parameters default to ASPEC values: ■ ■ ■ ■ ACM=1: Changes the default values for CJ. MOSFET Model: TLEV=1 affects PB. U0.OPTION SCALM . and PHI. TOX.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . ■ See Also . PHB.03 . Diode Model: TLEV=1 affects temperature compensation for PB. The default (WL=0) assigns the length first. If you set ASPEC.

Syntax .MEASURE statements succeeds.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .meas tran m4 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' fall=3 targ v(re_bd) + val='ddv/2' rise=4 .OPTION AUTOSTOP (or) . even if the others are not completed. and FROM-TO measure functions. FIND-WHEN.OPTION AUTOSTOP=’expression’. and FROM-TO measure functions.meas tran m5 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' rise=3 targ v(re_bd) + val='ddv/2' rise=5 In this example. a logical AND (&&) or a logical OR(||). This is of special interest when testing corners.option autostop='m1&&m2||m4' .MEASURE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the transient analysis ends.meas tran m1 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' fall=1 targ v(re_bd) + val='ddv/2' rise=1 .meas tran m2 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' fall=2 targ v(re_bd) + val='ddv/2' rise=2 . when either m1 and m2 are obtained or just m4 is obtained.OPTION AUTOTST Stops a transient analysis in HSPICE after calculating all TRIG-TARG. You can also use the result of the preceding measurement as the next measured parameter. the ‘expression’ can only involve measure results.OPTION AUTOSTOP (or) . Using these types of expressions ends the simulation if any one of a set of .MEASURE statements.OPTION AUTOSTOP -or. This option can substantially reduce CPU time. See Also .OPTION AUTOSTOP=’expression’ Default 0 Example . Description Use this option to terminate a transient analysis in HSPICE after calculating all TRIG-TARG. Also terminates the simulation after completing all .meas tran m3 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' rise=2 targ v(re_bd) + val='ddv/2' rise=3 . When using . FIND-WHEN.OPTION AUTOTST .03 395 . You can use the AUTOSTOP option with any measure type.

03 . Syntax .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION BADCHR .OPTION BEEP Enables or disables audible alert tone when simulation returns a message. ■ 396 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. BEEP=0 turns off the audible tone.OPTION BEEP=[0|1] Default 0 Description Use this option to enable or disable the audible alert tone when simulation returns a message.OPTION BADCHR Generates a warning on finding a nonprintable character in an input file. . Syntax .OPTION BADCHR=[0|1] Default 0 Description Use this option to generate a warning on finding a nonprintable character in an input file by setting to 1. ■ BEEP=1 sounds an audible tone when simulation returns a message (such as HSPICE job completed).

bias’ Description Use this option to output the results of all .lis Example .OPTION BIASINTERVAL=1 Default 0 Description Use this option with the .OPTION BIASFILE=’biaschk/mos.OPTION BIASINTERVAL=[0|1|2|3] Example . Syntax .OPTION BIASFILE .OPTION BIASFILE Sends . BIASINTERVAL=1: output the total number of suppressed violation regions for those elements being monitored.lis file.BIASCHK results to the *.BIASCHK command results to a specified file. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ■ ■ BIASINTERVAL=0: ignores the interval argument.BIASCHK commands to a file that you specify.OPTION BIASFILE=<filename> Default *.03 397 . If you do not set this option.OPTION BIASINTERVAL Controls the level of information output during transient analysis. See Also . Violation warning messages that were generated in these suppressed regions are removed from the output. HSPICE outputs the .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .BIASCHK . Syntax .BIASCHK interval argument to control the level of information output during transient analysis.

■ See Also .OPTION BIASNODE=[0|1] Example . BIASINTERVAL=3: output detailed information about all violation regions. Also. ■ ■ BIASNODE=1: use node names instead of port names BIASNODE=0: use port names (for example. This includes element information.BIASCHK warning messages.BIASCHK 398 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . stop time.03 .OPTION BIASNODE Specifies whether to use node names or port names in element statements.OPTION BIASNODE=1 Default 0 Description Use this option to specify whether to use node names or port names in element statements in . start time.OPTION BIASNODE ■ BIASINTERVAL=2: output detailed information regarding suppressed violation regions. Also. ng of MOS element) See Also . violation warning messages that were generated in these regions are removed from the output. Syntax . and peak values.BIASCHK . violation warning messages that were generated in these suppressed regions are removed from the output.

BIASCHK sweeps the parallel elements being monitored. When transient analysis completes.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .03 399 .OPTION BIAWARN=[0|1] Default 0 Description Use this option to control whether HSPICE outputs warning messages when a local max bias voltage exceeds the limit during transient analysis. only the first element is used to generate warning messages. ■ See Also .BIASCHK sweeps the parallel elements being monitored. If node voltage is also being monitored.OPTION BIASPARALLEL=1 Description Use this option with the .BIASCHK .BIASCHK mname argument to control whether . Syntax .OPTION BIAWARN Controls whether HSPICE outputs warning messages when local max bias voltage exceeds limit during transient analysis.OPTION BIASPARALLEL=[0|1] Default 0 Example . BIAWARN=0: do not output a warning message.OPTION BIASPARALLEL Controls whether . the results are output as filtered by noise. BIASPARALLEL=0: do not sweep parallel elements. Syntax . ■ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ■ BIASPARALLEL=1: sweep parallel elements.OPTION BIASPARALLEL . When transient analysis completes. output the results. ■ BIAWARN=1: output warning messages.

Syntax .OPTION BINPRNT Default 0 Description Use this option to output the binning parameters of the CMI MOSFET model. 400 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .TRAN .OPTION BIAWARN=1 See Also .OPTION BINPRNT Outputs the binning parameters of the CMI MOSFET model. Currently available only for Level 57.OPTION BINPRNT Example .

OPTION BRIEF=0 act similar to the commands .OPTION BRIEF . see Appendix B. For information on how BRIEF impacts other options. BRIEF=1 disables printback. applies to BSIM3v3. . Values can be 0 (off).END . Syntax .OPTION BYPASS=[0|1|2] Default 1 for MESFETs.END statement.UNPROTECT or .OPTION BRIEF=[0|1] Default 0 Description Use this option to terminate echoing (printback) of the data file to stdout until HSPICE finds an . BRIEF=0 enables printback.PROT .UNPROTECT.OPTION BRIEF=0 or the .OPTION NODE .OPTION LIST . See Also .UNPROT .END statement. How Options Affect other Options. JFETs. In order to HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. NODE and OPTS options.OPTION BRIEF Stops echoing (printback) of data file to stdout until HSPICE reaches an .OPTION OPTS .OPTION BRIEF=0 or .03 401 . 2 for MOSFETs and diodes Description Use this option to bypass model evaluations if the terminal voltages do not change. respectively.OPTION BRIEF=1 and .PROTECT and .BSIM4. 1 (on). or 2 (advanced algorithm.PROTECT or . Syntax .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . or BJTs.OPTION NXX . and sets NOMOD. It also resets the LIST.OPTION BYPASS Bypasses model evaluations if the terminal voltages stay constant. The NXX option is the same as BRIEF.. and LEVEL=57 MOSFETs in special cases).

or diode becomes latent. BYPASS is automatically set to 2. BJT. Note: Use the BYPASS algorithm with caution.00u Description Use this option to specify a voltage tolerance at which a MOSFET. HSPICE does not update status of latent devices.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . BJT.OPTION VNTOL 402 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. bypass=1 does not update the status of latent devices.OPTION BYTOL speed up simulation. Some circuit types might not converge and might lose accuracy in transient analysis and operating-point calculations. Syntax . See Also .OPTION BYTOL=x Default 100.OPTION BYTOL Specifies a voltage tolerance at which a MOSFET. MESFET.OPTION RUNLVL . or diode becomes latent.03 . JFET. See Also . bypass=2 uses linear prediction to update the devices and achieve a balance between speed and accuracy. JFET.OPTION MBYPASS . MESFET. The default=MBYPASS x VNTOL. When the RUNLVL option is enabled.

OPTION RELQ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. JFETs. BJTs. MOSFETs. The default is 1e-15 (coulomb).OPTION CHGTOL=x Default 1.OPTION CAPTAB Adds up all the capacitances attached to a node and prints a table of singleplate node capacitances. Syntax .OPTION CAPTAB . Syntax . Use CHGTOL with RELQ to set the absolute and relative charge tolerance for all HSPICE capacitances.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . .00f Description Use this option to set a charge error tolerance if you set LVLTIM=2.OPTION LVLTIM . Min value: 1e-20. and passive capacitors at each operating point. Max value: 10.03 403 .OPTION CAPTAB Default 0 Description Use this option to print a compiled table of single-plate node capacitances for diodes.OPTION CHGTOL Sets a charge error tolerance. See Also .OPTION CHGTOL .

OPTION CONVERGE=[-1|0|1|2|3|4] Default 0 Description Use this option to run different methods for solving nonconvergence problems.OPTION CMIFLAG . CONVERGE=0 : Autoconvergence.OPTION statement.OPTION CONVERGE Invokes different methods for solving nonconvergence problems. Syntax .03 .OPTION CMIFLAG Loads the dynamically linked Common Model Interface (CMI) library. The default is 0. Not used in the autoconvergence flow. Syntax . libCMImodel. the CONVERGE option activates if a matrix floating-point overflows or if HSPICE reports a “timestep too small” error. If simulation does not converge within the set CPU time (in the CPTIME control option).OPTION CUSTCMI . CONVERGE=1 : Uses the Damped Pseudo Transient algorithm. then simulation halts. ■ ■ ■ CONVERGE=-1 : Use with DCON=-1 to disable autoconvergence. Not used in the autoconvergence flow. ■ ■ ■ Even you did not set it in an .OPTION CMIFLAG Description Use this option to signal to load the dynamically linked Common Model Interface (CMI) library.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . CONVERGE=2 : Uses a combination of DCSTEP and GMINDC ramping. See Also . CONVERGE=3 : Invokes the source-stepping method. 404 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. CONVERGE=4 : Uses the gmath ramping method.

OPTION CSDF=x Description Use this option to select the Common Simulation Data Format (Viewlogiccompatible graph data file format) HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Use this option if you are uncertain how long the simulation will take.OPTION CPTIME If a matrix floating-point overflows.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . especially when you debug new data files. in seconds.OPTION CSDF Selects Common Simulation Data Format. then CONVERGE=1. When the time allowed for the job exceeds CPTIME. Syntax . HSPICE prints or plots the results up to that point and concludes the job. The default is 1e7 (400 days).OPTION DCSTEP . allotted for this simulation job.OPTION DCON .OPTION CPTIME Sets the maximum CPU time allotted for a simulation.OPTION CPTIME=x Default 10.OPTION DCTRAN .03 405 . See Also .00x Description Use this option to set the maximum CPU time. Syntax . .OPTION GMINDC .

OPTION CSHUNT is the same as . . See Also .OPTION CSHUNT .OPTION CSHUNT=x Default 0 Description Use this option to add capacitance from each node to ground. See Also .OPTION CSHUNT.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . This is the same option as CSHUNT.OPTION CSHDC.03 . use CSHDC only with the CONVERGE option. Syntax . Add a small CSHUNT to each node to solve internal timestep too small problems caused by high frequency oscillations or numerical noise.OPTION CSHDC=x Default 1.OPTION CSHDC . When defined. .00p Description Use this option to add capacitance from each node to ground. used only with the CONVERGE option. except that CSHDC becomes invalid after DC OP analysis. When defined. while CSHUNT stays in both DC OP and transient analysis.OPTION CSHDC is the same as .OPTION CSHDC Adds capacitance from each node to ground.OPTION CONVERGE . Syntax .OPTION CSHUNT Adds capacitance from each node to ground.OPTION CSHDC 406 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. except that CSHDC becomes invalid after DC OP analysis. while CSHUNT stays in both DC OP and transient analysis.

OPTION CUSTCMI Turns on gate direct tunneling current modeling and instance parameter support. You set .OPTION CUSTCMI=1 jointly with .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION CMIFLAG . . Syntax . Syntax .OPTION CUSTCMI=0 to turns off that feature.OPTION CMIFLAG to turn on gate direct tunneling current modeling and instance parameter support for customer CMI. See Also .OPTION CUSTCMI=x Default 0 Description Use this option to turns on gate direct tunneling current modeling and instance parameter support.OPTION CUSTCMI . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 407 . See the discussion of CAPOP=3 in the “Overview of MOSFET Models” chapter of the HSPICE MOSFET Models Manual for explicit equations and discussion.00m Description Use this option to change the number of numerical integration steps when calculating the gate capacitor charge for a MOSFET by using CAPOP=3.OPTION CVTOL Changes the number of numerical integration steps when calculating the gate capacitor charge for a MOSFET.OPTION CVTOL=x Default 200.

OPTION d_ibis='/home/user/ibis/models' Description Use this option to specify the directory containing the IBIS files. The HSPICE Elements and Device Models Manual describes these equations. the simulation looks for IBIS files in the local directory (the directory from which you run the simulation).OPTION D_IBIS=’ibis_files_directory’ Example .OPTION cards appear in the netlist. 408 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 . Syntax .OPTION D_IBIS . .OPTION DCAP Specifies equations used to calculate depletion capacitance for Level 1 and 3 diodes and BJTs. You can use the D_IBIS option to specify up to four directories. It then checks the directories specified through .OPTION DCAP Default 2 Description Use this option to specify equations for HSPICE to use when calculating depletion capacitance for Level 1 and 3 diodes and BJTs. Syntax .OPTION D_IBIS Specifies the directory containing the IBIS files.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION D_IBIS in the order that . If you specify several directories.

If not set. so DCFOR adds iterations (and computation time) to the DC circuit solution. Syntax . The number of iterations after convergence is usually zero.DC . See Also .OPTION DCFOR=x Default 0 Description Use this option to set the number of iterations to calculate after a circuit converges in the steady state. MOS device or voltage-variable capacitance values will not be evaluated and the printed value will be zero.NODESET statement to enhance DC convergence.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION DCHOLD and the .NODESET . Use this option with . not falsely. Syntax . converges. See Also .03 409 .OPTION DCCAP=o|1 Default 0 (off) Description Use this option to generate C-V plots.OPTION DCHOLD HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. DCFOR ensures that a circuit actually. Prints capacitance values of a circuit (both model and element) during a DC analysis. You can use a DC sweep of the capacitor to generate C-V plots.OPTION DCCAP .OPTION DCFOR Sets the number of iterations to calculate after a circuit converges in the steady state.DC .OPTION DCCAP Generates C-V plots.

See Also .03 .NODESET statement. If a circuit requires more than DCHOLD iterations to converge.OPTION DCHOLD Specifies how many iterations to hold a node at the . Use this option to specify how many iterations to hold a node at the .NODESET voltage values.NODESET . and calculates the DC solution by using the .NODESET fixed-source voltages open circuited.NODESET.NODESET statement.NODESET voltage values. Syntax .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . according to the DCHOLD value and the number of iterations before DC convergence.DC . it is replaced by automated algorithms. the DC solution includes the values set in .OPTION DCHOLD=n Default 1 Description Note: In HSPICE RF.OPTION DCFOR 410 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. DCFOR and DCHOLD enhance the convergence properties of a DC simulation. HSPICE ignores the values set in the . If a circuit converges in the steady state in fewer than DCHOLD iterations. DCFOR and DCHOLD work with the . this option is ignored.OPTION DCHOLD . The effects of DCHOLD on convergence differ. Use DCFOR and DCHOLD together to initialize DC analysis.

if DV =1000  50  I max   GRAMP = max  6.IC commands in the netlist are used. ----------- .OPTION DCIC=0|1 Default 1 Description Use this option to specify whether to use or ignore .OPTION DCIC Specifies whether to use or ignore .OPTION DCON Disables autoconvergence (when DCON=-1 and CONVERGE=-1).IC commands in the netlist.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .DC .IC commands in the netlist are ignored for DC sweep analysis.03 411 .1. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ■ See Also .IC commands in the netlist. ■ DCIC=1 (default): each point in a DC sweep analysis acts like an operating point and all . HSPICE automatically sets DCON=1 and calculates the following: V max DV = max  0. Syntax . Syntax .OPTION DCON=x Default 0 Description If a circuit cannot converge.OPTION DCIC . DCIC=0: . log 10  -----------------------  GMINDC  ITL 1 = ITL 1 + 20 ⋅ GRAMP Vmax is the maximum voltage and Imax is the maximum current.IC .

HSPICE divides the value of the element capacitors by DCSTEP to model DC conductance.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . which sets DV=1e6. See Also .OPTION DV .OPTION DCTRAN=x Default o Description Use this option to run different methods to solve nonconvergence problems.OPTION DCSTEP ■ If the circuit still cannot converge.OPTION CONVERGE . Syntax .DC . HSPICE lists all nonconvergent nodes and devices.OPTION DCTRAN Invokes different methods to solve nonconvergence problems. simulation might not converge.03 .OPTION DCSTEP Converts DC model and element capacitors to a conductance. HSPICE sets DCON=2. ■ See Also . DCTRAN is an alias for CONVERGE. See Also . Syntax .OPTION DCSTEP=n Default 0(seconds) Description Use this option to convert DC model and element capacitors to a conductance to enhance DC convergence properties. Set DCON=-1 and CONVERGE=-1 to disable autoconvergence.OPTION CONVERGE 412 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If the circuit uses discontinuous models or uninitialized flip-flops.

Syntax . .OPTION DEFAD . The default is 1e-4m.OPTION DEFAS Sets the default MOSFET source diode area.00u Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET channel length in HSPICE.OPTION DEFAD=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET drain diode area in HSPICE. Syntax .OPTION DEFAS=x Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET source diode area in HSPICE.03 413 .OPTION DEFL Sets the default MOSFET channel length.OPTION DEFL=x Default 100. . Syntax . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DEFAD Sets the default MOSFET drain diode area.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .

OPTION DEFNRS Sets the default number of squares for the source resistor on a MOSFET.03 .OPTION DEFPD Sets the default MOSFET drain diode perimeter.OPTION DEFPD=n Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET drain diode perimeter in HSPICE. . 414 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DEFNRS= n Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default number of squares for the source resistor on a MOSFET.OPTION DEFNRD .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Syntax . .OPTION DEFNRD=n Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default number of squares for the drain resistor on a MOSFET. Syntax . Syntax .OPTION DEFNRD Sets the default number of squares for the drain resistor on a MOSFET.

.0 Description Use this option to set the default distance between the S/D diffusion edge to the poly gate edge from side opposite the SA side in the BSIM STI/LOD model. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DEFPS .OPTION DEFSB Sets the default BSIM4 MOSFET SB parameter.0 Description Use this option to set the default distance between the S/D diffusion edge to the poly gate edge from one side in the BSIM STI/LOD model.OPTION DEFSA=x Default 0. .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION DEFPS Sets the default MOSFET source diode perimeter.OPTION DEFSA Sets the default BSIM4 MOSFET SA parameter.03 415 . Syntax . . .OPTION DEFPS=x Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET source diode perimeter in HSPICE.OPTION DEFSB=x Default 0.

OPTION DEFW=x Default 100. 416 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 . Syntax .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .00u Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET channel width in HSPICE. .OPTION DEFSD .OPTION DEFSD=x Default 0.OPTION DEFW Sets the default MOSFET channel width. .OPTION DEFSD Sets default for BSIM4 MOSFET SD parameter.0 Description Use this option to set the default for the distance between neighboring fingers (SD parameter) in a BSIM STI/LOD model.

How Options Affect other Options for more information. RUNLVL. Max value 1e10. See Appendix B. Syntax . If DELMAX is defined in a .OPTION ABSH HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. its priority is higher than DELMAX. Use this option only if the value of the ABSH control option is greater than 0.OPTION DELMAX .00 Description Use this option to set the maximum iteration to iteration current change through voltage-defined branches (voltage sources and inductors).OPTION DI Sets the maximum iteration to iteration current change. See Also . Syntax . The initial DELMAX value. and delay times.The default value is automatically adjusted with dependencies on DVDT.TRAN statement.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Min value: –1e10.OPTION DI=n Default 100. shown in the HSPICE output listing.TRAN .OPTION DVDT . is generally not the value used for simulation. based on timestep control factors.OPTION DELMAX=x Default 0 Description Use this option to set the maximum delta of the internal timestep. HSPICE automatically sets the DELMAX value.03 417 .OPTION DELMAX Sets the maximum delta of the internal timestep. See Also .

OPTION DIAGNO Logs the occurrence of negative model conductances. Syntax . 418 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DIAGNOSTIC (or) . .OPTION DIAGNOSTIC Description Use this option to log the occurrence of negative model conductances.OPTION DLENCSDF Specifies how many digits to include in scientific notation (exponents) or to the right of the decimal point when using Common Simulation Data Format. If you assign a floating decimal point or if you specify less than 1 or more than 10 digits.03 .OPTION DIAGNOSTIC (or) . it places 5 digits to the right of a decimal point. this digit length option specifies how many digits to include in scientific notation (exponents) or to the right of the decimal point. For example. Valid values are any integer from 1 to 10. and the default is 5.OPTION DIAGNO . Syntax .OPTION DLENCSDF=x Description If you use the Common Simulation Data Format (Viewlogic graph data file format) as the output format. HSPICE uses the default.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .

5 to 5.TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.0 to achieve a stable DC operating point.DC . See Also . High-gain bipolar amplifiers can require values of 0.OPTION DCON .00k Description Use this option to specify maximum iteration to iteration voltage change for all circuit nodes in both DC and transient analysis. Syntax . The default is 1000 (or 1e6 if DCON=2).OPTION DV Specifies maximum iteration to iteration voltage change for all circuit nodes in both DC and transient analysis.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION DV .OPTION DV=x Default 1. Large CMOS digital circuits frequently require about 1 V.03 419 .

OPTION DVDT=0|1|2|3|4 Default 4 Description Use this option to adjust the timestep based on rates of change for node voltage.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . see “DVDT Dynamic Timestep” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide.OPTION DVTR Limits voltage in transient analysis. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 0 .03 . 420 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DELMAX .OPTION DVTR=x Default 1. For additional information. For information on how DVDT values impact other options. see Appendix B.00k Description Limits voltage in transient analysis.balance speed and accuracy The ACCURATE option also increases the accuracy of the results. See Also .original algorithm 1 .accurate 3. 4 .OPTION DVDT Adjusts the timestep based on rates of change for node voltage.fast 2 .OPTION ACCURATE . The default is 1000. Syntax . How Options Affect other Options. Syntax .OPTION DVDT .

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. .OPTION EXPMAX=x Default 80. Syntax . Syntax . above the explosion current.03 421 . are linear. a constant value. Syntax .00 Description Use this option to specify the largest exponent that you can use for an exponential before overflow occurs.OPTION EXPLI Enables the current-explosion model parameter.OPTION EXPMAX Specifies the largest exponent that you can use for an exponential before overflow occurs. . This improves simulation speed and convergence.OPTION EPSMIN=x Default 1e-28 Description Use this option to specify the smallest number that a computer can add or subtract.OPTION EXPLI=x Default 0(amp/area effective) Description Use this option to enable the current-explosion model parameter. HSPICE determines the slope at the explosion point. PN junction characteristics.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION EPSMIN .OPTION EPSMIN Specifies the smallest number a computer can add or subtract. Typical value for an IBM platform is 350.

which increase simulation speed with minimal loss of accuracy. also helps simulations to run faster.) Besides the FAST option.OPTION FAST . To speed up simulation. See Also . Use this option for MOSFETs. To see how use of the FAST impacts the value settings of other options.OPTION FAST Disables status updates for latent devices.OPTION FAST Default 0 Description Use this option to set additional options.03 . JFETs. this option disables status updates for latent devices. (If FAST is on.OPTION BYTOL . this speeds up simulation. Syntax .OPTION NOELCK . and diodes.OPTION NOTOP 422 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. but can reduce accuracy. Increasing the value of the MBYPASS or BYTOL option. see Appendix B.OPTION MBYPASS .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . BJTs. HSPICE sets BYTOL to different values for different types of device models. How Options Affect other Options. you can also use the NOTOP and NOELCK options to reduce input preprocessing time. MESFETs. A device is latent if its node voltage variation (from one iteration to the next) is less than the value of either the BYTOL control option or the BYPASSTOL element parameter.

Syntax . SNR. See Also .OPTION FFT_ACCURATE=x Default 0 Description Use this option to dynamically adjust the time step so that each FFT point is a real simulation point. Syntax .FFT freq=xxx statement. This eliminates interpolation error and provides the highest FFT accuracy with minimal overhead in simulation time. but only if you specify a FFTOUT option and a .OPTION FFTOUT Prints 30 harmonic fundamentals.OPTION FFT_ACCURATE Dynamically adjusts the time step so that each FFT point is a real simulation point.03 423 .OPTION FFTOUT=x Default 0 Description Use this option to print 30 harmonic fundamentals sorted by size.OPTION ACCURATE . and SFDR.OPTION FFT_ACCURATE .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . THD. See Also .FFT HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

See Also .TRAN statement sets TSTEP.OPTION DVDT . Delta = FS ⋅ [ MIN ( TSTEP. BKPT ) ] ■ ■ ■ You specify DELMAX.OPTION FT=x Default o.TRAN 424 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION FT Decreases delta by a specified fraction of a timestep for iteration set that does not converge. DVDT=3 uses FS to control the timestep. DELMAX. See Also . If DVDT=2 or DVDT=4. Decreases the FS value to help circuits that have timestep convergence difficulties.03 .OPTION FS Decreases FS value to help circuits that have timestep convergence difficulties. Syntax . BKPT is related to the breakpoint of the source.OPTION FS=x Default 250.OPTION DELMAX .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .25 Description Use this option to decrease delta (the internal timestep) by a specified fraction of a timestep (TSTEP) for an iteration set that does not converge.00m Description Use this option to decrease delta (internal timestep) by the specified fraction of a timestep (TSTEP) for the first time point of a transient.TRAN . FT controls the timestep. Syntax .OPTION FS . The .OPTION DVDT .

OPTION GENK Automatically computes second-order mutual inductance for several coupled inductors. . The default 1 enables the calculation.OPTION GDCPATH[=x] Default 0 Description Use this option to add conductance to nodes having no DC path to ground. Syntax . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION GDCPATH Adds conductance to nodes having no DC path to ground.03 425 . You use this option to help solve no DC path to ground problems.OPTION GDCPATH . If you specify GDCPATH in a netlist without a value that value is assumed to be 1e-15. Syntax .OPTION GENK= 0|1 Default 1 Description Use this option to automatically calculate second-order mutual inductance for several coupled inductors.

Max value: 100. Min value: 1e-30.IC . Syntax .OPTION GMAX .NODESET initialization circuitry.OPTION GMAX=x Default 100.OPTION GMIN=x Default 1.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .00p Description Use this option to specify the minimum conductance added to all PN junctions for a time sweep in transient analysis. Some large bipolar circuits require you to set GMAX=1 for convergence. See Also . The default is 1e-12.OPTION GMAX Specifies the maximum conductance in parallel with a current source for .IC and .00 (mho) Description Use this option to specify the maximum conductance in parallel with a current source for .03 .IC and . Syntax .NODESET .OPTION GMIN Specifies the minimum conductance added to all PN junctions for a time sweep in transient analysis. 426 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.NODESET initialization circuitry.

OPTION GMINDC .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION GMINDC Specifies conductance in parallel for PN junctions and MOSFET nodes in DC analysis. If your circuit requires large values to converge.0e-11.0e-12 or less.OPTION GMINDC=x Default 1. suspect a bad model or circuit. See Also .OPTION PIVTOL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.00p Description Use this option to specify conductance in parallel for all PN junctions and MOSFET nodes except gates in DC analysis. If a matrix floating-point overflows and if GMINDC is 1. HSPICE sets it to 1. GMINDC helps overcome DC convergence problems caused by low values of off-conductance for pn junctions and MOSFETs. Max value: 100. The default is 1e-12. HSPICE manipulates GMINDC in auto-converge mode. Min value: 1e-30.OPTION GRAMP .DC .03 427 . Set GMINDC between 1e-4 and the PIVTOL value. You can use GRAMP to reduce GMINDC by one order of magnitude for each step. Syntax . Large values of GMINDC can cause unreasonable circuit response.

OPTION GMINDC 428 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. simulates each value. If you sweep GMINDC between 1e-12 mhos (default) and 1e-6 mhos.OPTION GRAMP=x Default 0 Description Use this option to specify a conductance range over which DC operating point analysis sweeps GMINDC. See Also . HSPICE sets GMINDC to 1e-7 mhos and simulates the circuit. Syntax . HSPICE replaces GMINDC values over this range.03 . false convergence can occur. The sweep continues until HSPICE simulates all values of the GRAMP ramp. Min value: 0. GRAMP is 6 (value of the exponent difference between the default and the maximum conductance limit). ■ If the combined GMINDC and GRAMP conductance is greater than 1e-3 mho.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Max value: 1000.OPTION GRAMP . and uses the lowest GMINDC value where the circuit converges in a steady state. In this example: ■ ■ HSPICE first sets GMINDC to 1e-6 mhos and simulates the circuit. GRAMP specifies a conductance range over which DC operating point analysis sweeps GMINDC. Use GRAMP with the GMINDC option to find the smallest GMINDC value that results in DC convergence. HSPICE sets this value during auto-convergence .OPTION GRAMP Specifies a conductance range over which DC operating point analysis sweeps GMINDC. If circuit simulation converges.DC .

OPTION GSHUNT=x Default 0 Description Use this option to add conductance from each node to ground.OPTION GSHUNT .OPTION GSHDC=x Default 0 Description Use this option to add conductance from each node to ground when calculating the DC operating point of the circuit (.OPTION GSHDC . Syntax .OPTION GSHDC Adds conductance from each node to ground when calculating the DC operating point of the circuit.OPTION HIER_SCALE Uses S-parameters to scale subcircuits. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also . Syntax .OPTION HIER_SCALE=x Default 0 Description Use this option so you can use the S-parameter to scale subcircuits.OPTION GSHUNT Adds conductance from each node to ground.03 429 . Syntax .OP). . Add a small GSHUNT to each node to help solve timestep too small problems caused by either high-frequency oscillations or numerical noise.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .

OPTION FT .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . If ICSWEEP=0. ■ ■ If ICSWEEP=1. If the number of iterations needed is greater than IMAX.OPTION IMIN . IMAX is the same as ITL4.03 . . next analysis does not use the results of the current analysis. the next analysis uses the current results. the internal timestep (delta) decreases by a factor equal to the FT transient control option.OPTION IMAX Specifies the maximum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis.OPTION ICSWEEP=0|1 Default 1 Description Use this option to save the current analysis result of a parameter or temperature sweep as the starting point in the next analysis in the sweep. Syntax .OPTION IMAX=x Default 8 Description Use to specify the maximum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis. Syntax .OPTION ICSWEEP ■ ■ 0 interprets S as a user-defined parameter. HSPICE uses the new timestep to calculate a new solution. 1 interprets S as a scale parameter. . IMAX also works with the IMIN transient control option. See Also .OPTION ITL4 430 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. IMAX sets the maximum iterations to obtain a convergent solution at a timepoint.OPTION ICSWEEP Saves the current analysis result of a parameter or temperature sweep as the starting point in the next analysis.

Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . See Also .OPTION IMIN . Use this option to decrease simulation times in circuits where the nodes are stable most of the time (such as digital circuits). IMIN is the same as ITL3.OPTION ITL3 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. unless the timestep exceeds the IMAX option.OPTION IMIN=x Default 3 Description Use this option to specify the minimum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis. If the number of iterations is less than IMIN. the internal timestep (delta) doubles. IMIN is the minimum number of iterations required to obtain convergence.03 431 .OPTION IMAX . the timestep stays the same.OPTION IMIN Specifies the minimum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis. Syntax . If the number of iterations is greater than IMIN.

OPTION INGOLD=[0|1|2] Default 0 (engineering notation) Arguments Parameter Description Defaults INGOLD=0 (default) INGOLD=1 Engineering Format 1.OPTION INGOLD=1 or 2.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .234e+03 .03 .123e-1 Example . See Also .OPTION MEASDGT 432 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. as shown below: F=1e-15 P=1e-12 N=1e-9 U=1e-6 M=1e-3 K=1e3 X=1e6 G=1e9 To print variable values in exponential form. specify .OPTION INGOLD=2 Description Use this option to control whether HSPICE prints output in exponential form (scientific notation) or engineering notation.234e+03 .OPTION INGOLD Controls whether HSPICE prints output in exponential form or engineering notation. Engineering notation provides two to three extra significant digits and aligns columns to facilitate comparison.123 INGOLD=2 E Format (exponential SPICE) 1.OPTION INGOLD .234K 123M G Format (fixed and exponential) 1. Syntax .

MEASURE statements. set ITRPRT=1.OPTION INTERP Limits output to only the .TRAN timestep intervals. HSPICE outputs data at internal timepoints. See Also . and it also leads to longer runtime. to calculate the AVG or RMS). HSPICE uses the post-processing output. When you run data-driven transient analysis (. To compute measure statements. especially for smaller timesteps.OPTION ITRPRT . All measurement results are at the time points specified in the data-driven sweep.TRAN DATA) in an optimization routine.tr# file.MEASURE . To measure only at converged internal timesteps (for example.OPTION INTERP . Reducing post-processing output can lead to interpolation errors in measure results.TRAN timestep intervals for post-analysis tools. Use INTERP=1 with caution when the netlist includes . In some cases. By default.03 433 . Syntax .TRAN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION INTERP=0|1 Default 0 Description Limits output for post-analysis tools to only the . INTERP produces a much larger design . HSPICE forces INTERP=1.

OPTION ACCT to list how many iterations an operating point requires. See Also . most models do not require more than 100 iterations to converge. Syntax . ■ ■ 0= output information (IP not protected) 1=do not output information (IP protected) . Syntax . Increasing this value rarely improves convergence in small circuits.OPTION ITL1=n Default 200 Description Use this option to specify the maximum DC iteration limit.DC .OPTION IPROP 0|1 Default 0 Description Use to control whether to treat all of the circuit information as IP protected and not output this information during simulation. Set .OPTION IPROP Controls whether to treat all of the circuit information as IP protected.OPTION ACCT 434 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION ITL1 Specifies the maximum DC iteration limit. However.OPTION IPROP . Values as high as 400 have resulted in convergence for some large circuits with feedback (such as operational amplifiers and sense amplifiers).Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .03 .

See Also . If the number of iterations is less than ITL3. ITL3 is the minimum number of iterations required to obtain convergence. If the number of iterations is greater than IMIN. See Also . Syntax .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION ITL2=n Default 50 Description Use this option to specify the iteration limit for the DC transfer curve.OPTION ITL3 Specifies minimum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis.OPTION IMIN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION IMAX .DC . Use this option to decrease simulation times in circuits where the nodes are stable most of the time (such as digital circuits). Syntax .03 435 .OPTION ITL2 Specifies the iteration limit for the DC transfer curve.OPTION ITL2 . the internal timestep (delta) doubles. the timestep stays the same unless the timestep exceeds the IMAX option. ITL3 is the same as IMIN. Increasing this limit improves convergence only for very large circuits.OPTION ITL3=x Default 3 Description Use this option to specify the minimum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis.

436 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ITL4 also works with the IMIN transient control option.OPTION IMIN . If the number of iterations needed is greater than ITL4. If a circuit uses more than ITL5 iterations. up to that point. HSPICE uses the new timestep to calculate a new solution.OPTION ITL4=x Description Use this option to specify the maximum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis. See Also .OPTION ITL5 Sets an iteration limit for transient analysis.OPTION ITL4 Specifies maximum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis. Syntax . ITL4 is the same as IMAX. the program prints all results. ITL4 sets the maximum iterations to obtain a convergent solution at a timepoint.OPTION IMAX .OPTION ITL4 . the internal timestep (delta) decreases by a factor equal to the FT transient control option.OPTION ITL5=x Default 0(infinite number of iterations) Description Use this option to set an iteration limit for transient analysis. Syntax . The default is 8.OPTION FT .03 .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .

OPTION ITLPTRAN .OPTION ITLPZ Sets the iteration limit for pole/zero analysis.DC . If simulation fails in the final try of the pseudo-transient method.OPTION ITLPTRAN Controls iteration limit used in final try of pseudo-transient method.OPTION ITLPTRAN=x Description Use this option to control the iteration limit used in the final try of the pseudotransient method in OP or DC analysis.OP . enlarge this option. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Syntax .03 437 . The default is 100. The default is 30.OPTION ITLPZ=x Description Use this option to set the iteration limit for pole/zero analysis. See Also .

) In addition. . increases simulation time. Syntax .OPTION ITRPRT Enables printing of output variables at their internal time points. To satisfy the KCL test.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . (Long list is possible. the ibs are the node currents. each node must satisfy this condition: Σ i b < RELI ⋅ Σ i b + ABSI In this equation.OPTION ITRPRT 0|1 Default 0 Description When set to 1.OPTION RELMOS 438 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. but checks the solution with a high degree of accuracy. prints output variables at their internal transient simulation time points. Sets ABSI to 1e-6 A.OPTION ABSI .OPTION RELI . Sets RELI to 1e-6.OPTION ITRPRT .printtr0). If you set this value to 1. HSPICE sets these options: ■ ■ ■ Sets RELMOS and ABSMOS options to 0 (off). Syntax . if you use the -html option when invoking HSPICE. then HSPICE prints the values to a separate file (*.OPTION KCLTEST Activates KCL (Kirchhoff’s Current Law) test. See Also .OPTION KCLTEST=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to activate KCL test.OPTION ABSMOS . especially for large circuits.03 .

0. For additional information. the algorithm drops all capacitors.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . KLIM is unitless (analogous to coupling strength. the faster the circuit. The default is 1 GHz.5 and 0. Syntax . If value is 0. The maximum frequency required for accurate reduction depends on both the technology of the circuit and the time scale of interest.OPTION LA_FREQ=<value> Description Use this option to specify the upper frequency for which accuracy must be preserved. the higher the maximum frequency.OPTION LA_FREQ Specifies the upper frequency for which accuracy must be preserved. The value parameter specifies the upper frequency for which the PACT algorithm must preserve accuracy. .OPTION SIM_LA .OPTION KLIM . Syntax . see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide.OPTION KLIM Sets the minimum mutual inductance.OPTION KLIM=x Default 10. specified in the K Element).00m Description Use this option to set the minimum mutual inductance below which automatic second-order mutual inductance calculation no longer proceeds.OPTION LA_TIME HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. because only DC is of interest. Typical KLIM values are between . See Also . In general.03 439 .

The linear matrix reduction process assumes that any resistor greater than value has an infinite resistance and drops the resistor after reduction completes. see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. The value parameter specifies the maximum resistance preserved in the reduction.OPTION LA_MINC=<value> Description Use this option to specify the minimum capacitance for linear matrix reduction.03 . For additional information. See Also . The default is 1e-16 farads.OPTION SIM_LA .OPTION SIM_LA 440 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The default is 1e15 ohms. See Also . Syntax . For additional information.OPTION LA_MINC Specifies the minimum capacitance for linear matrix reduction. Syntax . see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION LA_MAXR=<value> Description Use this option to specify the maximum resistance for linear matrix reduction.OPTION LA_MAXR .OPTION LA_MAXR Specifies the maximum resistance for linear matrix reduction. The value parameter specifies the minimum capacitance preserved in the reduction. The linear matrix reduction process lumps any capacitor smaller than value to ground after the reduction completes.

or set the minimum switching time to 1ns: .OPTION LA_FREQ=1GHz -or. Syntax . HSPICE does not accurately simulate them. The default is equivalent to setting LA_FREQ=1GHz.OPTION LA_TIME . see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. For additional information.1ns.OPTION LA_FREQ=10GHz -or.03 441 . either set the maximum frequency to 1 GHz. Waveforms that occur more rapidly than the minimum switching time are not accurately represented. The value parameter specifies the minimum switching time for which the PACT algorithm preserves accuracy.OPTION SIM_LA . if spikes occur in 0.OPTION LA_TIME Specifies the minimum time for which accuracy must be preserved. but only up to the minimum time step used in HSPICE.OPTION LA_TIME=<value> Example For a circuit having a typical rise time of 1ns.OPTION LA_TIME=1ns However. use: . See Also .OPTION LA_FREQ.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . This option is simply an alternative to .OPTION LA_FREQ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION LA_TIME=0. To capture the behavior of the spikes. The default is 1ns. Note: Higher frequencies (smaller times) increase accuracy.1ns Description Use this option to specify the minimum time for which accuracy must be preserved.

Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .03 . Syntax .OPTION LIMPTS Specifies the number of points to print in AC analysis. see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. The maximum value is 1024. For additional information.OPTION LENNAM Specifies maximum name length for printing operating point analysis results.0.0 and 1. .OPTION LA_TOL .OPTION LA_TOL=<value> Description Use this option to specify the error tolerance for the PACT algorithm.05. The default is 0. See Also . The value parameter must specify a real number between 0. Syntax .OPTION LIMPTS=x Default 2001 442 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_LA . Syntax .OPTION LENNAM=x Default 8 Description Use this option to specify the maximum length of names in the printout of operating point analysis results.OPTION LA_TOL Specifies the error tolerance for the PACT algorithm.

OPTION LIMTIM=x Default 2 (seconds) Description Use this option to specify the amount of CPU time reserved to generate prints and plots if a CPU time limit (CPTIME=x) terminates simulation. Default is normally sufficient for short printouts.TRAN .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION LIMTIM Specifies the amount of CPU time reserved to generate prints. parameters. voltage and current sources. HSPICE spools the output file to disk.OPTION CPTIME . node connections.OPTION LIMTIM Description Use this option to specify the number of points to print or plot in AC analysis. and values for components. and more. See Also . Syntax .03 443 . Syntax .OPTION LIST Default 0 Description Use this option to print a list of: ■ ■ netlist elements node connections HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. You do not need to set LIMPTS for DC or transient analysis.DC . See Also .AC .OPTION LIST Prints a list of netlist elements.

03 . See Also .OPTION UNWRAP .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Note: This option is suppressed by the BRIEF option.OPTION LIST ■ ■ ■ element values for passive and active components independent and dependent voltage and current source values parameter values It also prints effective sizes of elements and key values.OPTION BRIEF .OPTION VFLOOR 444 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

Syntax . For information on how LVLTIM values impact other options. See Also . LVLTIM=4 is invalid if set by user. ■ ■ LVLTIM=1 (default) uses the DVDT timestep control algorithm. it is invoked by the RUNLVL option only to enhance the LTE time step control method used by the latest RUNLVL algorithm. which can result in an unstable solution. How Options Affect other Options.OPTION LVLTIM=[1|2|3]|4 Default 1 Description Use this option. Selecting the GEAR method changes the value of LVLTIM to 2 automatically. (levels 1-3. You can apply LVLTIM=2 to the TRAP method. LVLTIM=3 uses the DVDT timestep control method with timestep reversal. see Appendix B.OPTION FT .OPTION FS . ■ ■ The local truncation algorithm LVLTIM=2 (LTE) provides a higher degree of accuracy than LVLTIM=1 or 3 (DVDT). LVLTIM=2 uses the local truncation error (LTE) timestep control method.OPTION DVDT . If you use this option.OPTION RELQ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION LVLTIM .OPTION CHGTOL .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION LVLTIM Selects the timestep algorithm for transient analysis. errors do not propagate from time point to time point.03 445 . only) to select the timestep algorithm for transient analysis.

Syntax .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . otherwise HSPICE aborts the simulation based on no definition for the M*** element. . ■ ■ For examples and detailed discussion. HSPICE uses the value of the last MACMOD option.OPTION MACMOD in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. Syntax . HSPICE seeks a subckt definition for the M*** element if no model reference exists.OPTION MAXAMP Sets the maximum current through voltage-defined branches.OPTION MAXAMP=x 446 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. see MOSFET Element Support Using . This feature will not support MOSFET element whose mname is defined by a string parameter. any number of terminals that is out of this range will cause the simulation to fail.OPTION MACMOD<=1|0> Description When the option is set with no value or 1. The number of terminals for a HSPICE MOSFET element must be within the range of 3-7.OPTION MACMOD . or the option value is set to 0. The following limitations apply: ■ ■ The MACMOD option only applies to HSPICE MOSFET elements.03 . If the MACMOD option does not exist in the netlist.OPTION MACMOD Enables HSPICE MOSFET to access subckt definition when there is no matching model reference. In addition. the number of terminals of the subckt must match with the M*** element referencing it. Element template output does not support MOSFET elements which use subckt definitions. if there are multiple MACMOD options in one simulation. then the extended MOSFET element support feature is turned off. The MACMOD option is a global option. The desired subckt name must match (case insensitive) the mname field in the M*** instance statement.

00 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If the current exceeds the MAXAMP value.OPTION MBYPASS=x Default 2. The value of the x parameter can be either 1 or 2: ■ MAXORD=1 selects the first-order Gear (Backward-Euler) integration method.OPTION MAXORD=1 METHOD=GEAR Description Use this option to specify the maximum order of integration for the GEAR method.OPTION METHOD . accurate.OPTION MBYPASS Computes the default value of the BYTOL control option.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . . MAXORD=2 selects the second-order Gear (Gear-2).03 447 . HSPICE reports an error. and practical. Syntax . Syntax . .OPTION MAXORD=[1|2] Default 2 Example This example selects the Backward-Euler integration method. which is more stable.OPTION MAXORD Specifies the maximum order of integration for the GEAR method.OPTION MAXORD Default 0 Description Use this option to set the maximum current through voltage-defined branches (voltage sources and inductors). ■ See Also .

OPTION BYTOL .100m Also multiplies the RELV voltage tolerance. Syntax . Default is 2 for DVDT=4.OPTION MCBRIEF Controls how HSPICE outputs Monte Carlo parameters.lis file only. ■ ■ Default is 1 for DVDT=0.OPTION MCBRIEF Description Use this option to calculate the default value of the BYTOL control option: BYTOL=MBYPASS x VNTOL=0. MCBRIEF=3: Outputs the Monte Carlo parameters into the measure files only.03 . 448 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Set MBYPASS to about 0. See Also . or 3.OPTION MCBRIEF=0|1|2|3 Default 0 Description Use this option to control how HSPICE outputs Monte Carlo parameters: ■ ■ ■ ■ MCBRIEF=0: Outputs all Monte Carlo parameters MCBRIEF=1: Does not output the Monte Carlo parameters MCBRIEF=2: Outputs the Monte Carlo parameters into a .OPTION RELV .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .1 for precision analog circuits. 2.OPTION DVDT . 1.

See Also .MEASURE output values are in scientific notation so . Syntax . .OPTION MEASDGT .mt0. all .MEASURE statement output in both the listing file and the . although you can set it as high as 10.ms0. Syntax .OPTION INGOLD=x to control the output data format. Five digits to the right of the decimal for numbers between 0.lis).Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .MEASURE output files (.OPTION MEASDGT=x Default 4. file. The value of x is typically between 1 and 7. Use MEASDGT with .OPTION INGOLD . For example.0 Description Use this option to format the .MEASURE statement output in both the listing file and the .1 and 999. then . and so on). You can assign this option the following values: HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. In the listing (.ma0.OPTION MEASDGT=5 results in five decimal digits.MEASURE .03 449 .MEASURE output files.MEASURE displays numbers as: ■ ■ Five decimal digits for numbers in scientific notation.OPTION MEASFAIL=0|1 Default 1 Description Use this option to specify where to print failed measurement output.OPTION MEASFAIL Specifies where to print failed measurement output. if MEASDGT=5. .OPTION MEASDGT Formats the .

outputs “0” into the .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .MEASURE 450 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MEASURE .ma# file.mt#. outputs measure information to several files. You can assign this option the following values: ■ ■ MEASFILE=0. . MEASFAIL=1. ■ See Also .OPTION MEASFILE Controls whether measure information outputs to single or multiple files when . outputs measure information to a single file.ALTER .OPTION MEASFILE=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to control whether measure information outputs to single or multiple files when an .ALTER statement is present in the netlist. prints “failed” into the . and into the listing file.mt#.ms#. or . MEASFILE=1 .03 . or . Syntax . See Also . .ma# file.ALTER statement is present in netlist.ms#.OPTION MEASFILE ■ MEASFAIL=0. and prints “failed” to the listing file.

Post-analysis processing (AvanWaves or other analysis tools) uses this <design>.OPTION MEASOUT .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . where # increments for each .mt# file contains data for a delay-versus-fanout plot.OPTION MEASOUT=x Default 0|1 Description Use this option to output .MEASURE .03 451 .mt# file. the . Syntax .ini file. which measures the delay.TEMP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. You can set this option to 0 (off) in the hspice. For example.ALTER block.ALTER . See Also . for a parameter sweep of an output load.MEASURE statement values and sweep parameters into an ASCII file.OPTION MEASOUT Outputs .TEMP or .MEASURE statement values and sweep parameters into an ASCII file.

TRAP PURETP selects pure trapezoidal rule integration. The GEAR method is a filter. This method is recommended for high-Q LC oscillators and crystal oscillators. run a transient analysis by using a small timestep. This method is recommended for high-Q LC oscillators and crystal oscillators. there is an order dependency with GEAR and ACCURATE options. GEAR selects Gear integration.OPTION METHOD Sets the numerical integration method for a transient analysis. Circuits that do not converge in trapezoidal integration. when RUNLVL is turned off. method = GEAR will set bypass=0. TRAP PURETP selects pure trapezoidal rule integration.OPTION LVLTIM=2. which sets . Highly non-linear circuits (such as operational amplifiers) can require very long execution times when you use the GEAR method. If oscillation disappears. the user can re-set bypass value by using . removing oscillations that occur in the trapezoidal method. You can use the PURETP option to turn this oscillation damping feature off. if method=GEAR is set after the ACCURATE option. This overrides METHOD=GEAR. To test this. set LVLTIM=1 or 3 after the METHOD=GEAR option. which sets LVLTIM=2.OPTION METHOD . When RUNLVL is turned off. then 452 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 . GEAR MU=1 selects Backward-Euler integration.option bypass = <value> Also. ■ TRAP selects trapezoidal rule integration. the cause was the trapezoidal method. This method inserts occasional Backward-Euler timesteps to avoid numerical oscillations.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . ■ ■ ■ ■ TRAP (trapezoidal) integration usually reduces program execution time with more accurate results. Syntax . which might not result from circuit behavior. Note: To change LVLTIM from 2 to 1 or 3. this method can introduce an apparent oscillation on printed or plotted nodes. However.OPTION METHOD=GEAR | TRAP [PURETP] Default TRAP Description Use this option to set the numerical integration method for a transient analysis. often converge if you use GEAR.

Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . .option method=gear See Also .OPTION MAXORD . No Gear-2 or BE is mixed in. see Appendix B.option method=trap puretp Example 2 This example sets pure Backward-Euler integration. Since there is no order dependency with RUNLVL and GEAR. if method=GEAR is set before the ACCURATE option.OPTION PURETP . Use this setting when you simulate harmonic oscillators. . anything else is controlled by RUNLVL. .OPTION ACCURATE . or RUNLVL and ACCURATE. then GEAR only determines the numeric integration method. then: .option ACCURATE method=GEAR RUNLVL is equivalent to .OPTION RUNLVL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION LVLTIM .option method=GEAR ACCURATE RUNLVL To see how use of the GEAR method impacts the value settings of ACCURATE and other options. How Options Affect other Options. there is no order dependency with RUNLVL and GEAR.OPTION MU .03 453 .OPTION METHOD the ACCURATE option does not take effect. If GEAR is used with RUNLVL.option method=gear maxord=1 Example 3 This example sets pure Gear-2 integration. then both GEAR and ACCURATE take effect. Example 1 This example sets pure trapezoidal method integration.

transistors M1 through M3 have the same random vto model parameter for each of the five Monte Carlo runs through the use of the MODMONTE option .OPTION MODMONTE Controls how random values are assigned to parameters with Monte Carlo definitions... transistors M1 through M3 have different values of the vto model parameter for each of the Monte Carlo runs by the means of setting .option MODMONTE=0 $$ MODMONTE defaults to 0.4... ..model mname nmos level=53 vto=vto_par version=3. 454 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. 3) .end Description Use this option to control how random values are assigned to parameters with Monte Carlo definitions.option MODMONTE=1.1 sweep monte=5 .3u M2 12 22 32 42 mname W=20u L=0.dc v1 0 vdd 0. . 0.03 .3u . 0.OK to omit this line.3u M3 13 23 33 43 mname W=20u L=0. .OPTION MODMONTE=x Default 0 Example 1 In this example. .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION MODMONTE ..option MODMONTE=1 .1.dc v1 0 vdd 0.param vto_par=agauss(0.4. Syntax . .22 M1 11 21 31 41 mname W=20u L=0.end Example 2 In this example.param vto_par=agauss(0.3u M3 13 23 33 43 mname W=20u L=0.1 sweep monte=5 ..1.model mname nmos level=54 vto=vto_par M1 11 21 31 41 mname W=20u L=0.3u M2 12 22 32 42 mname W=20u L=0. 3) .3u .. .

model nch nmos level=49 version=3.2 . example. Syntax .OPTION MODSRH Controls whether HSPICE loads or references a model described in a . This was the default prior to Y-2006. but not used in the netlist.03.0 10E-6 1E-9 1E-9 + 25E-6 50E-6 v2 b 0 2 v3 c 0 3 . If MODMONTE=0. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ■ See Also .sp: .OPTION MODSRH ■ If MODMONTE=1.MODEL statement. but not used in the netlist. then within a single simulation run.MODEL statement.option post modsrh=1 xi1 net8 b c t6 xi0 a b net8 t6 v1 a 0 pulse 3. each device that shares the same model card and is in the same Monte Carlo index receives a different random value for parameters that have a Monte Carlo definition.3 0.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .MODEL statement is not referenced. each device that shares the same model card and is in the same Monte Carlo index receives the same random value for its parameters that have a Monte Carlo definition.end Description Use this option to control whether HSPICE loads or references a model described in a . ■ MODSRH=0 : all models expanded even if the model described in a .MODEL . then within a single simulation run.OPTION MODSRH=0|1 Default 1 Example In this example. but it is not loaded.03 455 .inc for the nch model. the input file automatically searches t6.

If s set to 0.MODEL . The value range is 0.OPTION METHOD 456 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.5 Description Use this option to define the integration method coefficient.0 to 0. See Also .OPTION MONTECON ■ MODSRH=1: only referenced models are expanded.5 is a blend of the trapezoidal and backward-Euler integration methods. but no element in the netlist calls those models. See Also .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION MONTECON=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to retrieve the next random value. This option shortens simulation runtime when the netlist references many models.OPTION MU Defines the integration method coefficient. Syntax . even if non-convergence occurs.OPTION MU=x Default 0. . A random value can be too large or too small to cause convergence to fail.03.OPTION MONTECON Continues a Monte Carlo analysis in HSPICE by retrieving the next random value. A value between 0 and 0. then the integration method becomes backward-Euler. This option increases read-in time slightly. Syntax . This is the default after Y-2006.5. The default integration method is trapezoidal which corresponds to the default coefficient value of 0.03 .5. Other types of analysis can use this Monte Carlo random value. even if non-convergence occurs.

03 457 .OPTION NODE Prints a node cross-reference table.OPTION NODE=x Default 0 Example 1 M1:B D2:+ Q4:B This sample part of a cross-reference line indicates that the bulk of M1. A code indicates the terminal of each element.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION NEWTOL Calculates one or more iterations past convergence for every calculated DC solution and timepoint circuit solution. Syntax . The table lists each node and all elements connected to it. If you do not set NEWTOL after HSPICE determines convergence the convergence routine ends and the next program step begins. . Description Use this option to print a node cross-reference table. the anode of D2 and the base of Q4. all connect to node 1. A colon (:) separates the code from the element name. The codes are: + B B C Diode anode Diode cathode BJT base MOSFET or JFET bulk BJT collector HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax .OPTION NEWTOL=x Default 0 Description Use this option to calculate one or more iterations past convergence for every calculated DC solution and timepoint circuit solution. The BRIEF option suppresses NODE.OPTION NEWTOL .

OPTION NOISEMINFREQ=x Default 10. The default is 1e-5. Syntax . 458 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION NOMOD Suppresses the printout of model parameters.OPTION NOELCK Bypasses element checking to reduce preprocessing time for very large files. .OPTION NOISEMINFREQ Specifies the minimum frequency of noise analysis.03 .00u Description Use this option to specify the minimum frequency of noise analysis.OPTION NOELCK D E G S S MOSFET or JFET drain BJT emitter MOSFET or JFET gate BJT substrate MOSFET or JFET source See Also . .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . If the frequency of noise analysis is smaller than the minimum frequency. Syntax .OPTION BRIEF .OPTION NOELCK 0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to bypass element checking to reduce preprocessing time for very large files. HSPICE automatically sets the frequency for NOISEMINFREQ in noise analysis.

OPTION NOMOD Default 0 Description Use this option to suppress the printout of model parameters.OPTION NOPAGE Syntax .OPTION NOTOP Suppresses topology checks to increase preprocessing speed.OPTION NOPAGE Default 0 Description Use this option to suppress page ejects for title headings.OPTION NOPIV=o|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to prevent HSPICE from automatically switching to pivoting matrix factors if a nodal conductance is less than PIVTOL. See Also . .OPTION PIVTOL . Syntax . .OPTION NOPIV Controls whether HSPICE automatically switches to pivoting matrix factors. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax .OPTION NOPAGE Suppresses page ejects for title headings. NOPIV inhibits pivoting.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .03 459 .

OPTION POST_VERSION 460 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.lis) accuracy.03 . See Also .OPTION NUMDGT=x Default 4 Description Use this option to control the listing printout (. although you can set it as high as 10.This option does affect the results files (ASCII and binary) if you use the . The default setting of results files for printout accuracy is 5 digits. The value of x is typically between 1 and 7.OPTION NOTOP Default 0 Description Use this option to suppress topology checks to increase the speed for preprocessing very large files.OPTION POST_VERSION=2001 setting.ALTER .OPTION NOWARN Suppresses warning messages. This option does not affect the accuracy of the simulation. .OPTION NUMDGT Controls the listing printout accuracy.OPTION NOWARN 0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to suppress all warning messages.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Syntax . See Also .OPTION NOWARN Syntax . Syntax . except those generated from statements in .ALTER blocks.

OPTION NODE .OPTION BRIEF=0 or the . NODE and OPTS options and sets NOMOD. If you assigned an element IC parameter to a node. then OFF initializes all nodes of the transistor to 0. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax .NODESET. if you did not initialize both drain and source nodes of a transistor (using . it enables printback.OPTION NXX .OPTION OFF Initializes terminal voltages to zero for active devices not initialized to other values. NXX is the same as BRIEF.OPTION LIST . It also resets the LIST. Use the OFF option to help find exact DC operatingpoint solutions for large circuits. You can use the OFF element parameter to initialize terminal voltages to 0 for specific active devices. .03 461 . Syntax .OPTION OFF=x Default 0 Description Use this option to initialize terminal voltages to zero if you did not initialize them to other values for all active devices. For example.END statement. or connecting them to sources).OPTION NXX Default 0 Description Use this option to terminate echoing (printback) of the data file to stdout until HSPICE finds an . When BRIEF=0. See Also .OPTION NXX Stops echoing (printback) of the data file to stdout. simulation initializes the node to the element IC parameter value. even if the OFF option previously set it to 0.IC statements.OPTION OPTS . HSPICE checks the OFF option before element IC parameters.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION BRIEF .

■ ■ 462 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. OPTLIST=2: Prints gradient.DC .IC . ■ .OPTION OPFILE=value Default 0|1 Description Use this option to output the operating point information to a file. Syntax . If value is 0. OPTLIST=3: Prints all of the above and Jacobian. error.OPTION OPTLST Outputs additional optimization information. ■ If value is 1.OPTION OPTLIST=0|1|2|3 Default 0 Description Use this option to output additional optimization information: ■ ■ OPTLIST=0: No information (default).NODESET .dp#.OPTION OPFILE See Also . Broyden update and bisection results information.03 . operating point information is output to a file named <design>. the operating point information outputs to stdout.OPTION OPFILE Outputs the operating point information to a file.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Syntax . Hessian. OPTLIST=1: Prints parameter. and iteration information.

OPTION PARHIE Specifies scoping rules.2u W=DefNwid .OPTION OPTS Default 0 Description Use this option to print the current settings for all control options. If you change any of the default values of the options.SUBCKT Inv a y DefPwid=2u DefNwid=1u Mp1 <MosPinList> pMosMod L=1. the OPTS option prints the values that the simulation actually uses.OPTION OPTS Prints current settings for all control options.OPTION BRIEF . The BRIEF option suppresses OPTS.OPTION PARHIER=< GLOBAL | LOCAL > Default Example .OPTION OPTS . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 463 .2u W=DefPwid Mn1 <MosPinList> nMosMod L=1. See Also .OPTION parhier=<global | local> .PARAM DefPwid=1u . Description Use this option to specify scoping rules. .OPTION PATHNUM Prints subcircuit path numbers instead of path names. Syntax . Syntax .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .ENDS GLOBAL This example explicitly shows the difference between local and global scoping for using parameters in subcircuits.OPTION PARHIER (or).

pivoting algorithm. set PIVOT as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ PIVOT=0: Original nonpivoting algorithm. this option prints subcircuit path numbers instead of path names. PIVOT=10: Fast. requires more memory than PIVOT values less than 11. requires more memory than PIVOT values less than 12. nonpivoting algorithm.OPTION PATHNUM Default 0 Description When set to 1. PIVOT=12: Picks the largest pivot in the row. PIVOT=2: Picks the largest pivot in the row.OPTION PIVOT Syntax . PIVOT=1: Original pivoting algorithm.To select the pivot algorithm. PIVOT=11: Fast.OPTION PIVOT Selects a pivot algorithm. PIVOT=13: Fast. Pivoting affects both DC and transient analysis. requires more memory. requires more memory than PIVOT values less than 13. PIVOT selects the numerical pivoting algorithm that is used to manipulate the matrices.OPTION PIVOT=x Default 10 Description Use this option to select a pivot algorithm. . ■ ■ 464 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. best pivot: faster. Syntax . Use these algorithms to reduce simulation time and to achieve convergence in circuits that produce hard-tosolve matrix equations.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . PIVOT=3: Picks the best pivot in a row. Usually the reason for choosing a pivot method other than either the default (10) or 0 is that the circuit contains both very large and very small conductances.03 .

OPTION PIVTOL . might require pivoting. 12. This strategy provides the time and memory advantages of nonpivoting inversion and avoids unstable simulations and incorrect results. Use PIVREF in PIVOT=11.OPTION PIVREF=x Default 100. 11. See Also .03 465 . The SPARSE option is the same as PIVOT. or 13 can require excessive memory. If PIV0T=0 or 10. HSPICE automatically changes from a nonpivoting to a rowpivot strategy if it detects any diagonal-matrix entry less than PIVTOL.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . For very large circuits.OPTION PIVREF The fastest algorithm is PIVOT=13. Syntax . such as switching regulator circuits. 12. or 13 to limit the size of the matrix. it displays this message.OPTION NODE . followed by the node numbers that cause the problem: pivot change on the fly Use .OPTION NOPIV .OPTION PIVREF .OPTION PIVREF Sets a pivot reference. See Also .OPTION NODE to cross-reference a node to an element. If HSPICE switches to pivoting during a simulation. The default is 1e+8. Use .OPTION PIVOT HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION NOPIV to prevent HSPICE from pivoting. Some circuits with large conductance ratios.OPTION PIVREL .00x Description Use this option to set a pivot reference. PIVOT=10. This algorithm can improve simulation time up to ten times on very large circuits but requires substantially more memory for simulation.

Large values for PIVREL can result in very long matrix pivot times. The default is 1E-20 (max=1e-20.OPTION PIVREL Sets the maximum and minimum ratio of a row or matrix. Use only if PIVOT=1. however.OPTION PIVREL .03 . if the value is too small. no pivoting occurs. Syntax .00u Description Use this option to set the maximum and minimum ratio of a row or matrix.OPTION PIVREL=x Default 100.OPTION PIVOT 466 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Start with small values of PIVREL by using an adequate but not excessive value for convergence and accuracy. min=1).

you run the risk of creating an overflow condition and a convergence problem.00f Description Use this option to set the absolute minimum value for which HSPICE accepts a matrix entry as a pivot.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION GMIN . PIVTOL is used to prevent numeric overflow conditions like divide by 0. the PIVTOL value replaces the conductance in the matrix. The default value of PIVTOL is 1e-15 and the range of PIVTOL is Min:1e-35. then pivtol is the minimum conductance in the matrix and not a pivot. If you set the value to 0.OPTION PIVTOL .03 467 . excluding 0. Max:1.OPTION PIVTOL=x Default 1. HSPICE rebuilds the matrix and chooses the PIVOT algorithm. Values that approach 1 increase the pivot. Note: If PIVTOL is set too small.OPTION PIVTOL Sets the absolute minimum value for which HSPICE accepts a matrix entry as a pivot. The value of PIVTOL must be less than GMIN or GMINDC.OPTION PIVOT HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If the conductance is greater than the value of PIVTOL.OPTION GMINDC . When a non-pivot algorithm is selected by setting PIVOT=0 or 10. an out-of-bounds error is reported. Syntax . If the conductance is less than the value of PIVTOL. See Also .

POST=2.OPTION POST Saves simulation results for viewing by an interactive waveform viewer.03 .OPTION POST=2 0 Description Use this option to save simulation results for viewing by an interactive waveform viewer. ■ ■ See Also . The defaults for the POST option supply usable data to most parameters. POST=3: Output format is New Wave binary. ■ ■ POST=0: Does not output simulation results. POST=1.OPTION POST to provide output without specifying other parameters.OPTION POST . Syntax .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION POST=[0|1|2|3|ASCII|BINARY] Default Example .OPTION POST_VERSION 468 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Use . BINARY: (Default if POST is declared without a value) Output format is binary. ASCII: Output format is ASCII.

OPTION POSTLVL=n Default Example .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION POSTLVL Limits the data written to your waveform file to a specified level of nodes.OPTION POSTLVL . Description Limits the data written to your waveform file to the level of nodes specified by the n parameter. Syntax . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION POSTLVL=2 0 This example limits the data written to the waveform file to only the secondlevel nodes.03 469 .

.OPTION POST_VERSION=x Description Use this option to set the post-processing output version: ■ x=9007 truncates the node name in the post-processor output file to a maximum of 16 characters.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .option post (or post=1) post_version=2001 ******************************************* For more accurate simulation results. comment this format. This option also changes the digit-number precision in results files to match the value of . x=2001 uses an output file header that displays the correct number of output variables when the number exceeds 9999.OPTION POST_VERSION Specifies the post-processing output version.OPTION POST_VERSION . HSPICE returns more accurate ASCII results.OPTION NUMDGT (when < 5).03 .option post_version=2001 To use binary values (with double precision) in the output file. include the following in the input file: ******************************************* .OPTION NUMDGT . x=9601 (default) sets the node name length for the output file consistent with input restrictions (1024 characters) and limits the number of output variables to 9999. ■ ■ If you set . See Also .OPTION POST_VERSION=2001 POST=2 in the netlist.OPTION POST 470 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax .

Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Description Limits the data written to your waveform file to output from the top-level nodes only.OPTION POSTTOP Limits data written to your waveform file to output from the top-level nodes only. See Also .OPTION POSTTOP . Syntax .OPTION POST option.OPTION PROBE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION POSTTOP=n Example POSTTOP=1 This example limits the data written to the waveform file to only the top-level nodes.OPTION PROBE or the .OPTION POSTTOP options.03 471 .OPTION POST . HSPICE outputs all levels. To enable the waveform display interface. If you do not specify either the . you also need the .

OPTION ARTIST 472 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .OPTION ARTIST PSF=1.PROBE.PRINT . Syntax .OPTION PROBE . This option significantly decreases the size of simulation output files. By default.PROBE .PROBE and . See Also .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . The value of x can be 1 or 2. HSPICE produces binary output. and . ■ ■ If x is 2.PROBE. HSPICE produces ASCII output.03 .OPTION PSF Specifies whether binary or ASCII data is output when you run an HSPICE simulation from Cadence Analog Artist. If . 0=off.PRINT statements.PRINT statements.OPTION PSF=x Default 0 Description Use this option to specify whether HSPICE outputs binary or ASCII data when you run an HSPICE simulation from Cadence Analog Artist. Syntax .OPTION PROBE Limits post-analysis output to only variables specified in .OPTION PROBE=0|1 Default 0 Description When turned on (1). HSPICE outputs all voltages and power supply currents in addition to variables listed in . and PRINT statements. allows you to set post-analysis output to only variables specified in .

MEASURE statement to the corresponding output file (such as .tr#.OPTION PURETP Specifies the integration method to use for reversal time point. ■ 0: Does not save variable values listed in the .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Syntax .OPTION METHOD=TRAP statement to help some oscillating circuits to oscillate if the default simulation process cannot satisfy the result. This option decreases the size of the output file. Use this option with an .tr#. 1: Default.MEASURE statement into the corresponding output file (such as .MEASURE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.sw#). ■ See Also .OPTION METHOD . See Also . Saves variable values listed in the .4.MEASURE statement.OPTION PUTMEAS=0|1 Default 1 Description Use this option to control the output variables listed in the .OPTION PURETP=x Default 0 Description Use this option to specify the integration method to use for reversal time point.ac# or .sw#).MEASURE statement. . Syntax .ac# or .OPTION PUTMEAS Controls the output variables listed in the . If you set PURETP=1 and HSPICE finds non-convergence.OPTION PURETP . This option is similar to the output of HSPICE 2000. .03 473 . it uses TRAP (instead of BE) for the reversed time point.

00m Description Use this option to set the relative current tolerance through voltage-defined branches (voltage sources and inductors) from iteration to iteration.OPTION KCLTEST 474 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .OPTION RELH . but only if the value of the ABSH option is greater than zero. ■ ■ Default=0.OPTION RELI Sets the relative error/tolerance change from iteration to iteration. BJT.03 . Syntax . Use this option to check current convergence.OPTION ABSH .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION KCLTEST=1.01 for . Default=1e-6 for . Syntax .OPTION RELI=x Default 10.OPTION RELH=x Default 50.OPTION KCLTEST=0. and JFET devices. See Also . (RELMOS sets tolerance for MOSFETs). This value is the change in current from the value calculated at the previous timepoint. This option determines convergence for all currents in diode.OPTION RELMOS .00m Description Use this option to set the relative error/tolerance change from iteration to iteration.OPTION RELH Sets the relative current tolerance from iteration to iteration through voltagedefined branches.

Min value: 1e-07.OPTION RELI . The default is 0. See Also . Default value: 5e-02. Max value 10.00m Description Use this option to set the relative error tolerance for drain-to-source current from iteration to iteration.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .03 475 . HSPICE uses the .OPTION RELMOS .05.OPTION ABSMOS . This option determines convergence for currents in MOSFET devices while .OPTION RELMOS value only if the current is greater than the . This option also sets the change in current from the value calculated at the previous timepoint.OPTION RELMOS Sets the relative error tolerance for drain-to-source current from iteration to iteration.OPTION RELMOS=x Default 50. Syntax .OPTION RELMOS HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION ABSMOS floor value.OPTION RELI sets the tolerance for other active devices. or 5 percent.

OPTION LVLTIM . See Also .00m Description Use this option in the timestep algorithm for local truncation error (LVLTIM=2). Use this option with the ABSV option to determine voltage convergence. RELTOL This option is the same as the RELV option. then HSPICE reduces the internal timestep (delta).OPTION RELV . See Also .01. Syntax . Increasing x increases the relative error. If the capacitor charge calculation in the present iteration exceeds that of the past iteration by a percentage greater than the RELQ value.OPTION RELQ=x Default 10.OPTION RELVDC 476 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The default is 0. The RELI and RELVDC options default to the RELTOL value.OPTION RELQ Sets the timestep size from iteration to iteration. Max value: 10.OPTION ABSV .03 .OPTION RELTOL=x Default 1e-3 Description Use this option to set the relative error tolerance for voltages from iteration to iteration. Min value: 1e-20.OPTION RELI .OPTION RELTOL Sets the relative error tolerance for voltages from iteration to iteration.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION RELQ . Syntax .

OPTION RELTOL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION RELV=x Default 1. For voltages. a RELV test determines convergence. Syntax . Max value: 10. If voltage or current exceeds the absolute tolerances.03 477 .OPTION RELV . The default is 1e-3. Increasing x increases the relative error. You should generally maintain this option at its default value. Min value: 1e-20. this option is the same as the RELTOL option.OPTION RELV Sets the relative error tolerance for voltages from iteration to iteration. It conserves simulator charge.00m Description Use this option to set the relative error tolerance for voltages from iteration to iteration. See Also .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .

OPTION RELVAR=x Default 300. see “DVDT Dynamic Timestep” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide.30.OPTION RELVAR . then HSPICE reduces the timestep and calculates a new solution at a new timepoint. or 30 percent.OPTION ABSVAR .00m Description Use this option to set the relative voltage change for LVLTIM=1 or 3 from iteration to iteration.OPTION RELVAR Sets the relative voltage change for LVLTIM=1 or 3 from iteration to iteration.03 . The default is 0. Syntax . See Also . If the node voltage at the current timepoint exceeds the node voltage at the previous timepoint by RELVAR.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . For additional information.OPTION LVLTIM 478 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DVDT . Use this option with the ABSVAR and DVDT timestep algorithm.

00m Description Use this option to set the relative error tolerance for voltages from iteration to iteration.OPTION RELTOL . You should generally maintain RELVDC at its default value.OPTION RELVDC .OPTION RESMIN Specifies the minimum resistance for all resistors. See Also . including parasitic and inductive resistances. It conserves simulator charge. Syntax .OPTION RELVDC=x Default 1.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION RELVDC Sets the relative error tolerance for voltages from iteration to iteration. If voltages or currents exceed their absolute tolerances. The default is RELTOL (RELTOL default=1e-3). the RELVDC test determines convergence. Increasing the x parameter value increases the relative error.00u Description Use this option to specify the minimum resistance for all resistors.03 479 . The range is 1e-15 to 10 ohms. Syntax .OPTION RESMIN=x Default 10.

OPTION RISETI Specifies the smallest risetime of a signal. RISETIME determines the maximum signal frequency.03 .OPTION RISETIME (or) . The W element uses RISETIME only if Rs or Gd is non-zero. In the U element.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Use this option only in transmission line models .OPTION RISETIME (or) . In such cases.OPTION RISETIME=x Description Use this option to specify the smallest risetime of a signal. this equation determines the number of lumps: TDeff MIN 20. 480 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax . 1 +  ---------------------------- ⋅ 20  RISETIME TDeff is the end-to-end delay in a transmission line.OPTION RISETI .

See Also . the default is 2.03 481 . The RMAX value cannot be smaller than RMIN. which controls the maximum value for the internal timestep delta.OPTION DELMAX .OPTION RMAX=x Default 5. Syntax . Otherwise. which controls the maximum value (DELMAX) for the delta of the internal timestep: DELMAX=TSTEP x RMAX ■ ■ The default is 5 if DVDT is 4 and LVLTIM is 1.OPTION LVLTIM HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION DVDT .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Max value:1e+9. For a discussion about timestep control.00 Description Use this option to set the TSTEP multiplier.OPTION RMAX .OPTION RMAX Sets the TSTEP multiplier. Min value:1e-9. see the “Timestep Control for Accuracy” section in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide.

terminates the transient analysis.0e-9. and reports an internal “timestep too small” error. Syntax . Min value: 1e-15.03 . See Also .00n Description Use this option to set the minimum value of delta (internal timestep). If the circuit does not converge in IMAX iterations.OPTION RMIN Sets the minimum value of delta (internal timestep).OPTION IMAX 482 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. An internal timestep smaller than RMIN x TSTEP.OPTION RMIN=x Default 1. The default is 1.OPTION RMIN . delta decreases by the amount you set in the FT option.OPTION FT .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . 1.

OPTION ACCURATE is specified in the netlist together with RUNLVL. 3. 2. affecting timestep control. if GEAR is used.OPTION RUNLVL . then: HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.option method=GEAR ACCURATE -> GEAR + ACCURATE effects With RUNLVL.OPTION RUNLVL Controls runtime speed and simulation accuracy. GEAR only determines the numeric integration method. there is no order dependency with RUNLVL and GEAR. 4.OPTION RUNLVL= 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 Default: 3 Description Use this option to control runtime speed and simulation accuracy. there is an order dependency with GEAR and ACCURATE options.option ACCURATE method=GEAR -> ACCURATE is not in use . specifying a lower value defaults to 5. transient analysis convergence. Higher values of RUNLVL result in smaller timestep sizes and could result in more Newton-Raphson iterations to meet stricter error tolerances. while lower values result in lower accuracy and faster simulation runtimes. and model bypass tolerances all at once. 3. The RUNLVL option setting controls the scaling of all simulator tolerances simultaneously. as follows: . Since there is no order dependency with RUNLVL and GEAR. Higher values of RUNLVL result in higher accuracy and longer simulation runtimes. similar to HSPICE’s original default mode 5 or 6: Corresponds to HSPICE’s standard accurate mode for most circuits: • • 5 is similar to the standard accurate mode in HSPICE 6 has the highest accuracy If RUNLVL is specified in the netlist without a value.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION RUNLVL is NOT specified.03 483 . 5. RUNLVL settings affect transient analysis only. the value of RUNLVL is limited to 5 or 6. RUNLVL can be set to 0 (to disable) 1. anything else is controlled by RUNLVL. or RUNLVL and ACCURATE. If . the value is the default. If . or 6: ■ ■ ■ 1: Lowest simulation runtime 3: Default value. Syntax .

many transient error tolerance and timestep control options are no longer valid. Add . RUNLVL ignores the following step control-related options which are replaced by automated algorithms: LVLTIM RELVAR DVDT RELQ FT CHGTOL FAST DVTR TRTOL IMIN ABSVAR ITL3 ■ See the notes to the table below for discussion of options ACCURATE and BYPASS in relation to RUNLVL if it is specified in the netlist. you should let the new engine manage everything itself. Options that are recommended not to tune are listed in the table.ini). refer to the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide. as well.ini to your HOME directory and customize it by adding . (If you are using SimIF with the RUNLVL option. 484 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION RUNLVL setting in the hspice. see the following section. Re-invoke the $installdir/bin/config program and unselect the . Timestep values larger than tstep*RMAX use a tighter timestep control tolerance. and also see RUNLVL=N and RUNLVL.OPTION RUNLVL . ACCURATE. 2. “Initialiation File (hspice. Setup and Simulation. Chapter 2.03 . to assure the most efficiency of the new RUNLVL algorithm. move the slider to the left to 0 to turn off the runlvl setting. which disables it for all of your simulation jobs. Copy $installdir/hspice. Interactions Between . FAST.ini which disables it for the whole group of simulation jobs. you can disable it using the following procedure: 1.OPTION RUNLVL and Other Options Since the latest algorithm invoked by RUNLVL sets the timestep and error tolerance internally.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .” For information on how RUNLVL values affect other options. 3. GEAR method in Appendix B of this manual.OPTION ACCURATE method=GEAR RUNLVL is equivalent to .OPTION method=GEAR ACCURATE RUNLVL The RUNLVL option interacts with other options as follows: ■ Regardless of its position in the netlist.TRAN command affects timestep control when a RUNLVL option is used.option runlvl=0 to your current simulation job.) To learn more about the initialization file. furthermore. ■ If RUNLVL is invoked.option runlvl=0. The tstep value specified with the .

03 485 .0m 1.0m 5 x x x x x x x x x x x x 1.0m 300.0k 0 250m 250m 3 4 TRAP 10m 1.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .0m 5 x x x x HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.0f 100 4 1.0m 300.0k 0 250m 250m 3 1 TRAP 10m 1. Option Default value without RUNLVL Default value with RUNLVL=3 User definition ignored Recommend not to tune ABSV/VNTOL ABSVAR ACCURATE a BYPASS a CHGTOL DI DVDT DVTR FAST b FS FT IMIN/ITL3 LVLTIM METHOD c RELQ RELTOL RELV RELVAR RMAX 50u 500m 0 1 50u 500m 0 0 for RUNLVL=6 2 for RUNLVL=1-5 1.0m 1.0f 100 3 1. it does not = 0.OPTION RUNLVL Note: Once RUNLV is set.

3.option BYPASS=<value>.OPTION METHOD . Specifying a RUNLVL less than 5 results in a simulation at RUNLVL=5. ACCURATE and BYPASS notes: 1. 5. This behavior is independent of the order of RUNLVL and METHOD. Users can re-define the BYPASS value by setting .OPTION BYPASS . in cases where GEAR only determines the numeric integration method during transient analysis. c. b.OPTION RUNLVL Option Default value without RUNLVL Default value with RUNLVL=3 User definition ignored Recommend not to tune RMIN 1. the RUNLVL algorithm will be used. BYPASS is set to 0.TRAN 486 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.option ACCURATE is set. and ACCURATE options. the value of BYPASS is always 0. This behavior is independent of the order of the RUNLVL. 2. 2.OPTION ACCURATE . BYPASS. setting the RUNLVL value to 1 is comparable to setting the FAST option. this behavior is independent of the order of RUNLVL and BYPASS. When both ACCURATE and RUNLVL are set. 4.0n 1. RUNLVL can work with METHOD=GEAR. when RUNLVL=6. The FAST option is disabled by the RUNLVL option. the other options that were previously set by GEAR (when there is no RUNLVL) now are determined by the RUNLVL mode. The interactions of RUNLVL and GEAR are shown in the table below.03 . See below. When RUNLVL=1.OPTION RELTOL .0n x a. 3. When both ACCURATE and RUNLVL are used together. If . then the RUNLVL value is limited to 5 or 6. the user's definition for BYPASS is ignored in this case.OPTION DVDT . Option GEAR without RUNLVL GEAR with RUNLVL=3 BYPASS BYTOL LVLTIM MBYPASS RMAX 0 50u 2 1 2 2 100u Disabled by runlvl 2 Disabled by runlvl See Also .OPTION LVLTIM .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . BYPASS is set to 2.

PS. L HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. L.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .03 487 . ■ For active elements.OPTION SCALE Sets the element scaling factor. AS. L. L. AD. L Capacitor — W.00 Description Use this option to scale geometric element instance parameters whose default unit is meters. PD ■ For passive elements having values calculated as a function geometry.OPTION SCALE . the geometric parameters are: Resistor — W.OPTION SCALE=x Default 1. Syntax . the geometric parameters are: Diode — W. Area MOS — W. Area JFET/MESFET — W.

See Also . For MOSFET devices.MODEL 488 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Syntax . this option is ignored in Level 49 and higher model levels. See the HSPICE MOSFET Models Manual for levels available to the SCALM option.OPTION SCALM Sets the model scaling factor. See the HSPICE Elements and Device Models Manual for parameters that this option scales.OPTION SCALM=x Default 1 Description Use this option to set the scaling factor defined in a .OPTION SCALM .03 .MODEL statement for an element.

OPTION SEARCH=‘$installdir/parts/vendor’ This example searches for models in the vendor subdirectory.endl ff $installdir/parts/vendor/model. Note: The ‘/usr’ directory is in the HSPICE install directory.model nch nmos level=28 + xl=vendor_xl .03 489 .OPTION SEARCH=‘directory_path’ Example ..lib ‘$installdir/parts/vendor/skew.dat’ ff .dat’ .1u .inc ‘$installdir/parts/vendor/model.OPTION search=’$installdir/parts/vendor’ x1 in out vdd vss buffer_f $installdir/parts/vendor/buffer_f.. The parts directory contains the DDL subdirectories.dat .param vendor_xl=-. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007..inc .inc ‘$installdir/parts/vendor/buffer. Description Use this option to automatically access a library. Syntax .inc $installdir/parts/vendor/skew.eom $installdir/parts/vendor/buffer.dat . .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . under the <$installdir>/parts installation directory (see Figure 17).OPTION SEARCH Automatically accesses a library. Figure 17 Vendor Library Usage .inc’ .OPTION SEARCH .macro buffer in out vdd vss m1 out in vdd vdd nch w=10 l=1 .lib ff $ fast model .macro buffer_f in out vdd vss ..

OPTION SEED . The minimum value is 1. Syntax . If SEED='random'.OPTION SEED is supported by HSPICE and is not in the RF flow which uses only the traditional Monte Carlo functionary. the maximum value of is 259200.OPTION SEED=x | ‘random’ Default 1 Description Use this option to specify the starting seed for the random-number generator in HSPICE Monte Carlo analysis.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . . HSPICE assigns a random number between 1 and 259200 according to the system clock and prints it in the .03 .lis file for the user to debug. 490 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SEED Specifies the starting seed for the random-number generator in Monte Carlo analysis.

see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE Simulation and Analysis User Guide or “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. . PI selects the PI algorithm to create PI models of the RC networks.OPTION LA_MINC .PROBE. See Also .OPTION SIM_LA Activates linear matrix (RC) reduction. ■ For additional information.OPTION SIM_LA . such as .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . and so on.OPTION SIM_LA=PACT | PI Default PACT Description Use this option to activate linear matrix reduction.OPTION LA_TIME . ■ PACT selects the Pole Analysis via Congruence Transforms (PACT) algorithm to reduce RC networks in a well-conditioned manner.03 491 .OPTION LA_MAXR .MEASURE.OPTION LA_FREQ . while preserving network stability.OPTION LA_TOL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. This option accelerates the simulation of circuits that include large linear RC networks by reducing all matrixes that represent RC networks. Syntax . Note: SIM_LA does not reduce a node used by any analysis statement.

OPTION SLOPETOL Specifies the minimum value for breakpoint table entries in a piecewise linear (PWL) analysis. 492 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION SLOPETOL=x Default 0. Min value: 0.OPTION SLOPETOL . Syntax . If the difference in the slopes of two consecutive PWL segments is less than the SLOPETOL value.03 .75 Description Use this option to specify the minimum value for breakpoint table entries in a piecewise linear (PWL) analysis. HSPICE RF ignores the breakpoint for the point between the segments. Max value: 2.

Syntax .OPTION VAMODEL but has no effect on the other VAMODEL options if they are specified for the individual cells. For example.OPTION VAMODEL.OPTION SPMODEL [= name] Example 1 .option spmodel=chargepump This example disables the previous .OPTION VAMODEL=vco has been set.OPTION VAMODEL=chargepump. the vco cell uses the Verilog-A definition whenever it is available until .OPTION SPMODEL=vco disables it.OPTION SPMODEL .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . See Also . Description Use this option to disable a previously issued VAMODEL option. Example 2 . the name is the cell name that uses a SPICE definition. which causes all instantiations of chargepump to now use the subcircuit definition again.OPTION SPMODEL Disables the previous .OPTION SPMODEL This example disables the previous . In this option. Multiple names need multiple SPMODEL options. if .OPTION VAMODEL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Each SPMODEL option can take no more than one name.03 493 .

st0 file. .st0 file.OPTION STATFL . Syntax .st0 file.st0 file. ■ ■ STATFL=0 outputs a .OPTION SYMB Uses a symbolic operating point algorithm to get initial guesses before calculating operating points.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . 494 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. This option improves DC convergence for oscillators.OPTION STATFL Controls whether HSPICE creates a . and mixed-signal circuits.03 . Syntax .OPTION STATFL=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to control whether HSPICE creates a . SYMB assumes the circuit is digital and assigns a low/high state to all nodes that set a reasonable initial voltage guess.OPTION SYMB=0|1 Default 0 Description When SYMB is set to 1. HSPICE operates with a symbolic operating point algorithm to get initial guesses before calculating operating points. STATFL=1 suppresses the . logic.

See Also . The range of TRTOL is 0. If you set TRTOL to 1 (the minimum value).OPTION LVLTIM HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE enters only one of them in the breakpoint table. .OPTION TIMERES Sets the minimum separation between breakpoint values for the breakpoint table. If two breakpoints are closer together in time than the TIMERES value. TRTOL reduces simulation time and maintains accuracy.OPTION TRTOL=x Default 7. typical values are 1 to 10. Syntax . HSPICE multiplies TRTOL by the internal timestep.OPTION TRTOL Estimates the amount of error introduced when the timestep algorithm truncates the Taylor series expansion. It estimates the amount of error introduced when the algorithm truncates the Taylor series expansion. HSPICE uses a very small timestep. which is generated by the timestep algorithm for the local truncation error.00 Description Use this option timestep algorithm for local truncation error (LVLTIM=2).OPTION TIMERES=x Default 1ps Description Use this option to set the minimum separation between breakpoint values for the breakpoint table.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . This error reflects the minimum timestep to reduce simulation time and maintain accuracy. As you increase the TRTOL setting. the timestep size increases.OPTION TIMERES .03 495 .01 to 100. Syntax .

HSPICE uses these results to accurately calculate group delay. HSPICE also uses unwrapped phase results to compute group delay.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .03 .OPTION UNWRAP Displays phase results for AC analysis in unwrapped form.OPTION UNWRAP=0|1 Description Use this option to display phase results for AC analysis in unwrapped form (with a continuous phase plot). Syntax . even if you do not set UNWRAP.OPTION UNWRAP . 496 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

Syntax .OPTION VAMODEL . Instance-based overriding is not allowed.03 497 .OPTION VAMODEL Specifies that name is the cell name that uses a Verilog-A definition rather than the subcircuit definition when both exist (for use in HSPICE with Verilog-A).option vamodel=vco Example 2 The following example specifies a Verilog-A definition for all instantiations of the vco and chargepump cells.option vamodel Description Use this option to specify that name is the cell name that uses a Verilog-A definition rather than the subcircuit definition when both exist. The VAMODEL option works on cell-based instances only. If a name is not provided for the VAMODEL option.OPTION VAMODEL [=name] Default 0 Example 1 The following example specifies a Verilog-A definition for all instantiations of the cell vco.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . HSPICE uses the Verilog-A definition whenever it is available.option vamodel=vco vamodel=chargepump Example 3 The following example instructs HSPICE to always use the Verilog-A definition whenever it is available. . . Multiple names need multiple VAMODEL options. Each VAMODEL option can take no more than one name. . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

OPTION LIST . Affects only the output listing. See Also . Syntax .OPTION VFLOOR Sets the minimum voltage to print in the output listing.03 .OPTION ABSV .OPTION VERIFY=x Default 0 Description Use this option as an alias for the LIST option.OPTION VERIFY .00n Description Use this option to set the minimum voltage to print in the output listing.OPTION VFLOOR=x Default 500.OPTION VNTOL 498 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also . All voltages lower than VFLOOR print as 0. VNTOL (ABSV) sets the minimum voltage to use in a simulation.OPTION VERIFY Duplicates the LIST option.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . Syntax .

Syntax . When WACC is 0.OPTION VNTOL=x Default 50uV Description Use this option as an alias for the ABSV option.OPTION WACC=x Default 0 Description Use this option to activate the dynamic step control algorithm for a W element transient analysis. Min value: 0.0.OPTION WACC Activates the dynamic step control algorithm for a W element transient analysis. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION VNTOL .0 for normal simulation and WACC=0.OPTION VNTOL Duplicates the ABSV option. Max value: 10. When WACC is set to 0.1 for a more accurate simulation.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . the dynamic step control algorithm is activated.OPTION ABSV .0.03 499 . Currently. Use WACC=1. See Also . the original step control method is used with predetermined static breakpoints. When WACC is positive. Syntax . Default value: 5e-05.0 and 10. WACC is a non-negative real value that can be set between 0. the default WACC value is 0. Larger values result in higher performance with lower accuracy.0. while smaller values result in lower performance with better accuracy. no control is added.0 for HSPICE.

Use WNFLAG=0 to select the bin model based on total W. Syntax . Saturation current is too small.OPTION WNFLAG .OPTION WNFLAG=[0|1] Default 1 Description This option only applies to BSIM4 models. Use WNFLAG=1 to select the bin model based on W (BSIM4 MOSFET channel width) per NF (number of device fingers) parameters.OPTION WARNLIM Limits how many times certain warnings appear in the output listing.OPTION WNFLAG Selects a bin model (for BSIM4 models only). This reduces the output listing file size.OPTION WNFLAG instance parameter is not specified. Use this option to select a bin model. . 500 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Node conductance is zero.OPTION WARNLIMIT (or) . The x parameter specifies the maximum number of warnings for each warning type. When the .03 . HSPICE uses its value instead. HSPICE uses the bin model specified by this option. Inductance or capacitance is too large. When the .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION WNFLAG instance parameter is specified. This limit applies to the following warning messages: ■ ■ ■ ■ MOSFET has negative conductance.OPTION WARNLIMIT=x Default 1 Description Limits how many times certain warnings appear in the output listing. Syntax .

Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options . The default order is length-width. this option changes the order to width-length.03 501 . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION WL Reverses the order of the VSIZE MOS element. Syntax .OPTION WL .OPTION WL=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to reverse the order of the MOS element VSIZE.

OPTION XDTEMP Defines how HSPICE interprets the DTEMP parameter. HSPICE adds the DTEMP value in the subcircuit call statement to all elements within the subcircuit that use the 502 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.ENDS In the example above: ■ X1 sets a temperature difference (2 degrees Celsius) between the elements within the subcircuit SUB1. the DTEMP value of each element in this example is: Elements DTEMP Value (Celsius) X1 2 X1. If you set .SUBCKT SUB1 A B R1 A B 1K DTEMP=3 C1 A B 1P X2 A B sub2 DTEMP=4 .OPTION XDTEMP=0|1 Default 0(user-defined-parameter) Example .OPTION XDTEMP to 1.OPTION XDTEMP X1 2 0 SUB1 DTEMP=2 . Syntax . or 1 indicates a temperature difference parameter.SUBCKT SUB2 A B R2 A B 1K .R1 2+3 =5 X1.C1 2 X2 2+4=6 X2.ENDS .Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .03 .OPTION XDTEMP . Finally. X2 (a subcircuit instance of X1) sets a temperature difference by the DTEMP value of both X1 and X2 (2+4=6 degrees Celsius) between the elements within the SUB2 subcircuit. where value is either: ■ ■ 0 indicates a user-defined parameter.R2 6 ■ Description Use this option to define how HSPICE interprets the DTEMP parameter.

03 503 . The DTEMP parameter is cumulative throughout the design hierarchy. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .OPTION XDTEMP DTEMP keyword syntax.

OPTION XDTEMP 504 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 4: Netlist Control Options .03 .

If an option has more than two values allowed. This chapter provides a list of the various options. if appropriate. This chapter provides a list of the various options. Option specified but without value: typically turns the option “ON” or to a value of 1.03 505 .5 5 RF Netlist Control Options Describes the HSPICE RF simulation control options you can set using various forms of the . options without values are allowed only for HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. In most cases. arranged by task.OPTION command. followed by detailed descriptions of the individual options. You can set a wide variety of HSPICE RF simulation control options using the . The control options described in this chapter fall into the following categories: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Analysis Options Input/Output Options Interface Options Model Analysis Options RC Network Reduction Options RF Options Transient and AC Small Signal Analysis Options Transient Control Options You can set a wide variety of HSPICE simulation control options using the .OPTION command. Notes on Default Values The typical behavior for options is: ■ ■ Option not specified: value is default value. arranged by task. typically “OFF” or 0.OPTION command. specifying it without a value sets it to 1. followed by detailed descriptions of the individual options.

OPTION MODMONTE 506 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION POSTTOP Interface Options .OPTION PARHIER Input/Output Options .03 .OPTION SCALE .OPTION POST .OPTION POSTLVL .OPTION ASPEC .OPTION NOISEMINFREQ .OPTION MEASDGT . but you can still specify it without a value. There are a few options (such as POST).OPTION CSDF .OPTION DCAP . you should expect it to be 1.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use flags that can be on or off. where there are more than two values allowed. Control Options Listed By Use Analysis Options . Usually. and specifying the option without a value turns it on.OPTION PROBE RC Network Reduction Options .OPTION SIM_LA Model Analysis Options General Model Analysis Options .

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use

MOSFET Model Analysis Options

.OPTION DEFAD .OPTION DEFAS .OPTION DEFL .OPTION DEFNRS

.OPTION DEFNRD .OPTION DEFW .OPTION DEFPD .OPTION DEFPS

.OPTION SCALM .OPTION WL .OPTION WNFLAG

Inductor Model Analysis Options

.OPTION GENK

.OPTION KLIM

BJT and Diode Model Analysis Options

.OPTION EXPLI

RC Network Reduction Options

.OPTION SIM_LA

RF Options
DSPF Options

.OPTION SIM_DELTAI

.OPTION SIM_DSPF_INSERROR .OPTION SIM_DSPF_LUMPCAPS

.OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALEC .OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALER

.OPTION SIM_DELTAV

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

507

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use

.OPTION SIM_DSPF

.OPTION SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER .OPTION SIM_DSPF_RAIL

.OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL

.OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE

HB Options

.OPTION HBACKRYLOVDIM .OPTION HBACKRYLOVITR

.OPTION HBKRYLOVDIM .OPTION HBKRYLOVMAXITER .OPTION HBKRYLOVTOL .OPTION HBLINESEARCHFAC .OPTION HBMAXITER .OPTION HBMAXOSCITER .OPTION HBPROBETOL .OPTION HBSOLVER

.OPTION HBTOL .OPTION HBTRANFREQSEARCH .OPTION HBTRANINIT .OPTION HBTRANPTS

.OPTION HBACTOL .OPTION HBCONTINUE

.OPTION HBFREQABSTOL .OPTION HBFREQRELTOL

.OPTION HBTRANSTEP .OPTION LOADHB

.OPTION HBJREUSE .OPTION HBJREUSETOL

.OPTION SAVEHB .OPTION TRANFORHB

Phase Noise Analysis

.OPTION BPNMATCHTOL

.OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER .OPTION PHASENOISETOL

.OPTION PHNOISELORENTZ

.OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM

Power Analysis

.OPTION SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS

.OPTION SIM_POWERDC_HSPICE

.OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP

508

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use

.OPTION SIM_POWER_TOP

.OPTION SIM_POWERPOST .OPTION SIM_POWERSTART

.OPTION SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY

RC Network Reduction

.OPTION SIM_LA .OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ .OPTION SIM_LA_MAXR

.OPTION SIM_LA_MINC .OPTION SIM_LA_MINMODE

.OPTION SIM_LA_TOL .OPTION SIM_LA_TIME

Simulation Output

.OPTION SIM_POSTAT .OPTION SIM_POSTDOWN

.OPTION SIM_POSTSCOPE .OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP

.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP

Shooting Newton Options

.OPTION LOADSNINIT

.OPTION SAVESNINIT

.OPTION SNACCURACY

.OPTION SNMAXITER

SPEF Options

.OPTION SIM_SPEF

.OPTION SIM_SPEF_MAX_ITER .OPTION SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE

.OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALER .OPTION SIM_SPEF_VTOL

.OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

509

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options Control Options Listed By Use

.OPTION SIM_SPEF_INSERRO R .OPTION SIM_SPEF_LUMPCA PS

.OPTION SIM_SPEF_RAIL

.OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALEC

Transient Accuracy Options

.OPTION FFT_ACCURATE .OPTION SIM_ACCURACY

.OPTION SIM_ORDER .OPTION SIM_TG_THETA

.OPTION SIM_TRAP .OPTION SIM_OSC_DETECT_TOL

Transient and AC Small Signal Analysis Options
Transient/AC Accuracy Options

.OPTION FFT_ACCURATE

.OPTION GMIN

.OPTION RISETIME

Transient/AC Speed Options

.OPTION AUTOSTOP

.OPTION SCALE

Transient/AC Timestep Options

.OPTION ITL4

Transient/AC Algorithm Options

.OPTION ITL4

.OPTION MAXORD

.OPTION METHOD

.OPTION PURETP

510

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION ASPEC

Transient Control Options
Transient Control Method Options

.OPTION METHOD

.OPTION WACC

Transient Control Limit Options

.OPTION AUTOSTOP

.OPTION GMIN

.OPTION ITL4

.OPTION RMAX

Transient Control Matrix Options

.OPTION GMIN

.OPTION ASPEC
Sets HSPICE RF to ASPEC-compatibility mode. Syntax .OPTION ASPEC=x Description Use this option to set HSPICE RF to ASPEC-compatibility mode. When you set this option, the simulator reads ASPEC models and netlists, and the results are compatible. The default is 0. If you set ASPEC, the following model parameters default to ASPEC values:
■ ■ ■ ■

ACM=1: Changes the default values for CJ, IS, NSUB, TOX, U0, and UTRA. Diode Model: TLEV=1 affects temperature compensation for PB. MOSFET Model: TLEV=1 affects PB, PHB, VTO, and PHI. SCALM, SCALE: Sets the model scale factor to microns for length dimensions. WL: Reverses implicit order for stating width and length in a MOSFET statement. The default (WL=0) assigns the length first, then the width.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

511

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION ASPEC

See Also .OPTION SCALE .OPTION SCALM .OPTION WL

512

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION AUTOSTOP

.OPTION AUTOSTOP
Stops a transient analysis in HSPICE RF after calculating all TRIG-TARG, FIND-WHEN, and FROM-TO measure functions. Syntax .OPTION AUTOSTOP -or.OPTION AUTOSTOP=’expression’ Example
.option autostop='m1&&m2||m4' .meas tran m1 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' fall=1 targ v(re_bd) val='ddv/2' rise=1 .meas tran m2 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' fall=2 targ v(re_bd) val='ddv/2' rise=2 .meas tran m3 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' rise=2 targ v(re_bd) val='ddv/2' rise=3 .meas tran m4 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' fall=3 targ v(re_bd) val='ddv/2' rise=4 .meas tran m5 trig v(bd_a0) val='ddv/2' rise=3 targ v(re_bd) val='ddv/2' rise=5

In this example, when either m1 and m2 are obtained or just m4 is obtained, the transient analysis ends. Description Use this option to terminate a transient analysis in HSPICE RF after calculating all TRIG-TARG, FIND-WHEN, and FROM-TO measure functions. This option can substantially reduce CPU time. You can use the AUTOSTOP option with any measure type. You can also use the result of the preceding measurement as the next measured parameter. When using .OPTION AUTOSTOP=’expression’, the ‘expression’ can only involve measure results, a logical AND (&&) or a logical OR(||). Using these types of expressions ends the simulation if any one of a set of .MEASURE statements succeeds, even if the others are not completed. Also terminates the simulation after completing all .MEASURE statements. This is of special interest when testing corners. See Also .MEASURE

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

513

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION BPNMATCHTOL

.OPTION BPNMATCHTOL
Determines the minimum required match between the NLP and PAC phase noise algorithms. Syntax .OPTION BPNMATCHTOL=val Description Use this option to determines the minimum required match between the NLP and PAC phase noise algorithms. An acceptable range is 0.05dB to 5dB. The default is 0.5dB. See Also .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER .OPTION PHASENOISETOL .OPTION PHNOISELORENTZ

.OPTION CMIFLAG
Loads the dynamically linked Common Model Interface (CMI) library. Syntax .OPTION CMIFLAG Description Use this option to signal to load the dynamically linked Common Model Interface (CMI) library, libCMImodel.

.OPTION CSDF
Selects Common Simulation Data Format. Syntax .OPTION CSDF=x Description Use this option to select the Common Simulation Data Format (Viewlogiccompatible graph data file format).

514

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION DCAP

.OPTION DCAP
Specifies equations used to calculate depletion capacitance for Level 1 and 3 diodes and BJTs. Syntax .OPTION DCAP Description Use this option to specify equations for HSPICE RF to use when calculating depletion capacitance for Level 1 and 3 diodes and BJTs. The HSPICE Elements and Device Models Manual describes these equations.

.OPTION DEFAD
Sets the default MOSFET drain diode area. Syntax .OPTION DEFAD=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET drain diode area in HSPICE.

.OPTION DEFAS
Sets the default MOSFET source diode area. Syntax .OPTION DEFAS=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET source diode area in HSPICE.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

515

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION DEFL

.OPTION DEFL
Sets the default MOSFET channel length. Syntax .OPTION DEFL=x Default 1e-4m Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET channel length in HSPICE.

.OPTION DEFNRD
Sets the default number of squares for the drain resistor on a MOSFET. Syntax .OPTION DEFNRD=n Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default number of squares for the drain resistor on a MOSFET.

.OPTION DEFNRS
Sets the default number of squares for the source resistor on a MOSFET. Syntax .OPTION DEFNRS=n Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default number of squares for the source resistor on a MOSFET.

516

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION DEFPD

.OPTION DEFPD
Sets the default MOSFET drain diode perimeter. Syntax .OPTION DEFPD=n Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET drain diode perimeter in HSPICE RF.

.OPTION DEFPS
Sets the default MOSFET source diode perimeter. Syntax .OPTION DEFPS=n Default 0 Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET source diode perimeter in HSPICE RF.

.OPTION DEFW
Sets the default MOSFET channel width. Syntax .OPTION DEFW=x Default 100.00u Description Use this option to set the default MOSFET channel width in HSPICE. The default is 1e-4m.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

517

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION DELMAX

.OPTION DELMAX
Sets the maximum delta of the internal timestep. Syntax .OPTION DELMAX=x Description Use this option to set the maximum delta of the internal timestep. HSPICE RF automatically sets the DELMAX value, based on timestep control factors. The initial DELMAX value, shown in the HSPICE RF output listing, is generally not the value used for simulation. If DELMAX is defined in a .TRAN statement, its priority is higher than a DELMAX option. See Also .TRAN

.OPTION EXPLI
Enables the current-explosion model parameter. Syntax .OPTION EXPLI=x Description Use this option to enable the current-explosion model parameter. PN junction characteristics, above the explosion current, are linear. HSPICE RF determines the slope at the explosion point. This improves simulation speed and convergence. The default is 0.0 amp/AREAeff.

518

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION FFT_ACCURATE

.OPTION FFT_ACCURATE
Dynamically adjusts the time step so that each FFT point is a real simulation point. Syntax .OPTION FFT_ACCURATE=x Description Use this option to dynamically adjust the time step so that each FFT point is a real simulation point. This eliminates interpolation error and provides the highest FFT accuracy with minimal overhead in simulation time. See Also .OPTION SIM_ACCURACY

.OPTION GENK
Automatically computes second-order mutual inductance for several coupled inductors. Syntax .OPTION GENK=x Description Use this option to automatically calculate second-order mutual inductance for several coupled inductors. The default is 1, which enables the calculation.

.OPTION GMIN
Specifies the minimum conductance added to all PN junctions for a time sweep in transient analysis. Syntax .OPTION GMIN=x Description Use this option to specify the minimum conductance added to all PN junctions for a time sweep in transient analysis. The default is 1e-12.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

519

The default is 1000. This option overrides the corresponding PAC option if specified in the netlist.OPTION HBACKRYLOVITR Specifies the number of GMRES solver iterations performed by the HB engine. The range is 1 to infinity.OPTION HBACKRYLOVITR=<value> Description Use this option to specify the number of Generalized Minimum Residual (GMRES) solver iterations that the HB engine performs. See Also . This option overrides the corresponding PAC option if specified in the netlist. The range is 1 to infinity.OPTION HBACKRYLOVDIM=<value> Description Use this option to specify the dimension of the Krylov subspace that the Krylov solver uses.OPTION HBACKRYLOVDIM . the default is 300.OPTION HBKRYLOVDIM 520 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .OPTION HBACKRYLOVDIM Specifies the dimension of the Krylov subspace used by the Krylov solver. When this option is not specified in the netlist if HBACKRYLOVDIM < HBKRYLOVDIM.OPTION HBKRYLOVDIM .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .03 . Syntax . Syntax .HB .HB . The value parameter must specify an integer greater than zero. then HBACKRYLOVDIM = HBKRYLOVDIM. The value parameter must specify an integer greater than zero.

■ HBCONTINUE=1 (default): Use solution from previous simulation as the initial guess. ■ See Also . The default is 1.OPTION HBCONTINUE=x Description Use this option to specify whether to use the sweep solution from the previous simulation as the initial guess for the present simulation.OPTION HBACTOL Specifies the absolute error tolerance for determining convergence.OPTION HBACTOL=<value> Description Use this option to specify the absolute error tolerance for determining convergence.OPTION HBACTOL .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .e-8. Syntax . This option overrides the corresponding PAC option if specified in the netlist. Syntax . The range is 1.OPTION HBCONTINUE Specifies whether to use the sweep solution from the previous simulation as the initial guess for the present simulation. The value parameter must specify a real number greater than zero. then HBACTOL = HBTOL. HBCONTINUE=0: Start each simulation in a sweep from the DC solution.OPTION HBTOL . See Also .HB .HB HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 521 . When this option is not specified in the netlist if HBACTOL > HBTOL.e-14 to infinity.

OPTION HBFREQABSTOL Specifies the maximum absolute change in frequency between solver iterations for convergence. Syntax . Syntax . This option is an additional convergence criterion for oscillator analysis. See Also . The default is 1.OPTION HBFREQRELTOL=<value> Description Use this option to specify the maximum relative change in frequency between solver iterations for convergence. See Also .OPTION HBFREQRELTOL Specifies the maximum relative change in frequency between solver iterations for convergence.OPTION HBFREQABSTOL . This option is an additional convergence criterion for oscillator analysis.HBOSC 522 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . The default is 1 Hz.HBOSC .03 .OPTION HBFREQABSTOL=<value> Description Use this option to specify the maximum absolute change in frequency between solver iterations for convergence.e-9.

HB . See Also .03 523 . The default is 0. This is the default if HBSOLVER=1.OPTION HBJREUSE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION HBSOLVER . Syntax . ■ HBJREUSE=0: Recalculates the Jacobian matrix at each iteration.05. This is the percentage by which HSPICE RF must reduce the error from the last iteration so you can use the Jacobian matrix for the next iteration.OPTION HBJREUSE=x Description Use this option to control when to recalculate the Jacobson matrix.OPTION HBJREUSETOL=<value> Description Determines when to recalculate Jacobian matrix (if HBJREUSE=1.OPTION HBJREUSETOL Determines when to recalculate Jacobian matrix if HBJREUSE=1.OPTION HBJREUSE .OPTION HBJREUSE Controls when to recalculate the Jacobson matrix.0). The value parameter must specify a real number between 0 and 1. This is the default if HBSOLVER=0.0. Syntax . HBJREUSE=1: Reuses the Jacobian matrix for several iterations if the error is sufficiently reduced.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . ■ See Also .HB .

OPTION HBKRYLOVDIM=<value> Description Use this option to specify the dimension of the Krylov subspace that the Krylov solver uses.HB 524 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION HBKRYLOVMAXITER Specifies the maximum number of GMRES solver iterations performed by the HB engine. Syntax .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . See Also .OPTION HBKRYLOVDIM . The default is 500. See Also . The value parameter must specify an integer greater than zero.OPTION HBKRYLOVMAXITER=<value> Description Use this option to specify the maximum number of Generalized Minimum Residual (GMRES) solver iterations that the HB engine performs.HB . Syntax . The default is 40.03 .OPTION HBKRYLOVDIM Specifies the dimension of the subspace used by the Krylov solver. Analysis stops when the number of iterations reaches this value.

then scale the update step by this value and try again. The value parameter must specify a real number greater than zero.OPTION HBLINESEARCHFAC Specifies the line search factor.OPTION HBLINESEARCHFAC=<value> Description Use this option to specify the line search factor. See Also . See Also . Syntax . If Newton iteration produces a new vector of HB unknowns with a higher error than the last iteration.OPTION HBKRYLOVTOL=<value> Description Use this option to specify the error tolerance for the Krylov solver.01.HB HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax .OPTION HBKRYLOVTOL Specifies the error tolerance for the Krylov solver.35.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . The value parameter must specify a real number between 0 and 1. the default is 0. The default is 0.HB .OPTION HBKRYLOVTOL .03 525 .

HB . Syntax .OPTION HBMAXITER .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION HBMAXITER=<value> Description Use this option to specify the maximum number of Newton-Raphson iterations that the HB engine performs.OPTION HBMAXOSCITER Specifies the maximum number of outer-loop iterations for oscillator analysis. The default is 10000. Syntax .HBOSC 526 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .OPTION HBMAXOSCITER=<value> Description Use this option to specify the maximum number of outer-loop iterations for oscillator analysis. See Also . Analysis stops when the number of iterations reaches this value.03 . The default is 10000.OPTION HBMAXITER Specifies the maximum number of Newton-Raphson iterations performed by the HB engine.

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . See Also . which defaults to 1.OPTION HBPROBETOL=<value> Description Use this option to cause oscillator analysis to try to find a probe voltage at which the probe current is less than the specified value.OPTION HBPROBETOL Searches for a probe voltage at which the probe current is less than the specified value.OPTION HBSOLVER=x Description Use this option to specify a pre-conditioner for solving nonlinear circuits.HBOSC . ■ ■ ■ HBSOLVER=0: Invokes the direct solver.OPTION HBPROBETOL .e-9. See Also .03 527 . HBSOLVER=2: Invokes the two-level hybrid time-frequency domain solver. HBSOLVER=1 (default): Invokes the matrix-free Krylov solver.OPTION HBSOLVER Specifies a preconditioner for solving nonlinear circuits. Syntax .HBOSC .OPTION HBTOL .OPTION HBJREUSE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. This option defaults to the value of the HBTOL option. Syntax .

The value parameter must specify a real number greater than zero.OPTION HBTOL=<value> Description Use this option to specify the absolute error tolerance for determining convergence. Syntax .HB . ■ See Also . Syntax .HBOSC .OPTION HBTRANFREQSEARCH Specifies the frequency source for the HB analysis of a ring oscillator. ■ HBTRANFREQSEARCH=1 (default): HB analysis calculates the oscillation frequency from the transient analysis HBTRANFREQSEARCH=0: HB analysis assumes that the period is 1/f. where f is the frequency specified in the tones description.OPTION HBTOL 528 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . See Also .e-9. the default is 1.OPTION HBTRANFREQSEARCH=<1|0> Description Use this option to specify the frequency source for the HB analysis of a ring oscillator.03 .OPTION HBTOL Specifies the absolute error tolerance for determining convergence.OPTION HBTOL .HB .

HBOSC .03 529 . This option is relevant only if you set .OPTION HBTRANPTS Specifies the number of points per period for converting time-domain data results into the frequency domain for HB analysis of a ring oscillator.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION HBTRANINIT Selects transient analysis for initializing all state variables for HB analysis of a ring oscillator. Syntax .OPTION HBTRANINIT .OPTION HBTRANSTEP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. but not both. The units are in nharms (nh).OPTION HBTRANSTEP. See Also .OPTION HBTRANINIT=<time> Description Use this option to cause HB to use transient analysis to initialize all state variables for HB analysis of a ring oscillator. Syntax .HB .OPTION HBTRANINIT . The default is 0. You can specify either . The time parameter is defined by when the circuit has reached (or is near) steady-state.HBOSC . The default is 4*nh. The npts parameter must be set to an integer greater than 0. See Also .HB .OPTION HBTRANPTS or .OPTION HBTRANPTS=<npts> Description Use this option to specify the number of points per period for converting the time-domain data results from transient analysis into the frequency domain for HB analysis of a ring oscillator.OPTION HBTRANINIT.

OPTION HBTRANSTEP Specifies transient analysis stepsize for the HB analysis of a ring oscillator. See Also . This option is relevant only if you set .HB .OPTION HBTRANINIT .OPTION HBTRANSTEP=<stepsize> Description Use this option to specify transient analysis stepsize for the HB analysis of a ring oscillator.OPTION HBTRANSTEP. The stepsize parameter must be set to a real number.OPTION HBTRANPTS 530 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. where nh is the nharms value and f0 is the oscillation frequency.OPTION HBTRANPTS or . but not both.OPTION HBTRANSTEP .HBOSC . The default is 1/ (4*nh*f0). Syntax . Note: You can specify either .03 .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION HBTRANINIT.

Example .123 INGOLD=2 E Format (exponential SPICE) 1.03 531 . Syntax .OPTION MEASDGT HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION INGOLD=[0|1|2] Arguments Parameter Description Defaults INGOLD=0 (default) INGOLD=1 Engineering Format 1.234e+03 . as shown below: F=1e-15 P=1e-12 N=1e-9 U=1e-6 M=1e-3 K=1e3 X=1e6 G=1e9 HSPICE RF prints variable values in engineering notation by default.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION INGOLD Controls whether HSPICE RF prints output in exponential form or engineering notation.123e-1 Description Use this option to control whether HSPICE RF prints output in exponential form (scientific notation) or engineering notation.OPTION INGOLD=2 See Also . Engineering notation provides two to three extra significant digits and aligns columns to facilitate comparison.OPTION INGOLD=1 or 2.234e+03 .OPTION INGOLD . To use exponential form. specify .234K 123M G Format (fixed and exponential) 1.

0.OPTION ITL4=x Description Use this option to specify the maximum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis. ITL4 also works with the IMIN transient control option. 532 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax . . the internal timestep (delta) decreases by a factor equal to the FT transient control option.OPTION ITL4 Specifies maximum timestep in timestep algorithms for transient analysis.OPTION KLIM Sets the minimum mutual inductance. Syntax .OPTION ITL4 .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . The default is 8.5 and 0. KLIM is unitless (analogous to coupling strength. ITL4 sets the maximum iterations to obtain a convergent solution at a timepoint. If the number of iterations needed is greater than ITL4.01. Typical KLIM values are between .03 . specified in the K Element).OPTION KLIM=x Description Use this option to set the minimum mutual inductance below which automatic second-order mutual inductance calculation no longer proceeds. HSPICE RF uses the new timestep to calculate a new solution. The default is 0.

.OPTION SAVEHB .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION LOADHB=’filename’ Description Use this option to load the state variable information contained in the specified file. These values are used to initialize the HB simulation.OPTION LOADHB Loads state variable information from a specified file.OPTION LOADSNINIT Loads the operating point saved at the end of Shooting Newton analysis initialization. Syntax . Syntax .OPTION LOADSNINIT="filename" Description Use this option to load the operating point file saved at the end of SN initialization. See Also .03 533 . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. which is used as initial conditions for the Shooting-Newton method.HB.OPTION LOADHB .

and practical. MAXORD=2 selects the second-order Gear (Gear-2). Syntax . ■ Example This example selects the Backward-Euler integration method.OPTION METHOD 534 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ■ MAXORD=1 selects the first-order Gear (Backward-Euler) integration method.OPTION MAXORD=[1|2] Default 2 Description Use this option to specify the maximum order of integration for the GEAR method. accurate.OPTION MAXORD=1 METHOD=GEAR See Also .03 .OPTION MAXORD .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . which is more stable. .OPTION MAXORD Specifies the maximum order of integration for the GEAR method.

ms0.ma0. For example.MEASURE output files.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .0 Description Use this option to format the . then . if MEASDGT=5. The value of x is typically between 1 and 7.03 535 .lis).MEASURE statement output in both the listing file and the .OPTION MEASDGT=5 results in five decimal digits.MEASURE statement output in both the listing file and the . . all .OPTION MEASDGT=x Default 4. Five digits to the right of the decimal for numbers between 0.1 and 999. Use MEASDGT with .MEASURE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. although you can set it as high as 10. See Also . .OPTION MEASDGT .OPTION INGOLD=x to control the output data format.OPTION MEASDGT Formats the .MEASURE output values are in scientific notation so . In the listing (. file.mt0. Syntax .MEASURE displays numbers as: ■ ■ Five decimal digits for numbers in scientific notation.MEASURE output files (.OPTION INGOLD . and so on).

GEAR selects Gear integration. However. run a transient analysis by using a small timestep. there is an order dependency with GEAR and ACCURATE options. TRAP PURETP selects pure trapezoidal rule integration. which sets LVLTIM=2. If oscillation disappears. Highly non-linear circuits (such as operational amplifiers) can require very long execution times when you use the GEAR method. Syntax . GEAR MU=1 selects Backward-Euler integration.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . ■ ■ ■ ■ TRAP (trapezoidal) integration usually reduces program execution time with more accurate results. This method is recommended for high-Q LC oscillators and crystal oscillators. then 536 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Circuits that do not converge in trapezoidal integration. which might not result from circuit behavior. This overrides METHOD=GEAR. TRAP PURETP selects pure trapezoidal rule integration. ■ TRAP selects trapezoidal rule integration. When RUNLVL is turned off. This method is recommended for high-Q LC oscillators and crystal oscillators.OPTION METHOD=GEAR | TRAP [PURETP] Default TRAP Description Use this option to set the numerical integration method for a transient analysis. method = GEAR will set bypass=0. You can use the PURETP option to turn this oscillation damping feature off.OPTION LVLTIM=2. Note: To change LVLTIM from 2 to 1 or 3. To test this. when RUNLVL is turned off. The GEAR method is a filter. which sets . often converge if you use GEAR. set LVLTIM=1 or 3 after the METHOD=GEAR option.OPTION METHOD Sets the numerical integration method for a transient analysis. removing oscillations that occur in the trapezoidal method. This method inserts occasional Backward-Euler timesteps to avoid numerical oscillations.option bypass = <value> Also. this method can introduce an apparent oscillation on printed or plotted nodes. the user can re-set bypass value by using . if method=GEAR is set after the ACCURATE option.03 .OPTION METHOD . the cause was the trapezoidal method.

If GEAR is used with RUNLVL. .OPTION RUNLVL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.option method=gear See Also .OPTION MAXORD .option method=trap puretp Example 2 This example sets pure Backward-Euler integration. there is no order dependency with RUNLVL and GEAR.OPTION METHOD the ACCURATE option does not take effect.03 537 . No Gear-2 or BE is mixed in. anything else is controlled by RUNLVL. if method=GEAR is set before the ACCURATE option. Use this setting when you simulate harmonic oscillators. then both GEAR and ACCURATE take effect. see Appendix B.OPTION ACCURATE . .option method=gear maxord=1 Example 3 This example sets pure Gear-2 integration. then: . Example 1 This example sets pure trapezoidal method integration.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . or RUNLVL and ACCURATE.option ACCURATE method=GEAR RUNLVL is equivalent to . How Options Affect other Options. then GEAR only determines the numeric integration method. . Since there is no order dependency with RUNLVL and GEAR.option method=GEAR ACCURATE RUNLVL To see how use of the GEAR method impacts the value settings of ACCURATE and other options.OPTION MU .OPTION LVLTIM .OPTION PURETP .

3u . ■ Example 1 In this example. . ■ If MODMONTE=1.4. then within a single simulation run. If MODMONTE=0 (default). Syntax . each device that shares the same model card and is in the same Monte Carlo index receives a different random value for parameters that have a Monte Carlo definition. transistors M1 through M3 have the same random vto model parameter for each of the five Monte Carlo runs through the use of the MODMONTE option .end 538 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION MODMONTE=x Description Use this option to control how random values are assigned to parameters with Monte Carlo definitions.. .option MODMONTE=0 $$ MODMONTE defaults to 0.dc v1 0 vdd 0. each device that shares the same model card and is in the same Monte Carlo index receives the same random value for its parameters that have a Monte Carlo definition.model mname nmos level=53 vto=vto_par version=3.param vto_par=agauss(0.22 M1 11 21 31 41 mname W=20u L=0.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .03 .OK to omit this line. 3) ..OPTION MODMONTE ..1. .OPTION MODMONTE Controls how random values are assigned to parameters with Monte Carlo definitions.3u M3 13 23 33 43 mname W=20u L=0.. then within a single simulation run.1 sweep monte=5 . 0.3u M2 12 22 32 42 mname W=20u L=0.

5 is a blend of the trapezoidal and backward-Euler integration methods.MODEL . .option MODMONTE=1 .option MODMONTE=1. The value range is 0..3u M2 12 22 32 42 mname W=20u L=0..OPTION MU Example 2 In this example. A value between 0 and 0. .3u M3 13 23 33 43 mname W=20u L=0.0 to 0. 0.OPTION MU=x Default 0.4. transistors M1 through M3 have different values of the vto model parameter for each of the Monte Carlo runs by the means of setting . Syntax .3u .OPTION METHOD HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION MU Defines the integration method coefficient.1.dc v1 0 vdd 0.param vto_par=agauss(0.03 539 .model mname nmos level=54 vto=vto_par M1 11 21 31 41 mname W=20u L=0.1 sweep monte=5 . See Also ■ ..5.5 Description Use this option to define the integration method coefficient. . The default integration method is trapezoidal which corresponds to the default coefficient value of 0.5. 3) .. If the value is set to 0.end See Also .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . then the integration method becomes backward-Euler.

OPTION NOISEMINFREQ=x Description Use this option to specify the minimum frequency of noise analysis. The default setting of results files for printout accuracy is 5 digits.OPTION POST_VERSION=2001 setting. Syntax . .OPTION NOISEMINFREQ . The value of x is typically between 1 and 7.OPTION NUMDGT=x Description Use this option to control the listing printout (.OPTION NUMDGT Controls the listing printout accuracy.0.OPTION NOISEMINFREQ Specifies the minimum frequency of noise analysis. although you can set it as high as 10. The default is 4. If the frequency of noise analysis is smaller than the minimum frequency.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . See Also .03 . This option does affect the results files (ASCII and binary) if you use the . This option does not affect the accuracy of the simulation. The default is 1e-5. HSPICE RF automatically sets the frequency for NOISEMINFREQ in noise analysis. Syntax .lis) accuracy.OPTION POST_VERSION 540 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

the OPTS option prints the values that the simulation actually uses.OPTION parhier=<global | local> . Syntax .PARAM DefPwid=1u .OPTION PARHIER=< GLOBAL | LOCAL > Description Use this option to specify scoping rules.ENDS This example explicitly shows the difference between local and global scoping for using parameters in subcircuits.SUBCKT Inv a y DefPwid=2u DefNwid=1u Mp1 <MosPinList> pMosMod L=1.2u W=DefNwid . If you change any of the default values of the options.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . Example .OPTION OPTS Description Use this option to print the current settings for all control options. .OPTION PARHIER Specifies scoping rules.OPTION OPTS Prints current settings for all control options.2u W=DefPwid Mn1 <MosPinList> nMosMod L=1. Syntax . HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION OPTS .03 541 . The default setting is GLOBAL.

OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER Description Specifies the maximum number of Krylov iterations that the phase noise Krylov solver takes.OPTION PHNOISELORENTZ 542 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 . The default is 500.OPTION BPNMATCHTOL . See Also . The default is 1000. Syntax .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER Specifies the maximum number of Krylov iterations that the phase noise Krylov solver takes.OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM Specifies the dimension of the Krylov subspace that the Krylov solver uses.OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM . This must be an integer greater than zero. Syntax . Analysis stops when the number of iterations reaches this value. See Also .OPTION PHNOISELORENTZ .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM .OPTION PHASENOISETOL .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM Description Specifies the dimension of the Krylov subspace that the Krylov solver uses.OPTION PHASENOISETOL .OPTION BPNMATCHTOL .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER .

Syntax .OPTION PHNOISELORENTZ=val Description Turns on a Lorentzian model for the phase noise analysis.OPTION BPNMATCHTOL .OPTION PHASENOISETOL . ■ ■ ■ val=0: uses a linear approximation to a lorentzian model val=1 (default): applies a lorentzian model to all noise sources val=2: applies a lorentzian model to all non-frequency dependent noise sources See Also .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM .OPTION PHASENOISETOL Description Specifies the error tolerance for the phase noise solver.OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER .OPTION PHNOISELORENTZ .OPTION PHASENOISETOL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .OPTION PHASENOISETOL Specifies the error tolerance for the phase noise solver.OPTION BPNMATCHTOL . The default is 1e-8.OPTION PHNOISELORENTZ Turns on a Lorentzian model for the phase noise analysis. This must be a real number greater than zero. Syntax .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .03 543 .

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Example . POST=3: Output format is New Wave binary. Use with a . ASCII: Output format is ASCII.OPTION POST . Use . POST=UT: Output format is Veritools Undertow. The defaults for the POST option supply usable data to most parameters.OPTION POST to provide output without specifying other parameters. POST=CSDF: Output format is Common Simulation Data Format (Viewlogiccompatible graph data file format).OPTION POST=2 See Also . POST=1.OPTION POST_VERSION 544 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax . BINARY: (Default if POST is declared without a value) Output format is binary. POST=WDBA: Output format is XP/CosmosScope. POST=TW: Output format is turboWave.LPRINT statement. POST=VCD: Output format is value change dump. POST=2. POST=XP: Output format is XP/AvanWaves/CosmosScope. ■ ■ POST=0: Does not output simulation results.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION POST Save simulation results for viewing by an interactive waveform viewer.OPTION POST=[0|1|2|3|ASCII|BINARY|CSDF|NW|SP|TW|UT|VCD|WDBA] Default 0 Description Use this option to save simulation results for viewing by an interactive waveform viewer. POST=NW: Output format is XP/AvanWaves.03 .

OPTION POSTLVL .OPTION POST_VERSION Specifies the post-processing output version.03 545 .OPTION POSTLVL Limits the data written to your waveform file to a specified level of nodes.OPTION POST_VERSION=x Description Use this option to set the post-processing output version: ■ x=9007 truncates the node name in the post-processor output file to a maximum of 16 characters.OPTION NUMDGT (when < 5). Example .OPTION POSTLVL=n Default 0 Description Limits the data written to your waveform file to the level of nodes specified by the n parameter.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . x=9601 (default) sets the node name length for the output file consistent with input restrictions (1024 characters) and limits the number of output variables to 9999. This option also changes the digit-number precision in results files to match the value of . Syntax . ■ ■ If you set . Syntax .option post_version=2001 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. . .OPTION POSTLVL=2 This example limits the data written to the waveform file to only the secondlevel nodes.OPTION POST_VERSION=2001 POST=2 in the netlist. HSPICE RF returns more accurate ASCII results. x=2001 uses an output file header that displays the correct number of output variables when the number exceeds 9999.

See Also . HSPICE RF outputs all levels.option post (or post=1) post_version=2001 ******************************************* For more accurate simulation results. If you do not specify either the .OPTION POSTTOP Limits data written to your waveform file to output from the top-level nodes only.OPTION NUMDGT .OPTION POSTTOP options. To enable the waveform display interface.OPTION POST . you also need the .OPTION POST . Syntax . comment this format. include the following in the input file: ******************************************* .OPTION PROBE 546 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION POSTTOP=n Default 0 Description Limits the data written to your waveform file to output from the top-level nodes only. Example POSTTOP=1 This example limits the data written to the waveform file to only the top-level nodes.OPTION POST option.OPTION POSTTOP To use binary values (with double precision) in the output file.03 . See Also .OPTION PROBE or the .

statements.PROBE . Use this option with an . and . Syntax . Syntax .PRINT. This option significantly decreases the size of simulation output files.03 547 .OPTION PROBE . The default is 0. If you set PURETP=1 and HSPICE RF finds non-convergence.OPTION PURETP Specifies the integration method to use for reversal time point.OPTION METHOD=TRAP statement to help some oscillating circuits to oscillate if the default simulation process cannot satisfy the result. statements. .PROBE and PRINT.OPTION PROBE Limits post-analysis output to only variables specified in .OPTION PURETP=x Description Use this option to specify the integration method to use for reversal time point. By default. See Also .OPTION PROBE=0|1 Default 0 Description Limits post-analysis output to only variables specified in .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . HSPICE RF outputs all voltages and power supply currents in addition to variables listed in .PROBE. See Also .PRINT.PROBE. it uses TRAP (instead of BE) for the reversed time point.PRINT .OPTION METHOD HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

this equation determines the number of lumps: TDeff MIN 20.OPTION RISETIME=x Description Use this option to specify the smallest risetime of a signal. In the U element.OPTION RISETIME Specifies the smallest risetime of a signal. which controls the maximum value for the internal timestep delta. In such cases. Use this option only in transmission line models or HSPICE RF.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION RISETIME . 1 +  ---------------------------- ⋅ 20  RISETIME TDeff is the end-to-end delay in a transmission line.OPTION RMAX Sets the TSTEP multiplier. Syntax . RISETIME determines the maximum signal frequency. the minimum value is 1e-9.03 . which controls the maximum value (DELMAX) for the delta of the internal timestep: DELMAX=TSTEP x RMAX The default is 5. The W element uses RISETIME only if Rs or Gd is non-zero. 548 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The recommended maximum value is 1e+5. The maximum value is 1e+9. Syntax .OPTION RMAX=x Description Use this option to set the TSTEP multiplier. .

HB .OPTION SAVESNINIT Saves the operating point at the end of Shooting Newton initialization (sninit).Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .SN .OPTION SAVEHB .OPTION SAVEHB Saves the final-state variable values from an HB simulation.OPTION SAVESNINIT="filename" Description Use this option to save an operating point file at the end of a SN initialization for use as initial conditions for another Shooting Newton analysis.03 549 .OPTION LOADHB . Syntax . This file can be loaded as the starting point for another simulation by using a LOADHB option. For more information. the no-sweep point or the steady state of the first sweep point) variable values from an HB simulation to the specified file.OPTION SNACCURACY . Syntax .OPTION SAVEHB=’filename’ Description Use this option to save the final state (that is.OPTION SAVESNINIT . see SN Steady-State Time Domain Analysis in the HSPICE RF User Guide. See Also .OPTION SNMAXITER HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION LOADSNINIT . See Also .

See Also . L. the geometric parameters are: Diode — W. this option is ignored in Level 49 and higher model levels.OPTION SCALM Sets the model scaling factor.MODEL statement for an element. Syntax . L .OPTION SCALE Sets the element scaling factor. L.OPTION SCALE=x Default 1. See the HSPICE MOSFET Models Manual for levels available to the SCALM option. L. Area JFET/MESFET — W. PS. L Capacitor — W.MODEL 550 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.00 Description Use this option to scale geometric element instance parameters whose default unit is meters. Syntax .OPTION SCALE . ■ For active elements. the geometric parameters are: Resistor — W. AS. AD.03 .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . For MOSFET devices. See the HSPICE Elements and Device Models Manual for parameters that this option scales.OPTION SCALM=x Default 1 Description Use this option to set the scaling factor defined in a . PD ■ For passive elements having values calculated as a function geometry. Area MOS — W.

OPTION . the default value is 1.OPTION SIM_ACCURACY Sets and modifies the size of timesteps.0ns before the end of the simulation. The value must b a positive number. Syntax .0n 20n 40ns 20ns 3 | 35ns 7 | 50ns See Also .OPTION .OPTION SIM_ACCURACY=2 SIM_ACCURACY=3 SIM_ACCURACY=4 SIM_ACCURACY=5 SIM_ACCURACY=5 SIM_ACCURACY=3 SIM_ACCURACY=5 | | | | | | XNAND1 XNAND2 @INV 12.OPTION ACCURATE. If you specify . or 4. instance. the global accuracy level is 5.OPTION SIM_ACCURACY=<value> Description Use this option to set and modify the size of timesteps. . If accuracy settings conflict. 3. it overrides all previous settings. then the default value is 10.OPTION . The syntax to set accuracy on a block. Because this is higher than 2.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .03 551 . This option applies to all modes and tightens all tolerances.OPTION FFT_ACCURATE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. At 12. You can apply different accuracy settings to different blocks or time intervals. Example This example sets accuracy to 3 for the XNAND1 and XNAND2 instances and 4 for all instances of the INV subcircuit. the accuracy is 2. To set global accuracy. use: . then HSPICE RF uses the higher accuracy value.OPTION SIM_ACCURACY . or time interval is similar to the settings used for a power supply.OPTION SIM_ACCURACY=n where n is a number greater than 0.OPTION .OPTION .OPTION . such as: ■ ■ ■ Newton-Raphson tolerance Local truncation error Other errors. Globally.

Description Use this option to set the selection criteria for HSPICE RF current waveforms in WDB and NW format (see “Eliminating Voltage Datapoints” in the HSPICE RF User Guide).OPTION SIM_DELTAI Sets the selection criteria for current waveforms in WDB and NW format. . Description Set the selection criteria for HSPICE RF current waveforms in WDB and NW format (see “Eliminating Current Datapoints” in the HSPICE RF User Guide). Example In this example. The default is 1mv.03 .OPTION SIM_DELTAI 552 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE RF saves only datapoints that change by more than 1 mV from their previous values at the n-1 timestep. Syntax .OPTION SIM_DELTAI=<value> The value parameter specifies the amount of change.OPTION SIM_DELTAV .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION SIM_DELTAV Sets the selection criteria for current waveforms in WDB and NW format. at the n timestep. .OPTION SIM_DELTAI .OPTION SIM_DELTAV = 1mv See Also . The default is 0amps. at the n timestep.OPTION SIM_DELTAI = 0amps See Also . Syntax . HSPICE RF saves only datapoints that change by more than 0 amps from previous values at the n-1 timestep. Example In this example.OPTION SIM_DELTAV=<value> The value parameter specifies the amount of change.

You can further reduce total CPU time by including the .OPTION SIM_DSPF Runs simulation with standard DSPF expansion of all nets from one or more DSPF files.MODEL n nmos . Only flat DSPF files are supported. it defaults to the top-level definition.OPTION SIM_DSPF=“[scope] dspf_filename” Description Use this option to run simulation with standard DSPF expansion of all nets from one or more DSPF files.SUBCKT and .OPTION SIM_LA in the netlist. If you do not specify scope. Example 1 In this example. such as .OPTION SIM_DSPF .03 553 .OPTION POST . scope can be a subcircuit definition or an instance.MODEL p pmos .OPTION SIM_DSPF="add4. $ models .3 . For designs of 5K transistors or more.x1. For additional information.OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE in your netlist to expand only active nodes will also provide a performance gain.TRAN 1n 5u vdd vdd 0 3.dspf" . Note: HSPICE RF requires both a DSPF file and an ideal extracted netlist.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .dspf .VEC "dspf_adder. including .INCLUDE add4. This option can accelerate simulation by more than 100%. are ignored. You can repeat this option to include more DSPF files. hierarchy statements. Syntax . see “Post-Layout Back-Annotation” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.vec" . the parasitics in the DSPF file are mapped into the hierarchical ideal netlist.END HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

OPTION SIM_DSPF = "inv inv.TRAN 1n 5u vdd vdd 0 3.OPTION SIM_DSPF="add4.OPTION SIM_DSPF = "x1 x1.MODEL n nmos .END Example 2 In this example.spf DSPF file is back-annotated to the x1 top-level instance.VEC "dspf_adder.03 . By using the SIM_LA option at the same time.OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE .spf" See Also .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . .OPTION SIM_DSPF The SIM_DSPF option accelerates the simulation by more than 100%.3 .INCLUDE add4.OPTION SIM_LA .spf" .spf DSPF file to the inv subcircuit. you can further reduce the total CPU time: $ models .OPTION SIM_LA=PACT .OPTION POST .OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALER .MODEL p pmos .dspf" .dspf . the x1.vec" . It also back-annotates the inv.OPTION SIM_SPEF 554 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALEC .

see “Selective Post-Layout Flow” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE=”<active_node>” Description Use this option to run simulation with selective DSPF expansion of active nets from one or more DSPF files.5V See Also . HSPICE RF performs a preliminary verification run to determine the activity of the nodes and generates two ASCII files: active_node.OPTION SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER .OPTION . Based on these files. For additional information.rc and active_node.rc and active. HSPICE RF back-annotates only the active parasitics from x1.5V is saved to both the active.spf" SIM_DSPF = "x2 x2.OPTION SIM_DSPF .spf" SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE = "active" SIM_DSPF_VTOL = 0. Example In the following example. If a net is latent. Syntax . It is possible that activity changes are due to timing changes caused by expansion of the active nets. Active nets are added to the file as they are identified in the subsequent transient simulation.OPTION . which saves memory and CPU time. A second simulation run using the same file and option causes only the nets listed in the active_node file to be expanded.OPTION SIM_DSPF = "x1 x1. HSPICE RF uses the active_node file and the DSPF file with the ideal netlist to expand only the active portions of the circuit.OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL .OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE . an active net in which the tolerance of the voltage change is greater than 0.OPTION . no nets are expanded.rcxt. In this case. .03 555 .spf to the x1 and x2 top-level instances.OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. additional nets are listed in the active_node file and a warning is issued.OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE Runs simulation with selective DSPF expansion of active nets from one or more DSPF files.rcxt files.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . These files save all active node information in both Star-RC and Star-RCXT formats.spf and s2. If an active_node file is not generated from the preliminary run. then HSPICE RF does not expand it.

OPTION SIM_DSPF_INSERROR Skips unmatched instances. 556 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . Syntax . see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.OPTION SIM_DSPF_LUMPCAPS Connects a lumped capacitor with a value equal to the net capacitance for instances missing in the hierarchical netlist. . ■ ■ ON: skips unmatched instances OFF (default): does not skip unmatched instances.OPTION SIM_DSPF_INSERROR=ON | OFF Description Use this option to skip unmatched instances. ■ ■ ON (default): adds lumped capacitance while ignoring other net contents OFF: uses net contents For additional information.OPTION SIM_DSPF_LUMPCAPS=ON | OFF Description Use this option to connect a lumped capacitor with a value equal to the net capacitance for instances missing in the hierarchical netlist.OPTION SIM_DSPF_INSERROR . Syntax . For additional information.

OPTION SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER . See Also . If the active_node remains the same after the second simulation run. In this case: ■ ■ Resimulate the netlist to ensure the accuracy of the post-layout simulation.OPTION SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER=<value> Description Use this option to specify the maximum number of simulation runs for the second selective DSPF expansion pass. see “Selective Post-Layout Flow” HSPICE RF User Guide. HSPICE RF ignores these options.OPTION SIM_DSPF_RAIL Controls whether power-net parasitics are back-annotated Syntax .OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE .OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL . Syntax . Some of the latent nets might turn active after the first iteration of the second simulation run. The default is 1.OPTION SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER Specifies the maximum number of simulation runs for the second selective DSPF expansion pass.03 557 . For details.OPTION SIM_DSPF_RAIL=ON | OFF Description Use this option to control whether power-net parasitics are back-annotated. ■ ■ OFF (default): do not back-annotate nets in a power rail ON: back-annotate nets in a power rail For additional information. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. Use this option to set the maximum number of iterations for the second run. The value parameter specifies the number of iterations for the second simulation run.

For additional information. The scaleR specifies the scale factor. see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.OPTION SIM_LA .OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE . For additional information. see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. Syntax .03 .OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALEC . See Also . Syntax . See Also .OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALER=scaleR Description Use this option to scale the resistance values in a DSPF file for a standard DSPF expansion flow. The scaleC parameter specifies the scale factor.OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALER Scales the resistance values in a DSPF file for a standard DSPF expansion flow.OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE 558 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALEC=scaleC Description Use this option to scale the capacitance values in a DSPF file for a standard DSPF expansion flow.OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALEC Scales the capacitance values in a DSPF file for a standard DSPF expansion flow.OPTION SIM_LA .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .

indicating that they are not sensitive to parasitics. HSPICE RF does not expand the net.OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL .01 | @snsamp xvco” . . The default is 0. ■ The value parameter specifies the tolerance of voltage change.OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL Specifies multiple DSPF active thresholds.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . Subcircuit definition snsamp and the subcircuit instance xvco have full parasitics if their nodes move more than 0. + <scopen>” Example 1 In this example. If a net is latent.01 | @senseamp" Description Use this option to specify multiple DSPF active thresholds.spf" SIM_DSPF = "senseamp senseamp.OPTION . Syntax .OPTION .01V.03 559 . scopex can be a subcircuit definition that uses a prefix of “@” or a subcircuit instance. the sense amp circuit uses full parasitics if their nodes move more than 0.01V during active-node generation.OPTION . and the hierarchical LVS ideal netlist to back-annotate only active portions of the circuit. xand and xff are less sensitive than the default. The inv subcircuit definition is less sensitive than the default so the nodes are less sensitive to the parasitics. ■ HSPICE RF performs a second simulation run by using the active_node file. This saves simulation runtime and memory. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL=“<value> | <scope1> <scope2> . .spf" SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE = "activenet" SIM_DSPF_VTOL = "0. In the second line.OPTION ..15 | @inv" SIM_DSPF_VTOL = "0..OPTION SIM_DSPF = "inv inv.1V.OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL=“0. This value should be relatively small compared to the operating range of the circuit or smaller than the supply voltage. the DSPF.01V during active nodes generation. the first line sets the sensitivity voltage to 0.25 | xand xff” Example 2 In this example.OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL=“0.

OPTION SIM_LA By default. Note: SIM_LA does not reduce a node used by any analysis statement.OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ . ■ For details.OPTION SIM_LA_MAXR . See Also . such as .03 . Use the SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER option to change this setting.OPTION SIM_LA Activates linear matrix (RC) reduction. see “Selective Post-Layout Flow” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. 2 invokes the PI algorithm to create PI models of the RC networks. For additional information. Syntax .OPTION SIM_DSPF .OPTION SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER .OPTION SIM_LA_TIME .OPTION SIM_LA_MINMODE .OPTION SIM_LA_TOL 560 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. which selects the Pole Analysis via Congruence Transforms (PACT) algorithm to reduce RC networks in a well-conditioned manner. HSPICE RF performs only one iteration of the second simulation run. ■ ■ 0 turns off SIM_LA 1 is the equivalent of PACT. while preserving network stability. . See Also . and so on.MEASURE.OPTION SIM_LA_MINC .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .PROBE.OPTION SIM_LA=PACT | PI | [ 0 | 1 | 2 ] Default 1 or PACT Description Use this option to activate linear matrix reduction of circuits that include large linear RC networks by reducing all matrixes that represent RC networks.OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE . see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.

Syntax .OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ . For additional information. The default is 1e15 ohms. Syntax .OPTION SIM_LA_TIME . the faster the circuit. See Also . see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. See Also . the algorithm drops all capacitors. In general.03 561 . The value parameter specifies the maximum resistance preserved in the reduction.OPTION SIM_LA_MAXR Specifies the maximum resistance for linear matrix reduction. The value parameter specifies the upper frequency for which the PACT algorithm must preserve accuracy.OPTION SIM_LA_MAXR=<value> Description Use this option to specify the maximum resistance for linear matrix reduction. For additional information. If value is 0. because only DC is of interest. see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. The default is 1 GHz.OPTION SIM_LA HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the higher the maximum frequency.OPTION SIM_LA .OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ=<value> Description Use this option to specify the upper frequency for which accuracy must be preserved.OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ Specifies the upper frequency for which accuracy must be preserved. The maximum frequency required for accurate reduction depends on both the technology of the circuit and the time scale of interest. The linear matrix reduction process assumes that any resistor greater than value has an infinite resistance and drops the resistor after reduction completes.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .

OPTION SIM_LA_MINMODE=ON | OFF Description Use this option to reduce the number of nodes instead of the number of elements. Syntax . See Also .OPTION SIM_LA 562 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The linear matrix reduction process lumps any capacitor smaller than value to ground after the reduction completes. For additional information. For additional information.OPTION SIM_LA_MINC .OPTION SIM_LA .OPTION SIM_LA_MINC Specifies the minimum capacitance for linear matrix reduction. see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. Syntax .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .03 .OPTION SIM_LA_MINC=<value> Description Use this option to specify the minimum capacitance for linear matrix reduction. see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. The value parameter specifies the minimum capacitance preserved in the reduction. ■ ■ ON: reduces the number of nodes OFF (default): does not reduce the number of nodes. The default is 1e-16 farads.OPTION SIM_LA_MINMODE Reduces the number of nodes instead of the number of elements. See Also .

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .1ns Description Use this option to specify the minimum time for which accuracy must be preserved. HSPICE RF does not accurately simulate them.OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ=10GHz -or. Syntax . Note: Higher frequencies (smaller times) increase accuracy.OPTION SIM_LA_TIME=<value> Example For a circuit having a typical rise time of 1ns. if spikes occur in 0.1ns. The default is equivalent to setting SIM_LA_FREQ=1GHz. either set the maximum frequency to 1 GHz. but only up to the minimum time step used in HSPICE RF. The value parameter specifies the minimum switching time for which the PACT algorithm preserves accuracy.OPTION SIM_LA_TIME=0. For additional information.03 563 . See Also . or set the minimum switching time to 1ns: . To capture the behavior of the spikes.OPTION SIM_LA_TIME . The default is 1ns. see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.OPTION SIM_LA_TIME Specifies the minimum time for which accuracy must be preserved.OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ=1GHz -or. This option is simply an alternative to . use: .OPTION SIM_LA_TIME=1ns However.OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ.OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Waveforms that occur more rapidly than the minimum switching time are not accurately represented.OPTION SIM_LA .

see “Linear Acceleration” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. The default is 0. See Also .0.0 selects TRAP.OPTION SIM_ORDER=<x> Example This example causes a mixture of 10% Gear-2 and 90% BE-trapezoidal hybrid integration.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .0 and 2. .OPTION SIM_LA_TOL .03 . Syntax .0 and 1. The BE-trapezoidal part is 10% BE.OPTION SIM_LA_TOL=<value> Description Use this option to specify the error tolerance for the PACT algorithm.option sim_order=1. Syntax .9 Description Use this option to control the amount of Backward-Euler (BE) method to mix with the Trapezoidal (TRAP) method for hybrid integration.05. ■ ■ SIM_ORDER=1. The default is 1.OPTION SIM_LA_TOL Specifies the error tolerance for the PACT algorithm. For additional information. The x parameter must specify a real number between 1. 564 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_ORDER Controls the amount of Backward-Euler (BE) method to mix with the Trapezoidal (TRAP) method for hybrid integration. The value parameter must specify a real number between 0.0 selects BE SIM_ORDER=2.0.9.OPTION SIM_LA .

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . Syntax .OPTION SIM_TRAP . This option affects time stepping when you set . it inserts Backward-Euler (BE) steps.OPTION SIM_TRAP.OPTION METHOD . Smaller values of this tolerance result in fewer BE steps. The default is 10-8.OPTION METHOD HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If HSPICE RF detects numerical oscillations.OPTION SIM_ORDER has precedence over .OPTION SIM_OSC_DETECT_TOL=<value> Description Use this option to specify the tolerance for detecting numerical oscillations. especially with inductors (such as crystal oscillators). A higher order is more accurate.OPTION SIM_OSC_DETECT_TOL Specifies the tolerance for detecting numerical oscillations. See Also .OPTION METHOD to TRAP or TRAPGEAR. See Also . A lower order has more damping. which need SIM_ORDER=2.0.03 565 .OPTION SIM_OSC_DETECT_TOL Note: .

OPTION SIM_POSTAT=<instance> Example The following example outputs X1. .OPTION SIM_POSTAT=X1.OPTION SIM_POSTAT Limits waveform output to nodes in the specified subcircuit instance Syntax .OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP. See Also .X4.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP 566 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP and it takes precedence over .OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP .OPTION SIM_POSTAT .03 . This option can be used in conjunction with . You can either use wildcards or set the option multiple times to specify multiple instances. see Figure 18.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .X4 Figure 18 Node Hierarchy top X1(ADD) X2(SUB) X3 X1 X2 X1 X4 X2 X5 X6 Description Limits the waveform output to only those nodes in the specified subcircuit instance.

X4 Description Limits the waveform output to only those nodes in the specified subcircuit instance and their children.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP=2 . You can either use wildcards or set the option multiple times to specify multiple instances. except that the output also includes all children of the specified level.OPTION SIM_POSTDOWN Limits waveform output to nodes in the specified subcircuit instance and their children. This option can be used in conjunction with .OPTION SIM_POSTDOWN . X1. and X2. Syntax .OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP . X1.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .03 567 .X4.OPTION SIM_POSTDOWN=<instance> Example The following example outputs top.X1.) .OPTION SIM_POSTAT .X4. This option is similar to the SIM_POSTAT option. X1. X1.X4. See Also .OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP and it takes precedence over .X2. (See Figure 18 on page 566.OPTION SIM_POSTDOWN=X1.

OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP Causes the SIM_POSTTOP option to skip any instances and their children that are defined by the subckt_definition parameter.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP . and global variables.) . ports.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP 568 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP=ADD Description Use this option to cause the SIM_POSTTOP option to skip any instances and their children that are defined by the subckt_definition parameter. See Also . Syntax . (See Figure 18 on page 566. Syntax .03 .OPTION SIM_POSTSCOPE .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION POST . issue this option once for each definition you want to skip.OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP=<subckt_definition> Example The following example outputs top.OPTION SIM_POSTSCOPE=net | port | all Description Use this option to specify the signal types to probe from within a scope.OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP . because they are instances of the ADD subcircuit.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP=2 .OPTION SIM_POSTSCOPE Specifies the signal types to probe from within a scope. ■ ■ ■ net (default): output only nets in the scope port: output both nets and ports all: output nets. See Also . and skips X2. X1. To specify more than one subcircuit definition.

This option outputs instances from up to n levels deep. X1.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . X1. and X2.OPTION PROBE .03 569 . HSPICE RF sets the SIM_POSTTOP=0 if you specify the PROBE option without specifying a SIM_POSTTOP option.X4.) . X1.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP=<n> Example 1 The following example outputs top.OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. X1.X2.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP Limits data written to your waveform file to data from only the top n level nodes. (See Figure 18 on page 566. and X2.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP=2 Example 2 The following example outputs top.) .OPTION SIM_POSTTOP .X1.OPTION SIM_POSTDOWN=X1. X1. Syntax . Note: You must specify the POST option to enable the waveform display interface. ■ See Also .X4.OPTION POST . ■ ■ ■ SIM_POSTTOP=3 (default): output instances from 3 levels deep SIM_POSTTOP=1: output instances from only the top-level signals.X4 Description Limits the data written to your waveform file to data from only the top n level nodes.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP=2 . HSPICE RF outputs all levels if you do not specify either the PROBE option or a SIM_POSTTOP option.X4. (See Figure 18 on page 566.

Signal at the lowest hierarchy level.VDD=value 570 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS . also called a leaf subcircuit.OPTION SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS=“<time point> <tol>” .X1.POWER statement. print the names of leaf subcircuits that use more than 100uA at 100ns into the simulation are printed. in this format: *** time=< time point > threshold=< tol > *** VDD=value X13. .03 .X1.VDD=value X14. tol bottom Example In this example. Syntax .OPTION SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS=“bottom 100ns 100ua” .OPTION SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS Prints a list of signals matching the tolerance setting at a specified point in time. The first syntax produces a list of signals that consume more current than tol at time point.VDD=value X13.POWER VDD Description Use this option to print a list of signals matching the tolerance (tol) setting at a specified point in time.VDD=value X14. Tolerance value for the signal defined in the .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS=“bottom <time point> <tol>” Arguments Parameter Description time_point Time when HSPICE RF detects signals where the port current is larger than the tolerance value.

X1.OPTION SIM_POWER_TOP Controls the number of hierarchy levels on which power analysis is performed.03 571 . See Also . HSPICE RF produces .OPTION SIM_POWER_TOP=2 Description Use this option to control the number of hierarchy levels on which power analysis is performed.POWER HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .OPTION SIM_POWER_TOP=<value> Example In the following example. By default. power analysis is performed on the top levels of hierarchy. known as leaf subcircuits that consume more than tol at time point.X1.OPTION SIM_POWER_TOP The second syntax produces the list of lowest-level signals. Syntax .POWER statement results for top-level and first-level subcircuits (the subcircuit children of the top-level subcircuits).POWER . see “Power Analysis Output Format” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .VDD=value For additional information.VDD=value X14. The output is similar to this: *** time=< time point > threshold=< tol > *** X13.

OPTION SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY .POWERDC .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . See Also .03 . but more time to complete the calculation.OPTION SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY Increases the accuracy of operating point calculations for POWERDC analysis.OPTION SIM_POWERDC_HSPICE Description Use this option to increase the accuracy of operating point calculations for POWERDC analysis. A higher value results in greater accuracy. Syntax .OPTION SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY=<value> Description Use this option to increase the accuracy of operating point calculations for POWERDC analysis.OPTION SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY 572 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. See Also .POWERDC . Syntax .OPTION SIM_POWERDC_HSPICE .OPTION SIM_POWERDC_HSPICE Increases the accuracy of operating point calculations for POWERDC analysis.

power x1. This option together with the .OPTION SIM_POWERSTART Specifies a default start time for measuring signals during simulation.in signal is from 10 ps to 90 ps.OPTION SIM_POWERPOST=ON|OFF Description Use this option to enable or disable power analysis waveform dumping.POWER .OPTION SIM_POWERSTART=10ps . .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . the scope for simulating the x1.OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP control the power measurement scope for an entire simulation.POWER statement to specify a default start time for measuring signals during simulation. This default time applies to all signals that do not have their own FROM measurement time.OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP=90ps .in Description Use this option with a . See Also .OPTION SIM_POWERPOST .03 573 .OPTION SIM_POWERSTART HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax . The default is OFF.OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP .OPTION SIM_POWERSTART=<time> Example In this example. Syntax .OPTION SIM_POWERPOST Controls power analysis waveform dumping. See Also .

This option together with the .spf SPEF file is back-annotated to the sense amp circuit.OPTION SIM_SPEF Runs simulation with SPEF expansion of all nets from one or more SPEF files. See Also .OPTION SIM_SPEF=“spec_filename” Example In this example. For additional information. see “Post-Layout Back-Annotation” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.OPTION SIM_SPEF = "senseamp. This default time applies to all signals that do not have their own TO measurement time. Syntax . .OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE .OPTION SIM_POWERSTART .03 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALER 574 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP=<time> Description Use this option with a . Syntax .OPTION SIM_POWERSTART control the power measurement scope for an entire simulation. the senseamp.OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP Specifies a default stop time for measuring signals during simulation.OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP .OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALEC .POWER statement to specify a default stop time for measuring signals during simulation. You can repeat this option to include more SPEF files. See Also .spf" Description Use this option to run simulation with SPEF expansion of all nets from one or more SPEF files.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .POWER .

OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE Runs simulation with selective SPEF expansion of active nets from one or more DSPF files.03 575 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_VTOL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. By default. You can use the SIM_SPEF_VTOL option to change this value. A second simulation run using the same file and option causes only the nets listed in the active_node file to be expanded. These files save all active node information in both Star-RC and Star-RCXT formats. It is possible that activity changes are due to timing changes caused by expansion of the active nets.rc and active_node. In this case. For additional information. If a net is latent.OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE=”<active_node>” Description Use this option to run simulation with selective SPEF expansion of active nets from one or more DSPF files. a node is considered active if the voltage varies by more than 0.1 V.rcxt. then HSPICE RF does not expand it.OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE . which saves memory and CPU time. additional nets are listed in the active_node file and a warning is issued. HSPICE RF performs a preliminary verification run to determine the activity of the nodes and generates two ASCII files: active_node.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . no nets are expanded. See Also . Active nets are added to the file as they are identified in the subsequent transient simulation. see “Selective Post-Layout Flow” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. If an active_node file is not generated from the preliminary run. HSPICE RF uses the active_node file and the DSPF file with the ideal netlist to expand only the active portions of the circuit. Syntax .

see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. 576 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Syntax .OPTION SIM_SPEF_LUMPCAPS Connects a lumped capacitor with a value equal to the net capacitance for instances missing in the hierarchical netlist.OPTION SIM_SPEF_INSERROR Skips unmatched instances. Syntax .OPTION SIM_SPEF_INSERROR . ■ ■ ON (default): adds lumped capacitance while ignoring other net contents OFF: uses net contents For additional information. ■ ■ ON: skips unmatched instances OFF (default): does not skip unmatched instances.OPTION SIM_SPEF_INSERROR=ON | OFF Description Use this option to skip unmatched instances.OPTION SIM_SPEF_LUMPCAPS=ON | OFF Description Use this option to connect a lumped capacitor with a value equal to the net capacitance for instances missing in the hierarchical netlist.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . . see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. For more information.03 .

Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE . Use this option to set the maximum number of iterations for the second run. Some of the latent nets might turn active after the first iteration of the second simulation run. In this case: ■ ■ Resimulate the netlist to ensure the accuracy of the post-layout simulation.OPTION SIM_SPEF_MAX_ITER=<value> Description Use this option to specify the maximum number of simulation runs for the second selective SPEF expansion pass.OPTION SIM_SPEF_MAX_ITER .OPTION SIM_SPEF_MAX_ITER Specifies the maximum number of simulation runs for the second selective SPEF expansion pass. The value parameter specifies the number of iterations for the second simulation run.03 577 . See Also . see “Selective Post-Layout Flow” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. If the active_node remains the same after the second simulation run. The default is 1. HSPICE RF ignores these options.OPTION SIM_SPEF_VTOL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. For additional information. Syntax .

OPTION SIM_SPEF_RAIL=ON | OFF Description Use this option to control whether power-net parasitics are back-annotated.OPTION SIM_SPEF_RAIL Controls whether power-net parasitics are back-annotated. 578 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. For further information. Syntax . ■ ■ ■ SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE = 1: use best SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE = 2 (default): use average SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE = 3: use worst. . Syntax .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE .OPTION SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE=1|2|3 Description Use this option to interpret triplet format float:float:float values in SPEF files as best:average:worst. see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.OPTION SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE Interprets triplet format float:float:float values in SPEF files as best:average:worst. see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. ■ ■ OFF (default): Do not back-annotate nets in a power rail ON: Back-annotate nets in a power rail For further information.03 .

The scaleC parameter specifies the scale factor.OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALEC .OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALER Scales the resistance values in a SPEF file for a standard SPEF expansion flow.OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE . see “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. The scaleC parameter specifies the scale factor.OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALEC Scales the capacitance values in a SPEF file for a standard SPEF expansion flow.OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALEC=scaleC Description Use this option to scale the capacitance values in a SPEF file for a standard SPEF expansion flow.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . Syntax . See “Additional Post-Layout Options” in the HSPICE RF User Guide. Syntax .OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 579 . See Also . See Also .OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALER=scaleR Description Use this option to scale the resistance values in a SPEF file for a standard SPEF expansion flow. For more information.

By default. This saves simulation runtime and memory. + <scopen>” Description Use this option to specify multiple SPEF active thresholds... If a net is latent.OPTION SIM_SPEF_VTOL Specifies multiple SPEF active thresholds. see “Selective Post-Layout Flow” in the HSPICE RF User Guide.OPTION SIM_SPEF_VTOL=“<value> | <scope1> <scope2> .1V. Use the SIM_SPEF_MAX_ITER option to change it. Syntax . the SPEF. then HSPICE RF does not expand the net.OPTION SIM_SPEF_MAX_ITER 580 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. and the hierarchical LVS ideal netlist to back-annotate only active portions of the circuit. This value should be relatively small compared to the operating range of the circuit.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options . For additional information. The default is 0.03 . ■ HSPICE RF performs a second simulation run by using the active_node file. ■ The value parameter specifies the tolerance of voltage change. or smaller than the supply voltage.OPTION SIM_SPEF_VTOL . The scopex parameter can be a subcircuit definition that uses a prefix of “@” or a subcircuit instance. See Also . HSPICE RF performs only one iteration of the second simulation run.OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE .

■ ■ SIM_TG_THETA=0 (default) selects TRAP without Gear-2 SIM_TG_THETA=1 selects pure Gear-2.0. The default is 0. The value parameter must specify a value between 0. See Also .03 581 . The default is 0.OPTION SIM_TG_THETA HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION SIM_TG_THETA=<x> Description Use this option to control the amount of second-order Gear (Gear-2) method to mix with Trapezoidal (TRAP) integration for the hybrid TRAPGEAR method. The x parameter must specify a value between 0. Syntax .OPTION SIM_TG_THETA Controls the amount of second-order Gear method to mix with Trapezoidal integration for the hybrid TRAPGEAR method.0. See Also .OPTION METHOD .1.0 and 1.OPTION SIM_TG_THETA .1.0 and 1. Syntax .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION SIM_TRAP=<x> Description Use this option to change the default SIM_TG_THETA=0 so that METHOD=TRAPGEAR acts like METHOD=TRAP.OPTION METHOD .OPTION SIM_TRAP Changes the default SIM_TG_THETA=0 so that METHOD=TRAPGEAR acts like METHOD=TRAP.

Syntax . . Syntax .OPTION SNACCURACY=<integer> Default 10 Description Use this option to set and modify the size of timesteps.OPTION SNACCURACY Sets and modifies the size of timesteps. See Also .00m Description Use this option to specify the minimum value for breakpoint table entries in a piecewise linear (PWL) analysis. see SN Steady-State Time Domain Analysis in the HSPICE RF User Guide. the memory requirements may be significant if the number of time points is very large. Max value: 2.OPTION SLOPETOL Specifies the minimum value for breakpoint table entries in a piecewise linear (PWL) analysis. If the difference in the slopes of two consecutive PWL segments is less than the SLOPETOL value. The maximum integer value is 50. Min value: 0.OPTION SNMAXITER 582 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 . HSPICE RF ignores the breakpoint for the point between the segments. Because Shooting-Newton must store derivative information at every time point. Larger values of snaccuracy result in a more accurate solution but may require more time points.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION SLOPETOL .OPTION SLOPETOL=x Default 750.OPTION SIM_ACCURACY . For additional information.

OPTION TNOM Sets the reference temperature for the simulation. See Also .TEMP HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. For more information. Syntax . . component derating is zero.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION SNMAXITER Sets the maximum number of iterations for a Shooting Newton analysis. see Steady-State Shooting Newton Analysis in the HSPICE RF User Guide. The default is 40.OPTION SNMAXITER . Note: The reference temperature defaults to the analysis temperature if you do not explicitly specify a reference temperature. At this temperature. Syntax .OPTION SNMAXITER=<integer> Description Use this option to limit the number of SN iterations.OPTION TNOM=x Default 25°C Description Use this option to set the reference temperature for the HSPICE RF simulation.03 583 .

OPTION TRANFORHB=x Description This option forces HB analysis to recognize or ignore specific V/I sources.03 . TRANFORHB=0: Forces HB to ignore transient descriptions of V/I sources and to use only HB descriptions. and to use them in analysis. Syntax .HB 584 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION TRANFORHB . specify TRANFORHB in the source description. and PWL transient descriptions. ■ To override this option. PULSE. if the source also has an HB description.OPTION TRANFORHB Forces HB analysis to recognize or ignore specific V/I sources. See Also . VMRF. analysis uses the HB description instead. ■ TRANFORHB=1: Forces HB analysis to recognize V/I sources that include SIN. However.

WACC is a non-negative real value that can be set between 0.1 for a more accurate simulation. no control is added. the original step control method is used with predetermined static breakpoints. while smaller values result in lower performance with better accuracy. see the HSPICE Signal Integrity User Guide. and may even vary for different W-elements in a single system. It may vary for different circuit systems.0 and 10.0.OPTION WACC .) Description Use this option to activate the dynamic step control algorithm for a W element transient analysis.0. W-element Modeling of Coupled Transmission Lines section. Chapter 3. the dynamic step control algorithm is activated. When WACC is set to 0.0. Using Dynamic Time-Step Control HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION WACC=x Default 0 (Determined by HSPICE RF according to system property. Use WACC=1. Syntax . When WACC is 0. When WACC is positive.03 585 .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .0 for normal simulation and WACC=0.OPTION WACC Activates the dynamic step control algorithm for a W-element transient analysis. For detailed information on usage. Larger values result in higher performance with lower accuracy.

OPTION WNFLAG Selects a bin model (for BSIM4 models only). HSPICE RF uses the bin model specified by this option. 586 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. this option changes the order to width-length.OPTION WNFLAG instance parameter is not specified.03 .OPTION WL Reverses the order of the VSIZE MOS element.OPTION WL=0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to reverse the order of the MOS element VSIZE. When the .Chapter 5: RF Netlist Control Options .OPTION WNFLAG=[0|1] Description This option only applies to BSIM4 models. Use WNFLAG=0 to select the bin model based on total W.OPTION WNFLAG instance parameter is specified. . HSPICE RF uses its value instead. Syntax . The default order is length-width. Use this option to select a bin model. Syntax . When the . Use WNFLAG=1 (default) to select the bin model based on W (BSIM4 MOSFET channel width) per NF (number of device fingers) parameters.OPTION WNFLAG .

03 587 .6 6 Digital Vector File Commands Contains an alphabetical listing of the HSPICE commands you can use in an digital vector file. You can use the following HSPICE commands in a digital vector file. Syntax ENABLE <controlling_signalname> <mask> HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. ENABLE IO ODELAY OUT or OUTZ PERIOD RADIX SLOPE TDELAY TFALL TRISE TRIZ TSKIP TUNIT VIH VIL VNAME VOH VOL VREF VTH ENABLE Specifies the controlling signal(s) for bidirectional signals.

Syntax IDELAY <delay_value> <mask> 588 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands IDELAY Arguments Argument Description controlling_signalname Controlling signal for bidirectional signals. the x and y signals are bidirectional as defined by the b in the io line. ■ The first enable statement indicates that x (as defined by the position of F) becomes output when the a signal is 1.03 . If you specify more than one ENABLE statement. the last statement overrides the previous statement and HSPICE issues a warning message: [Warning]:[line 6] resetting enable signal to WENB for bit ’XYZ’ IDELAY Defines an input delay time for bidirectional signals. All bidirectional signals require an ENABLE statement. Defines the bidirectional signals to which ENABLE applies. mask Example radix 144 io ibb vname a x[[3:0]] y[[3:0]] enable a 0 F 0 enable ~a 0 0 F In this example. ■ Description Use this statement to specify the controlling signal(s) for bidirectional signals. To reverse this default control logic. Must be an input signal with a radix of 1. The bidirectional signals become output when the controlling signal is at state 1 (or high). start the control signal name with a tilde (~). The second enable specifies that the y bidirectional bus becomes output when the a signal is 0.

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands IDELAY

Arguments
Argument Description

delay_value mask

Time delay to apply to the signals. Signals to which the delay applies. If you do not provide a mask value, the delay value applies to all signals.

Example
RADIX 1 1 4 1234 11111111 IO i i o iiib iiiiiiii VNAME V1 V2 VX[[3:0]] V4 V5[[1:0]] V6[[0:2]] V7[[0:3]] + V8 V9 V10 V11 V12 V13 V14 V15 TDELAY 1.0 TDELAY -1.2 0 1 F 0000 00000000 TDELAY 1.5 0 0 0 1370 00000000 IDELAY 2.0 0 0 0 000F 00000000 ODELAY 3.0 0 0 0 000F 00000000

This example does not specify the TUNIT statement so HSPICE or HSPICE RF uses the default, ns, as the time unit for this example. The first TDELAY statement indicates that all signals have the same delay time of 1.0ns. Subsequent TDELAY, IDELAY, or ODELAY statements overrule the delay time of some signals.
■ ■ ■

The delay time for the V2 and Vx signals is -1.2. The delay time for the V4, V5[0:1], and V6[0:2] signals is 1.5. The input delay time for the V7[0:3] signals is 2.0, and the output delay time is 3.0.

Description Use this statement to define an input delay time for bidirectional signals relative to the absolute time of each row in the Tabular Data section. HSPICE ignores IDELAY settings on output signals and issues a warning message. You can specify more than one TDELAY, IDELAY, or ODELAY statement.

If you apply more than one TDELAY (IDELAY, ODELAY) statement to a signal, the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE or HSPICE RF issues a warning. If you do not specify the signal delays in a TDELAY, IDELAY, or ODELAY statement, HSPICE or HSPICE RF defaults to zero.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

589

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands IO

See Also ODELAY TDELAY TUNIT

IO
Defines the type for each vector: input, bidirectional, output, or unused. Syntax IO I | O | B | U Arguments
Argument Description

[I | O | B | U ...]

i o b u

Input that HSPICE uses to stimulate the circuit. Expected output that HSPICE compares with the simulated outputs. Bidirectional vector. Unused vector that HSPICE ignores.

Example
io i i i bbbb iiiioouu

Description Use this statement to define the type for each vector. The line starts with the IO keyword followed by a string of i, b, o, or u definitions. These definitions indicate whether each corresponding vector is an input (i), bidirectional (b), output (o), or unused (u) vector.

If you do not specify the IO statement, HSPICE or HSPICE RF assumes that all signals are input signals. If you define more than one IO statement, the last statement overrides previous statements.

590

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands ODELAY

ODELAY
Defines an output delay time for bidirectional signals. Syntax ODELAY <delay_value> <mask> Arguments
Argument Description

delay_value mask

Time delay to apply to the signals. Signals to which the delay applies. If you do not provide a mask value, the delay value applies to all signals.

Example
RADIX 1 1 4 1234 11111111 IO i i o iiib iiiiiiii VNAME V1 V2 VX[[3:0]] V4 V5[[1:0]] V6[[0:2]] V7[[0:3]] + V8 V9 V10 V11 V12 V13 V14 V15 TDELAY 1.0 TDELAY -1.2 0 1 F 0000 00000000 TDELAY 1.5 0 0 0 1370 00000000 IDELAY 2.0 0 0 0 000F 00000000 ODELAY 3.0 0 0 0 000F 00000000

This example does not specify the TUNIT statement so HSPICE or HSPICE RF uses the default, ns, as the time unit for this example. The first TDELAY statement indicates that all signals have the same delay time of 1.0ns. Subsequent TDELAY, IDELAY, or ODELAY statements overrule the delay time of some signals.
■ ■ ■

The delay time for the V2 and Vx signals is -1.2. The delay time for the V4, V5[0:1], and V6[0:2] signals is 1.5. The input delay time for the V7[0:3] signals is 2.0 and the output delay time is 3.0.

Description Use this statement to define an output delay time for bidirectional signals relative to the absolute time of each row in the Tabular Data section. HSPICE ignores ODELAY settings on input signals and issues a warning message.
HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 591

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands OUT or OUTZ

You can specify more than one TDELAY, IDELAY, or ODELAY statement.

If you apply more than one TDELAY (IDELAY, ODELAY) statement to a signal, the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE issues a warning. If you do not specify the signal delays in a TDELAY, IDELAY, or ODELAY statement, HSPICE defaults to zero.

See Also IDELAY TDELAY TUNIT

OUT or OUTZ
Specifies output resistance for each signal for which the mask applies. OUT and OUTZ are equivalent. Syntax OUT <output_resistance> <mask> Arguments
Argument Description

output_resistance mask

Output resistance for an input signal. The default is 0. Signals to which the output resistance applies. If you do not provide a mask value, the output resistance value applies to all input signals.

Example
OUT 15.1 OUT 150 1 1 1 0000 00000000 OUTZ 50.5 0 0 0 137F 00000000

The first OUT statement in this example creates a 15.1 ohm resistor to place in series with all vector inputs. The next OUT statement sets the resistance to 150 ohms for vectors 1 to 3. The OUTZ statement changes the resistance to 50.5 ohms for vectors 4 through 7.

592

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands PERIOD

Description The OUT and OUTZ keywords are equivalent: use these statements to specify output resistance for each signal (for which the mask applies). OUT or OUTZ applies to input signals only.

If you do not specify the output resistance of a signal in an OUT (or OUTZ) statement, HSPICE uses the default (zero). If you specify more than one OUT (or OUTZ) statement for a signal, the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE issues a warning message.

The OUT (or OUTZ) statements have no effect on the expected output signals.

PERIOD
Defines the time interval for the Tabular Data section. Syntax PERIOD <time_interval> Arguments
Argument Description

time_interval

Time interval for the Tabular Data.

Example
radix 1111 1111 period 10 1000 1000 1100 1100 1010 1001
■ ■ ■

The first row of the tabular data (1000 1000) is at time 0ns. The second row (1100 1100) is at 10ns. The third row (1010 1001) is at 20ns.

Description Use this statement to define the time interval for the Tabular Data section. You do not need to specify the absolute time at every time point. If you use a PERIOD statement without the TSKIP statement, the Tabular Data section

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

593

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands RADIX

contains only signal values, not absolute times. The TUNIT statement defines the time unit of the PERIOD. See Also TSKIP TUNIT

RADIX
Specifies the number of bits associated with each vector. Syntax RADIX <number_of_bits> [<number_of_bits>...] Arguments
Argument Description

number_of_bits

Specifies the number of bits in one vector in the digital vector file. You must include a separate <number_of_bits> argument in the RADIX statement for each vector listed in the file.

Table 1
# bits

Valid Values for the RADIX Statement
Radix Number System Valid Digits

1 2 3 4

2 4 8 16

Binary – Octal Hexadecimal

0, 1 0–3 0–7 0–F

Example
; start of Vector Pattern Definition section RADIX 1 1 4 1234 1111 1111 VNAME A B C[[3:0]] I9 I[[8:7]] I[[6:4]] I[[3:0]] O7 O6 O5 O4 + O3 O2 O1 O0 IO I I I IIII OOOO OOOO

594

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands SLOPE

This example illustrates two 1-bit signals followed by a 4-bit signal, followed by one each 1-bit, 2-bit, 3-bit, and 4-bit signals, and finally eight 1-bit signals. Description Use this statement to specify the number of bits associated with each vector. Valid values for the number of bits range from 1 to 4. A digital vector file must contain only one RADIX command and it must be the first non-comment line in the file.

SLOPE
Specifies the rise/fall time for the input signal. Syntax SLOPE [<input_rise_time> | <input_fall_time>] <mask> Arguments
Argument Description

input_rise_time input_fall_time mask

Rise time of the input signal. Fall time of the input signal. Name of a signal to which the SLOPE statement applies. If you do not specify a mask value, the SLOPE statement applies to all signals.

Example 1 In the following example, the rising and falling times of all signals are 1.2 ns.
SLOPE 1.2

Example 2 In the following example, the rising/falling time is 1.1 ns for the first, second, sixth, and seventh signals.
SLOPE 1.1 1100 0110

Description Use this statement to specify the rise/fall time for the input signal. Use the TUNIT statement to define the time unit for this statement.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

595

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands TDELAY
■ ■

If you do not specify the SLOPE statement, the default slope value is 0.1 ns. If you specify more than one SLOPE statement, the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE or HSPICE RF issues a warning message.

The SLOPE statement has no effect on the expected output signals. You can specify the optional TRISE and TFALL statements to overrule the rise time and fall time of a signal. See Also TFALL TRISE TUNIT

TDELAY
Defines the delay time for both input and output signals in the Tabular Data section. Syntax TDELAY <delay_value> <mask> Arguments
Argument Description

delay_value mask

Time delay to apply to the signals. Signals to which the delay applies. If you do not provide a mask value, the delay value applies to all signals.

Example
RADIX 1 1 4 1234 11111111 IO i i o iiib iiiiiiii VNAME V1 V2 VX[[3:0]] V4 V5[[1:0]] V6[[0:2]] V7[[0:3]] + V8 V9 V10 V11 V12 V13 V14 V15 TDELAY 1.0 TDELAY -1.2 0 1 F 0000 00000000 TDELAY 1.5 0 0 0 1370 00000000 IDELAY 2.0 0 0 0 000F 00000000 ODELAY 3.0 0 0 0 000F 00000000

596

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands TFALL

This example does not specify the TUNIT statement so HSPICE or HSPICE RF uses the default, ns, as the time unit for this example. The first TDELAY statement indicates that all signals have the same delay time of 1.0ns. Subsequent TDELAY, IDELAY, or ODELAY statements overrule the delay time of some signals.
■ ■ ■

The delay time for the V2 and Vx signals is -1.2. The delay time for the V4, V5[0:1], and V6[0:2] signals is 1.5. The input delay time for the V7[0:3] signals is 2.0, and the output delay time is 3.0.

Description Use this statement to define the delay time of both input and output signals relative to the absolute time of each row in the Tabular Data section. You can specify more than one TDELAY, IDELAY, or ODELAY statement.

If you apply more than one TDELAY (IDELAY, ODELAY) statement to a signal, the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE or HSPICE RF issues a warning. If you do not specify the signal delays in a TDELAY, IDELAY, or ODELAY statement, HSPICE or HSPICE RF defaults to zero.

See Also IDELAY ODELAY TUNIT

TFALL
Specifies the fall time of each input signal for which the mask applies. Syntax TFALL <input_fall_time> <mask>

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

597

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands TRISE

Arguments
Argument Description

input_fall_time mask

Fall time of the input signal. Name of a signal to which the TFALL statement applies. If you do not specify a mask value, the TFALL statement applies to all input signals.

Example In the following example, the TFALL statement assigns a fall time of 0.5 time units to all vectors. TFALL 0.5 In the following example, the TFALL statement assigns a fall time of 0.3 time units overriding the older setting of 0.5 to vectors 2, 3, and 4 to 7. TFALL 0.3 0 1 1 137F 00000000 In the following example, the TFALL statement assigns a fall time of 0.9 time units to vectors 8 through 11. TFALL 0.9 0 0 0 0000 11110000 Description Use this statement to specify the fall time of each input signal for which the mask applies. The TUNIT statement defines the time unit of TFALL.

If you do not use any TFALL statement to specify the fall time of the signals, HSPICE or HSPICE RF uses the value defined in the slope statement. If you apply more than one TFALL statement to a signal, the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE or HSPICE RF issues a warning message.

TFALL statements have no effect on the expected output signals. See Also TRISE TUNIT

TRISE
Specifies the rise time of each input signal for which the mask applies.
598 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands TRISE

Syntax TRISE <input_rise_time> <mask> Arguments
Argument Description

input_rise_time mask

Rise time of the input signal. Name of a signal to which the TRISE statement applies. If you do not specify a mask value, the TRISE statement applies to all input signals.

Example 1
TRISE 0.3

In this example, the TRISE statement assigns a rise time of 0.3 time units to all vectors. Example 2
TRISE 0.5 0 1 1 137F 00000000

In this example, the TRISE statement assigns a rise time of 0.5 time units overriding the older setting of 0.3 in at least some of the bits in vectors 2, 3, and 4 through 7. Example 3
TRISE 0.8 0 0 0 0000 11110000

In this example, the TRISE statement assigns a rise time of 0.8 time units to vectors 8 through 11. Description Use this statement to specify the rise time of each input signal for which the mask applies. The TUNIT statement defines the time unit of TRISE.

If you do not use any TRISE statement to specify the rising time of the signals, HSPICE or HSPICE RF uses the value defined in the slope statement. If you apply more than one TRISE statement to a signal, the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE or HSPICE RF issues a warning message.

TRISE statements have no effect on the expected output signals.

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

599

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands TRIZ

See Also TFALL TUNIT

TRIZ
Specifies the output impedance when the signal for which the mask applies is in tristate. Syntax TRIZ <output_impedance> <mask> Arguments
Argument Description

output_impedance mask

Output impedance of the input signal. Name of a signal to which the TRIZ statement applies. If you do not specify a mask value, the TRIZ statement applies to all input signals.

Example
TRIZ 15.1Meg TRIZ 150Meg 1 1 1 0000 00000000 TRIZ 50.5Meg 0 0 0 137F 00000000

The first TRIZ statement sets the high impedance resistance globally at 15.1 Mohms. The second TRIZ statement increases the value to 150 Mohms for vectors 1 to 3. The last TRIZ statement increases the value to 50.5 Mohms for vectors 4 through 7.

Description Use this statement to specify the output impedance when the signal (for which the mask applies) is in tristate; TRIZ applies only to the input signals.

600

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands TSKIP

If you do not specify the tristate impedance of a signal, in a TRIZ statement, HSPICE or HSPICE RF assumes 1000M. If you apply more than one TRIZ statement to a signal, the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE or HSPICE RF issues a warning.

TRIZ statements have no effect on the expected output signals.

TSKIP
Causes HSPICE to ignore the absolute time field in the tabular data. Syntax TSKIP <absolute_time> <tabular_data> ... Arguments
Argument Description

absolute_time tabular_data

Absolute time. Data captured at absolute_time.

Example
radix 1111 1111 period 10 tskip 11.0 1000 1000 20.0 1100 1100 33.0 1010 1001

HSPICE or HSPICE RF ignores the absolute times 11.0, 20.0 and 33.0, but HSPICE does process the tabular data on the same lines as those absolute times. Description Use this statement to cause HSPICE to ignore the absolute time field in the tabular data. You can then keep, but ignore, the absolute time field for each row in the tabular data when you use the .PERIOD statement. You might do this, for example, if for testing reasons the absolute times are not perfectly periodic. Another reason might be that a path in the circuit does not meet timing, but you might still use it as part of a test bench. Initially, HSPICE

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03

601

0ns.03 .0ns. TFALL.0 1000 1000 20. TDELAY. TRISE. SLOPE. and absolute time. Syntax TUNIT [fs|ps|ns|us|ms] Arguments Argument Description fs ps ns us ms femtosecond picosecond nanosecond (this is the default) microsecond millisecond Example TUNIT ns 11. you might want to use periodic data. 20. ODELAY. TDELAY.0 1010 1001 The TUNIT statement in this example specifies that the absolute times in the Tabular Data section are 11. TRISE.IDELAY. IDELAY. TFALL.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands TUNIT writes to the vector file using absolute time. and 33. Description Use this statement to define the time unit in the digital vector file for PERIOD.0ns. See Also PERIOD TUNIT Defines the time unit for PERIOD. 602 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. and absolute time. SLOPE. ODELAY.0 1100 1100 33. After you fix the circuit.

03 603 .0 VIH 3. If you define more than one TUNIT statement.5 0 0 0 0000 11111111 ■ ■ The first VIH statement sets all input vectors to 5V when they are high.3. the VIH statement applies to all input signals. If you do not specify a mask value. See Also IDELAY ODELAY PERIOD SLOPE TDELAY TFALL TRISE VIH Specifies the logic-high voltage for each input signal to which the mask applies. the last statement overrides the previous statement. Description Use this statement to specify the logic-high voltage for each input signal to which the mask applies. the default time unit value is ns. Example VIH 5. The last VIH statement changes the logic-high voltage from 5V to 3. Syntax VIH <logic-high_voltage> <mask> Arguments Argument Description logic-high_voltage mask Logic-high voltage for an input signal.5V for the last eight vectors. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Name of a signal to which the VIH statement applies.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VIH ■ ■ If you do not specify the TUNIT statement. The default is 3.

3. If you do not specify a mask value. Example VIL 0. Description Use this statement to specify the logic-low voltage for each input signal to which the mask applies. If you use more than one VIH statement for a signal. The second VIL statement changes the logic-low voltage to 0. the VIL statement applies to all input signals.5V for the last eight vectors. See Also VIL VOH VOL VTH VIL Specifies the logic-low voltage for each input signal to which the mask applies.03 . Syntax VIL <logic-low_voltage> <mask> Arguments Argument Description logic-low_voltage mask Logic-low voltage for an input signal.0. ■ VIH statements have no effect on the expected output signals. the last statement overrides previous statements and HSPICE issues a warning.0 VIL 0.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VIL ■ If you do not specify the logic high voltage of the signals in a VIH statement.5 0 0 0 0000 11111111 ■ ■ The first VIL statement sets the logic-low voltage to 0V for all vectors. The default is 0. 604 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE assumes 3. Name of a signal to which the VIL statement applies.

03 605 . ( ). or range of vectors. ■ VIL statements have no effect on the expected output signals. they indicate that this is a range. See Also VIH VOH VOL VTH VNAME Defines the name of each vector.0. [ ]. such as { }. First bit in a range of vector names. Syntax VNAME <vector_name> [[<starting_index>:<ending_index>]] Arguments Argument Description vector_name starting_index ending_index Name of the vector.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VNAME ■ If you do not specify the logic-low voltage of the signals in a VIL statement. the last statement overrides previous statements and HSPICE issues a warning. HSPICE or HSPICE RF assumes 0. The vector name must correlate with the number of bits available. You can associate a single name with multiple bits (such as bus notation). The bus indices expand in the specified order Example 1 RADIX 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 VNAME V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11 V12 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If you use more than one VIL statement for a signal. and so on. The opening and closing brackets and the colon are required. Last bit in a range of vector names. You can nest the bus definition inside other grouping symbols.

Example 4 VNAME VA[[0:1]] VB<[4:1]> HSPICE or HSPICE RF generates voltage sources with the following names: VA[0] VA[1] VB<4> VB<3> VB<2> VB<1> Example 5 VNAME VA[[2:2]] This example specifies a single bit of a bus. A1. If you do not specify VNAME. V2. which means most significant bit to least significant bit. Description Use this statement to define the name of each vector. 606 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. using this notation: a[[4:0]]. Example 3 RADIX 2 4 VNAME VA[[0:1]] VB[[4:1]] HSPICE or HSPICE RF generates voltage sources with the following names: VA0 VA1 VB4 VB3 VB2 VB1 ■ ■ VA0 and VB4 are the MSBs. VA1 and VB1 are the LSBs. For example.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VNAME Example 2 VNAME a[[0:3]] This example represents a0. A23. A2. The bit order is MSB:LSB. HSPICE or HSPICE RF assigns a default name to each signal: V1. which represents 24. in that order. The high bit is a4. This range creates a voltage source named: VA[2] Example 6 RADIX 444444 VNAME A[[0:23]] This example generates signals named A0.03 .. a1. HSPICE or HSPICE RF does not reverse the order to make a3 the first bit. a2. you can represent a 5-bit bus such as: {a4 a3 a2 a1 a0}. and a3.. It is the largest value and therefore is the MSB. .

Syntax VOH <logic-high_voltage> <mask> Arguments Argument Description logic-high_voltage Logic-high voltage for an output vector.03 607 . If you do not define either VOH or VOL. ■ ■ These second and third lines completely override the first VOH statement. the last statement overrides the previous statement.5 1 1 1 137F 00000000 VOH 3.75 VOH 4. The last line changes the last eight vectors to a 3. VOH Specifies the logic-high voltage for each output signal to which the mask applies. and so on.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VOH V3. Description Use this statement to specify the logic-high voltage for each output signal to which the mask applies. If you do not specify a mask value. mask Example VOH 4. Name of a signal to which the VOH statement applies. HSPICE or HSPICE RF uses VTH (default or defined). The default is 2. If you define more than one VNAME statement.75V. but it is redundant.5V logic-high output.5V for the first seven vectors.5 0 0 0 0000 11111111 ■ The first line tries to set a logic-high output voltage of 4. The second line changes the voltage level to 4. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. the VOH statement applies to all output signals.66.

2V for the fourth through seventh vectors.64.2 0 0 0 137F 00000000 VOL 0. See Also VIH VIL VOL VTH VOL Specifies the logic-low voltage for each output signal to which the mask applies. The last statement increases the voltage further to 0. ■ VOH statements have no effect on input signals.0 VOL 0. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.5 1 1 1 0000 00000000 ■ ■ The first VOL statement sets the logic-low output to 0V. Syntax VOL <logic-low_voltage> <mask> Arguments Argument Description logic-low_voltage Logic-low voltage for an output vector.64.5V for the first three vectors. mask Example VOL 0. the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE issues a warning. If you do not specify a mask value. The default is 0. The second VOL statement sets the output voltage to 0. the VOL statement applies to all output signals.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VOL ■ If you do not specify the logic-high voltage in a VOH statement. If you apply more than one VOH statement to a signal.03 ■ 608 . HSPICE assumes 2. Name of a signal to which the VOL statement applies.

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VREF These second and third lines completely override the first VOL statement. If you do not define either VOH or VOL. Description Use this statement to specify the logic-low voltage for each output signal to which the mask applies. HSPICE assumes 0. Example VNAME v1 v2 v3 v4 v5[[1:0]] v6[[2:0]] v7[[0:3]] v8 v9 v10 VREF 0 VREF 0 111 137F 000 VREF vss 0 0 0 0000 111 When HSPICE or HSPICE RF implements these statements into the netlist. HSPICE or HSPICE RF uses VTH (default or defined).66. ■ If you do not specify the logic-low voltage in a VOL statement. ■ See Also VIH VIL VOH VTH VREF Specifies the name of the reference voltage for each input vector to which the mask applies. The default is 0.03 609 . Syntax VREF <reference_voltage> Arguments Argument Description reference_voltage Reference voltage for each input vector. If you apply more than one VOL statement to a signal. the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE issues a warning. the voltage source realizes v1: HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

HSPICE assumes 0. The default is 1. the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE issues a warning... Syntax VTH <logic-threshold_voltage> Arguments Argument Description logic-threshold_voltage Logic-threshold voltage for an output vector.03 . v6.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VTH v1 V1 0 pwl(.) as well as v2.75 VTH 2...65. However.) v9 and v10 use a syntax similar to v8. Similar to the TDELAY statement.75 0 0 0 0000 11111111 610 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.. ■ VREF statements have no effect on the output signals. v3. Description Use this statement to specify the name of the reference voltage for each input vector to which the mask applies. See Also TDELAY VTH Specifies the logic threshold voltage for each output signal to which the mask applies. Example VTH 1... the VREF statement applies only to input signals. v8 is realized by V8 V8 vss pwl(. ■ If you do not specify the reference voltage name of the signals in a VREF statement. If you apply more than one VREF statement.5 1 1 1 137F 00000000 VTH 1. and v7.. v5... v4.

03 611 . ■ VTH statements have no effect on the input signals. the last statement overrides the previous statements and HSPICE or HSPICE RF issues a warning.Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VTH ■ ■ ■ The first VTH statement sets the logic threshold voltage at 1.5V for the first 7 vectors.75V for the last 8 vectors. so the vectors are all bidirectional. If you apply more than one VTH statement to a signal. ■ If you do not specify the threshold voltage of the signals in a VTH statement.75V. The last line changes that threshold to 1. All of these examples apply the same vector pattern and both output and input control statements. HSPICE assumes 1. The next line changes that threshold to 2. It is similar to the TDELAY statement. Description Use this statement to specify the logic threshold voltage for each output signal to which the mask applies. The threshold voltage determines the logic state of output signals for comparison with the expected output signals.65. See Also TDELAY VIH VIL VOH VOL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

Chapter 6: Digital Vector File Commands VTH 612 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 .

OPTION MEASSORT .OPTION TRCON .MODEL Statement for .OPTION SDA . The following commands and options are included for completeness only. The command and options that fall under the obsolete category are: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ .OPTION CO .OPTION H9007 .OPTION CDS .OPTION MENTOR .PLOT .A A Obsolete Commands and Options Describes the obsolete or rarely used HSPICE commands.WIDTH .NET .GRAPH .GRAPH .OPTION BKPSIZ .OPTION ALT999 or ALT9999 . More efficient commands and functionality are available.OPTION PLIM .OPTION ZUKEN HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 613 .

plo.GRAPH and its plot name to create high-resolution plots directly from HSPICE.. You can define output names. ov1 .MODEL plotbjt PLOT MONO=1 YSCAL=2 XSCAL=2 + XMIN=1e-8 XMAX=1e-1 614 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.). You can gain the same functionality by using the .. referenced in the . Output variables to print. instead of output variables for a high resolution graphic output.phi) Arguments Argument Description antype Type of analysis for the specified plots (outputs). or element template variables from a different type of analysis. You can also use algebraic expressions as output variables. current..Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . Use . output variables (unam1 unam2 ..PROBE command. phi Example . TRAN.GRAPH . Syntax .. Plot model name. <unamn=>ovn (plo. AC. Analysis types are: DC. mname unam1. Set the plot limits only at the end of the . + <unam2=>ov2 ..GRAPH statement.1e-1) .03 . or DISTO.. but you must define them inside the PAR( ) statement.. Can be voltage..GRAPH Provides high-resolution plots of HSPICE simulation results. Lower and upper plot limits.GRAPH DC cgb=lx18(m1) cgd=lx19(m1) + cgs=lx20(m1) . NOISE.GRAPH statement. and use them as labels. Note: This is an obsolete command.GRAPH DC MODEL=plotbjt + model_ib=i2(q1) meas_ib=par(ib) + model_ic=i1(q1) meas_ic=par(ic) + model_beta=par('i1(q1)/i2(q1)') + meas_beta=par('par(ic)/par(ib)')(1e-10..GRAPH antype <MODEL=mname> <unam1=> ov1. which correspond to the ov1 ov2 .

GRAPH statements.MODEL statement with .GRAPH statements in the Windows version of HSPICE or in HSPICE RF. see the .GRAPH For a description of how to use the . Plots symbol frequency. to turn on the axis grid lines. This is not the same as the FREQ keyword in element statements (see the Modeling Filters and Networks chapter in the HSPICE Applications Manual).0 A value of 0 does not generate plot symbols. Shows tick marks. or if you do not set XMIN and XMAX. You can create up to 10000 graph files. XGRID.03 615 . Each . ■ ■ If XMIN is not equal to XMAX. You cannot use . regardless of the XSCAL type. If XMIN equals XMAX. ■ ■ TIC FREQ 0. You can include wildcards in .0 0.gr# file.0 Set these values to 1. HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.MODEL Statement for .0 Monotonic option. XMAX 0.0. where # ranges first from 0 to 9 and then from a to z. These limits apply to the actual x-axis variable value.GRAPH statement creates a new . if any change occurs in the x direction. A value of n generates a plot symbol every n points. MONO=1 automatically resets the x-axis.GRAPH.MODEL Statement for .Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . then XMIN and XMAX determine the x-axis plot limits. Table 2 Name (Alias) Model Parameters Default Description MONO 0.0 0.MODEL command in the HSPICE Command Reference.GRAPH Description Use this command when you need high-resolution plots of HSPICE simulation results. then HSPICE automatically sets the plot limits. . YGRID XMIN.

0 ■ ■ If YMIN is not equal to YMAX.NET output input <ROUT=val> <RIN=val> 616 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. and scattering matrixes. If you do not specify plot limits. Two common axis scales are: Linear(LIN) (XSCAL=1) Logarithm(LOG) (XSCAL=2) YMIN.NET Computes parameters for impedance. regardless of the YSCAL type. YSCAL 1. YMAX 0. HSPICE sets the plot limits.NET Table 2 Name (Alias) Model Parameters (Continued) Default Description XSCAL 1.NET input <RIN=val> .Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . Syntax One-Port Network . then YMIN and YMAX determine the y-axis plot limits.0 Scale for the y-axis.0 Scale for the x-axis.GRAPH statement overrides YMIN and YMAX in the model. hybrid. The y-axis limits in the . These limits apply to the actual y-axis variable value.NET input <val> Two-Port Network .03 . Two common axis scales are: Linear(LIN) (XSCAL=1) Logarithm(LOG) (XSCAL=2) . admittance.

An output current. The default RIN value is 1 ohm. The default is 1 ohm. admittance.NET statement to compute parameters for: ■ ■ ■ ■ Z impedance matrix Y admittance matrix H hybrid matrix S scattering matrix You can use the .NET I(RX) VINAC ROUT=75 RIN=50 Description You can the . ROUT calculates input impedance.NET V(10.NET statement only in conjunction with the .AC statement. V(n1<. HSPICE also computes: ■ ■ ■ Input impedance Output impedance Admittance HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.03 617 .NET VINAC RIN=50 IIN RIN=50 Two-Port Network . and scattering parameters. RIN calculates output impedance.NET Arguments Argument Description input output Name of the voltage or current source for AC input. output admittance.n2>). or I (element). RIN Input or source resistance.30) VINAC ROUT=75 RIN=50 .Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . It can be: ■ ■ An output voltage. I (source).NET . Output port. ROUT Example One-Port Network . and scattering parameters. Output or load resistance.

plo1.PLOT statements).PRINT command. or DISTO..03 ..0) HSPICE automatically sets the plot limits.PLOT antype ov1 <(plo1. TRAN.5) I(VIN) V(17) (1. For example to plot all output variables that use the same scale.24) VDB(5) VP(5) INOISE 618 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. specify the frequency sweep for the . or DISTO analysis. Note: This is an obsolete command. See the next sections for syntax.PLOT Plots the output values of one or more variables in a selected HSPICE analysis as a low-resolution (ASCII) plot in the output listing file. Syntax . You get the same functionality using the . Lower and upper plot limits. Analysis types are: DC. AC..PLOT AC VM(5) VM(31.. AC. HSPICE RF does not support element template output or . Output variables to plot: voltage.AC statement. Set a new plot limit for each output variable after the first plot limit. ov1 . TRAN.PLOT This analysis is part of AC small-signal analysis. The plot for each output variable uses the first set of plot limits after the output variable name.Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . phi1 . Example 1 . . from a DC.5) (2. or element template variables (HSPICE only..phi2)> . NOISE.> Arguments Argument Description antype Type of analysis for the specified plots.PLOT DC V(4) V(5) V(1) PAR(`I1(Q1)/I2(Q1)') ..PLOT statement. To run network analysis.9) .PLOT TRAN V(17. If you set the plot limits to (0. specify one set of plot limits at the end of the .phi1)> <ov2> <(plo2. NOISE. current.

WIDTH (Obsolete) Specifies the width of the low resolution (ASCII) plot in the listing file. include another .PLOT In the last line above. which can contain more than one output variable. PAR plots the ratio of the collector current and the base current for the Q1 transistor. In the third line. Syntax .WIDTH OUT={80 |132} Arguments Argument Description OUT Output print width.PLOT .10) DC V(1) V(2) (0.0) V(3) V(4) (0. AC ZIN YOUT(P) S11(DB) S12(M) Z11(R) DISTO HD2 HD3(R) SIM2 TRAN V(5. HSPICE sets the plot limits for V(1) and V(2).3) V(4) (0. but you specify 0 and 5 volts as the plot limits for V(3) and V(4).03 619 . Description Use this command to plot the output values of one or more variables in a selected HSPICE analysis. .PLOT . If more than one output variable appears on the same plot.PLOT statement. Example . HSPICE prints and plots the first variable specified.5) ■ ■ Example 2 .5) V(7) (0. In the second line. You can include wildcards in .PLOT statements. Each .WIDTH ■ In the first line. To print out more than one variable.Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . the AC plot can include NOISE results and other variables that you specify.OPTION CO=132 $ preferred style HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.PLOT statement defines the contents of one plot. the VDB output variable plots the AC analysis results (in decibels) for node 5.PLOT .WIDTH OUT=132 $ SPICE compatible style .

OPTION BKPSIZ Sets the size of the breakpoint table. Syntax . provided only for backward-compatibility.OPTION ALT999 or ALT9999 Allows the.000 unique files without using this option.OPTION ALT9999 Description Use this option to allow the. This option is now obsolete. Syntax .Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . Syntax .GRAPH statement to create more output files when you run . This is an obsolete option. .ALTER simulations.ALTER simulations.OPTION CO to set the OUT value.03 .OPTION ALT999 or ALT9999 Description Use this command to specify the width of the low resolution (ASCII) plot. You can also use .OPTION CDS=x 620 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. . .GRAPH statement to create more output files when you run .OPTION ALT999 . HSPICE can now generate up to 10. Permissible values for OUT are 80 and 132.OPTION BKPSIZ=x Default 5000 Description Use this option to set the size of the breakpoint table.OPTION CDS Produces a Cadence WSF (ASCII format) post-analysis file for Opus™.

OPTION CO Description Use this option to produce a Cadence WSF (ASCII format) post-analysis file for Opus™ when CDS=2. Syntax . . HSPICE automatically creates additional print statements and tables for all output variables beyond the number that the CO option specifies.OPTION CO=80 * Wide print-out .OPTION CO=132 Description (Obsolete) Use this option to set the column width for printouts. Syntax .OPTION CO=<column_width> Arguments Parameter Description column_width The number of characters in a single line of output. The CDS option is the same as the SDA option.OPTION H9007 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. The default is 78.Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . You can set up to 5 output variables per 80-column output.OPTION H9007 Sets default values for general-control options to correspond to values for HSPICE H9007D. Example * Narrow print-out (default) . The number of output variables that print on a single line of output is a function of the number of columns. This option requires a specific license. and up to 8 output variables per 132-column output with 12 characters per column. .03 621 .OPTION CO (Obsolete) Sets column width for printouts.

OPTION MENTOR=0|1|2 Default 0 622 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. If you set this option. to automatically sort large numbers of . where you needed to list similar variables together (to reduce simulation time).MEASURE statements).MEASURE statements.OPTION MENTOR Enables the Mentor MSPICE-compatible (ASCII) interface. . compared to not sorting first. did not sort .OPTION MEASSORT Default 0 Description Use this option to set default values for general-control options to correspond to values for HSPICE H9007D.MEASURE statements. Syntax . (This option is obsolete.) Syntax .MEASURE statements).OPTION MEASSORT statement.OPTION MEASSORT Automatically sorts large numbers of . you could use the . HSPICE does not use the EXPLI model parameter.03 . You needed to set this option to 1 only if you used a large number of .MEASURE statements. . turning on internal sorting sometimes slowed-down simulation while sorting.OPTION MEASSORT=x Default 0 Description Note: Starting in version 2003.Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options .09. In versions of HSPICE before 2003.MEASURE statements. ■ ■ . Measure performance is now order-independent and HSPICE ignores this option. For a small number of .09.OPTION MEASSORT=1 (internally sorted . this option is obsolete.OPTION MEASSORT=0 (default. .

HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. . This option requires a specific license. Syntax .OPTION PLIM Description Use this option to enable the Mentor MSPICE-compatible (ASCII) interface. .OPTION SDA=x Default 0 Description Use this option to produce a Cadence WSF (ASCII format) post-analysis file for Opus™.OPTION PLIM Specifies plot size limits for current and voltage plots. Set SDA=2 to produce this file. The SDA is the same as the CDS option. ■ This option does not affect postprocessing of graph data.OPTION SDA Produces a Cadence WSF (ASCII format) post-analysis file for Opus™.Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . This option requires a specific license. Enables SPICE-type plots. MENTOR=2 enables that interface.OPTION PLIM Default 0 Description Use this option to specify plot size limits for current and voltage plots: ■ Finds a common plot limit and plots all variables on one graph at the same scale. which create a separate scale and axis for each plot variable. Syntax .03 623 .

all three of the following conditions must occur: ■ ■ ■ N1 (Number of Nodes) > 1. HSPICE does not activate this type of auto-speedup process.OPTION CDS . In this case.03 .OPTION TRCON Controls the speed of some special circuits. however. RMAX increases.000 N3 (Total Number of Diode.000 N2 (TSTOP/TSTEP) >= 10.TRAN) > 1e8. and HSPICE can take larger timesteps. HSPICE invokes auto-speed up if: • • • there are more than 1000 nodes. For autospeedup to occur. In most cases. or there are more than 300 active devices. For some large nonlinear circuits with large TSTOP/TSTEP values. or N2 >= 2e+5 and N3 > 1e+4 TRCON=3: enable auto-speedup only.OPTION TRCON=-1|0|1 Default 0 Description Use this option to control the speed of some special circuits. JFETs and MOSFETs) > 300 Autospeedup is most likely to occur if the circuit also meets either of the following conditions: ■ ■ ■ N2 >= 1e+8 and N3 > 500. 624 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. HSPICE might automatically set a new and bigger RMAX value to speed up the analysis for primary reference. When auto-speedup is active. or Tstop/Tstep (as defined in .Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options .OPTION TRCON See Also . Syntax . analysis might run for an excessively long time. BJTs.

MBYPASS=1. the interface is disabled. .Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options . Autoconvergence sets options to their default values before the second try: METHOD=GEAR.OPTION ZUKEN=x Description Use this option to enable or disable the Zuken interface. LVLTIM=2. + BYTOL= min{mbypas*vntol and reltol} RMAX=2.OPTION ZUKEN ■ TRCON=2: enables auto-convergence only. HSPICE uses the GEAR method and LTE timestep algorithm to run the transient analysis again from time=0. TRCON also controls the automatic convergence process (autoconvergence) as well as the automatic speedup (autospeedup) processes in HSPICE.5. Auto-convergence sets METHOD=gear. • ■ ■ ■ TRCON=1: enables both auto-convergence and auto-speedup. TRCON=0: disables both auto-convergence and auto-speedup (default). LVLTIM=2.0. + BYPASS=0. an “internal timestep too small” error is issued. This process is called autoconvergence. because of trapezoidal oscillation).0 in the first run. • HSPICE invokes auto-convergence if you use the default integration method (trapezoidal). HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. TRCON=-1: same as TRCON=0. If the circuit fails to converge using the trapezoidal (TRAP) numerical integration method (for example. and if HPSICE fails to converge. If x is 1 (default).0. and starts the transient simulation again from time=0. SLOPETOL=0. HSPICE also uses autoconvergence in DC analysis if the Newton-Raphson (N-R) method fails to converge. otherwise RMAX does not change.0 if it was 5. ■ ■ If x is 2. the interface is enabled. Syntax .03 625 .OPTION ZUKEN Enables or disables the Zuken interface.

Appendix A: Obsolete Commands and Options .03 .OPTION ZUKEN 626 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

GEAR method DVDT=1. FAST GEAR method. ACCURATE. GEAR Method ACCURATE.2.2. FAST RUNLVL=N RUNLVL. ACCURATE. ACCURATE ACCURATE. FAST GEAR Method.3 KCLTEST BRIEF Option Notes Finding the Golden Reference for Options HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.3 LVLTIM=0.OPTION parameters: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ GEAR Method ACCURATE FAST GEAR Method. The following options either impact or are impacted by the specifying of other .03 627 .B B How Options Affect other Options Describes the effects of specifying control options on other options in the netlist. FAST.

Appendix B: How Options Affect other Options GEAR Method GEAR Method Specifying the .OPTION METHOD=GEAR sets the values of other options as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BYPASS = 0 BYTOL = 50u DVDT = 3 LVLTIM = 2 MBYPASS = 1.0 SLOPETOL = 500m ACCURATE Specifying the ACCURATE option sets the values of other options as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ABSVAR = 0.01 RELVAR = 0.0 METHOD = 2 RMAX = 2.2 628 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.2 ACCURATE =1 BYPASS = 0 DVDT = 2 FFT_ACCU = 1 FT = 0.2 LVLTIM = 3 RELMOS = 0.03 .

01 RELVAR = 0.2 LVLTIM = 3 MBYPASS = 1.0 METHOD = 2 RELMOS = 0.2 ACCURATE =1 BYPASS = 0 BYTOL = 50u DVDT = 2 FFT_ACCU = 1 FT = 0.2 RMAX = 2 SLOPETOL = 500m HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.OPTION METHOD=GEAR first in combination with the ACCURATE option sets the values of other options as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ABSVAR = 0.0 SLOPETOL = 500m GEAR Method.0 RMAX = 2.Appendix B: How Options Affect other Options FAST FAST Specifying the FAST option sets the values of other options as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BYTOL = 50u DVDT = 3 BYPASS = 0 DVDT = 2 FAST = 1 MBYPASS = 1.03 629 . ACCURATE Specifying the .

GEAR Method Specifying the ACCURATE option first in combination with. GEAR Method Note: When GEAR is specified first.OPTION METHOD=GEAR sets the values of other options as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ABSVAR = 0.2 ACCURATE =1 BYPASS = 0 BYTOL = 50u DVDT = 3 FFT_ACCU = 1 FT = 0. LVLTIM=3.01 RELVAR = 0.03 . ACCURATE. DVDT=2 and LVLTIM=3. Note: 630 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.0 METHOD = 2 RELMOS = 0.Appendix B: How Options Affect other Options ACCURATE.2 RMAX = 2 SLOPETOL = 500m When ACCURATE is specified before the GEAR method.2 LVLTIM = 2 MBYPASS = 1. then DVDT=2.

03 631 . FAST Specifying the ACCURATE option in combination with the FAST option sets the values of other options as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ABSVAR = 0.Appendix B: How Options Affect other Options ACCURATE.01 RELVAR = 0. Note: HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.0 RELMOS = 0.2 ACCURATE =1 BYPASS = 0 BYTOL = 50u DVDT = 2 FAST = 1 FFT_ACCU = 1 FT = 0.2 LVLTIM = 3 MBYPASS = 1. FAST ACCURATE.2 RMAX = 2 SLOPETOL = 500m The ACCURATE and FAST options are order-independent.

ACCURATE.01 RMAX = 2 SLOPETOL = 500m The METHOD=GEAR and FAST options are order-independent.OPTION METHOD=GEAR in combination with the FAST option sets the values of other options as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BYTOL = 50u DVDT = 3 FAST = 1 LVLTIM = 2 MBYPASS = 2 METHOD = 0. FAST Specifying .2 LVLTIM = 3 METHOD = 2 MBYPASS = 1. FAST GEAR Method.Appendix B: How Options Affect other Options GEAR Method.2 ACCURATE =1 BYPASS = 0 BYTOL = 50u DVDT = 2 FAST = 1 FFT_ACCU = 1 FT = 0.OPTION METHOD=GEAR first in combination with the ACCURATE and FAST options sets the values of other options as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ABSVAR = 0. FAST Specifying . Note: GEAR method.03 .0 632 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.

ACCURATE. and FAST options are order-independent. GEAR method Specifying the options RUNLVL.01 RELVAR = 0. FAST.Appendix B: How Options Affect other Options RUNLVL=N ■ ■ ■ ■ RELMOS = 0. Note: RUNLVL=N Specifying the RUNLVL option with any legal numeric value sets the following options: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BYPASS = 2 DVDT = 3 LVLTIM = 4 RUNLVL = N SLOPETOL = 500m RUNLVL. ACCURATE. and FAST in combination with METHOD=GEAR is order-independent: ■ ■ ■ ■ RUNLVL option (LVLTIM = 4) is always on GEAR method is always selected RUNLVL = 5 is always selected FAST has no effect on RUNLVL HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. Otherwise. ACCURATE.2 RMAX = 2 SLOPETOL = 500m If GEAR is specified first. the METHOD=GEAR. then DVDT=2 LVLTIM=3.03 633 .

0 RMAX = 2 SLOPETOL = 500m These options are order-independent.3 sets the following options: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BYPASS = 0 BYTOL = 50u MBYPASS = 1.Appendix B: How Options Affect other Options DVDT=1.2. Note: The DVDT value is ignored if LVLTIM = 2 KCLTEST Specifying the KCLTEST option sets the following options: ■ ■ ABSTOL = 1u RELI = 1u KCLTEST is order-dependent with ABSTOL and RELI.03 .2.2.3 sets the following options: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BYPASS = 0 BYTOL = 50u MBYPASS = 1.3 DVDT=1.0 RMAX = 2 SLOPETOL = 500m LVLTIM=0.3 Specifying the DVDT option= 1.2. 634 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.2.3 Specifying the LVLTIM option= 1.

If option BRIEF is specified after NODE. then those options overwrite whatever values option BRIEF may have set. BYTOL = RELTOL RELVAR applies to LVLTIM = 1 or 3 only CHGTOL. Option Notes ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ABSTOL aliases ABSI VNTOL aliases ABSV If ABSVDC is not set. then it resets them. RELQ & TRTOL are the only error tolerance options for LVLTIM = 2 (LTE) The DVDT algorithm works with LVLTIM = 1 and 3 ■ HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007. LIST. and NOMOD. and NOMOD. If option BRIEF is specified before NODE.03 635 . OPTS. OPTS. The BRIEF option is order-dependent with the affected options. VNTOL sets it DCTRAN aliases CONVERGE GMIN does not overwrite GMINDC. nor does GMINDC overwrite GMIN RELH only takes effect when ABSH is non-zero RELTOL aliases RELV RELVDC defaults to RELTOL If RELTOL < BYTOL. LIST.Appendix B: How Options Affect other Options BRIEF BRIEF Specifying the BRIEF option resets the following options to their defaults: ■ ■ ■ NODE LIST OPTS and sets the NOMOD option.

03 . Options recommended for generating a reference are: ■ ■ DELMAX= <very small> (1ps. for example) ACCURATE 636 HSPICE® and RF Command Reference Z-2007.Appendix B: How Options Affect other Options Finding the Golden Reference for Options Finding the Golden Reference for Options A golden reference is needed when experimenting with options.

with . 445 local truncation error 445. 438 ABSTOL option 387 ABSV option 388 ABSVAR option 389 ABSVDC option 389 AC analysis magnitude 392 optimization 16. 192 analysis. with . 312. 476. 513 average measurements. 401. 337 . 623 ASPEC option 394. 158. 461. 302 BKPSIZ option 620 BPNMATCHTOL option 514 branch current error 385 breakpoint table.ACMATCH command 20 ACOUT option 392 algorithms DVDT 389. command-line hspice 1 hspicerf 8 arithmetic expression 112. 621.ALIAS command 22 ALL keyword 139.ALTER command 24. measuring 114. 438 ABSMOS option 386. 472 ASCII output 8 ASCII output data 451. 294 632 combined with GEAR option 629. 630 plus FAST and RUNLVL options and METHOD=GEAR 633 . size 620 BRIEF option 139. 463. 216 ACCT option 390 ACCURATE option 391 combined with FAST option 631 combined with FAST option and GEAR method See also Artist Analysis commands 12. 495 pivoting 464 timestep control 420 transient analysis timestep 445 trapezoidal integration 452.MEASURE 107. 293 average value. 140. 200. 511 AT keyword 110. 196 output 392 phase 392 .Index A ABSH option 385 ABSI option 385. 444. 457. 312 ALT9999 option 620 ALTCC option 392 ALTCHK option 393 alter block commands 12. 290 autoconvergence 412 AUTOSTOP option 395. network 618 arguments.BIASCHK command 27 BIASFILE option 397 BIASINTERVAL option 397 BIASNODE option 398 BIASPARALLEL option 399 BIAWARN option 399 BINPRNT option 400 bisection pushout 121. 287 average nodal voltage. 294 AVG keyword 113. 51. 292 ARTIST option 393. 541 effect on other options 635 637 . 196 external data 37. 536 . 192 .MEASURE 113.AC command 16. 226 Analog Artist interface 472 B -b argument 3 BADCHR option 396 BETA keyword 157.

234 . 231 .CHECK IRDROP 207 . 367.HBLIN 251 . 244 . 215 .FOUR 69. 267 .ENV 236 . LEVEL 13 130 BSIM2 model.ACMATCH 20 . 235 .GLOBAL 72.ENVOSC 238 .DC 43. 182.CHECK EDGE command 202 . 264 . 192 analysis 12. 232 .EOM 65.ALIAS 22 .DATA 36.HBOSC 257 .LIB 87. 305 characterization of models 45 charge tolerance.ENDS 64.ENVFFT 237 . 306 CMIFLAG option 404.CHECK HOLD 205 .IF 82.DOUT 56.HBXF 261 .ELSEIF 61.CHECK FALL 203 .HBNOISE 254 .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL command 204 .IBIS 76 .ENDDATA 63.Index C BSIM model.FFT 66. 514 CO option 179. 623 capacitance charge tolerance.HB 247 . 234 . 229 . 240 .GRAPH 614 . 268 .EBD 58 . models 126.HBLSP 253 .CHECK SLEW command 213 CHGTOL option 403 CLOSE optimization parameter 127.HBAC 250 .IC 79.CHECK SLEW 213 . 623 WSF format 621.ALTER 24. 200.ENDL 64.DCMATCH 48 .LIN 91. 305 CAPTAB option 403 CDS option 620 CENDIF optimization parameter 126. 620.ELSE 60.CHECK RISE 209 .LAYERSTACK 85.CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL 204 .CHECK SETUP command 211 . 233 . 226 .CHECK EDGE 202 .HDL 73. 262 .CONNECT 34 .END 62.INCLUDE 84. 192 . 274 . setting 403 .AC 16. 265 .BIASCHK 27 . 196 . 246 .DCVOLT 50 .CHECK FALL command 203 . 226 alter block 12.DEL LIB 51.CHECK IRDROP command 207 .CHECK SETUP 211 .ENDIF 63. setting 403 CSHUNT node-to-ground 406 table of values 403 capacitor. 621 column laminated data 41 command-line arguments hspice 1 hspicerf 8 commands .FSOPTIONS 70. 51.LOAD 95 638 . 239 . 243 . 231 .CHECK RISE command 209 . 270 .DISTO 54 .CHECK HOLD command 205 . LEVEL 39 130 bus notation 605 BYPASS option 401 BYTOL option 402 C Cadence Opus 621. 371.ICM 80 . 221 .

SNXF 355 . 365 . reducing 458 CROSS keyword 110. 357 . 319 . 216 639 .LPRINT 278 .SUBCKT 172. 363 . 367 . 304 . 312 . 312 CURRENT keyword 139.MALIAS 99 . 312 CUSTCMI option 407 CUT optimization parameter 127. 195 . 311 .STIM 167 subcircuit 15.PHASENOISE 321 .DATA command 36.SENS 160 .TEMP 175.MODEL 125. 536 CONVERGE option 404. logging 418 node-to-ground 429 sweeping 428 .NODESET statement 135.PROTECT 155 .TRAN 179. 306 CVTOL option 407 D -d argument 3 D_IBIS option 408 . 373 Verilog-A 15.NET 616 .NODESET 135.PZ 156. 310 .UNPROTECT 185 . 215 for sweep data 37. 290 CSDF option 405. 282 .CONNECT command 34 control options printing 463. 412 DCON setting 411 decreasing the timestep 424 . 331 . 279 .Index D . 338 .POWERDC 326 .SHAPE 161.NOISE 136.PARAM 143.SURGE 360 .PLOT 618 . 310 nonconvergent node listing 412 operating point Debug mode 139.POWER 324 . 312 setting DCON 412 steady state 428 CPTIME option 405 CPU time. 519 models 412 MOSFETs 427 negative. 216 external file 36. 195 .WIDTH 619 Common Simulation Data Format 418 concatenated data files 40. 215.MOSRA 132 .TF 177. 193 conductance current source. 366 . 281 . 336 . 40.OP 139.PROBE 154.SNOSC 352 . 308 problems causes 402 changing integration algorithm 452.MEASURE 102.SNFT 347 . 219 datanames 38. 315 .TITLE 178. initialization 426 minimum. setting 426.VEC 189.PRINT 150. 412 convergence for optimization 129.SWEEPBLOCK 361 .SAVE 158 .MACRO 97.PAT 147. 514 CSHDC option 406 CSHUNT option 406 current ABSMOS floor value for convergence 475 branch 385 operating point table 139. 219 Conditional Block 12.VARIATION 186 .PKG 149 . 541 setting 140 transient analysis limit 498 CONVERGE option 404. 327 .MATERIAL 101.

DCVOLT command 50. 37. 235 .ENDIF command 63. 216 DC analysis decade variation 45. 216. 305 . 232 .ELSE command 60.DEL LIB command 51. 292 DI option 417 DIAGNOSTIC option 418 DIFSIZ optimization parameters 127. 222 optimization 43. 40. 88. 39. 419 DVDT algorithm 389 option 420.ENDL command 64.LIB 51.DOUT command 56. 516 DEFNRS option 414. 312 DEC keyword 18. disabling printout 401. 234 . 231 .2. 221 . 461 DATA keyword 17.DATA 37. 516 DEFNRD option 414. 515 DEFAS option 413. 226 delays group 496 DELMAX option 417. 271 .END command 62. 180. 226 with .ENV command 236 640 . 517 DEFPS option 415.DCMATCH command 48 DCON option 411 DCSTEP option 412 DCTRAN option 412 . suppression of 458 OFF parameter 461 . 222.EBD command 58 element checking. 296 DERIVATIVE keyword 117. 232 for multiple HSPICE runs 62. 445 DVDT option 420 DVDToption value e1. 222 list of points 45. measuring 111. 232 location 62. 221. 481. 219 . 515 DCCAP option 409 DCFOR option 409 DCHOLD option 410 DCIC option 411 . 217 data files. 197. 370 DEFAD option 413.ELSE statement 60. 229 DV option 411. 223 external data with . 234. 548 DELTA internal timestep 417. 231 . 306 DIM2 distortion measure 55 DIM3 distortion measure 55 diode models 126.OPTION DVDT value 1.3 ffect on other options . 515 DEFL option 413. 297 derivatives.ELSEIF command 61. 43.ENDDATA command 63. 182. 518 See also timestep derivative function 116.ENDS command 64. 518.Index E inline data 38. 196. 222 initialization 410 iteration limit 434 linear variation 45. 233 ENDDATA keyword 36. 221 datanames 38. 45. 517 DEFW option 416.3 effect on other options 634 DVTR option 420 E . 226 with .DISTO command 54 distortion HD2 55 HD3 55 distortion measures DIM2 55 DIM3 55 DLENCSDF option 418 . 45. 516 DEFPD option 414. 79 DEBUG keyword 139. 231 ENABLE statement 587 Encryption 13 .ALTER 51. 216 DCAP option 408.DC command 43. 215. 169. 222 octave variation 45. 218.2. 517 .

337. arithmetic 112. 299 errors branch current 385 function 120. 299 F FALL keyword 110. 267. 279. 630 effect on other options 628 GENK option 425. 299 ERR2 119. 358 EXPLI option 421. 284 tolerances ABSMOS 386 branch current 385 RELMOS 386 example. 427.MEASURE 109. 120. using with .ini 451 include files 84. 273 input 2 multiple simulation runs 62. 300 ERR1 function 119. 299 ERR2 function 119. 244 FT option 424 functions ERR 120. 198 FROM parameter 119. 172. 90. 518 EXPMAX option 421 expression. 299. 246 global node names 72. 246 GMAX option 426 GMIN option 426.FOUR command 69. 217 hspice. 288 floating point overflow CONVERGE setting 405 setting GMINDC 427 . 482 optimization goal 104. 217 concatenated data files 40.Index F envelope simulation 236 FFT on output 237 oscillator startup. 243 FREQ model parameter 615 frequency ratio 54 sweep 18. 217 files column lamination 41 G GDCPATH option 425 GEAR method combined with FAST option 632 effect on options 628 GEAR option combined with ACCURATE option 629. 519 . 294 GRAD optimization parameter 127. 299 error function 119.FFT command 66.GLOBAL command 72.ENVFFT command 237 . 299 ERR3 function 119. 519 FFTOUT option 423 FIL keyword 38. 299 ERR3 119.EOM command 65. 292 external data files 38. 306 GRAMP 641 . 232 output version number 3 FIND keyword 111. 519 GMINDC option 427 GOAL keyword 113. subcircuit test 97. shutdown 238 .FSOPTIONS command 70. 292 FIND. 300 internal timestep too small 406. 239 EPSMIN option 421 equation 112.ENVOSC command 238 . 299 error 119. 292 ERR function 119. 219 filenames 38. 290 fall time verification 203 FAST option 422 effect on other options 629 FASToption combined with ACCURATE option 631 combined with ACCURATE option and GEAR method 632 combined with GEAR method 632 plus ACCURATE and RUNLVL options and METHOD=GEAR 633 . 424 . 300 ERR1 119. 240 FFT_ACCURATE option 423. 299 FS option 157.

355 harmonic balance-based periodic AC analysis 250 harmonic distortion 55 .INCLUDE command 84. 90. 531. 532 IMIN option 431. 79. 170 inductors.HB command 247 .HBNOISE command 254 .IF command 82. 299 IMAX option 430.HDL command 73. 305 INGOLD option 432.HBOSC command 257 HBPROBETOL option 527 HBSOLVER option 527 HBTOL option 528 HBTRANFREQSEARCH option 528 HBTRANINIT option 529 HBTRANPTS option 529 HBTRANSTEP option 530 . 79. 267 include files 84. 267. calculating 496 GSHDC option 429 GSHUNT option 429 H -h argument usage information 9 H9007 option 621. 449. 273 indepout 170 indepvar 169.HBLSP command 253 HBMAXITER option 526 HBMAXOSCITER option 526 . 535 initial conditions saving and reusing 430 transient 182.IBIS command 76 IBIS commands 13 . mutual model 126.Index H calculation 411 option 428 . 262 HIER_SCALE option 429 HSPICE job statistics report 390 version H9007 compatibility 622 parameter 130 hspice arguments 1 command 1 hspice.GRAPH command 614 graph data file (Viewlogic format) 418 ground bounce checking 207 group delay. 370 642 . 622 harmonic balance analysis 248 harmonic balance noise analysis 256 harmonic balance transfer analysis 261. 436.IC command 50.HBLIN command 251 HBLINESEARCHFAC option 525 .HBXF command 261 HCI and NBTI analysis 133 HD2 distortion 55 HD3 distortion 55 . 264 from .SAVE 159 IC keyword 158 IC parameter 50. 265 IGNOR keyword 119.ini file 451 hspicerf arguments 8 command 8 -html argument 3 I -I argument 4 -i argument 2 . 264 . 435 .HBAC command 250 HBACKRYLOVDIM option 520 HBACKRYLOVITR option 520 HBACTOL option 521 HBCONTINUE option 521 HBFREQABSTOL option 522 HBFREQRELTOL option 522 HBJREUSE option 523 HBJREUSETOL option 523 HBKRYLOVDIM option 524 HBKRYLOVMAXITER option 524 HBKRYLOVTOL option 525 .ICM command 80 ICSWEEP option 430 IDELAY statement 588 .

196 ALL 139. 534 order of 447. 40. 45. 294. 158. 293. 197. 219 deleting library data 51. 337 . 290 AVG 113. 219 input data adding library data 51. 369 NONE 139. 42. 370 MAXFLD 157. 295 LAM 38. 41.DATA command parameter 37.DC command parameter 43. 197. 43. 337 CROSS 110. 114. 294. 294 BETA 157. 217 inner sweep 40. 182. 370 DERIVATIVE 117. 312 AT 110. 222 RIN 617 RISE 110.MEASUREMENT command parameter 113. 44. 220 MINVAL 120. 37. 215. 158. 180. 300 MODEL 44. 221 DEBUG 139. 292 FS 157. 295 used with . 370 PP 113. 370 OPTIMIZE 44. 217 LAST 110. 45. 182. 220 include files 84. 297 ENDDATA 36. 219 FALL 110. 295 integration backward Euler method 447. 115.Index J initialization 461 inline data 38. 290 CURRENT 139. 290 J Jacobian data. 291 LIN 18. 197.OPTION KCLTEST effect on other options 634 keywords . 182.MODEL statement parameters 125 MONTE 17. 218. 295 RESULTS 44. 45. 337 IGNOR 119. printing 462 643 . 337 OCT 18. 221 . 115.AC statement parameter 17. 217 FIND 111. 306 ITRPRT option 438 K KCLTEST option 438 KCLTESToption effect on other options . 294. 534 interfaces Analog Artist 472 Mentor 623 MSPICE 623 ZUKEN 625 intermodulation distortion 55 INTERP option 433 IO statement 590 iterations limit 434 maximum number of 436 ITL1 option 434 ITL2 option 435 ITL3 option 435 ITL4 option 436. 222 PLOT 125 POI 18. 293 integral function 115. 232 INTEG keyword 113. 182. 216. 216 filenames on networks 42 formats 38. 222. 197. 226 column laminated 41 concatenated data files 40. 222. 312 NUMF 157. 45. 222. 532 ITL5 option 436 ITLPTRAN option 437 ITLPZ option 437 ITROPT optimization parameter 128. 216 . 290 FIL 38. 267 printing 444 suppressing printout 444 file names 2 netlist file 62. 222. 181. 290. 226 external. 217. 312 DATA 17.DATA statement 37. 39. 217. 197. 196. 221 . 312 DEC 18.MEASURE 113. 299 INTEG 113. with . 41. 294 MER 38. 222.

293 expression 112.LIN command 91. 194 LIMPTS option 442. 226 private 155 protecting 155 Library Management 14. 279 macros 51. 222. 197. 45.TRAN command parameter 180 TRIG 103. 337 maximum value. 535 average measurements 107. 451. 282.LAYERSTACK command 85.LPRINT command 278 LVLTIM option 445. 370 LIST option 443. 271 DDL 489 deleting 51.LIB command 87. 447 MAXFLD keyword 157. 44.Index L START 181. 495 .MALIAS command 99 . 226 magnetic core models 126. 444 listing. 226 libraries adding with . 197.DEL LIB 51. 222. 294 644 .MEASURE command 102. 294 WHEN 111. 443 MACMOD option 446 . 182. 287 average nodal voltage 113. 300 TOL 157. 294. 217 keywords LAM 38 laminated data 41 LAST keyword 110. 448 MCBRIEF option 448 MEASDGT option 449. 292 propogation delay 103.2.LIB 51. 120. 271 with . 292 Kirchhoff’s Current Law (KCL) test 438 KLIM option 439. 300 weight 114. 294 MAXORD option 447. 271 in . 226 building 88. 312 WEIGHT 114. 291 latent devices excluding 422 .MACRO command 97. 294. 369 SWEEP 17. 42. 193 matrix minimum pivot values 467 parameters 617 row/matrix ratio 466 size limitation 465 MAX 113. 449. 476. suppressing 155 . 181. 274 LIN keyword 18. 128. 283 VOLTAGE 139. 268 LENNAM option 442 LEVEL 13 BSIM model 130 LEVEL parameter 128. 271 nesting 88. 307 MAXAMP option 446. 305 . 270 call statement 88. 120. 283 measuring average values 114. 534 MBYPASS option 447. 495 value 0.MATERIAL command 101. 281 Material Properties 13. measuring 114. 293 MAX parameter 113. 535 MEASFAIL option 449 MEASFILE option 450 MEASOUT option 451 MEASSORT option 622 . 369 target syntax 110. 290.LOAD command 95 LOADHB option 533 LOADSNINIT option 533 local truncation error algorithm 445. 290 TO 113.3 effect on other options 634 M L LA_FREQ option 439 LA_MAXR option 440 LA_MINC option 440 LA_TIME option 441 LA_TOL option 442 LAM keyword 38. 294.ALTER blocks 88. 307 . 532 LIMTIM option 443 . 337 TOP 158 .

194 645 .GRAPH 615 models BJTs 126.NET comamnd 616 network analysis 618 filenames 42 network analysis 618 NEWTOL option 457 Node Naming 14. 293 MIN parameter 113. 222. 181.GRAPH statement parameters 615 LEVEL 128. 221 model parameters . 363 TIC 615 . 305 op-amps 126 optimization 126. 307 MAX 128. 368 MONTE keyword 17. 304 PARMIN 129. MOSFET’s models 126. diode 126. 305 mutual inductors 126. warnings messages. 169. 306 HSPICE version parameter 130 ITROPT 128. 306 DIFSIZ 127. 305 CLOSE 127. 217. 305 MOSFETs 126. 294 minimum value. 305 BSIM LEVEL 13 130 BSIM2 LEVEL 39 130 capacitors 126. 44. 306 GRAD 127.MODEL statement for . 307 time analysis 180. 170 NBTI and HCI analysis 133 n-channel.MOSRA command 132 MSPICE simulator interface 623 -mt argument 4 MU option 456. 220 keywords MER 38 messages See also errors. 538 MODSRH option 455 MONO model parameter 615 Monte Carlo AC analysis 17. pivot change 465 METHOD option 452. 271 types 126. 294 MINVAL keyword 120. 536 MIN 113. 539 N -n argument 3 namei 168. 369 MONTECON option 456 . 197. 306 DEV 127. 307 LOT 128.MODEL command 125. 305 JFETs 126. 304 CENDIF 126.MODEL parameters 128. 292 Mentor interface 623 MENTOR option 622 MER keyword 38. 305 negative conductance. 308 type 126. 305 characterization 45 diode 126. 221 .Index N measuring derivatives 111. 305 MODMONTE option 454. 307 MONO 615 output 615 suppressing printout of 459 TEMP 175. 41. 306 keyword 128. 308 RELOUT 129. 305 VERSION 130 MODEL keyword 44. 307 model name 125. 305 models. 304 npn BJT 126. 271 . 305 magnetic core 126. logging 418 nested library calls 88. 300 . 196 DC analysis 43. measuring 114. 307 RELIN 129. 307 LEVEL 128. 306 CUT 127. 305 names 125. 305 plot 126 private 155 protecting 155 simulator access 88. 306 distribution 127.

370 ODELAY statement 591 OFF option 461 .OPTION PLIM 623 .OPTION ABSV 388 .PLOT (use . 368 required 126. 459 NONE keyword 139.OPTION ALT999 or ALT9999 620 .OPTION BKPSIZ 620 .OPTION ABSH 385 .WIDTH 619 obsolete options . 284 iterations 128. 337 NXX option 461 O -o argument 2 obsolete commands .OPTION CO 621 . 312 op-amps model.OPTION ABSI 385 . 305 optimization parameter.PRINT) 618 . 197.OPTION H9007 622 . 540 NOMOD option 458. 310 from .OPTION ABSVDC 389 . names 126 operating point capacitance 403 .OPTION ACCT 390 . 196 algorithm 128. 337 numerical 406 sampling 157. 306 models 126. DIFSIZ 127. 306 OPTIMIZE keyword 44. 310 restoring 95 solution 461 voltage table 139. 246 printing 457 . METHOD=GEAR 633 .PRINT) 614 . 305 npoints 169. 314 . 337 .OPTION ZUKEN 625 . 222 .OPTION MENTOR 623 .NET (use . 630 plus FAST and RUNLVL options. 79.OPTION ALT9999 620 646 .NODESET statement initialization 135. 312 NOPAGE option 459 NOPIV option 459 NOTOP option 459 NOWARN option 460 npn BJT models 126.IC statement initialization 50. 264 .SAVE 159 NODESET keyword 158 node-to-element list 465 NOELCK option 458 noise folding 157.OPTION ABSVAR 389 . 45.NODESET command 135. 540 numerical integration algorithms 452. 536 numerical noise 406. 158.SDA 623 OCT keyword 18. 310 DC operating point initialization 135.Index O NODE option 457 nodes cross-reference table 457 global versus local 72.OPTION ABSMOS 386 .OPTION MEASSORT 622 . 429 NUMF keyword 157.OPTION ACOUT 392 .LIN) 616 .GRAPH (use . 182.OP command 139.NOISE command 136.OPTION CDS 621 . 311 NOISEMINFREQ option 458. 222. 221 error function 104. 170 NUMDGT option 460. 305 time analysis 180. 312 OPFILE option 462 optimization AC analysis 16.OPTION ACCURATE 391 combined with FAST option 631 combined with FAST option and GEAR method 632 combined with GEAR option 629.OPTION ABSTOL 387 . 307 DC analysis 43.OPTION TRCON 624 .OPTION 141.

457.OPTION ARTIST 393.OPTION GMIN 426. 518 .OPTION BPNMATCHTOL 514 .OPTION DCON 411 .OPTION DLENCSDF 418 .OPTION DCCAP 409 .OPTION DEFNRS 414.OPTION BYPASS 401 .OPTION CONVERGE 404 . 516 .OPTION CDS 620 . 401.OPTION ALTCHK 393 .OPTION FT 424 . 517 .OPTION HBFREQRELTOL 522 647 .OPTION CAPTAB 403 .OPTION CPTIME 405 .OPTION GMINDC 427 . 515 .OPTION HBACKRYLOVITR 520 . 463.OPTION CUSTCMI 407 .OPTION DEFAS 413. 620.OPTION BADCHR 396 . 444. 519 .OPTION DEFW 416.OPTION BIAWARN 399 .OPTION HBACKRYLOVDIM 520 .Index O .OPTION DVTR 420 . 367.OPTION CO 179.OPTION BYTOL 402 . 514 .OPTION BIASNODE 398 . 630 effects on other options 628 .OPTION EXPMAX 421 .OPTION CSHDC 406 .OPTION GENK 425. 515 . 513 .OPTION GEAR combined with ACCURATE option 629.OPTION FS 424 . 461.OPTION BIASINTERVAL 397 . 371.OPTION DEFL 413. 516 . 515 .OPTION GSHUNT 429 .OPTION DV 419 .OPTION DVDT 420 . 312.OPTION DIAGNOSTIC 418 . 182.OPTION CSHUNT 406 . 621 .OPTION DCAP 408.OPTION CHGTOL 403 . 517 .OPTION DEFPS 415.OPTION FFT_ACCURATE 423.OPTION DCHOLD 410 .OPTION BKPSIZ 620 .OPTION GDCPATH 425 .OPTION BINPRNT 400 .OPTION DI 417 .OPTION GMAX 426 .OPTION DEFSA 415 . 140. 511 .OPTION ALTCC 392 .OPTION CSDF 405. 517 .OPTION DEFNRD 414.OPTION DEFAD 413.OPTION ASPEC 394.OPTION HBACTOL 521 .OPTION DEFSD 416 . 472 .OPTION DCSTEP 412 . 514 .OPTION HBFREQABSTOL 522 .OPTION BIASFILE 397 .OPTION D_IBIS 408 . 519 . 519 .OPTION BRIEF 139. 541 effect on other options 635 .OPTION EPSMIN 421 .OPTION HBCONTINUE 521 .OPTION EXPLI 421.OPTION GRAMP 428 .OPTION DEFSB 415 .OPTION AUTOSTOP 395.OPTION DEFPD 414.OPTION CVTOL 407 .OPTION BIASPARALLEL 399 . 518 .OPTION H9007 621 .OPTION DELMAX 417.OPTION CMIFLAG 404.OPTION GSHDC 429 .OPTION DCFOR 409 .OPTION FFTOUT 423 .OPTION DCIC 411 . 516 .OPTION DCTRAN 412 .OPTION FAST 422 combined with ACCURATE option 631 combined with ACCURATE option and GEAR method 632 combined with GEAR method 632 effect on other options 629 plus ACCURATE and RUNLVL options and METHOD=GEAR 633 .

OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER 542 . 536 .OPTION HBTRANPTS 529 .OPTION ITLPTRAN 437 . 544 .OPTION LENNAM 442 . 540 .OPTION MBYPASS 447 . 532 .OPTION HBTRANFREQSEARCH 528 .OPTION MEASFILE 450 .OPTION HBKRYLOVDIM 524 . 543 . 532 .OPTION OPFILE 462 .OPTION MEASSORT 622 .OPTION LA_TIME 441 .OPTION ICSWEEP 430 .OPTION LIMPTS 442 .OPTION PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM 542 . 535 .OPTION HIER_SCALE 429 .OPTION NUMDGT 460.OPTION NOTOP 459 .OPTION KCLTEST 438 .OPTION POST 468.OPTION PIVREL 466 .OPTION HBPROBETOL 527 .OPTION NOPIV 459 .OPTION MENTOR 622 .OPTION HBTRANINIT 529 .OPTION MAXORD 447.2.OPTION LA_MINC 440 .OPTION PIVTOL 467 .OPTION HBTRANSTEP 530 . 534 .OPTION ITLPZ 437 .OPTION IMIN 431 .OPTION LOADSNINIT 533 .OPTION ITL2 435 .OPTION MODSRH 455 .OPTION NOELCK 458 .OPTION IMAX 430 .OPTION NOWARN 460 .OPTION ITL5 436 .OPTION HBMAXOSCITER 526 .OPTION LVLTIM 445 value 0.OPTION LIMTIM 443 .OPTION NEWTOL 457 .OPTION MEASOUT 451 .3 effect on other options 634 .OPTION OFF 461 .OPTION NOISEMINFREQ 458.OPTION HBKRYLOVMAXITER 524 .OPTION HBTOL 528 .OPTION MCBRIEF 448 .Index O .OPTION INGOLD 432.OPTION METHOD=GEAR combined with FAST option 632 effects on other options 628 .OPTION ITL4 436.OPTION ITRPRT 438 .OPTION METHOD 452.OPTION LA_TOL 442 .OPTION PARHIER 463.OPTION HBJREUSE 523 .OPTION MACMOD 446 .OPTION HBKRYLOVTOL 525 . 541 .OPTION OPTLST 462 .OPTION HBLINESEARCHFAC 525 .OPTION MU 456.OPTION MEASDGT 449. 531 .OPTION ITL1 434 .OPTION HBSOLVER 527 .OPTION MONTECON 456 .OPTION MODMONTE 454.OPTION MAXAMP 446 .OPTION PIVOT 464 .OPTION PLIM 623 .OPTION KLIM 439. 539 .OPTION LA_MAXR 440 .OPTION LIST 443 .OPTION OPTS 463. 540 .OPTION NXX 461 . 541 .OPTION NOMOD 458 .OPTION ITL3 435 .OPTION PHNOISELORENTZ 543 . 538 .OPTION PATHNUM 463.OPTION HBJREUSETOL 523 .OPTION NODE 457 .OPTION LOADHB 533 .OPTION MEASFAIL 449 .OPTION LA_FREQ 439 .OPTION POST_VERSION 470. 545 648 .OPTION INTERP 433 .OPTION NOPAGE 459 .OPTION PIVREF 465 .OPTION HBMAXITER 526 .

OPTION SDA 623 .OPTION RELQ 476 .OPTION SCALM 488.OPTION RELVAR 478 .OPTION SAVESNINIT 549 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALEC 579 .OPTION SIM_TRAP 581 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_MAX_ITER 577 .OPTION POSTLVL 469.OPTION SIM_OSC_DETECT_TOL 565 . 546 .OPTION RUNLVL 483 N value effect on other options 633 .OPTION SIM_ACCURACY 551 .OPTION RESMIN 479 .OPTION SIM_LA_TIME 563 .OPTION RELVDC 479 .OPTION PUTMEAS 473 .OPTION SIM_LA_MINMODE 562 .OPTION STATFL 494 .OPTION SIM_SPEF 574 .OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALER 558 . 547 . 550 .OPTION PROBE 472.OPTION SIM_POSTTOP 569 .OPTION TRTOL 495 .OPTION SIM_POWERSTOP 574 .OPTION SIM_DSPF_INSERROR 556 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_INSERROR 576 .OPTION SIM_LA 491.OPTION VFLOOR 498 .OPTION SLOPETOL 492.OPTION VAMODEL 497 .OPTION RMAX 481.OPTION POSTTOP 471.OPTION SIM_POWERSTART 573 .OPTION PSF 472 . 547 .OPTION RELH 474 .OPTION SIM_DSPF_VTOL 559 .OPTION SIM_POWERPOST 573 .OPTION RMIN 482 . 560 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE 578 .OPTION SIM_LA_TOL 564 .OPTION SNACCURACY 582 .OPTION SIM_POWERDC_HSPICE 572 .OPTION WACC 499.OPTION RELV 477 .OPTION SIM_DSPF_SCALEC 558 .OPTION RELMOS 475 .OPTION TRANFORHB 584 .OPTION SIM_DSPF 553 .OPTION SPMODEL 493 .OPTION SAVEHB 549 .OPTION SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER 557 .OPTION SIM_DELTAV 552 .OPTION SIM_LA_FREQ 561 .OPTION SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS 570 .OPTION SYMB 494 .OPTION SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY 572 .OPTION TNOM 583 .OPTION VERIFY 498 . 582 .OPTION SIM_POSTSCOPE 568 .OPTION SEED 490 .OPTION SNMAXITER 583 .OPTION PURETP 473.OPTION SIM_SPEF_SCALER 579 . 548 .OPTION SIM_POWER_TOP 571 .OPTION VNTOL 499 .OPTION SEARCH 489 .OPTION SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE 555 .OPTION SIM_ORDER 564 .OPTION SCALE 487.OPTION SIM_POSTDOWN 567 .OPTION SIM_POSTAT 566 .OPTION SIM_TG_THETA 581 . 548 .OPTION SIM_DSPF_LUMPCAPS 556 .OPTION SIM_DSPF_RAIL 557 . 585 .Index O .OPTION SIM_LA_MINC 562 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_VTOL 580 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_LUMPCAPS 576 .OPTION WARNLIMIT 500 649 .OPTION SIM_LA_MAXR 561 .OPTION RISETIME 480.OPTION TRCON 624 .OPTION SIM_POSTSKIP 568 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE 575 .OPTION SIM_DELTAI 552 . 545 .OPTION TIMERES 495 .OPTION SIM_SPEF_RAIL 578 .OPTION RELI 474 .OPTION UNWRAP 496 . 550 .OPTION RELTOL 476 .

472.PARAM command 143. 536 oscillator analysis 260. 293 PERIOD statement 593 periodic pime-dependent noise analysis 335 . 623 oscillation. 305 Peak 107. 541 ITROPT optimization 128. 8 variables printing 438 probing 154. 79.MEASURE results 102. redirecting 7 files reducing size of 500 version number. 541 PARMIN optimization parameter 129. 331 specifying significant digits for 460. 194 output ASCII 8 data format 449. 306 LEVEL 128.ALTER block 24. 219 Output 14. 307 matrix 617 names .PKG command 149 PLIM option 623 plot models 126 value calculation method 392 . 323 OUT. 200 PLOT keyword 125 pnp BJT models 126. 540 ovari 168. 467 . 305 P . 315 parameters AC sweep 16. 328–329 printout format 432. 543 p-channel JFETs models 126. eliminating 452. printing 464 PATHNUM option 463. 79. 264 650 . 299 IC 50. 305 MOSFET’s models 126. 541 FROM 119. 282 plotting 618–619 printing 151–153. 541 Opus 621. selecting 464 change message 465 reference 465 PIVOT option 464 PIVREF option 465 PIVREL option 466 PIVTOL option 465.OPTION XDTEMP 502 . 170 inheritance 463.PHASENOISE command 321 PHASENOISEKRYLOVDIM option 542 PHASENOISEKRYLOVITER option 542 PHNOISELORENTZ option 543 pivot algorithm. 307 . 531 redirecting 7.PAT command 147. 196 DC sweep 43.MODEL command parameter name 129 simulator access 88. 586 . 319 path names 464 path numbers. 271 skew. 287 peak-to-peak value 295 measuring 113. 221 defaults 463. assigning 90.OPTION WL 501.Index P . 264 PARHIER option 463.MODEL command parameter name 308 . 586 .OPTION WNFLAG 500. 273 UIC 50.PLOT command 618 in . 540 specifying 443 storing 451 data. specifying 3 . 287 peak measurement 107. 535 limiting 433 significant digits specification 460.OPTION ZUKEN 625 options DEFSA 415 DEFSB 415 DEFSD 416 OPTLST option 462 OPTS option 463. OUTZ statement 592 outer sweep 40.

PZ command 156.SAVE command 158 SAVEHB option 549 SAVESNINIT option 549 SCALE option 487. 363 RELH option 474 RELI option 438. 370 pole/zero analysis. 474 RELIN optimization parameter 129.SENS command 160 Setup 14. 115. 293. 343 POST option 468. 222. 545 POSTTOP option 471. 182. 295 PP keyword 113. 337 . 285 with .POWER command 324 power operating point table 139. 337 sampling noise 157.PRINT command 150. 336 RELTOL option 403 RELTOLoption 476 RELV option 422. 438.SAMPLE 157. 197.Index R POI keyword 18. maximum iterations 437 polygon. 550 Schmitt trigger example 47. 308 RELQ option 476 651 . 294 ROUT keyword 617 row/matrix ratio 466 RUNLVL option 483 N value effect on other options 633 S . 546 . 545 POSTLVL option 469. 222 RF commands . 548 RMIN option 482 RMS measurement 107. 312 . 547 pushout bisection 121.PROTECT command 155 protecting data 155 PSF option 472 PTDNOISE 335 overview 335 PURETP option 473. 327 in . 547 propogation delays measuring 105. 194 R RADIX statement 594 reference temperature 175.POWERDC command 326 power-dependent S parameter extraction 254 PP 113. 550 SCALM option 488. 599 verify 209 RISETIME option 480.MEASURE 103. 477 RELVAR option 478 RELVDC option 479 resistance 479 RESMIN option 479 RESULTS keyword 44. 331 PROBE option 472. 548 RMAX option 481.SNNOISE 346. 290 rise time example 209 specify 598. 283 rise and fall times 105. 295 .PROBE command 154. 283 .MEASURE 107. 337 . 302 PUTMEAS option 473 . 225 SDA option 623 SEARCH option 489 SEED option 490 . 475 RELOUT optimization parameter 129. 294. 200 printing Jacobian data 462 printout disabling 401. 448.ALTER 24. 45. 287 used with . 461 suppressing 155 value calculation method 392 .SAMPLE statement 157. 285 RISE keyword 110. 350 RIN keyword 617 Rise 103. defining 167. 308 RELMOS option 386. 287 RMS keyword 113. 544 POST_VERSION option 470. 114.

420. 305 SPICE compatibility AC output 392 plot 623 SPMODEL option 493 START keyword 181. 366 Simulation Runs 15. 435. DC sensitivity 161 . 431. . 340 Defining Polygons 164.ACMATCH 20 652 .CHECK statement 213 SLOPE statement 595 SLOPETOL option 492. 492. 196 .SHAPE command 161.SNOSC command 352 . 282 title 178.Index S . 343 Shooting Newton syntaxes 344 SIM_ACCURACY option 551 SIM_DSPF option 553 SIM_DSPF_ACTIVE option 555 SIM_DSPF_DELTAI option 552 SIM_DSPF_DELTAV option 552 SIM_DSPF_INSERROR option 556 SIM_DSPF_LUMPCAPS option 556 SIM_DSPF_MAX_ITER option 557 SIM_DSPF_RAIL option 557 SIM_DSPF_SCALEC option 558 SIM_DSPF_SCALER option 558 SIM_DSPF_VTOL option 559 SIM_LA option 491.SNXF command 355 source AC sweep 16. 350 . . 513.SNNOISE command 346.SNFT command 347 SNMAXITER option 583 . 495. 196 DC sweep 43. 582 small-signal. 200 multiple runs 62. 232 reducing time 37.SN command 344 SNACCURACY option 582 .AC 16. 560 SIM_LA_FREQ option 561 SIM_LA_MAXR option 561 SIM_LA_MINC option 562 SIM_LA_MINMODE option 562 SIM_LA_TIME option 563 SIM_LA_TOL option 564 SIM_ORDER option 564 SIM_OSC_DETECT_TOL option 565 SIM_POSTAT option 566 SIM_POSTDOWN option 567 SIM_POSTSCOPE option 568 SIM_POSTSKIP option 568 SIM_POSTTOP option 569 SIM_POWER_ANALYSIS option 570 SIM_POWER_TOP option 571 SIM_POWERDC_ACCURACY option 572 SIM_POWERDC_HSPICE option 572 SIM_POWERPOST option 573 SIM_POWERSTART option 573 SIM_POWERSTOP option 574 SIM_SPEF option 574 SIM_SPEF_ACTIVE option 575 SIM_SPEF_INSERROR option 576 SIM_SPEF_LUMPCAPS option 576 SIM_SPEF_MAX_ITER option 577 SIM_SPEF_PARVALUE option 578 SIM_SPEF_RAIL option 578 SIM_SPEF_SCALEC option 579 SIM_SPEF_SCALER option 579 SIM_SPEF_VTOL option 580 SIM_TG_THETA option 581 SIM_TG_TRAP option 581 SIM2 distortion measure 55 simulation accuracy 391. 341 Defining Rectangles 163. parameters 90. model type 126. 195 skew. 273 slew rate verification 213 SLEW. 445 accuracy improvement 420 multiple analyses.ALTER statement 24. 221 S-parameter. 216. 582 results plotting 618–619 printing 151. 328 specifying 102. 395. 339 Defining Strip Polygons 166. 338 Defining Circles 164. 369 statements .

STIM 167 .DCMATCH 48 . 535 .CHECK GLOBAL_LEVEL 204 .SWEEPBLOCK 361 .ALTER 24.MEASURE 102.ENVOSC 238 .FOUR 69. 215 . 226 . 449.FSOPTIONS 70. 279 . 221. 270.ENDIF 63.CHECK RISE 209 .INCLUDE 60.MALIAS 99 .CHECK FALL 203 .POWERDC 326 . 246 .ENDS 64. 239 .PKG 149 .DEL LIB 51.CHECK IRDROP 207 .DOUT 56.ALIAS 22 . 239 .DATA 36. 235.ENVFFT 237 . 337 .PARAM 143. 338 . 232.CHECK HOLD 205 .PROBE 154.LOAD 95 .IBIS 76 . 331 .CHECK EDGE 202 . 268 . 215 external file 36.LAYERSTACK 85. 79. 243 .PRINT 150.NET 616 .SURGE 360 . 365 . 451.PROTECT 155 .DC 43. 232 .LIN 91.PHASENOISE 321 . 62.HDL 73.CHECK SETUP 211 . 192 . 363 .DCVOLT 50. 267 . 281 .PAT 147. 327 . 366 .HBAC 250 . 159.Index S . 229 .CHECK SLEW 213 . 266.END 62.POWER 324 .EBD 58 .CONNECT 34 .SAVE 158 . 51. 88. 262 . 232 . 319 PERIOD 593 . 310 .PLOT 618 . 313 .TITLE 178.PZ 156. 271 .ICM 80 . 336 . 265 . 231 .HBOSC 257 .HBNOISE 254 .ENV 236 . 315 .GRAPH 614.SAMPLE 157. 304 .FFT 66.HBLIN 251 .NOISE 136.GLOBAL 72.SHAPE 161. 234. 79 . 226 alter block 12. 311 .IF 82. 357 . 223 . 367 653 . 55 . 615 . 231.LIB 87. 312.SNXF 355 . 88. 84.TF 177. 240 . 215 inline 36.ENDDATA 63. 271 .LPRINT 278 . 140.TRAN 179. 264 .MACRO 97.HB 247 .EOM 65.ELSE 60. 200.HBXF 261 . 244 . 65.MATERIAL 101.MODEL 125. 234 .HBLSP 253 .BIASCHK 27 .TEMP 175. 45.SNFT 347 . 233 .OP 139. 83.IC 50.SENS 160 . 231.NODESET 135.ENDL 64.MOSRA 132 .DISTO 54.ELSEIF 61. 274 . 282.SNOSC 352 .SUBCKT 172. 271 nesting 88.

363 . 366 TNOM option 175. 357. transmission line model 126. 365 TFALL statement 597 threshold voltage 56. 222 model parameter 175. 172. 197. 219. 363. 172. 478. 279. 284 TRISE statement 597. 222. 373 .TF command 177.VEC 189. 518 . 97. 518 maximum 430. 279. 364 reference 175.WIDTH 619 STATFL option 494 statistics. 284 TDELAY statement 596 TEMP keyword 17. 358 printing path numbers 464 test example 97.Index T . 120. 363 . 482. 548 TUNIT statement 602 U U Element. 174. 172. 300 TOL keyword 157. 518 transient analysis algorithm 445 variation by HSPICE 417. 481. 46.ELSE 60. 369 . 283 TRIG_SPEC 103. 283 target specification 104.STIM command 167 subcircuit commands 15.SUBCKT command 172. 357 node numbers 97. 44. 366 title for simulation 178. 283 trigger specification 104. 599 TRIZ statement 600 TRTOL option 495 TSKIP statement 601 TSTEP multiplier 481. 435. 229 TIC model parameter 615 time 139. 44. 312 See also CPU time TIMERES option 495 timestep algorithms 420 calculation for DVDT=3 424 changing size 476 control 424. 246 names 97.VARIATION 186 .TEMP command 175. 451 frequency 18. 358 . 495 internal 417. 219 SWEEP keyword 17. listing 390 steatements . 224 derating 175. 279. 176. 219 outer 40. 337 TOP keyword 158 .SURGE command 360 sweep data 40. 65. 548 option 481. 231 . 294. 181. 172. 436.TITLE command 178. 357 parameter 64. 264 number of iterations 436 TRAP algorithm See trapezoidal integration TRCON option 624 TRIG keyword 103. 197. 532. 279. 243 initial conditions 50. 357 . 172.SWEEPBLOCK command 361 SYMB option 494 T Tabular Data section time interval 593 TARG_SPEC 103. 548 minimum 431. 482. 363 temperature AC sweep 16. 279. 235. 221. 363. 583 TO keyword 113. 367 TRANFORHB option 584 transient analysis Fourier analysis 69. 305 UIC 654 . 196 DC sweep 43.UNPROTECT 185 . 198 inner 40. 195 subcircuits calling 97.TRAN command 179. 358 global versus local nodes 72. 482 reversal 389 setting initial 417. 598. 239. 79.

using with . 299. 499 VOH statement 607.WIDTH command 619 WL option 501. 79. 586 WNFLAG option 500. 195 version determining 9 H9007 compatibility 622 HSPICE 130 VFLOOR option 498 Viewlogic graph data file 418 VIH statement 603 VIL statement 604 VNAME statement 605 VNTOL option 422.VEC command 189. 370 parameter 50. 300 WHEN keyword 111. 312 VREF statement 609 VTH statement 610 W W Elements transmission line model 126. 608 VOL statement 608 voltage initial conditions 50. 312 tolerance MBYPASS multiplier 448 value for BYPASS 402 VOLTAGE keyword 139. 264 iteration-to-iteration change 419 logic high 603. 79. 609 logic low 604 maximum change 389 minimum DC analysis 389 listing 498 transient analysis 388 operating point table 139. 292 WHEN.Index V keyword 182. 288 . 300. 616 YMIN parameter 119. 585 warnings limiting repetitions 500 misuse of VERSION parameter 130 suppressing 460 WARNLIMIT option 500 WEIGHT keyword 114.UNPROTECT command 185 UNWRAP option 496 V -v argument version information 9 VAMODEL option 497 .MEASURE 109. 373 VEC statements ENABLE 587 IDELAY 588 IO 590 ODELAY 591 OUT. 294. 607. 586 WSF output data 621. 616 655 . OUTZ 592 PERIOD 593 RADIX 594 SLOPE 595 TDELAY 596 TFALL 597 TRISE 598 TRIZ 600 TSKIP 601 TUNIT 602 VIH 603 VIL 604 VNAME 605 VOH 607 VOL 608 VREF 609 VTH 610 VERIFY option 498 Verilog-A commands 15. 120.VARIATION command 186 . 305 WACC option 499. 623 X XDTEMP option 502 XGRID model parameter 615 XMAX model parameter 615 XMIN model parameter 615 XSCAL model parameter 616 Y YGRID model parameter 615 YMAX parameter 120. 264 .

Index Z YSCAL model parameter 616 Z ZUKEN option 625 656 .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful